# Creator Science
> Become a smarter creator in 10 minutes per week. Join 65,000 creators learning from firsthand experiments, expert interviews, and actionable advice weekly.
Public Ghost content for AI and LLM tooling. This file includes a bounded export of public pages first, then recent public posts.
Append `.md` to any post or page URL to get the content in Markdown (for example, `/example-post.md`).
## Pages
### Get in touch
URL: https://creatorscience.com/contact/
Last updated: 2026-10-11T18:37:29.000Z
You can reach me [via email](mailto:jay@creatorscience.com).
Or, [submit a question here](https://creatorscience.com/ask/).
Looking for partnerships? [Start here instead](https://creatorscience.com/sponsor).
### Home
URL: https://creatorscience.com/home/
Last updated: 2026-09-11T00:30:31.000Z
## **A thoughtful weekly newsletter written for creators.**
Hey, I'm Jay Clouse! Host of **[Creative Elements](https://creativeelements.fm/?ref=creatorscience.com)** and the writer behind **Creative Companion**.
My weekly newsletter is designed to give you:
- Specific growth advice
- Interviews with top creators
- New tools and how to use them
- Projects to be inspired by
### Your wish is my command. 🧞♂️
URL: https://creatorscience.com/magic/
Last updated: 2025-03-11T22:29:42.000Z
The magic has happened – just because you clicked. This page is a formality, and it's also written intentionally vague. Just rest assured, the thing that you wanted to happen, happened!
I've updated your email preferences – there's nothing else for you to do!
**While I have you, would you mind taking 30 seconds** to help me learn a bit more about your **goals** and **current progress** as a creator?
This will help me send you more practical, personally relevant content. I'll make you a **personalized offer** AND send you the most relevant free resources for your current situation.
---
### You're subscribed! 🎉
URL: https://creatorscience.com/welcome/
Last updated: 2026-10-10T19:15:08.000Z
I think we're going to be friends.
You'll receive my newsletter, **Creator Science**, this Sunday. My mission is to help you become a smarter creator – even a full-time, **professional** creator (if that's your goal).
There are three ways I can help you right now:
---
## 1\. Generate your personalized offer
Do you have 30 seconds to tell me a little more about YOU?
If you haven't already, providing just a few responses will help us identify the best next step for you (and prepare a personalized offer):
---
## 2\. Subscribe to our podcast
It's never been easier to become a creator, but breaking through the noise gets more difficult every single day.
The only way to get ahead is to learn from other creators who are playing (and winning) the game right now – and Creator Science gives you that edge.
Every week, we explore what's working right now to help you grow your audience, generate more revenue, and break through the noise. You'll hear from today’s top professional creators, including James Clear, Ali Abdaal, Tim Urban, and Codie Sanchez.
Here's a preview:
[Choose your podcast player](https://link.chtbl.com/PN9YTBUW?ref=creatorscience.com)
Not sure where to start? Try our [**curated playlists**](https://creatorscience.com/tags/)!
---
## 3\. Subscribe on YouTube
If you're more of a video person, check out the podcast on YouTube!
I'm learning a ton from these interviews that I'm applying to my own business right now, and I know you will, too.
**Our goal is to make a 30-minute interview as visually engaging as a 30-second TikTok**. I know that sounds insane, but check it out:
If you're serious about becoming a professional creator, I'm here to help. I'll be in touch on Sunday morning!
Cheers,
Jay
### Become a smarter creator in just 10 minutes per week.
URL: https://creatorscience.com/subscribe/
Last updated: 2025-09-29T21:27:26.000Z

### Join 65,000+ weekly readers 👇
Creator Science is a weekly newsletter designed to help you become a smarter creator.
Every Sunday, you'll receive:
- Evidence-backed growth advice
- Interviews with top creators
- First-hand experiments from my own creator business
- New tools and how I use them
- ...and more.
Subscribe and join 65,000+ creators learning from firsthand experiments, expert interviews, and actionable advice every week
### Welcome to The Lab! 🎉
URL: https://creatorscience.com/you-are-awesome/
Last updated: 2024-10-18T09:22:17.000Z
_This page is for subscribers on the Standard Membership, VIP Membership and Basic Membership tiers only._
### Welcome to The Lab! 🎉
URL: https://creatorscience.com/onboarding-standard/
Last updated: 2024-10-18T09:22:45.000Z
_This page is for subscribers on the Standard Membership tier only._
### Step 2: Join the community
URL: https://creatorscience.com/onboarding-2/
Last updated: 2023-02-24T01:16:20.000Z
_This page is for subscribers on the Standard Membership (Legacy), Standard Membership (Legacy 2), VIP Membership (Legacy), Standard Membership, VIP Membership (Legacy 2) and VIP Membership tiers only._
### VIP Member Dashboard
URL: https://creatorscience.com/dashboard-vip/
Last updated: 2024-10-18T09:20:21.000Z
_This page is for subscribers on the VIP Membership tier only._
### Presenting Sponsor Form
URL: https://creatorscience.com/presenting-sponsor-form/
Last updated: 2022-05-02T17:09:42.000Z
_No content available._
### Supporting Sponsor Form
URL: https://creatorscience.com/supporting-sponsor-form/
Last updated: 2023-10-09T15:39:32.000Z
_No content available._
### Creator Science Lab Scholarship Application
URL: https://creatorscience.com/scholarships/
Last updated: 2022-07-28T12:12:28.000Z
Thanks for your interest in joining the **[Creator Science Lab](https://creatorsciencelab.com/?ref=creatorscience.com)**! Our community is built to help support creators in transitioning from hobbyist to professional creator.
To date, we've awarded **4** scholarships! We don't currently have any open scholarships, but all applications are seen and considered on a rolling basis.
### Loading...
URL: https://creatorscience.com/checkout-loading/
Last updated: 2024-06-13T14:42:51.000Z
Hang tight! Rolling out the red carpet...
### Sponsor Creator Science
URL: https://creatorscience.com/sponsor/
Last updated: 2026-10-10T19:15:08.000Z

**Past Sponsors Include:**

## Overview
With more than 50,000 newsletter subscribers, 2 million podcast downloads, and a growing YouTube channel, **Creator Science is a leading voice in the creator economy**.
Our engaged audience consists of **creators**, **entrepreneurs**, and **industry experts**.
After historically outsourcing our sponsor relations, we now handle sponsorships in-house and are **focused on** **partnerships**. We select companies, brands, and products we used (or have tested) and love. We think **long-term**, **multi-channel**, and are committed to delivering a great **partner experience**.
You can learn more about each of our properties below. Or, if you're ready to start the conversation, click the blue button to get started.
[Get started →](https://creatorscience.com/partnership-form/)

## Newsletter Snapshot
→ [*Click here to see an example integration*](https://ckarchive.com/b/p9ueh9h3ropo4sm6ggw6kamole333?ref=creatorscience.com)
Audience statistics (as of January 2024):
- 53,000 subscribers
- 41% open rate
- 2% click rate

Our readers are highly engaged.
---
## YouTube Snapshot
**Example Integration:**
Audience statistics (as of January 2024):
- 60,000 subscribers
- 2,700,000 views (all time)
- 218,238 avg. views/month
- Channel launched July 2022


Our listeners skew more Male than our podcast listeners, but fit a similar age demographic.
---
## Podcast Snapshot
**Example integrations:**

Creator Science + Notion
0:00
/74.370625
1×

Creator Science + Teachable
0:00
/70.493333
1×
Audience statistics (as of January 2024):
- 1,750,000 downloads (all time)
- \~30,000 avg. downloads/mo
- \~5,000 avg. downloads/episode (first 30 days)
→ [See past sponsors](https://partner.creatorscience.com/?ref=creatorscience.com) *(including BetterHelp, Canva, Grammarly, Zapier, and more)*



Our listeners skew a little older, affluent, and more experienced.
[Get started →](https://creatorscience.com/partnership-form/)
**See why we're chosen by:**

---
## Still have questions?
If you're not sure if a partnership is for you, you can simply send us a message to get in touch.
👋 [Send us a message](https://creatorscience.com/contact/)
### Featured in:
URL: https://creatorscience.com/clients/
Last updated: 2022-07-25T00:51:37.000Z
_No content available._
### Search
URL: https://creatorscience.com/search/
Last updated: 2022-07-25T00:51:57.000Z
_No content available._
### Tags
URL: https://creatorscience.com/tags/
Last updated: 2022-08-22T22:14:21.000Z
_No content available._
### Authors
URL: https://creatorscience.com/authors/
Last updated: 2022-07-25T00:52:58.000Z
_No content available._
### Account
URL: https://creatorscience.com/account/
Last updated: 2024-04-27T14:09:30.000Z
_No content available._
### Join Creator Science
URL: https://creatorscience.com/signup/
Last updated: 2024-11-07T22:38:23.000Z
_No content available._
## Posts
### How Dorie Clark gained 500K+ Instagram followers in 5 months
URL: https://creatorscience.com/podcast/dorie-clark/
Last updated: 2026-10-20T10:05:06.000Z
Episode 322
# How Dorie Clark gained 500K+ Instagram followers in 5 months
My guest is Dorie Clark, a Wall Street Journal bestselling author, 4-time Thinkers50 honoree as one of the world's top business thinkers, and longtime faculty member at Duke and Columbia Business Schools.
with **Dorie Clark**Oct 20, 202663 min
[Listen now](#listen) [Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/how-dorie-clark-gained-500k-instagram-followers-in-5-months/id1498801064?i=1000797218267&uo=4&ref=creatorscience.com) [Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/episode/7z9Z9FnymYVFjez5TYjneB?ref=creatorscience.com) More players
Listen in your app
[Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/creator-science-with-jay-clouse/id1498801064?ref=creatorscience.com)[Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/show/39j9VhklsBs1aLWtkGTWJT?ref=creatorscience.com)[YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/@jay/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Overcast](https://overcast.fm/itunes1498801064/creator-science?ref=creatorscience.com)[Pocket Casts](https://pocketcasts.com/podcast/creator-science-with-jay-clouse/7db47890-2ff0-0138-96e6-0acc26574db2?ref=creatorscience.com)[Castro](https://castro.fm/podcast/5f8d5083-92f5-4a4e-a83e-29a773baa95c?ref=creatorscience.com)[Castbox](https://castbox.fm/channel/id2626956?ref=creatorscience.com)[Podcast Addict](https://podcastaddict.com/feed/https%3A%2F%2Ffeeds.megaphone.fm%2FTPG4024225475?ref=creatorscience.com)Copy the RSS feed


Episode 322 · 63 min
How Dorie Clark gained 500K+ Instagram followers in 5 months
−15
0:0063:00
+30 1×
Or listen in [Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/how-dorie-clark-gained-500k-instagram-followers-in-5-months/id1498801064?i=1000797218267&uo=4&ref=creatorscience.com) or [Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/episode/7z9Z9FnymYVFjez5TYjneB?ref=creatorscience.com)
This week's guest

**Dorie Clark**Wall Street Journal bestselling author, 4-time Thinkers50 honoree as one of the world's top business thinkers, and longtime faculty member at Duke and
## What you'll learn
- The 4.5-month slog where nothing worked and the single data point that gave her permission to keep going
- Why celebrity reactions are a growth hack for strangers, and the Dolly Parton video that got her on TV in Chicago
- Her complete workflow: from raw idea capture to batching, scripting, filming, editing, and posting
- The 30-page AI context document she built to keep her voice consistent and her hooks sharp
- Why she outgrew her team's video editing and what taking it back herself unlocked
## About this episode
My guest is Dorie Clark, a Wall Street Journal bestselling author, 4-time Thinkers50 honoree as one of the world's top business thinkers, and longtime faculty member at Duke and Columbia Business Schools.
Dorie is, by her own description, a LinkedIn person. She has close to 500,000 followers there, which puts her in the top half a percent of accounts on the platform. But in January 2026, she decided to learn Instagram. She started with 22,000 followers on an account she'd had since 2015 that was mostly personal photos. For the next 4.5 months, she treated it like a part-time job: 10 to 20 hours a week, 99 Reels. Her net gain was about 350 followers. Thirty-five percent of those videos earned her exactly zero new followers.
Then in June, it turned around. She gained more than 146,000 new followers across June and July. By September, she was past 400,000.
The reason I was excited to talk to Dorie specifically: she didn't win by buying production value. She films and edits all of her videos herself, all of it self-taught over the past few months. Her approach feels like one we can all actually learn from.
By the end of this episode, you will have a practical, doable framework for building a high-growth Instagram presence without a production team, a big budget, or a hot take machine.
## Chapters
1. 00:00Cold open: money is not the variable buying you successPlay ▸
2. 00:27Introducing Dorie ClarkPlay ▸
3. 03:29Why Instagram after a decade of LinkedIn dominancePlay ▸
4. 05:37The 4.5-month slog: 99 Reels, 350 followersPlay ▸
5. 07:21Eating her own dog food: The Long Game in real lifePlay ▸
6. 12:30Cross-posting Reels to LinkedIn and what transfersPlay ▸
7. 21:53When things turned around — and whyPlay ▸
8. 23:24Celebrity reactions as an entry point for strangersPlay ▸
9. 27:36Early business results: CNBC, Chicago TV, sponsorshipsPlay ▸
10. 32:11The full workflow: idea capture to postingPlay ▸
11. 35:10The 30-page AI context document and how she built itPlay ▸
12. 39:48Filming in batches with wardrobe changes in New YorkPlay ▸
13. 50:59Dorie's immutable laws of Instagram growthPlay ▸
## Mentioned in this episode
[Dorie Clark — dorieclark.com ↗](https://dorieclark.com/?ref=creatorscience.com)[@dorieclark on Instagram ↗](https://www.instagram.com/dorieclark/?ref=creatorscience.com)[The Long Game (Dorie's book) ↗](https://dorieclark.com/books/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Nausheen Chen — Instagram growth story referenced ↗](https://www.instagram.com/nausheenchen/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Sandcastles by Kallaway — research tool Dorie uses ↗](https://sandcastles.ai/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Recognized Expert ↗](https://learn.dorieclark.com/courses/expert?ref=creatorscience.com)[Full transcript and show notes ↗](https://creatorscience.com/podcast/dorie-clark)
## Full transcript
11,327 words · click any timestamp to play from there
Dorie Clark0:00
I have multiple author friends that pay a firm 7 grand a month and they have beautiful looking content, but my growth has been better than theirs. And it's empowering to realize that money is not the variable that is buying you success.
Jay Clouse0:27
Hello, my friend. Welcome back to another episode of Creator Science. Today we have a banger. My guest today is Dori Clark. She's a Wall Street Journal bestselling author, 4-time Thinkers50 honoree as one of the world's top business thinkers, and longtime faculty member at Duke and Columbia Business Schools. First, a little backstory. I was on an author trip earlier this year where everybody there, bestselling authors, really impressive people, and they were all using Instagram to sell their books. I came home knowing that I had to figure this out, but it's been really hard.
Jay Clouse0:59
I personally have not cracked this yet. But I've really been studying the platform and the creators growing on it. In particular, I noticed that Dory had really started gaining traction and fast. Dory is, by her own description, a LinkedIn person. She has close to 500,000 followers on the platform, which I'd estimate to be in the top half of a percent on the platform. But in January of this year, she decided to learn Instagram. And she started with 22,000 followers on an account she'd had since 2015 that was mostly personal photos. For the next 4 and a half months, she treated Instagram like a part-time job, 10 to 20 hours a week and 99 Reels.
Read the full transcriptClose transcript
Jay Clouse1:37
But she says her net gain was about 350 followers. 35% of those videos earned her exactly zero new followers. But in June, it turned around. Her videos brought in more than 146,000 new followers across June and July. And by September, she was past 400,000\. That's obviously a really big number, but there's a bigger reason why I was excited to talk to Dory in particular. She didn't win by buying production value. Dory films and edits all of her videos herself, all of it is self-taught over the last couple of months, and her approach feels like one we can all learn from.
Jay Clouse2:13
So in this episode, we talk about the stretch of time where nothing worked and why she didn't quit, including the single data point from another creator that gave her permission to keep going. We get into the first video that did break out, why celebrity reactions are an entry point for strangers, and the Dolly Parton video that actually got her on TV in Chicago. We also get deep into her workflow, including the document she created to make all of this easier by working with AI. I really love this episode. I hope you do too. We'll get to that full conversation with Dorie Clark right after this. Dorie, hello. A couple of LinkedIn Learning instructors sat down to have a podcast.
Dorie Clark2:54
That's right. Hey, Jay, I'm so glad to be here.
Jay Clouse2:57
I'm excited to have you. And I've been just like so blown away watching the transformation into Dori Clark, Instagram celebrity over the last few months. And I'm really excited to chat about this. I think probably the best place to start, I first became aware of you because of our tie to LinkedIn, and I saw your courses on LinkedIn, and I know you have a big presence on LinkedIn. So I think the big question is, why Instagram at all? Why, why not just continue cruising on LinkedIn and double down there?
Dorie Clark3:29
So I spent a kind of disproportionate amount of my time and energy over the past decade on LinkedIn. And I think that was a good bet in a lot of ways. I mean, the work that I do is with business professionals. And so I think I wrongly dismissed Instagram as a place that certain industries it would be great for. You know, if you're something visual, if you're a wedding photographer, if you're a cake maker, if you're a florist, I thought, oh, okay, that's, that's the place for the pretty pictures. But I didn't really understand the ubiquity that it has in contemporary life. There are plenty of people who are getting business advice and guidance from it. And I, I hadn't really tapped into that, but what kicked it over for me was this past December, I signed a book deal, which is for my next book.
Dorie Clark4:23
It's called The Definitive Guide to Becoming a Coach. I'm writing it with my colleagues, Marshall Goldsmith and Alyssa Cohn, and it's gonna come out in fall of 2027\. And so I asked myself the question, what is one thing that I could start doing now that I would be, you know, grateful to my future self that I had done in the fall of 2027 around the book launch. And I thought, you know what, I'm pretty well connected, or I have ways of reaching people who are like executive coaches or leadership coaches because they're on LinkedIn. But there are so many different kinds of coaches and they're on Instagram. They may not actually be on LinkedIn. So the book was the forcing function. And I thought, all right, let's, let's see what I can do to learn how to expand there.
Dorie Clark5:06
So that became my, my New Year's resolution for 2026 was to try to learn as much as I could and try to master the medium.
Jay Clouse5:13
And the first time you tried, it just took off and it was up and to the right from there, right?
Dorie Clark5:18
It's— that's how— that's how all the Creator Lab stories go, right?
Jay Clouse5:22
Isn't that—
Dorie Clark5:26
it did not quite go that way. I started January of 2026 with about 22,000 Instagram followers, which—
Jay Clouse5:37
Which is not nothing.
Dorie Clark5:38
It's, it's certainly not nothing, but I had had an account for 11 years. I had had it since, uh, 2015\. So it, it had kind of grown through accretion, but I hadn't really ever put any effort or strategy into it. It was kind of a mishmash of like personal photos and like, oh, I was on a podcast and just kind of random things. And I think it was, you know, probably interesting for people to follow that, that knew me or had some connection to me, but I don't think there was a lot there for people who were strangers. And I think that's kind of the critical distinction was I needed to train myself to start thinking of it as I need to create value for people who don't know me or don't have any connection, don't really care about me as an individual, but care about the information, and how do I create something that would be relevant for them? So I started doing that, and for the first 5 months, basically until May of 2026, I was working, it felt like relentlessly. I was spending 10 or 20 hours a week doing this. It was like a part-time job learning it, and there were so many sub-skills that I didn't even realize that I'd have to learn in order to figure this out.
Dorie Clark6:54
And I had literally almost nothing to show for it. I gained, you know, I don't know how many followers.
Jay Clouse7:00
Oh, I do. I have the note. I have the math. Oh, you do?
Dorie Clark7:02
That's amazing. But then you lose some. So I think I netted it out so that I gained like 300 basically. But maybe you know better than I do.
Jay Clouse7:11
I think this came from a previous interview you did. And the note that I had was you spent 4 and a half months and hundreds of hours making 99 Instagram Reels for a net gain of 350 followers.
Dorie Clark7:21
There we go. It felt like a very depressing investment. But the cruel joke in all of this is that my most recent book, and something that I spend a lot of time talking about, is called The Long Game: How to Be a Long-Term Thinker in a Short-Term World. And so I knew from the outset that this was probably going to be, in many ways, an exercise in frustration, and kind of almost like a Zen discipline for me. I'm like, eat your own dog food, eat your own dog food. Keep doing relentlessly the thing that you love. the thing that shows no progress. Because I know intellectually that for a lot of things that we do, there's almost no growth for a very long time.
Dorie Clark8:00
And then suddenly you get exponential growth and it kicks off. And it might seem like, oh, you know, you got hundreds of thousands of followers in this period of time. But the key thing is it's not up and to the right slowly over that period of time. It is absolutely nothing with nothing to show for it. And just, you know, an embarrassing kind of tally in terms of, you know, the ROI. And then all of a sudden there's a spike within a few weeks or a month. And I knew intellectually that was often how it was with social media growth, but you never know if it's going to work for you personally. So I had to just kind of keep putting in the reps and have the faith to do it.
Dorie Clark8:39
But I'm curious, Jay, I mean, I know you have done some stuff with, with Instagram. I don't think it's been a kind of primary focus for you. And if I remember correctly from one of your shows, you had I'll put in air quotes, kind of like almost like a random thing, like go viral. Talk to me, how are you thinking about Instagram these days?
Jay Clouse8:56
Oh my gosh, it's like my muse, my obsession, and it does not love me back. It really, really does not. So I had a moment where a few months ago, I somehow weaseled my way into an author's trip with Nathan and James, and like literally everybody there has literally written a book, and I have nothing to show in the world of writing a book. So I'm like, why am I here?
Dorie Clark9:17
Come talk to me when, when, when you do. I have lots of thoughts. I will, I will help you out, man, however I can.
Jay Clouse9:24
I appreciate that. But I was there and I was struck by, wow, all of these folks are really using Instagram to sell their books. I got to figure this out and the sooner the better. And I saw the same thing you did, which was, I don't know if this is something I just didn't notice or if this has increased over time, but there seems to be real cultural cachet with having a large Instagram presence.
Dorie Clark9:45
Yes.
Jay Clouse9:46
And I don't think all of it is warranted, but I think it is true, and I would like to have that. And so far, I do not.
Dorie Clark9:56
Yes, it is really interesting, and I agree with you. I don't think it is either fair or justified. I mean, I've spent years, you know, having a very strong following on Twitter, LinkedIn. It's like, you know, right now it's like 450,000\. And in the business world, that's a cool thing. But the apotheosis of this, I'm married now, thank goodness, to a really fantastic woman. We've been married for 2 years. But back when I was single, you know, you try everything, right? You try all these things.
Dorie Clark10:28
And one of the things that I was thinking was like, oh, maybe this will work, is there's this website called Raya. I don't know if you've ever heard of it.
Jay Clouse10:36
Oh, I've heard of this. Yes.
Dorie Clark10:37
Yeah, it's like—
Jay Clouse10:38
before my time, before my dating, or after, I should say, I was before the time of Raya. So I never had any opportunity to check into it.
Dorie Clark10:43
There we go. So it's for like ultra, ultra elite, like, you know, top, top singles, like meaning accomplished people who have done something in the world. And I thought, oh, well, that would be perfect. Like, I would, I would love somebody who's, you know, smart and accomplished and has, has really done something. Like, maybe this is the vehicle. And when I put in the application, literally all they like want, they're like, okay, do you have references from other people? And actually I did. So, okay, great. I put that in and they're like, and give us your Instagram account.
Dorie Clark11:13
I'm like, I'm like, what? And they're, they're wanting to check your validity based on your following on Instagram. I'm like, I have a lot on LinkedIn, but they like 100% did not care. And similarly, I can't even tell you how many people comparatively have been like, oh, I saw you on Instagram as compared to I saw you on LinkedIn. I think LinkedIn is a fantastic platform. I would like more people to be paying attention to that. But it is very interesting, to your point, the cultural cachet that somehow has become associated with Instagram.
Jay Clouse11:45
Are you cross-posting your Reels to LinkedIn? I don't see them.
Dorie Clark11:48
I do cross-post. Not, not at the same time, literally, but I will subsequently cross-post them. Yes.
Jay Clouse11:55
Because I am told that— I mean, I mean, for reference to folks who don't know, almost 500,000 followers on LinkedIn, like, you've got to be in the top half a percent. of accounts there. And I was just told by my handler at LinkedIn, like, hey, we, the BrandLink thing, we're really pushing video. You should post more videos. So maybe I'll check into this later. Oh yeah, I see them. Yeah, you're posting all of them. Amazing.
Jay Clouse12:19
So tell me, how does, I'm getting a little bit off track, but I'm just so curious. How does a successful Reel translate to LinkedIn? Is it like a cheat code?
Dorie Clark12:30
So in many ways it is. I, for a long time, was doing video on LinkedIn. I mean, for years, not exclusively, but I would frequently record batches of videos and do it. But I was doing it in what I now realize is not the kind of systematic way that I would want. I was not really aggressively checking the analytics to really drill into what was working versus what what isn't working, which I've started doing now. And also, I was not using scripted videos. I would have a premise and I would have a few bullet points laid out and I would, you know, basically just like hang them behind the camera. And so I would riff and, you know, I could do a decent job of that.
Dorie Clark13:18
But what it meant was that the videos were a little bit longer. They were maybe 3 minutes or more even sometimes. And they were more— I mean, they were authentic, But they were kind of baggy, I now realize. That's a good word for it. Yeah. What I've started doing with these Instagram videos, you know, there's sort of a discipline of it, is using a teleprompter and writing scripts. And it is amazing now looking at the before and after and realizing, oh, you know, it was kind of boring. Like it would just drag because, you know, I was fumbling around for my point.
Dorie Clark13:51
And so I definitely think that I've up-leveled it as a result of that. And so I think I'm making better videos now in general, and that is translating to LinkedIn audiences. What is fascinating, though, is that different topics will hit a video sometimes that will do kind of poorly on Instagram might be a surprise hit on LinkedIn. And so that actually heartens me because I'm like, oh, it wasn't necessarily that it was such a bad idea in general, but it was, it was maybe a bad idea for this audience, but not for these ones.
Jay Clouse14:22
So is your perspective that that is a product of being different audiences on the platforms, or do you think there's a meaningful degree of luck involved?
Dorie Clark14:31
I think that sometimes there are topics that are maybe more LinkedIn appropriate. I've done a lot of things around like job hunting and like interviews and things like that, and some of them have done well on Instagram, but I would say percentage-wise more of them do well on LinkedIn because in a lot of ways that's the raison d'être of LinkedIn. So I think that that's part of it. Also, there's different— I'll do like celebrity reaction videos sometimes. There'll be a celebrity who does a thing and then I'll analyze it. And there are demographic differences in terms of what will pop well on LinkedIn versus Instagram versus Facebook. And so that's interesting to watch as well. As you can imagine, on Facebook, what crushes is female celebrities over 50.
Dorie Clark15:22
They love that on Facebook, and sometimes there's a Venn diagram of overlap with Instagram. I mean, for instance, I did a video about Dolly Parton that did really well on both platforms, but other ones won't kind of necessarily connect in the same way.
Jay Clouse15:37
Interesting. Okay, I want to get us back a little bit on the track that I was starting on and, and pull myself out of some of the rabbit holes I really want to go down. Which is, you mentioned that, okay, for several months there was like depressing results, but then it was kind of everything all at once. Do you think there was underlying like algorithmic residue that was building up to give you a better shot, or do you think it was the accumulation of skills from practice?
Dorie Clark16:05
It is unclear to me, and I think it is probably unclear To everybody, you know, maybe including Adam Mosseri, who's the, who's the head of Instagram, what some of the buried things are in the algorithm. Everybody knows that the more you post, the better. But the part that has not been really teased apart appropriately to me is, is it on a pure level that you have more at-bats, and so therefore you just have more chances that something will hit? Or is it possible that the algorithm is actually positively biased toward people who are posting more? And I don't know the answer to that, but regardless of what is behind it, it is true that when I was posting with more frequency, I was certainly both enhancing my skills, having more chances that something would connect, and perhaps tipping the algorithmic scales in my favor.
Jay Clouse17:05
So how often are you posting right now?
Dorie Clark17:07
So right now, and I mean, this is an interesting thing to talk about as well because, you know, I know a lot of your audience is people who are, you know, like me, either doing this on their own in terms of running a solopreneur business, or maybe they have a small team, but it's not, you know, large-scale enterprise in terms of content creation. And so I have deliberately in the past, you know, 6 weeks, let's say, ratcheted back the production rate. And it's not because I think that that's a great idea. If I had unlimited time and resources, I would keep going full steam ahead. But the reality is that at the end of August, I had a book deadline. We had to submit the first draft of my book to the publisher. And immediately after that, I went for a week on a honeymoon, which you'll notice I got married 2 years ago. This is a very belated honeymoon that we finally scheduled.
Dorie Clark18:00
followed by organizing a 100-person conference. And again, I want to thank you for the, the 2 episodes that you've done after each of your retreats that you've hosted. Oh, my pleasure. Because the breakdowns that you did, I thought were just so helpful, kind of your analysis of everything. I feel like I learned a lot from it, so I'm grateful. But we just finished this 100-person event called the Recognize Experts Summit. So having to do all of those things meant that I basically made a conscious choice to try to do as much content production as I could so that I would be able to release a video a day, but not more than that. I want to go back up to 2 or even 3 a day if I can.
Dorie Clark18:43
Wow. That would be optimal from my perspective. But life has intervened. And so as a solopreneur, I've just been Focusing on, on those needful activities.
Jay Clouse18:55
And when you were in this period of things weren't quite working, was the frequency fewer than one video per day? Do you think that video per day made a difference?
Dorie Clark19:04
It was. I actually was doing, I think, more than that. Well, actually, no, let me think about this. It was— we can, we can even break this down. So I guess it probably was a little bit less. Because it was over a 5-month period, which would be about, let's call it 150 days. I did roughly 100 videos, so not quite one a day. I was doing batches of one a day, and then there would be like sort of waiting periods where I was like trying to film and edit and coordinate.
Dorie Clark19:36
I think one of the biggest steps forward that I had actually that I think was really helpful to my development was initially because I felt very overwhelmed by all of the different skills that I would have to learn for this. I outsourced my video editing to my assistant, to my chief of staff, who, you know, has a background with AV and is comfortable doing it. And the sort of forcing function was that I didn't like some of the edits that he had, like in particular thumbnails. I know you just did an episode about the importance of thumbnails for YouTube, but it's also true for for Instagram, you need to have a decent thumbnail. And I was just like, oh, you know, I don't, I don't sort of love how that's done. And he's like, well, you know, like, that's how your face is basically. And I'm like, but you've got to be able to find a different thing. And so it sent me down the rabbit hole of basically trying to prove that I was right, where it's like, no, it doesn't have to look like that because I look like a maniac.
Jay Clouse20:37
So I typically think of like thumbnails as this is probably going to be the first frame where you could scroll through it. Are you editing in a software and placing a false first frame in the video?
Dorie Clark20:47
Sometimes I am. So the big problem was that if I was somehow starting it and I was like starting to form the sentence, like my mouth would be, ah, kind of off to the side, which is not a great look. So I actually went in and it's not that it's that hard to learn, but it felt overwhelming to me. I've learned Instagram edits, which is, you know, Instagram's app so that you can be editing things yourselves. And I learned about things like a freeze frame, where you can actually grab a still, pull it forward, and make the thumbnail. Mm-hmm. And just small things like that, I didn't understand in terms of an ask, like what was an easy thing or what was a hard thing, because I, I wasn't doing it myself. But once I learned, it also opened up a lot of creative possibilities for me because it was things like, you know, oh, I could, I could try this like split-screen thing, or I could try this cutout thing, or Oh, I could substitute some B-roll in here.
Dorie Clark21:38
And I think that just building my facility with that and doing it myself, even if I don't always do it myself, has given me a lot of knowledge that, that I think made a difference for me in what I was able to produce.
Jay Clouse21:53
When do you think things turned around and why?
Dorie Clark21:55
So I started to actually get traction on my account in late May of this year, sort of early June. And, you know, then really just went on a growth spree. And all of a sudden, the first things that started to connect were, I mean, the very first one, which was kind of an early signal, I was mostly getting 2,000 or 3,000 views for a video, which was not that impressive. And there was one that I got that was 50,000\. So, you know, you're sort of looking for like, what is the 10x outlier? And it was a little bit random, But it was an interesting proof of concept. I had read an article in The Atlantic that I thought was really interesting about, you know, sort of like why an Ivy League education is valuable. So this was kind of nerdy, right? It was like, you know, a study that was done. And so I was basically breaking that down and explaining it.
Dorie Clark22:49
And that one, you know, got me like 250 followers, which was huge for me at the time. Mm-hmm. Because of course, for that 5 months, I had barely gotten that. So I thought, oh, okay, this is proof that if I have the right thing, you know, something will click. So that gave me a little bit of hope. And then I did a couple of celebrity reaction ones, which I think, you know, was a useful device. I mean, yeah, I certainly didn't want my account to turn into like, you know, whatever, eNude or something. 50 Cent.
Dorie Clark23:24
Yeah. What I realized is that when you have a celebrity, it's an entry point because fundamentally, if you are trying to get new followers, they don't know who you are. They are new. And so it's very easy for people to just scroll by because, like, you know, who's this?
Jay Clouse23:41
Unfamiliar face. Why would I stay?
Dorie Clark23:43
Exactly. But if you see somebody, you know, oh, it's Jennifer Lawrence, or, oh, it's Julia Roberts, or, oh, it's Ben Affleck, or whoever it is, They're at least interested enough to give it a few seconds. And if you have something valuable to say at the end of it, they might stick around, which is cool. So that was sort of the first breakthrough. And then the thing that I really started to feel good about was when my own video, or just me direct to camera, was getting a million views. And then I felt like, now I'm starting to really get this if I can capture them on my own.
Jay Clouse24:14
Before this, like, traction happened, and you're sitting there and you're putting all this effort in, did you ever think that your account was cursed? Like maybe it's too old, maybe the growth by like slow increments from everything else, maybe that didn't lead to a following that was working. 'Cause sometimes I'm, I actually believe this is not true anymore, but for a long time I was like, it's because all my friends from high school follow me. They're the ones that see what I post first and they're like, I'm not engaging with this. Did you ever feel that way?
Dorie Clark24:44
I watched a lot of videos early on to try, because one of the pieces of the learning curve was I wanted to understand the platforms and I wanted to understand the algorithms because it just felt very mysterious. And so in particular, I didn't find content around this for Instagram, but I was simultaneously watching things about YouTube growth. And I did hear, you know, a number of sort of creator advisors do videos saying like, look, if you've got this account that has been posting all kinds of random things and it's stuck in the doldrums, you know, it's so much easier, just start clean, just start fresh. And that, I wondered if that was true for Instagram. And it felt very daunting to me because again, 22,000, you're almost in this like danger zone because if it was, you know, 500 people, I'd be like, okay, great, I'll just scrap it. You know, I'll start fresh. Yeah. But I had enough that I was like, oh, well, I don't wanna part with the asset that I already have.
Dorie Clark25:42
Like, I feel like I need to make it work with the account that I presently have. But yeah, I was a little bit nervous that somehow the algorithm would be clouded or the message wouldn't get through properly. That definitely was a concern. I'll say that one of the pieces of information that was most useful to me and most hopeful to me There's a woman named Nausheen Chen. I don't know if you know her. Yeah, yeah. Yeah, we had a conversation and she had, you know, had had and continues to have very strong Instagram growth. And I had heard from a third party that in 8 months she had gone from 3,000 followers to 300,000 followers.
Dorie Clark26:24
And I thought, oh my God, that's wild. You know, how did she do that? And I wanted to understand. And one piece of our conversation was the one that really clicked for me, where she said from months 0 to 5, she grew from $3,000 to $10,000, you know, which, which is good. I mean, that's nice progress, right? It shows something. But then from months 5 to 8, she grew from $10,000 to $300,000\. And that was when I realized, okay, exponential growth really can happen. And it had happened for her the year prior. You know, I think that sometimes we tell ourselves a narrative about anything, you know, whether it's about building an email list or building a YouTube channel or a LinkedIn or an Instagram.
Dorie Clark27:06
And it's that, oh, I didn't get in soon enough. The people who were the first movers were able to take advantage of the exponential growth, but it's not available to me. And it showed me that that was possible, which gave me the desire to persevere to see it through. Because I thought, you know what, if it, if it's algorithmically possible now, then I'm a reasonably smart person, I should be able to figure this out. So Nooshin gave me a lot of hope.
Jay Clouse27:36
Obviously the book doesn't come out till next fall, so we don't know what impact this has on that book. But at this point, do you have enough time to have data to say, okay, this growth has happened, It's lift the business in this way.
Dorie Clark27:52
There's early markers for sure. There have been interesting opportunities that have come from it. Just as, as one example about one thing that paid off in different ways, I mentioned earlier I had a video about Dolly Parton that was popular, and as a result of it, there's a woman who follows me on LinkedIn who is a CNBC editor. She saw the Dolly Parton video and said, will you write an article based on your Dolly Parton video? It's kind of interesting, right? It's like— Very interesting. Like, oh, okay. So the social content comes first and then you turn it into an article. Interesting. But so I did, and that article did really well.
Dorie Clark28:31
She said it was, you know, for like a week or something, one of the most popular articles on the site. It ended up bringing me nearly 2,000 new email subscribers as a result of it. And the article on CNBC got seen by the producers at WGN-TV, which is one of the major TV stations in Chicago. And they invited me to do a TV appearance on WGN to talk about it. So, you know, just thinking about kind of the, the media ecosystem, that's one small example. But additionally, I have certainly gotten a lot of kind of remarkable amount of inbound inquiries for, for coaching, for speaking, things like that. So it definitely has had a positive impact on the business. In fact, I mean, you know, for creators, something that is worth calling out and mentioning is that it's a little bit of a problem sometimes because you're working so hard, right? Like for 5 months you're doing a thing and nobody's paying attention whatsoever.
Dorie Clark29:32
So everything is optimized toward, okay, I've gotta just make the content, make the content. And then Because it comes very fast, there's often not time to put in place proper infrastructure to even respond.
Jay Clouse29:45
Totally.
Dorie Clark29:45
I guess it's a good problem to have, but it is still a real problem because you've been optimizing for one thing and now it's like, oh my God, I have to figure out this, this completely other thing. And I did get pretty overwhelmed by it.
Jay Clouse29:58
Yeah. Just have to say, people in audio, the poise with which you're answering questions, they have no idea a cat just walked across your desk.
Dorie Clark30:05
Yes. Yes. I've got a tail right here in my possession.
Jay Clouse30:08
Incredible. Incredible. Okay. So this has led to new opportunities and probably, I think what you're saying with that last comment is probably there is an opportunity to integrate like ManyChat into this. So like on a per video basis, there might be even greater lift than maybe you're capturing right now, but it sounds like you're very pro, like this has been worthwhile so far.
Dorie Clark30:29
Yeah, definitely. Definitely. I mean, I, you know, I'll also mention yet another possibility, uh, it opens up sponsorship possibilities that were not really there before. I mean, it is true, and people have lots of good things to say. Justin Moore, I think, is a friend of yours. I've read his book, and he and a number of other, you know, great folks that I know— a colleague of mine named Terry Rice talks about this as well— that you can absolutely land sponsor deals even if you have a smaller following or kind of a niche following. But, you know, it's true that more opportunities are available if you have a larger platform because Part of what they're looking for sometimes is reach. And so I've gotten more inquiries about that and have been able to land a couple of deals that have come in where they may have come in and said, like, for instance, oh, well, we want you to do a LinkedIn post.
Dorie Clark31:22
And then I could say, oh, but, you know, wouldn't you also like it on this other platform? And then that becomes an additional income stream.
Jay Clouse31:29
After a quick break, we talk about a day in the life of Dorie Clark and the process that has led to her stunning Instagram success. There are many very practical, very actionable tips here. So stick around. We'll be right back. And now back to my conversation with Dori. So walk me through a day or a week in the life of Dori doing her Instagram today. Like, help me understand what the process looks like beginning to end. And I was tempted to say like on a per-video basis, but It seems like the volume is so high, you're probably doing some batching.
Jay Clouse32:06
And so maybe it's best to just talk about like a larger chunk of the process.
Dorie Clark32:11
Yeah, you definitely, you definitely need to batch for it. So the kind of level of triage here, first thing that I would do, and when you're first starting, you might not have this, but pretty soon, you know, within, within your first 10 or 20 videos, you will have something as a basis. You can pull your data from Meta. and see which posts are performing best. And you can plug that into Claude or whatever your preferred AI system is and have it do an analysis so that you can look at it and say, all right, what topics are resonating? What themes? Like, you know, what, what are, what are we working with here? Basically, what should I definitely do more of? What should I definitely, you know, stop doing? And so you've got some material there. You also hopefully have been saving ideas from other things that you're watching on your own Instagram feed. So you might see somebody else doing a thing where you're like, oh, that's such a cool format. I like that.
Dorie Clark33:05
You know, save, save, save. And so you bring it in. And
Jay Clouse33:08
are you literally— I'm gonna get really, really nitty-gritty because I feel like I'm getting a little selfish. I feel like I'm really close to cracking this, but like I'm just missing a few workflow things that the unknown of it is preventing me from getting enough at-bats. So are you saving to a folder in Instagram? Do you have a notes page that you're saving ideas to? How do you actually capture your ideas?
Dorie Clark33:32
Yeah, so for me, I usually treat my email inbox as kind of a central repository because I know that I'm looking at it. So if I see something interesting, I will email it to myself, and then I'll grab it from email and I'll put it into a folder. I also have a great tool that I use called Sandcastles. And Sandcastles, it's run by Callaway, who I think you've interviewed too, is that right? Yeah,
Jay Clouse33:54
I think, I think we just released that episode like last month.
Dorie Clark33:57
Yeah, yeah. So anyway, I think that that's really useful because it'll analyze your channel, it can analyze other channels, and you can sort of see what's trending. So that gives you other ideas as well. And it connects through Claude with an MCP so that you can ask questions in Claude and have it run an analysis. So you can begin to surface some ideas about what you want to do. All right, so then I've got like raw ideas.
Jay Clouse34:23
How many?
Dorie Clark34:25
I have a page that I keep, which is like kind of the raw idea page. Oh, and there's also another source, Jay, which is that I will grab comments off of my posts because people will often say, okay, you know, this is great, but what do you do in a situation where blah, blah, blah? And so I'm like, oh, well, that's an interesting idea for a video. So I will paste that over there. So that document has gotten up to probably 30 or 35 pages, like just a Word document. Wow. So there's a lot of raw material there. And I will then go through and pick what I think are the most promising ones. And I have developed over time a skill in Claude that is basically a positioning.
Dorie Clark35:10
Like, it's basically like helping me formulate a hook and like an angle for it. So I will feed in, you know, okay, here's some rough ideas. And then the Claude skill, I've trained it over time. So I have like a voice document basically, and it's guidelines for all of this that I keep refining and have been refining for all of these months. And so the skills themselves have to be relatively short, but they refer to a source document That is probably 30 pages of specs about, you know, voice and ideas and this kind of hook, not that kind of hook, et cetera. So it goes through that and comes back with me and is like, oh, well, here are some possible ways. Like it comes up with 10 hooks for each topic. And so I'll go through and I'm like, okay, you know, number 3 for A, number 4 for B, and we'll go for there.
Jay Clouse36:01
And that document, that source document, if it's like 30 pages, I'm guessing you have like over time, you're like, here's example scripts of videos that have done really well that I really liked.
Dorie Clark36:11
Yeah. Or maybe not. It doesn't actually have example scripts, but it will have, like, it's got a banned phrase list, you know, like of like, you know, the AI words that are annoying to everybody. Yeah. So some of the information in this document is tonal because I wanna make sure that as I'm creating content, it's for the right people psychographically. I don't really want to attract an audience of people that, you know, feel like people are out to get you and you need to, you know, have your comeback or, you know, you need to be angry about that. I mean, that certainly is a sentiment that could mobilize people, but that's not what I'm doing. And so I want all of the frames to be about, okay, here is a way that you can have information that will be helpful to you, but it's not about a kind of victim mindset.
Dorie Clark37:03
or whatever. So, I mean, those are some of the, the pieces. There will be guidance about particular things like here's how long the hook should be. Like the, you know, the hook shouldn't be more than 10 words because if it is, it gets long and it won't fit on the screen. It can be things about phrases that I want to specifically avoid, not because they sound like AI, but that they're off brand. Like, you know, if you're talking about winning or crushing, it's a little bit more bro energy than I want to be putting out. And so we have different phrasing that we would use.
Jay Clouse37:34
This is so good. See, this is the level of— this is so helpful to me.
Dorie Clark37:38
I'm glad.
Jay Clouse37:38
What I'm going to do is I'm literally going to take this transcript and I'm going to be like, help me start this document, Claude, based on what Dory is saying. And then I'm going to fill in some of my stuff, and then I'm going to make a templated version that I'm going to give to folks in the audience. Just go to the show notes.
Dorie Clark37:53
Love it.
Jay Clouse37:53
That's amazing. Okay, so you have this long list of ideas and it's very freeing to me to hear that it sounds like it's a fairly, like, just long Word doc, and it's not like this—
Dorie Clark38:03
It's so unwieldy. Yeah, in its raw form. My wife will send me things that she's seen. She's like, oh, you should talk about this. This would be a great idea. So I'll put that in the document.
Jay Clouse38:13
And you probably check things off, like, as you say, like, okay, I did a video on this.
Dorie Clark38:17
Yeah, I have 3 sort of canonical documents, and one is like the raw ideas. The next is the scripted, you know, ready to film. And then the third is I've filmed this. And so I will move sequentially from one to the other.
Jay Clouse38:33
This is also an obvious thing that I just need to get myself past. I'm such a linear completionist that I get stuck all the time in like, I need to finish the thing in the same motion as starting the thing. What I think you're saying is you have this large list that you're capturing as it happens. And then probably as you get time, you're picking some of these ideas and running it through the process and getting it closer to the point of scripting. And so at some point you have a pile where you're like, this is a large enough pile that I can start filming. Is that right?
Dorie Clark39:04
Yeah, absolutely. Because filming is the constraint in some ways, because at least for me, I mean, you have a nice studio all set up, but, you know, right, right at the moment, I split my time between New York and Miami. And when you're in New York, space is at a premium. I don't have a kind of permanent studio setup where, you know, with lights and things like that. So you have to sample that, or you need to, to go outside and film it in the natural light and, you know, do that at an appropriate golden hour or whatever it is. So I want to have a batch of things that I can do all at once to capitalize on the efficiencies of, of being able to film a bunch of things rapidly. And I will literally go out into the streets of New York— it's kind of ridiculous— with a backpack in like 6 sweaters because you need to change your wardrobe. I
Jay Clouse39:48
was gonna ask this. So you do think about this? You don't wanna do a batch in the same uniform?
Dorie Clark39:54
Yeah, absolutely. Because the problem then is that if you release those videos, people often might scroll by because they'll say, oh, well, I've seen this one before, even if it's a completely different topic. So it needs to have a different visual look so that they'll pause long enough to say, oh, I haven't seen this one yet. So yeah, I'll have, I'll have a bunch of different sweaters or jackets or shirts. And just go out and I'll, I'll be changing angles. Uh, you know, I might be in the same park, but I will take the tripod and just shift it around, you know, 45 degrees and 45 degrees so that they're seeing different backdrops.
Jay Clouse40:26
This is interesting. I thought about this. I'm like, oh, I have this amazing studio, but I'm actually wondering if it's better to have something that feels less produced and more variable, or if I'm just hiding from the work of filming and recording.
Dorie Clark40:39
I mean, I think there's probably a lot of, a lot of ways that it can work. For me, the balance that I've struck is that I have a better setup for this in Miami, but when I'm doing a celebrity reaction video, I will do it at the desk, sort of looking a little bit more formal because that's where it's like, oh, I need the authority of, you know, you know, here I am a pundit and I am, I am explaining this thing. Whereas if it's me talking direct to camera, I feel like that's a little bit meant to be more accessible. And so for that one, I'll be out in the wild, so to speak.
Jay Clouse41:10
Tell me about your editing process. Do you also do that in a batch?
Dorie Clark41:13
Yeah, I do, although it doesn't necessarily have to be batched in quite the same way, because if you are doing a video format that doesn't require heavy editing, you can kind of do that almost like when you're waiting in line for something. If I'm doing a direct-to-camera video shoot and I haven't messed up too badly, usually it'll take, you know, 5 or 10 minutes to just blitz through because really you're just cutting the beginning and the end. You're watching it through one time to make sure there weren't any kind of stops and starts or something like that. You might trim a little bit of the silences, you add the captions, you add the text hook at the beginning, and that's, that's really all you have to do. So That can be done very, very quickly. So sometimes if I, if I have filmed a batch of, you know, a dozen or something like that, I'll knock out the edits on a couple just to get them posted, but the rest I will leave for myself as little chores when I have a spare 5 minutes.
Jay Clouse42:17
Hmm. Talk to me then about your posting process.
Dorie Clark42:22
For posting, I am not the most scientific in the world, I'll cross-post to Facebook, and I will often like dump a bunch of them. I mean, I think it's probably better to, you know, to stagger them. You can schedule trial reels now, which is really nice. But honestly, when you schedule trial reels, they become like sort of hard to see based on the UX of Instagram. And it always worries me that they're not gonna do it properly. This is probably just my own paranoia. Yeah. but because it's not easily visible, I'm like, did that actually happen or did that like vanish into the ether? So because I'm skeptical, I don't necessarily use it.
Dorie Clark43:03
I think what would be optimal is to post, you know, let's say if your goal is doing daily videos, probably every day you post a new trial reel and then every day you advance a new trial reel into your feed so that there's new content for, for the new folks and there's new content for your followers. But oftentimes I will pour a bunch into trial reels, which means that—
Jay Clouse43:26
At the same time?
Dorie Clark43:27
Yeah, exactly. And then I'll sort of ration them out to my followers during a busy period. That's really just a practical adaptation for things like last week was, as I mentioned, this 100-person recognized expert summit. And so I knew it was just gonna be wall-to-wall, so I wanted to have it all teed up so that all I had to do in the morning was just press, okay, share, share to your feed, so that that was the only thing I had to think about.
Jay Clouse43:55
Talk to me about the captions that go below the video. So not like the literal captions on what you're saying, but how much time and thought do you put into the captions for the video itself?
Dorie Clark44:05
So I will spend a fairly disproportionate time thinking about that because not only is it the first thing that people see, It informs everything. Ideally, I like to have the text hook and the verbal hook aligned so that it's kind of unified. Occasionally, I will write a script and then later I will think of a better text hook, and if that's the case, I will just say, all right, well, they probably won't mind, and so I will update it to the better text hook and keep the verbal hook different, but it's usually not my intention to do so. But Yeah, I want to create something that strikes a balance. And this is part of my voice document as well. One mistake I will say that, that AI likes to do, at least initially, was that it would like give away the answer. And the whole goal of an Instagram video, if you're talking about retention, is you need to create curiosity. So they would come up with titles that would, that would just give away the answer.
Dorie Clark45:04
It would be like, the reason you're not a good entrepreneur is you don't sleep enough or something like that. Yeah, yeah, yeah. Well, okay, why do you need to watch that video?
Jay Clouse45:12
Yeah.
Dorie Clark45:12
I've, you know, baked in language about art. It has to create curiosity as an element, for instance. So I mean, that's, that's one piece of it, but I, I definitely have been playing with that a lot.
Jay Clouse45:23
So just to clarify, you're saying the on-screen text hook you put a disproportionate amount of time into? I was asking about the description below the video, not even in the edit itself.
Dorie Clark45:32
The caption.
Jay Clouse45:33
Yeah, do you put any effort into that?
Dorie Clark45:35
Um, relatively little. The caption is important for SEO. So you want to make sure that there's relevant keywords. I mean, all of these, like, AI is so smart now, right? Like, it, it's using all of these factors. So even if it was completely blank, it probably still wouldn't be that much of a problem. But you know that in terms of who it's being distributed to, they're drawing from your literal captions of what you've been saying. Mm-hmm. They're drawing from the text hook.
Dorie Clark46:01
And so, you know, it understands who to feed it to. But Your written caption is just one more element that you can control to make sure that the appropriate keywords are in there. So I don't belabor it. Some people put their entire script in there, which I don't really bother to do, but largely because I am doing this on my telephone and I, you know, you could copy and paste it, but it's a little bit of a bear. So I will just make sure that I'm giving people enough information so that they understand what the video is about and why they should watch. And then, you know, a CTA, a call to action to encourage people to follow me. But yeah, I'm usually writing it on the spot and not, not thinking incredibly deeply about it.
Jay Clouse46:43
I can't believe I didn't ask this already, but you, you mentioned at one point that you use a teleprompter now for your scripts.
Dorie Clark46:47
Yes.
Jay Clouse46:48
Are you filming front-facing and using a teleprompter app on your phone, or do you have a different workaround?
Dorie Clark46:54
I am using the front-facing camera. This is definitely in the camp of like, done is better than perfect. I know that the back camera is like way nicer. And I'd love to film with a back camera, but I have tried different arrangements. I bought a separate external teleprompter and it was just too complicated to use. It was optimized for a DSLR camera. I thought, oh my God, that seems complicated to me. So I film all of this on my iPhone and it was hard to use and kind of janky with an iPhone.
Dorie Clark47:28
So ultimately I was like, you know what, that's definitely just too hard. I wanna make it easy enough that I can actually keep doing this and that I have the ability to do it myself because I'm filming this without a team. Sometimes my wife is around to help me out, but sometimes she's not. So I, I needed it to be manageable for someone who is not a technical person like me to be able to get it done.
Jay Clouse47:50
What teleprompter app are you using?
Dorie Clark47:52
Just within the Instagram Edits app.
Jay Clouse47:54
So you're filming within edits as well?
Dorie Clark47:56
Yes, correct.
Jay Clouse47:57
Okay, wow. This is all very empowering, very freeing. Yeah, I feel like I have a much clearer sense of how to do a lot of this. What we didn't talk about a lot is, it seems for me from the outside that you have like 3-ish sort of buckets or categories for your videos that you return to time and time again. Do you think that's meaningfully important?
Dorie Clark48:19
Do I think it's meaningfully important for people to have multiple buckets that they return to, or which is common?
Jay Clouse48:24
Meaning it seems like it's gotten kind of structured where it's like you have the how to blank, like how to answer this question, how to do this type of, or respond to this question. Then you have, here's the celebrity trick. Mm-hmm. To do this type of thing. And you have some like what to say when this happens as well. Yeah. So do you think that's important for growing the account, that it's consistent with those 3 questions? Or is that just helping you narrow the aperture of what you could create around and it helps you get more at-bats?
Dorie Clark48:56
Yeah, I think the key thing for me in kind of coming to that, and it probably won't be the case forever, right? Because different trends emerge on platforms about what people want or what they're looking for. That's why I always start with the data analysis first to understand what is it that people seem to be interested in now so that I'm not stuck in some past model. But that is definitely what seems to be working right now. It emerged ground up. When I started the Instagram journey, I really wasn't sure what the audience would be interested in. And the problem, you know, you could say it's a strength, but also a problem with me honestly is that I, in my work, don't have a very specific area of focus, right? It's not like I've only ever done one thing. My first book is about professional reinvention. It's called Reinventing You.
Dorie Clark49:54
I have another one called Stand Out about how to become a thought leader in your industry. My third book is called Entrepreneurial You. My most recent one, The Long Game, is about strategic thinking. So any of those could have been potentially viable paths to explore, and I tried videos initially about all of those things. It's like, oh, okay, should it be more entrepreneurial content about like, here's how to make money as an entrepreneur, or should it be more about like, here's how to be strategic and develop long-term vision? I didn't know what would resonate. And so where I've landed is as the result of sort of seeing of the potential universe of my content. I'm clearly not doing like random things like, oh, I'll throw in cooking and fitness or whatever, but of the potential universe of topics that I could talk about, these are the veins that that seem to resonate most with people. So I've shaped it accordingly.
Jay Clouse50:46
If you were to address me as someone who has the burgeoning success that you have on Instagram, and you were to pass along Dory's immutable laws of Instagram, what would be on that list so that we can take that and put that into work?
Dorie Clark50:59
Aha. Well, thank you, Jay. I appreciate it. I think that what I have learned, and I hope can be helpful to other people, in terms of growing on Instagram is, number one, responding to the audience like we were talking about a moment ago is really crucial. I was never an analytics person before. I was a philosophy major as an undergrad. I have a graduate degree in theology. I'm not a data cruncher, but I've come to appreciate how important it is to actually look at the numbers, And when you see a meaningful spike in reaction, that should be noticed because that is the thing that you can double down on.
Dorie Clark51:47
And you have to develop almost scientific hypotheses. I had a post that did very well for me called How to Stand Out in a Meeting Even If You're the Quiet One. And it was completely disproportionate. It got a million-plus views or whatever. And in no way was I expecting that to do so well. And so I decided, okay, I have to test this. Is it about standing out in a meeting that people are interested in? Is it about the identity of being a quiet one? And so I almost like an algorithmic thing, you know, like a decision tree, I started making other videos around that to see, all right, you know, what about if you do X? You know, if you, how to stand out in a job interview if you're a quiet one, how to, how to argue your point effectively, even if you're the quiet one. And all of these things were, were, experiments off of these things to try to get closer and closer to the idea of what is it that's working.
Dorie Clark52:42
And it might not even be the premise. It could be the hook. It could be the visual of where you are or what you're doing. And so it becomes like a mystery that you can unfurl if you treat it the right way. And so that's been very empowering. The second piece of advice that I'd give is regardless of What people end up doing. I do think from my own experience that there has been real value in learning the process from the ground up myself so that I understand how it works. And I may outsource certain elements later, but I have so much more control about it and I can move so much faster being able to film and learning how to do that, being able to edit and doing that.
Dorie Clark53:25
So I think it's a mistake to pay someone You could easily pay someone, you know, $3,000 or $5,000 or $10,000 a month. I mean, I have multiple author friends that pay a firm $7,000 a month, and they have beautiful looking content. Like, it's very beautiful. But my growth has been better than theirs on the platform. And I think it's empowering to realize that money is not the variable that is buying you success. Or
Jay Clouse53:48
production value.
Dorie Clark53:49
Yeah, absolutely. And then, you know, I guess as a third piece, I would say, You bring this up frequently about your listeners and, you know, members of the lab, that it is education first. And I think that is a really important frame. We all know, especially with AI, I mean, God help us, there is so much slop that is being produced and it is noisier. So if we can make sure that whatever we are producing is something that genuinely feels like an insight, that, you know, really is something that you, if you received it, would say, oh, that's, that's cool, I want to pass that on. That is what is going to stand out. You know, it's just the threshold of not what would other people like, but would I like it? You know, does it meet your quality threshold? The other day, I did something that I had been wanting to do for a while and just had put off, honestly, because it felt very intimidating in terms of the time commitment and how to do it, which was I knew that it would be a good idea to have 500,000 followers in to create a carousel that was like an about me introductory carousel. Because presumably a lot of people who started following me, they might watch the videos, but they haven't necessarily taken the time.
Dorie Clark55:15
I mean, why would they, to go to my website or learn any information about me? So they might literally just have no data, but this would be a way that I could introduce myself to them. So I knew it was useful, but I didn't even really know how to make carousels. And it was like, oh, you know, how do you tell your story that, you know, in a short, succinct way? So it took me probably 6 or 7 hours to work on, but it was like this very big project figuring out what are the exact right images to use and how do I tell the story? But I was really proud of it at the end because I felt like, okay, I feel like this captures my vibe in a nice way. And I put it up and it's actually been so lovely and so gratifying because an About Me carousel, you would think it's like maybe limited reach for something like that. It's not as immediately useful to other people because it fundamentally is about you. But right this minute, it is up at 132,000 views. which is so awesome for just something like that. And to me, that feels like evidence that I did it the way that I had hoped I could do it.
Jay Clouse56:21
That's amazing, man. Is there anything glaring that I missed or is non-obvious to your approach or what you've learned that we haven't covered here?
Dorie Clark56:31
Oh my goodness. I think we've covered a lot of ground. This is really fun to talk about. I'm curious for you, how are you thinking about this? Like, do you wanna sort of, dive in and recommit? Or like, what's, what's your vision for yourself with this?
Jay Clouse56:45
100%. We got to the point where I was, I think I was trying to overcomplicate it. And I've been like bringing on more folks onto my team to help me with content creation. And so I was trying to involve them, but then I was becoming the, the filming bottleneck. And so like out of guilt, I was filming stuff that like wasn't that great.
Dorie Clark57:00
Right.
Jay Clouse57:01
And so I think I'm gonna put it back in the bucket of like, this is a skunkworks project. assigned to just me. The challenge is getting enough throughput fast enough amongst the other things that I've committed to. Yes. So, as we're talking, I'm literally thinking, I'm like, maybe what I do is after this episode drops, I put out another episode that says, be right back, I'm gonna figure out Instagram. And I just don't upload to the podcast or YouTube for a couple months and figure this out. Because at the end of the day, like, if I can figure it out and then I can report back and be like, this is what I did, That's gonna be good content too.
Dorie Clark57:37
Totally. I
Jay Clouse57:38
had a conversation with somebody about podcasting, which podcasting, like notoriously difficult to grow. Oh yeah. Viral podcasts aren't really a thing unless you're on YouTube. But he had a really good point cuz he was like in the old school podcasting world and he was like, consistency still matters in podcasting, but you should always be working on some episode or series that you think is a really big swing because your growth isn't gonna come from consistency. Your growth is gonna come from one of those big swings actually connecting.
Dorie Clark58:06
Yes.
Jay Clouse58:07
And I'm not putting enough effort into enough like big swings. I'm kind of like really riding the consistency train and have been for a long time.
Dorie Clark58:18
Yeah.
Jay Clouse58:18
And that has started to come at the detriment of time to do some of these bigger swings. So that's what's been coming up for me as we've been talking.
Dorie Clark58:27
And that's really interesting. Yeah, when consistency becomes a problem, it's like— Totally. Like the terrible downside of doing exactly what everyone tells you that you should be doing.
Jay Clouse58:38
Yeah, like consistency is great as long as you're getting better, but I think in post-fatherhood season, when I'm trying to be as consistent as I was before we had a kid in a compacted amount of time, what is likely to come from that is pretty obvious, you know? It's just like, it's hard to be, better than I was with less time. Of course, like, skills get sharper, you get faster at doing things, so the drop-off isn't as extreme as the loss of time might be, but it is easy to step backwards in terms of even your own standards of pushing yourself to get better. So this has been really inspiring to me.
Dorie Clark59:15
Well, thank you. I appreciate it, and I certainly support your Instagram journey, although as a podcast fan, don't cut it back too much because I keep learning a lot from your show. So I'm so happy To be able to come on and share some of what I've been learning because I really, I really find it genuinely beneficial. So thank you.
Jay Clouse59:41
If you enjoyed this episode, please consider leaving a rating or review on Apple Podcasts or Spotify. We're close to 500 on Apple. Please help me get there. Come on, we need you. I need you here. They help me grow big and strong as a podcaster. Those reviews go a long way to help us grow the show. If you want to learn more about Dori, visit her website at doriclark.com.
Jay Clouse59:59
There's a link to that and her Instagram account in the show notes. Thank you for listening. I'll talk to you next week. Thank you.
[  Put this episode to work Podcast Like A YouTuber The playbook for a video podcast people watch $199 · 230+ students · 14-day refundSee the course → ](https://app.creatorscience.com/courses/podcast-like-a-youtuber?utm%5Fsource=creatorscience.com&utm%5Fmedium=episode-card&utm%5Fcampaign=dorie-clark&utm%5Fcontent=episode)
This week's guest

**Dorie Clark**Wall Street Journal bestselling author, 4-time Thinkers50 honoree as one of the world's top business thinkers, and longtime faculty member at Duke and
Free every Sunday
### Get the ideas from every episode
Join **65,000+** creators reading the Creator Science newsletter.
Subscribe for free
Up next
[**Kallaway’s EXACT System For Going Viral (Almost Every Time)**Episode 316](https://creatorscience.com/podcast/kallaway/)
Ask Creator Science
Got a question about your creative business? Jay answers listener questions on the show.
[Submit a question →](https://creatorscience.com/ask/?ref=podcast)
## More episodes about Instagram
[All 21 episodes →](https://creatorscience.com/tag/ig/)
[Episode 297 · Mar 17, 2026Joy Sullivan — How She Built A Living As A Writer On Instagram and Substack](https://creatorscience.com/podcast/joy-sullivan/)[Episode 275 · Sep 23, 2025From ignoring short-form video to 3.5 billion views | Pat Flynn’s Pokémon juggernaut (Part 1)](https://creatorscience.com/podcast/pat-flynn-shorts/)[Episode 136 · Feb 7, 2023Kevin Parry – How he goes viral on EVERY platform](https://creatorscience.com/podcast/kevin-parry/)
### Proof of Effort
URL: https://creatorscience.com/proof-of-effort/
Last updated: 2026-10-16T19:18:20.000Z
I saw a [depressing prediction](https://x.com/danshipper/status/2110707025826996280?ref=creatorscience.com) from Dan Shipper (CEO of Every) on X this week.
Here's the paraphrased version:
****the newsletter is dead**
Every's core business is a newsletter with 120k+ subscribers so I don't say this lightly.
****persistent agents mean i dont look at my inbox**
with dots (GrokBots, Muse, etc) I almost never look at my inbox. if I do it's for a specific thing I need to reply to.i think in a year I'll be doing all of my email this way - fully filtered by my dot / something like it.
****what it means**
It doesn’t mean people won't read newsletters, but it does mean that getting a person’s email is no longer the guarantee that you have a relationship with them that it used to.
For years now, people have "joked" that the future of work looks like 1) people using AI to create things and then 2) people using AI to summarize and consume those things—i.e., humans are no longer truly creating *or* consuming what was created. Bots talk to bots, dead internet theory, blah blah blah.
It's a good argument! Especially when you open an email expecting to read from one of your favorite writers and immediately sense the AI fingerprint.
But I have a more optimistic take: We've just tightened our filters.
Because the cost of creating (generating) things has effectively gone to zero, the supply of consumable *stuff* has exploded. Available human attention has not changed. So what we're all learning how to do is get better and better at filtering *what deserves our limited supply of attention*.
And what we've implicitly realized is that if there was no cost to the person *creating* the thing, we don't want to invest our own resources (time, attention, energy, cash) into consuming the thing. Hell, sometimes I can't even be bothered to read the AI response to the question I asked *because it's long and written by a robot.*
On the other hand, people paid thousands of dollars—*per ticket—*to see Twenty One Pilots play an arena show here in Columbus, Ohio, last night. The cost of BECOMING Twenty One Pilots was enormous: years of practice, playing to mostly empty rooms, overcoming self-doubt, self-funding albums, and more. The cost of orchestrating that show was equally enormous. The band is known for putting on spectacular shows. For weeks, people on Reddit speculated about what the show's production might look like.
In a world where everyone constantly cuts corners, we love it when people take the long route.
Our daughter is really into Sesame Street right now. And amid the brain-rot landmines on Netflix and elsewhere, Sesame Street still seems like a positive, low-stim choice. And then I discovered a season of "Sesame Street Classics"—episodes from the 1970s and 80s. We watched an episode from 1978, and she *loved* it. And I loved it, too! And I loved it even *more* knowing that it was totally made from human imagination and collaboration.
I'm not speaking from a mountaintop here. I constantly feel tempted to use AI to ramp up publishing volume. Volume used to be what separated the megacreators from the rest, so the perception of volume FEELS like the bridge to cross to grow. *But that's a relic of an earlier time*. Volume today looks a lot like "[midslop](https://creatorscience.com/midslop/)" and begs the ancient question: If a tree falls in the forest with no one around to hear it, does it make a sound? I don't know, but it doesn't make a sale.
It's better to make something with **proof of effort**. Proof of care. Proof of YOU investing your own time, pride, creativity, and love into the thing.
And it's not mutually exclusive from AI.
My friend Jonny Miller is an AI evangelist, but he leverages it in ways that still feel effortful.
A few weeks ago, he published an essay called [*How to Unclench*](https://howtounclench.com/?ref=creatorscience.com) that has received nearly 2 million views on X.
> After months of writing, 'How to Unclench' is finally live!
>
> It's an interactive essay packed with stories, science & guided practices to help you unclench.
>
> → [https://t.co/UTYPJkkrKH](https://t.co/UTYPJkkrKH?ref=creatorscience.com) [https://t.co/SMPBhkaH7f](https://t.co/SMPBhkaH7f?ref=creatorscience.com) [pic.twitter.com/U9ibMPcjtU](https://t.co/U9ibMPcjtU?ref=creatorscience.com)
>
> — Jonny Miller (@jonnym1ller) [September 14, 2026](https://x.com/jonnym1ller/status/2099558411050635769?ref%5Fsrc=twsrc%5Etfw&ref=creatorscience.com)
The essay is great—it's actually been quite an unlock for me. And Jonny is both a friend and a member of The Lab. But I'm interested in what it teaches us about the current state of content creation
The essay reeks of effort. Months (years?) spent thinking, pressure-testing, iterating, and then figuring out how to communicate one specific idea. The writing is immediately engaging. He underscores it with animations (probably AI-assisted) that are simultaneously "unnecessary" (strictly speaking) but so helpful in grasping the ideas.
Effort.
The entire essay was published not on Jonny's blog, but on a domain he secured *just for this essay*. I've seen this a few times lately with other creators:
- [High Agency](https://www.highagency.com/?ref=creatorscience.com) by George Mack
- [AI 2027](https://ai-2027.com/?ref=creatorscience.com)
- [AI 2040](https://ai-2040.com/?ref=creatorscience.com)
Again, it just reeks of extra effort. And when we see that the essay is a 30+ minute read, that human effort invites us in.
It may seem like we're entering a time when it's harder than ever to cut through the noise and competition for attention.
*How can a* [*trust maximizer*](https://creatorscience.com/attention-vs-trust/) *compete?*
But when everyone is spreading their effort wider and wider, deep, concentrated effort becomes rare, obvious, and attractive. If you don't want to compete on volume, the best thing you can do is choose not to.
### His EXACT System For Writing Scripts With AI — Former Ali Abdaal Scriptwriter, George Blackman
URL: https://creatorscience.com/podcast/george-blackman-ai/
Last updated: 2026-10-15T12:37:58.000Z
Episode 321
# His EXACT System For Writing Scripts With AI — Former Ali Abdaal Scriptwriter, George Blackman
My guest is George Blackman, a YouTube scriptwriter who got his start writing full-time for Ali Abdaal and has since written scripts for creators from 30,000 to over 10 million subscribers.
with **George Blackman**Oct 13, 202650 min
[Watch](#watch) [Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/his-exact-system-for-writing-scripts-with-ai-former/id1498801064?i=1000796086418&uo=4&ref=creatorscience.com) [Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/episode/0uZWplRNnOjFcdNpsqxpZ4?ref=creatorscience.com) More players
Listen in your app
[Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/creator-science-with-jay-clouse/id1498801064?ref=creatorscience.com)[Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/show/39j9VhklsBs1aLWtkGTWJT?ref=creatorscience.com)[YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/@jay/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Overcast](https://overcast.fm/itunes1498801064/creator-science?ref=creatorscience.com)[Pocket Casts](https://pocketcasts.com/podcast/creator-science-with-jay-clouse/7db47890-2ff0-0138-96e6-0acc26574db2?ref=creatorscience.com)[Castro](https://castro.fm/podcast/5f8d5083-92f5-4a4e-a83e-29a773baa95c?ref=creatorscience.com)[Castbox](https://castbox.fm/channel/id2626956?ref=creatorscience.com)[Podcast Addict](https://podcastaddict.com/feed/https%3A%2F%2Ffeeds.megaphone.fm%2FTPG4024225475?ref=creatorscience.com)Copy the RSS feed

Prefer to listen?
This week's guest

**George Blackman**YouTube scriptwriter who got his start writing full-time for Ali Abdaal and has since written scripts for creators from 30,000 to over 10 million
## What you'll learn
- The framework behind every educational hook George writes
- Why the setups and payoffs inside each segment matter more than the hook
- The ending George puts on every single video, and a twist I want to try on mine
- Where a human still has to make the call, and why AI will keep "improving" your script forever if you let it
## About this episode
My guest is George Blackman, a YouTube scriptwriter who got his start writing full-time for Ali Abdaal and has since written scripts for creators from 30,000 to over 10 million subscribers.
This is George's second time on the show. Three years ago, we talked about scriptwriting fundamentals. Since then, George has started writing his own videos with AI, and he's spent most of this year building PlayWriteAI, an AI scriptwriting app with more than 700 people on the waitlist. Building it taught him something most creators haven't noticed yet: AI will tell you, very confidently, that it did ten things it never actually did.
This episode is his full process, from voice memo to a script that's ready to record.
George's [Website](https://www.georgeblackman.com/?ref=creatorscience.com) / [YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/@GeorgeBlackmanYT?ref=creatorscience.com) / [X](https://x.com/GeorgeBlackman%5F?ref=creatorscience.com) / [LinkedIn](https://www.linkedin.com/in/george-blackman-077a421ab/?ref=creatorscience.com) / [Newsletter](https://www.georgeblackman.com/write-on-time?ref=creatorscience.com) / [Community](https://georgeblackman.link/community?ref=creatorscience.com)
By the end of this episode, you will have a repeatable system for writing scripts with AI, and a clearer sense of which parts of the work you should keep for yourself.
## Chapters
1. 00:00IntroductionPlay ▸
2. 02:32George's process todayPlay ▸
3. 05:10Easy mode vs. advanced modePlay ▸
4. 09:53The 3 blocks of a YouTube scriptPlay ▸
5. 11:04Target, transformation, stakesPlay ▸
6. 18:06Why setups matter mostPlay ▸
7. 19:52Inside George's scriptwriting appPlay ▸
8. 22:34Rethinking the payoffPlay ▸
9. 28:16How many segments a video needsPlay ▸
10. 33:00How George ends every videoPlay ▸
11. 35:14Ending on a sales videoPlay ▸
12. 38:34Where humans still matterPlay ▸
13. 43:50How George really feels about AIPlay ▸
## Mentioned in this episode
[Free download: YouTube Script Partner skill + George’s Claude project files ↗](https://creatorscience.co/script-partner-pod?ref=creatorscience.com)[PlayWriteAI ↗](https://georgeblackman.link/app?ref=creatorscience.com)[Claude Scriptwriting Project Setup ↗](https://georgeblackman.link/ClaudeProjectFiles?ref=creatorscience.com)[The Exact Claude Project Setup for YouTube Script Writing ↗](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=y2EN4rp2Zmk&ref=creatorscience.com)[Free YouTube Script Template ↗](https://georgeblackman.gumroad.com/l/youtubescripttemplate?ref=creatorscience.com)[Free Audience Avatar Template ↗](https://georgeblackman.gumroad.com/l/audienceavatar?ref=creatorscience.com)[The YouTube Scriptwriting Playbook ↗](https://www.ytsp.co/?ref=creatorscience.com)[AutoCut by 1of10 ↗](https://creatorscience.co/1of10-pod-george?ref=creatorscience.com)[Website ↗](https://www.georgeblackman.com/?ref=creatorscience.com)[YouTube ↗](https://www.youtube.com/@GeorgeBlackmanYT?ref=creatorscience.com)[X ↗](https://x.com/GeorgeBlackman%5F?ref=creatorscience.com)[LinkedIn ↗](https://www.linkedin.com/in/george-blackman-077a421ab/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Newsletter ↗](https://www.georgeblackman.com/write-on-time?ref=creatorscience.com)[Community ↗](https://georgeblackman.link/community?ref=creatorscience.com)[Full transcript and show notes ↗](https://creatorscience.com/podcast/george-blackman-ai)
## Full transcript
10,252 words · click any timestamp to jump the video there
George Blackman0:00
Where is it worth putting my energy into learning to use AI well? And where should I deliberately take a stand and be like, no, I'm using my brain here because it's actually better to do so?
Jay Clouse0:09
Meet George Blackman. He started as a full-time scriptwriter for Ali Abdaal. He's written scripts for creators from 30,000 to over 10 million subscribers, and he now teaches creators how to write their own scripts that keep people watching and turn them into paying customers. In this episode, you'll learn his exact system for writing scripts with AI, starting with the framework behind every hook he writes.
George Blackman0:31
For educational hooks, I always think target transformation stakes.
Read the full transcriptClose transcript
Jay Clouse0:35
He's also brutally honest about the ways AI lies to you in the process.
George Blackman0:40
You sort of learn all these little ways in which it may appear to be doing something well, and then the output that comes out, it actually reveals, oh, hang on, it wasn't doing these like 10 things that it claimed very confidently that it was.
Jay Clouse0:50
And stick around to the end where George shows me the tool he built for writing killer scripts using AI that saves you time without sacrificing your unique voice. Thank you to 1Up10 for sponsoring this video. As just a frame for the overall conversation, some may think that, okay, because we have AI, is that doing all of the work of scriptwriting now? What say you?
George Blackman1:13
I think this is a place that everyone is now in with pretty much any industry, whether it's to do with writing specifically, whether it's coding, whether it's like anything that could feasibly be affected by AI. there is this sense of uncertainty and like, where should I put my energy right now? Should I be putting my energy into getting really good at ideation because the script can just be written for me? Or is ideation already off the cards because AI can just do that for me? Do I even need to bother learning to code anymore because AI can just do that for me? And I think scriptwriting is such a broad church. There are so many aspects to it that even with that, it's like, okay, sure, AI could write my whole script, but should I still be the one looking at my hook? Because I know the hook's super important. Or are these key moments where I call out to a product that I'm trying to sell or something in the script, are they so important that I should still be using my brain, or is AI better than me? And so more broadly, we're going to talk about the sort of process that I use these days to write a script using AI. But I think the broader meta skill and the thing to try and figure out, and that I'm trying to figure out, and I think we're all trying to figure out, is where are the parts where it's the most useful? Where is it worth putting my energy into learning to use AI well? And where should I deliberately take a stand and be like, no, I'm using my brain here, not through some moral crusade, but because it's actually better to do so.
Jay Clouse2:32
Can you walk us through, let's imagine you are making a video for the George Blackman channel. How are you going about scriptwriting today?
George Blackman2:41
First step, and this is where the use case for AI is much, much stronger. I think even just to refer back to your previous question, it's like, where are people needed? It's almost easier to list the few places where AI is definitely a no-brainer. And the first step of my process these days is very much where it is a no-brainer, which is just explaining my thoughts about the script that I want to write verbally, using either like a voice note thing or just directly into Claude. Just that ability to spiel off in natural language what I think about a topic, even if it just allows me the chance to clarify my thoughts on something that I've never said out loud. Kind of the same idea as journaling or something. It allows you to just get more out than if you're just vaguely thinking about something in your head.
Jay Clouse3:24
And is this assuming that you've already decided on the video idea, if not package?
George Blackman3:29
Yes, this is assuming you've already thought of the packaging, or I guess, yes, ideally the packaging. Not everyone does it. There's no shame if you don't come up with your packaging first, although obviously try to. But yes, the idea is already decided at this point. I guess we could talk about ideas as well, but that's less where I'm involved. This is, I know what I'm gonna talk about. Maybe I don't know exactly how I want to frame it. An example from my channel specifically was like, I wanted to do a video about my sort of journey in my business, but I knew I needed to tie it back to YouTube scriptwriting in some way.
George Blackman4:01
And so I spoke out loud to an AI about this and I was like, here are the sort of points in my business when I was a scriptwriter, then I was like a consultant and now I run this community and blah, blah, blah, blah. But what's the sort of angle that makes this interesting for my audience who cares maybe a bit about business, but more about scriptwriting? And what it allowed me to do was get those thoughts out and then have some time going back and forth on the angle that we should approach the subject. And ultimately, we kind of landed on this approach of, at every stage of my business, how have my thoughts about scriptwriting changed? And like, what's the key lesson about scriptwriting I learned at each revenue level or whatever, which kind of, yeah, tied it back to my audience's interests.
Jay Clouse4:41
Yeah, let's imagine that somebody watching this doesn't have any type of complex projects set up. Maybe they've never used Claude or ChatGPT to do anything like this. And so what should be the starting point? Is it just like dumping this in, or do you think they should take some time and say like, okay, here's my audience, here's this, here's that? Like, what context does this thing need before you start talking about a particular video, if it needs context at all?
George Blackman5:10
So first thing, I currently use Claude. I used to use ChatGPT. I switched to Claude because I wasn't loving ChatGPT's outputs. Since I've switched to Claude, I think it seems like ChatGPT has had a kind of resurgence at the time of recording. I think it's on 5.5 now. Is it, or is it something else? Anyway, sidetrack. I use Claude.
Jay Clouse5:29
Either one is fine is what we're hearing.
George Blackman5:31
Either one is fine. Yeah, exactly.
Jay Clouse5:32
You'll probably have workable, good help using either one of these things.
George Blackman5:36
Yeah, exactly that. But in terms of giving the AI enough context, I think there's really like an easy route and a hard route. So the easy mode of this, I would say, is you need a style guide and you need an audience avatar, and arguably then some project instructions, like telling the project what it is for. That's really the simplest thing. How do you make those? Again, it's very simple. This is that meta skill again, where it's like you explain to it, this is what this project is. I need a style guide, I need an audience avatar. What do you need from me so you can create those for me? If that makes sense.
George Blackman6:11
How many scripts of mine or examples of writing Or if you don't have any examples of writing, you would say, like, can I just speak to you for 5 minutes about a random topic and you get my voice from that? But those would be the 2 things that you can just ask your LLM for help making. So that's the easy mode. I think the advanced mode, shall we call it, and this is how I start my projects these days, is same thing, starting a new project with WhisperFlow or just anything that you can leave a voice note to and just explaining. This is the task that I have before me. So I did this when I was upgrading my course. I was like, I need to upgrade my course. My course is 36,000 words long. Since releasing it, I have uploaded 2 years' worth of newsletters.
George Blackman6:54
I want to integrate those newsletters into my course. I have XYZ other concerns. 36,000 words is quite long. Will you be able to handle that? Just giving it all the context that I thought it might need, and then basically saying to it, like, what is my first step here? What do you need from me? And I think people underestimate this approach a lot because it kind of feels like, uh, I guess I need to know how to use this thing before I start using it. But the joy of it is, and why it feels so kind of weirdly addictive, is you can just say like, I don't know what I'm doing. Like, what do I, how do I, how do I proceed?
Jay Clouse7:24
This is legitimately like what everybody is selling in the world of teaching you how to Claude, by the way. It's like, I did this thing, pay me $99 and I'll show you how I did it. And it inevitably comes back to, And then you ask it how to do it, and it will tell you. That's the entire secret of working with AI is like, just start with, I'm trying to do this thing. What do you need from me? Literally, if you counted how many times I asked my OpenClaw, what do you need from me? It would be astronomical.
George Blackman7:54
Yes. Yeah, 100%. And like recently building this app, I was suddenly aware, like, hang on, there are probably some legal ramifications of selling a subscription thing that relates to AI. And so I just said to it, like, what are the legal ramifications? And then this enormous block of text came out and it was like, we have these 25 tasks to do. You need to contact this lawyer, you need to blah, blah, blah, blah, blah. And suddenly it's like, oh yeah, okay. I mean, I didn't know how to do that, but now I do.
Jay Clouse8:20
Either mode or hard mode, you get up, you set up the context for your voice guide, your audience avatar, and now you start saying, okay, now that I've zeroed in on a video idea, I'm going to just brain dump voice dictation or type, whatever pleases you, what I'm thinking about this video. How do you give it the instruction for the next step?
George Blackman8:40
The next kind of thing that I like to have is something that trains it on what a YouTube script looks like in relation to other types of writing. You can totally build these yourself. You could even just take a bunch of transcripts from your own channel, from channels in your niche that are doing well, not to say steal how they do stuff, but structurally, what What do you detect about the structure of a YouTube script, and how can we use that to train you on what a script should look like? I have a free thing that has my version of what YouTube structure looks like.
Jay Clouse9:09
It's in the description right now.
George Blackman9:11
That's kind of the next thing. And because I think then it saves you the hassle of having to be like, to say, here is my brain dump of thoughts, now structure it like a YouTuber would. It kind of has this preloaded context of what a YouTube script would look like. So that's really the next step, is once you've brain dumped your stuff, you want to either through the preloaded training or saying to it outright, let's first of all figure out what the overarching structure of this would look like. And it's going to come back to you with a suggestion and you see if it fits and go from there.
Jay Clouse9:42
For people who are stubborn and haven't downloaded this free thing yet, what are the high-level bits of this in there that people should know is part of this Structure?
George Blackman9:53
3 main blocks, shall we call them, that I would think of for a YouTube script. The hook is the obvious first block. It's quite distinct how you would go about writing a hook. There are different frameworks that different people have for this. For me, for educational hooks, I always think target, transformation, stakes. So that is, who is my target? Who's my audience? What is the transformation this video offers? And what is at stake if they don't achieve that transformation? The second main block is a segment. So these are your subtopics within the video. For every segment of my video, I think of it in terms of setup, tension, and payoff.
George Blackman10:26
So at the start of each segment, we set up why it's important for the viewer to know this thing before we can move on to the next thing. The tension is where we teach the lesson, essentially. We kind of reveal the information. And then the payoff at the end of that segment is where we ultimately I suppose reveal the answer, but the understanding of that segment is now complete and we can move on to the next one. And then the third one is a call to action. So whether that is a call to action at the end to promote your next video or a product or service, or a mid-video call to action promoting whatever it might be, a free lead magnet or something like that.
Jay Clouse11:04
Can you give me an example hook on a video you've done for yourself recently? I like this.
George Blackman11:07
You said it was target transformation stakes.
Jay Clouse11:10
Target transformation stakes. I would love to hear like an example of that.
George Blackman11:15
Target is always very easy for me 'cause I've got a 5-page audience avatar document that I've made in the way that we kind of described earlier. So I don't need to think much about that. I know who I'm targeting. It's YouTubers who are interested in scriptwriting, scriptwriters for hire who wanna learn to get better at scriptwriting so they can get more clients and blah, blah, blah. Transformation, if I take an example of one of my most recent videos and very apt for the conversation we're having now was how to set up a Claude project to turn Claude into a reliable scriptwriting partner, as opposed to a sort of irritating assistant who forgets everything. The transformation within that is like, you will go from not knowing how to do that to knowing how to do that. What's at stake is this idea, and it's something that I think a lot of my audience have felt, and it's something I certainly felt when I was getting on board with AI, is the sense that you will actually end up spending more time using AI to write your scripts than if you just use your brain. So determined are you that this is the new thing and, hey, I should be more productive with this, that you end up just getting frustrated with it.
George Blackman12:16
It doesn't quite do what you want and you end up wasting more time. And so for me, that's what's at stake if they don't achieve the transformation, is you will remain in that state where this sort of perceived productivity of AI slows you down, results in worse scripts, means your channel doesn't grow kind of thing. So that's what I think before going into physically trying to write a script. And the joy of AI these days is that you can say, look, here's my target, here's my transformation, here's what's at stake. Here is a hook framework that has performed really well on my channel in the past. Please express these factors in terms of this structure. And it's pretty good at very finite structural tasks like that a lot of the time.
Jay Clouse12:58
And then out of that comes a perfect script, and I'm good to go, right?
George Blackman13:00
That's it, dude. And I'm out of a job. See you later. Yes. So the joy of all of this is that it— this allows me to go from blank page to V1 bullet point scripts very quickly, much more quickly than before.
Jay Clouse13:16
I'm hearing this, and it's like, I could do this while I'm out on a walk with a stroller. Like, if I had this infrastructure set up, and I had an idea, I could literally do this while I'm out on a walk and it could create the artifact waiting for me when I get back to my desk. And that is a meaningful source of friction to eliminate that would make this feel much more real. And I would go from like, I should make that video someday to like, I bet I can record that tomorrow with a little bit of extra work here.
George Blackman13:42
Exactly that. 100%. That's, that's a really good point. Um, so not only does it save you that time in the moment, sat down. It may well be that you don't even have to be sat down for it to happen. But I think also it saves you so much mental strain having to restructure these thoughts on a page. That perfectionism creeps in. It feels like even if you're just typing notes, like, no, I should arrange these in the correct order first and blah, blah, blah.
George Blackman14:07
All of that thinking power is saved by just being able to talk to it like a person. So we have our structure saying we've agreed with it. Yes, maybe with a bit of back and forth. I am now happy with the 6 segments that we have for this video about Jay becoming a dad for the second time. Now I want to move it forward into something more word for word. This is kind of a bit of an inflection point. Maybe that's the wrong word for it. It's a decision point on the tree as to whether you want to say, look, this is as much help as I needed.
George Blackman14:38
Now I sincerely want to be able to just do the rest of this by hand, as it were, by brain. I don't want to then have an AI physically try and write me a full word-for-word script, because either that's not going to make me feel creatively fulfilled, or B, I just don't trust that it's going to do what I want it to do yet. So there is a point at which you might just decide, this is where I finish the AI thing, and that's completely fine.
Jay Clouse15:01
If I were to say I don't want AI to go any further, then I suppose you would then teach us how to think even more like a scriptwriter and work through this, which is probably best to do anyway, because The more knowledge we have, the more collaborative we can be with bossing this machine around, if that's what we choose to do. So let's say AI turned around a V1 of the script and we're looking at it, and we want to take this from this V1 to something that I'm ready to record.
George Blackman15:28
Let's say at this point we have our structure. I'm going to assume at this point we've mentioned bullet point scripts a few times. It may be that you had your initial, like, here are the one sentence headline things for each of our segments. So like 6, literally 6 sentences. This is the skeleton. We're assuming we've now expanded it into, say, 2 or 3 bullet points per segment. And so really the choice here is if you are someone who really enjoys riffing, if your niche is the sort of niche that will allow you to sit down and riff, then you can very much test that. You can think, okay, I'm literally gonna go with what we have, sit down, start talking, see how it feels in the moment, see how much pain is deferred.
George Blackman16:05
to the edit because of how much I may have rambled if I was just going off of bullet points. And then adapt and adjust each time you sit down. You think, ah, actually I felt completely out of control when I was sat down last time. This time I wanna go from 2 to 3 bullet points per segment to 5 to 6\. I'm gonna turn that dial up. I think of it like a dial, just turning it up a little bit, testing it again next time, see how it feels. Did I ramble? Did that feel better? Was it now too prescriptive? Now I actually wanna dial it back to— 4 bullet points or something like that. So that's a really— that's, I suppose, a personal thing.
George Blackman16:38
And that's if you choose the riffing side of things. If you now want to go fully word for word, and this is something I massively prefer, the amount of pain that is saved on editing, which is thankfully not even my job, but even just on filming day, the amount of false starts and thinking like, oh, did I screw this up? Wait, did I actually say that thing 5 minutes ago that sets up the thing I need to say now. For me, that's just not worth it. I much prefer to put an extra 30 minutes, 60 minutes into writing a full word-for-word script to save me that pain later.
Jay Clouse17:08
If you prefer to spend less time scripting and more time recording, the 1Up10 team just released a new feature that will help you edit your talking head videos fast. It's called AutoCut, and it's part of their new video editor. I have a great video setup here in my studio, but I don't actually like to script full videos. That means my recordings have all kinds of extra takes and dead space, and it's not that it's hard to edit those out, but it's time-consuming and I dread doing it. AutoCut takes your raw talking head footage, watches it frame by frame, removes silences, rambling, and retakes, enhances your audio, and gives you a clean cut that's ready to post in just minutes. It doesn't just put those extra takes in the trash either. It saves them so you can instantly switch to whatever take you prefer. The 1outof10 team is known for their deep knowledge of YouTube, and this tool is already better faster than any other tool I've tried for cutting your raw footage quickly.
Jay Clouse18:01
Visit the link in the description and you can try AutoCut yourself for free.
George Blackman18:06
Then the focus, and this is what I always focus on, is obviously the hook is very important, but the setups and the payoffs are the most important thing that I like to write word for word almost regardless. So your setup line at the start of each segment is like another hook, basically. It's the, the reminder of not only why I care about this overall topic, but why this particular subtopic is so essential in me moving forward. So if we take the example of my Claude project video, or yet, you know, how to set up a Claude project, the first step of that was literally you need to set up a project because a lot of people don't do that. But the way we set that up compellingly is not step 1, set up a project on your Claude chat. It's But before we get into the 5 documents you're going to need, we first have to fix one of the most common mistakes I still see dozens of my students making that turns AI into a useless assistant or something like that.
Jay Clouse19:06
I see. I'm hearing that as an open loop.
George Blackman19:08
Yeah, exactly that. Exactly that. So focusing on those open loops, those setups at the start of each segment, and just reminding the viewer in a curiosity-inducing way why this next step is important. That's what, those are those moments in your retention graph where people will go. It's when you finish one subject and you don't immediately make it clear why the next subject is gonna be important to them specifically in the context of what they want and what the video title promised.
Jay Clouse19:33
If you had a literal script you've worked on in the recent past, especially if it's for your channel, so you know that you have the permission to share it, where you could be like, let me walk you through what the hook looked like in this video, and then I'm gonna show you one of these setups and payoffs in one of these segments. I think that would be enormously helpful.
George Blackman19:49
Can I do it on my app where I wrote it?
Jay Clouse19:52
Sure.
George Blackman19:52
This actually is that very video that we were just talking about. This is how to set up a CLO project for scriptwriting. So you can see this, this is the software that I've built. And so I break it up into these setup, tension, and payoff things that I've spoken about a lot.
Jay Clouse20:05
Very visually pleasing. This does make a lot of sense. It's modular. You're talking about the structure in a modular way. You're showing this in a modular way. And for what it's worth, anybody watching this, this is not a paid endorsement or partnership with George on this, but This is a great way to visualize it. And so here we are.
George Blackman20:20
So in terms of the hook, have you ever spent hours fighting with Claude? This already, even though it's not explicitly saying, if you are a YouTuber who struggles with, but it's implicitly showing people, I understand you, this is the struggle that you have. So if you've ever spent hours fighting with Claude only to check the clock and realize this YouTube script took 2 times longer to write than if you just use your brain, then listen up. I'm using quite casual language in moments like this. With this video, we were experimenting with some like kind of comical intro B-roll. So this is the idea that it's like, I show that I understand you, I know who my target is. The problem with AI to help write scripts isn't that it's not good enough yet, it's because you're not giving it enough context. I guess this is kind of implying the stakes. It's a little bit tricky to always distill these into the exact 3 things, but if I was listing these things out, I would be thinking, when I list out my stakes, I'd be saying AI continuously takes longer.
George Blackman21:08
People don't understand anything about giving it context. They don't understand what is even necessary to improve the AI that they're using. And so for me, this is how the stakes kind of filter through. But in any case, it's like, this is a moment I often find comes up in my hooks, is there's this kind of turning point moment. It's like a, here's your current situation, but the truth is X. Well, the real problem is this.
Jay Clouse21:30
I've heard of a framework that's PAIPS, and the I is intrigue. And this is reminding me of intrigue. Like, PA is pain, agitate. We've kind of talked about that already. But intrigue is like sort of a point of surprise before introducing a potential future as that next P. So this line makes me feel like, ah, it's a head-turner. It's like, you know something that I don't know.
George Blackman21:55
Yes. Yeah, for sure. Having written the last 8 videos with the help of AI, again, this is, we're kind of talking about that future state, but I'm not explicitly being yet like, if you want to write your next script using AI, It's sort of both implying my own credibility, but also it's presenting an image of their future state. So again, I think of that as the transformation expressed through credibility, I suppose. And spent the last 3 months in the trenches training my own scriptwriting app. I think I got rid of in the trenches in the end because when I spoke, it just sounded a bit weird. I'll show you the exact 5 documents I think it became in the end. You need to turn Claude from a forgetful assistant into a reliable scriptwriting partner.
George Blackman22:34
So that's fully the transformation that we're ending on. So that's how I think about the hooks. And then now we come down to the first segment. So we're not saying in this first segment, yes, it's about making a new project, but we're not saying the first step is making a project. So that's how I set it up. Tension is a really interesting one. We could talk for quite a long time about tension, but the way I like to think of this is if I back up for a second, the problem people have with payoffs is they feel like they have to defer giving any value at all until the payoff. Like, it feels like it has to be this big explosive moment at the end of a segment.
Jay Clouse23:07
Right. Like one payoff per video. I'm thinking about this. I'm like, these are like, you're nestling multiple payoffs into this. The whole video itself is a payoff. There are 5 payoffs that add up to the payoff is what I'm seeing.
George Blackman23:22
Exactly, exactly that. So yeah, lots of payoffs throughout, but even within that, I still see people thinking that, like, sure, I get the idea I have to have a payoff at the end of my segment, but that means I have to literally say nothing of any value until I hit it, and the rest is all kind of preamble. What I like to do is think of it in this slightly different way, where it's like I start by showing people kind of— I suppose we've done a little bit of this in the hook, but we're now going into detail on the user's present state. So it's once again showing at the start of this, we've got their curiosity with the setup. Now we're showing here is the thing you probably do currently. So in this case, it's, I was surprised to find a bunch of my students were still using Claude in an extremely siloed off way, starting a new chat every time, explaining who they were and what they wanted AI to help them with. This is very much what we've been discussing in this podcast anyway. And then we kind of move through into here's what you actually need to do, create a project.
George Blackman24:14
Here's what a project is. And then go and create it. This is a slightly atypical one because this is so step-by-step, go and do a specific thing. It's normally a bit more kind of nebulous. But for anyone who does have a channel where you're showing people step-by-step things, I think this will be the key takeaway here is make sure that you, rather than just saying step 1, do this, it's explaining in a curious— opening a loop about why this is important, then showing them what they currently do and why it's bad, why it doesn't work. And then you can move through into here's what you should do instead. So then the payoff line, and this is— I've kind of shifted the way I think about these over time, but you'll notice that it's not really like we're giving the final, like, here's what you have to do in that payoff line. It's more bringing people to a level playing field and saying, so here is the state we are now in as a result of what you have just learned.
George Blackman25:03
Here is the new status quo. You have now done that. You are set up, and we are ready to do whatever comes next.
Jay Clouse25:09
It almost reads like it's a setup for the next setup, which makes me think about our first conversation where we talked about signposting. Is this how you see signposting today?
George Blackman25:18
To a degree, I think maybe this is a slightly atypical example because we still want the next setup to be curiosity-inducing and open a loop, which is why you can see here, it's like I say here, the first document— I'm not going to say the first document is this. It's the first document is going to help you fix thing that you're curious about. But if I look at any other examples in here that explain this well, I think this is probably a good example that shows it off. I wouldn't say we're necessarily signposting what comes next yet. I do think that is reserved for the following setup. But again, it's like clarifying with the information you didn't have that you now have, that you learned in this segment. Let's just take a pause to reflect on what is it that we have now unlocked the ability to do? Where is it that we now stand in the overall context of this topic? And I think this is a good example of this, where after we've uploaded, and this is, I think, the 3rd document that I show people, We're now just clarifying. Okay, take a pause.
George Blackman26:20
We've been saying all this stuff about these documents you have to upload, but practically speaking, let's zoom out. What can your project now do so that you understand why we're doing all of this?
Jay Clouse26:29
Yeah, tell me if this resonates with you. I think I'm following what you're saying, but the other thing that I'm latching on to is some speaking advice I've gotten, which is tell them what you're going to tell them, tell them, tell them what you told them. And this almost mirrors that a little bit in some of these cases. But maybe the payoff isn't totally saying, Let me close the loop on what I just told you, but it seems like maybe it could be.
George Blackman26:51
Yeah, this is a really kind of tricky semantic dichotomy. Sounds like the name of a band. Yes, I think I agree with you in principle, but I think we want to try and avoid— it's treading the line between that and not just making it a summary. So, yes, tell them what you told them, but I think I want to do it in a slightly different way. So I'm not just repeating So you just added this document. It's more like you add it. So having added this document, new information, this is now what your project is capable of thanks to what you just did, rather than just simply repeating it.
Jay Clouse27:29
Yeah, that's good.
George Blackman27:29
Does that distinction make sense?
Jay Clouse27:30
It's kind of a tricky one. And that's kind of what I'm trying to do with these comparisons, because when you tell me, like, yes, but it clarifies more, like, what is a payoff then? What is a good payoff? It's not a summary. It's not a setup for the setup. It's putting a period on the end of the sentence. Yes, but it's also— it's a breath in one way. It also seems like it's making the person feel good and excited and accomplished in another way, which obviously summaries don't do.
George Blackman27:58
Yes, exactly. I think that's a really, a really good distinction. Make people feel good, catch them up, as it were. Like if anyone's kind of gotten lost or they're wondering, wait, have I, have I grasped this? Just taking that moment to say, yes, you've got this, and doesn't it feel great? As opposed to saying, here's what you just learned in much the same way.
Jay Clouse28:16
The AI in V1 is going to give us, like, here's how many sections I think we should have. Is the goal in your mind to reduce the number of sections necessary? How do I think about the number of sections that are in a video?
George Blackman28:32
I always come back to the wise man Gandalf when I'm asked this question, which is that a wizard arrives precisely when he means to. Uh, this is a tricky one. There are kind of no rules to this. I think a lot of it comes from just the soft skill of doing this over and over again and figuring out, okay, when I talk about X in my videos, my retention always drops off. On reflection, this period where my retention was kind of diving continuously, I realized that I was sort of talking about the same topic but in slightly different words twice in a row or something like that. I think really it just comes down to honest reflection and looking back at what you've written. Um, I, I know one thing that can certainly help with this is just, just showing it to someone else, whether it's in your niche or even better, sometimes someone who's not in your niche, someone who can look at it objectively with no, um, feeling that, or no investment in the topic, no kind of preconceptions of what it's about. And just saying like, is this interesting to, to read? Did, did, did, does, does it fall off at any point for you? When did you get bored? So outsourcing it is a, is a good one.
George Blackman29:32
But I think overall, if we're just talking, you sat at your desk, I think having no preconceptions of how many segments a video should have, uh, is key. If you're trying to target a certain length of your video, I know people like to try and have longer videos for the watch time, whatever. But if you've got an overly inflated video that doesn't have any substance to it, then it's not going to be interesting. So I would say a wizard arrives precisely when he means to. How long is a piece of string? Like, make it the number of segments that it has to be. Be objective and look at, am I Including this segment because it contributes to the understanding of the subject, or am I doing it just to bloat the watch time?
Jay Clouse30:10
Something that I've been trying to push myself to do more of is just slow down and feel better about every step of the process, because that's the input I can control that will probably lead to better outputs. But I get to this point where it's like, I'll get really excited when I feel like I have the idea that I want, and it's like, I'm just gonna go rip that off and record that. And underinvesting in pre-production, I think, is like the biggest tax I'm paying right now on the channel is I'm just underinvesting in pre-production all the ways. And you see that cost in the performance of a video. If a video doesn't do well and you think, well, like, well, I was proud of it and I did everything I can. That's different than, I should have taken more time on that, because then you're probably not gonna go and just remake that same video the next week. It's just worth, it's worth feeling better in pre-production.
George Blackman31:07
One just thought that came to me as you were saying that there is, I think, a way of making sure that you're still putting some of that thought and time into pre-production, even if you're short of time, especially with AI now, is even if you feel like you don't know what you want your video to be and you don't know how you want to structure it and you feel overwhelmed by the idea of it, spieling to an AI and having it present a structure back to you will immediately set off red flags in your mind of things that it definitely got wrong. So if you look at a structure that it has come back with, I guarantee, and maybe it'll nail it, but most of the time it will have come up with some idea that you're like, no, that's totally not it. And then you realize, oh, actually, I do have some thoughts on this and I do have my opinions on this. But having it presented to me in like slightly the wrong order is much easier then for me to think, okay, no, I would shift segment 1 to segment 2\. I would maybe add an extra segment about this. I would connect these 2 ideas like this. And then suddenly you've got your structure out and it feels like you have invested that time in pre-production, but you're sort of spurred into it by seeing what was definitely not the right structure, as opposed to just trying to do it from a blank page.
Jay Clouse32:14
Yeah. Can you go back to sharing your screen? I wanna see you talk about your CTA now.
George Blackman32:19
Yes. Okay, so in this video, I didn't have any product CTAs. I think because I mentioned my AI scriptwriting tool in the hook, I just put the first link or the second link as a link to the waitlist for this tool. That's actually been a really effective call to action for me, is not mentioning it at all, but just showing the thing that I'm talking about the whole video and then putting a link in there in the description. people intuitively just wanna go and learn more about it.
Jay Clouse32:46
And in that case then, is there no end besides like maybe an end card like you talked about in our first conversation of just like tying it to a next video? Or do you just let the payoff of the final segment be the end of the video?
George Blackman33:00
No, so this is my absolute every single time without fail thing that I do is every video has to link to another one in a compelling way. But at the end of every single video, I'm thinking about a link. So that is, back to something in this video. So we're trying to make it not apparent that the video is about to end. We're basically saying we've already spoken about XYZ thing, or now you know how to do blah, blah, blah, blah, blah. If you couldn't see the timeline at the bottom, you might not know that the video is about to end. Then we want to add some curiosity. So about something in the next video.
George Blackman33:38
So in this case here, if we go through these one by one, link back to something in this video, Now, this project setup is a great starting point. Done. It's like simple as that. That's all you need. Um, that shows that we are talking about, we're referring, fucking hell, sorry. Grammarly is really getting on my nerves.
Jay Clouse33:52
I will leave when I decide.
George Blackman33:54
Yeah, dude.
Jay Clouse33:55
It's okay.
George Blackman33:56
It's okay.
Jay Clouse33:56
We can read it. It's fine.
George Blackman33:57
I'm just removing you from Chrome Grammarly. You are, you are so gone. Um, no, it's still here. This is ridiculous. Let's see.
Jay Clouse34:08
I laughed so hard that I unplugged my own headphones.
George Blackman34:13
Okay, so if we take a look here, this is clearly the link. This is where we say, now, this project setup is a great starting point. It's just referencing something, well, basically the entirety of the topic of this video. Then we raise the curiosity here where I say, but what if I told you we can ask Claude to gradually improve itself over time so each new script you write gets closer and closer to your style every time? I think in the moment I must have riffed something else here because I say time twice in quick succession. We want to avoid repetition. And then finally, we just have the promise, which is usually spelled like this. There we are. CTA, which is where we give the explicit promise.
George Blackman34:54
And this is where the facade is kind of broken. And we're like, well, yeah, we're promoting another video, go watch it. But ultimately, it's an offer, right? We're giving the viewer something else for free. Well, watch this video next where I'll walk you through how to do this using a simple prompt that you already have inside your Claude product project. So it's like, we're promising something that is exciting for you and feels low lift.
Jay Clouse35:14
So this is like your non-negotiable. This ends every video. I have a question on this point because I saw an interesting strategy and I'd love to get your take on this because I think there's a cost to the strategy that you're going to say as well. But I wonder if the benefit is, is worth it. So I saw a guy who had, um, an unlisted video on his channel. This is Taki Moore. He had an unlisted video that's essentially a video sales letter. And what he does is he ends some of his videos, not every video, but a video that like clearly showed some credibility.
Jay Clouse35:46
And somebody who watched the end of that video is probably a qualified lead for his business. And his end card and his end of the video is linking to his unlisted, essentially VSL. What do you think about that strategy?
George Blackman36:01
I think that's really cool. I love that. I think Like anything, it's kind of balanced and you're trying to figure out what am I optimizing for mostly here? The advantage of this strategy and always ending with something else is that you can create these kind of infinite loops of people just watching more and more and more stuff. And it doesn't matter which video they land on first, there's always going to be kind of infinite trailer videos they could keep binging if they wanted to. I suppose the only risk with this strategy is, hey, if someone— if it's like the first video that someone's landed on is that one and they get pitched something at the end, what is the effect that has on them? Do they think, oh, I've been sort of sold to here? It was kind of an ask, not an offer. But ultimately, like, I think that sounds like a really, a really good tactic and one that I might steal. And clearly you would think he would have been testing something like that, right? And the pros would outweigh the cons.
Jay Clouse36:46
Yeah. And I imagine that same video could probably be like a good channel trailer. I know Ed from Film Booth has tried stuff like this where like his channel trailer is essentially a VSL. I think it's really smart. I mean, the biggest pain point we have on the channel and candidly why we've had to pull back some resources on the channel was We were spending far more than we were clearly earning from the channel because we never invested in connecting the channel to the core business. And this is like a really consistent way to know that this is working. If you have a video that, you know, when people watch this video, they're interested in learning more and going deeper with me. And if that is true, then I think this actually makes the YouTube as a discovery engine for the business a much shorter Less luck-filled process for getting people into the business?
George Blackman37:33
Yeah, I think, again, that's something you can really easily start using AI to help you with, where it's for something like this that has a formula that I try and use. Anything that's formula-based, if you've got something simple, we spoke about it with the hook as well. It's very easy then to plug in the actual content that you want and to ask it to express that content in terms of that formula. So in your case, I suppose using a formula like that, but saying, like, hey, actually, we don't want to promote another video. We want to promote X or Y product. We want to promote the lab. We want to talk about whatever. We want to promote a VSL that talks about the lab or something.
George Blackman38:04
I think it would be fairly easy then for it to come up with a relatively subtle plug in the style that we've just seen here, but for a VSL.
Jay Clouse38:13
And it's a spectrum because it doesn't have to be like a straight up sales video. It could be a video that you just know When people watch this video, a lot of them turn into customers. So how can I feed more people into that video even beyond its own packaging and CTR, I think, is a smart strategy. Intentionally antagonistic question.
George Blackman38:32
Okay. Yeah.
Jay Clouse38:34
Because you are a scriptwriter and probably a lot of people who have historically been like, I could be a freelance scriptwriter, I'm gonna get into this. There is a certain amount of like incentive if not bias towards saying, like, we should keep human scriptwriters. So if you were to take as much of an objective stance away from yourself as you can, where would you say the human input, the human in the loop in this process, is most essential right now?
George Blackman39:07
That's such a good question. I think to aid my case here, at least in terms of the objectivity, I'm in the fortunate position where I've managed to sort of work my way out of having to write scripts for people. And so I think I'm now able to grow my personal brand or whatever you wanna call it as someone who helps people learn to do scriptwriting in whatever context that is. And now that context is AI related. So I think I'm able to divorce myself a little bit from the desire to like have scriptwriters around because it's what I used to do a lot and it's what I still do for my own channel. One thing that I've learned a lot about since starting to really use AI a lot and using it to code my own scriptwriting app, for example, is I've spent a lot of time watching how AI actually does what it does behind the scenes. Like, in Claude, for example, you can sort of see how it's thinking as it's thinking, and you can read its decision-making. You sort of learn all these little ways in which it may appear to be doing something well, and then the output that comes out, it actually reveals, oh, hang on, it wasn't doing these 10 things that it claimed very confidently that it was.
George Blackman40:06
So I think when it comes to scriptwriting, the final say on when have I done enough revisions for this script, When is this actually record ready? That ultimate decision comes down to a person's brain, because AI will always have something else that it's like, oh, we could change this, and, oh, you actually didn't do this correctly, and, oh, this could be stronger so we could make it land better, or whatever. And it will just keep doing that kind of infinitely. And I think that moment where you have to say to yourself, no, actually, I think this is ready. I know my audience as well-rounded as I possibly could. I'm the one who says that we've now done enough revisions on this, and I think it's going to hit really well. But I think there are those moments that come throughout the process. So it might be when structuring out the script in the first place, AI will be like, hey, here's a brilliant structure based on your audience avatar that I think they're going to love. And you can read that and be like, I like 70% of these ideas, but ultimately I want to rearrange X and Y because I know this will be how I would actually explain it or how they would receive it better.
George Blackman41:03
And so again, the point of deciding structuring is now done, that kind of needs to be me, because AI will keep on coming up with new things that you should add or change or improve.
Jay Clouse41:13
There is a certain courage to cut the AI off, and I think that's kind of a meta skill through all AI usage that people need, is courage and trust in your own intuition, your own taste, your own gut, to know when You're getting into like the recursive improvement for improvement's sake that is no longer actually improvement. Maybe this is related, maybe it's not, but it's an aside I want to take. I have a similar video that I want to make, but it's kind of talking about like, hey, I'm about to have a second kid, and the first time I did this, I didn't prepare well, and so I'm preparing differently this time. And where I kind of get hung up is I don't know If there's enough there there, when you're kind of laying this out through, I'm imagining you're using like WhisperFlow or some sort of dictation. When you're laying this out, when do you feel confident that you've got a video that's long enough to warrant existing?
George Blackman42:15
Ooh, that's a really good question. I think with a lot of anything creative, there's an element of brutality that needs to come, that comes down to it in the end. There have been some scripts that I have written which have seemed like a great idea, have been maybe like 5 segments or kind of subsections initially. And then as we've kind of workshopped, either me personally or me in collaboration with an AI, have workshopped it, it's kind of trimmed down and down to maybe the point where there's like 3 segments. And it reaches a point where I'm like, I think this could just be a newsletter or something that's a bit more short form. And so I think the first thing would be to say, accepting the reality that it may be that there just isn't enough to the topic. But I think this is one of the real meta skills to learn, and it's something I'm sure you're aware of anyways, like just the ability to talk to AI to extract from it exactly what you want. So talking to it in natural language and say, look, here's the predicament I'm in.
George Blackman43:11
I have this exact topic I want to talk about. Here's the context on my last video about having a kid. This one I want to do now is about how I wasn't prepared properly. But I'm worried there isn't going to be enough to talk about it. Knowing what you know about my audience, if you don't have an audience avatar, you'd be like, here are 10 transcripts of some videos we did recently. Here are some recent comments from them. Knowing what you know about them, what blind spots do I have that could relate to this topic that we could put into this video? And kind of using it then to challenge you and to almost make you answer some questions you might not have even thought to ask yourself that can then contribute to making a video that feels like it warrants existence.
Jay Clouse43:50
To kind of close us out here, what's your relationship to AI right now? Obviously, you're embracing it for making a tool and you're using it in the scriptwriting process. Are you just like full in, like, yep, toothpaste out of the tube, I'm using it, I love it? How do you feel about AI?
George Blackman44:02
It's an interesting moment, isn't it? Because it's quite— it becomes harder and harder to extricate yourself from it and to reason with yourself and think as you would've thought before what's now possible were possible. My business didn't rely on me moving with the times like this. Would I be going as all in on it as I am? I don't know. I'm certainly loving building an app. This is something that I had spoken to different companies about in the last few years that I, as sort of being brought on as like a as the sort of the brains, as it were, as the scriptwriter behind a tool that would then be coded by a bunch of very intelligent people. The fact that those very intelligent people are now not strictly needed, although I'm sure anyway, there's a whole discussion there, but I love that I've been able to build my own thing. This is the tool that I've dreamt of making, and it does all the things that I've always wanted. That's very cool.
George Blackman45:00
Do I feel the most creatively fulfilled that I have? Uh, in the 4 or 5 years I've been running this business? In some ways, no. And as time goes on, the more I kind of want to shut it all down, go live in the woods, and make hour-long YouTube videos just chopping wood.
Jay Clouse45:17
This is exactly how I feel. I feel like the more I embrace AI, the less I enjoy my work. And I, like, I myself start to feel like a factory rather than any type of artisan. Like, anything that I've used AI to do to get to the point of done and skipped the doing, I just have no affinity or pride in that work. Not to say it's bad, but to say, like, I just don't feel pride in it because I didn't do it.
George Blackman45:47
Yeah.
Jay Clouse45:48
This is my biggest thing is like, okay, this can help me do a lot of things that I have been doing, but To what end? I've got to find the things that are absolutely non-negotiable that I enjoy taking pride in, that I want to do. And for me, writing, like, the essays has been a part of that. Writing the book is part of that. YouTube scripts, like, we, we had a video we did and I just, I don't get excited about writing the intros for our podcast episodes. And so I was like, here, my AI agent, here are my top 10 performing videos, learn what you can about this structure. Here's the transcript of the rest of the edit. Help me make an intro for this. And it did as good of a job as I would have given my current skill set and the time I would put into it.
Jay Clouse46:38
Did I then show that off and say, look at what I made, uh, for that intro? Absolutely not. Um, so it's, I'm, I'm deeply conflicted.
George Blackman46:46
Yeah, I think I, I'm completely with you. It's hard. And I don't know if you feel this, especially from a business point of view, where I'm trying to build an AI-related business that doesn't completely remove the human element. I don't want to build a scriptwriting tool that writes every single word for you, and you go away and you record something that you just didn't— you had nothing to do with. Which is why the sort of core feature of it is this discursive element that we've discussed, where it's like there's a chat, you chat to it, you leave your voice notes, And you kind of work with them as if they were a scriptwriter that you'd hired. But at the same time, I'm very conscious that this tool also would completely serve people who want to start a YouTube channel as a cash cow, faceless, no shade on faceless in general, but like one of those channels where it's like, hey, I don't have to do anything. I can AI the voiceover. This guy's got this tool out and it can just AI the script and I can AI the thumbnail.
George Blackman47:46
And so being conscious that you're kind of, you're serving both the more conscious people who want to keep the human element involved, but also the people who want to just outsource it all. And yeah, that is kind of conflicting. It's a weird moment.
Jay Clouse48:00
Yeah, it's tough. I think people want to maximize their outcome and minimize their effort. And you follow that all the way down and people want everything just like fully out of the box done. When you actually watch their behavior, that's what they want most of the time, most people. So it's, yeah, it's challenging. And it's, I restrain myself from the temptation to become like an AI educator because there's so much tailwind to it and it's what people want, but it's just not what I want to do. It's an interesting time, but I appreciate you sharing with us. We'll put a link to the document.
Jay Clouse48:39
You recommended and this tool that you showed us in the description. George, thanks for coming back on the show.
[  Put this episode to work Podcast Like A YouTuber The playbook for a video podcast people watch $199 · 230+ students · 14-day refundSee the course → ](https://app.creatorscience.com/courses/podcast-like-a-youtuber?utm%5Fsource=creatorscience.com&utm%5Fmedium=episode-card&utm%5Fcampaign=george-blackman-ai&utm%5Fcontent=episode)
This week's guest

**George Blackman**YouTube scriptwriter who got his start writing full-time for Ali Abdaal and has since written scripts for creators from 30,000 to over 10 million
Free every Sunday
### Get the ideas from every episode
Join **65,000+** creators reading the Creator Science newsletter.
Subscribe for free
Up next
[**George Blackman – How to script your videos like Ali Abdaal and Ed from Film Booth.**Episode 162](https://creatorscience.com/podcast/george-blackman/)
Ask Creator Science
Got a question about your creative business? Jay answers listener questions on the show.
[Submit a question →](https://creatorscience.com/ask/?ref=podcast)
## More episodes about YouTube
[All 56 episodes →](https://creatorscience.com/tag/yt/)
[Episode 306 · May 26, 2026What 16 Years Behind YouTube's Biggest Channels Taught Josh Mattingly About Hiring And The Current State of YouTube](https://creatorscience.com/podcast/josh-mattingly/)[Episode 296 · Mar 10, 2026Meet The Man Who Solved YouTube (With Data)—Richard from 1of10](https://creatorscience.com/podcast/richard-1of10/)[Episode 284 · Nov 30, 2025I helped a YouTuber design his membership](https://creatorscience.com/podcast/tommy-sikes/)
### How To Connect With Anyone
URL: https://creatorscience.com/how-to-connect-with-anyone/
Last updated: 2026-10-09T19:37:49.000Z
*Zack Arnold spent the first two decades of his career as an award-winning Hollywood filmmaker, editor, and producer (notable credits include* Cobra Kai, Empire, Burn Notice, and GO FAR: The Christopher Rush Story*). He has now transitioned to spending his days as a creative career coach (or as his students jokingly refer to him, a “career therapist”) at* [***The Arnold Academy***](https://9825b614.streak-link.com/CzCjUfXlZWP7idwSGw55FejU/https%3A%2F%2Fthearnoldacademy.com%2F?ref=creatorscience.com)*, talking to fascinating people on* [***The Zack Arnold Podcast***](https://zackarnold.com/?ref=creatorscience.com)*, and writing on* [***Substack***](https://zackarnold.com/substack?ref=creatorscience.com) *about the intersection of living as analog humans in a world being overrun by the robots.*
*As you'll read below, I met Zack through a cold email! And I'm glad I did. He's a generous teacher and a genuine cold-email artist. After booking one of the most impressive conference lineups I've ever seen, I convinced him to share his secrets.*
---
It feels like the only way to thrive as a content creator anymore is to please the algorithms. Follow the data. Post EVERYWHERE. Yet no matter what you try, it seems like everyone’s stats are skyrocketing but yours. 😔
While you’re treading water, the people you follow and admire are killing it! You scroll their feeds. You devour their podcasts. You binge their TED Talks. And you’d love to know how they got where they are so you can, too. Yet despite your desire to connect, you’re instead frozen in place with a raging case of FORO.
Fear. Of. Reaching. Out.
> *Who are you to think you can reach out cold and connect with this person?! Clearly your work isn’t good enough. You don’t have enough subscribers. Or revenue. Or book sales. Or you’re horribly introverted and don’t know what to say. And no way you are going to bother someone that important.*
But here’s the thing…there is a much simpler way to connect with people you consider “unreachable” that doesn’t require pitching yourself, spamming via LinkedIn DM’s, or using the robots to do your outreach for you. And on the other end of that cold outreach will be someone delighted to hear from you, eager to connect, and potentially even collaborate with you!
Because I still believe in the power of genuine human connection, I'm launching [The Connection Conference](https://theconnectionconference.com/?utm%5Fcampaign=conference%5F2026&utm%5Fmedium=circle&utm%5Fsource=promo%5Flink&affiliate%5Fcode=2af0c1), a 5-day virtual event (Oct 19-23) that brings together the world's top thought leaders—like Adam Grant, Will Guidara, Angela Duckworth, David Epstein, Susan Cain, Ethan Mollick, Priya Parker, and even THE Jay Clouse!—to teach us how to reach out and expand our networks in a more authentic way...without the algorithms (or the robots).
You might be asking...how did an under-the-radar creative career coach with no social following, no YouTube channel, and an email list under 5k book TEN *New York Times* bestselling authors with a combined 115 million TED Talk views?
Simple. Cold emails.
I've spent the last ten years working with hundreds of students and clients developing a cold outreach *formula* (read: NOT a template) that has a 70% response rate. When done well, your outreach will not only receive responses but also *enthusiastic* responses, *helpful* responses, and most importantly *human* responses.
I call it → **The VSA Outreach Formula™**
- **V** \- Value.
- **S** \- Story.
- **A** \- Ask.
This cold outreach formula (coupled with warm introductions from other speakers) helped me book every single guest for this conference with no formal pitch, no proposal, and no webpage. Two cold emails landed me NINE YEARS of editing work (on the shows *Cobra Kai* and *Burn Notice)* in the most difficult industry to break into, Hollywood.
> I’ve had students use cold outreach to secure Zoom calls and lunches with Oscar winners, connect with future mentors, and even land dream jobs from a single email.
And if you don't believe me, ask Adam Grant himself!
**"I remember when I got your first email, and I thought, wow, this is a masterclass in how to write a cold email. It was on my top five list of the best cold emails I've ever gotten from readers. I don't think I've ever gotten an email from you that didn't communicate this guy really cares about other people."*
I didn't reach out to Adam Grant because he's sold millions of books or his TED Talks have millions of views. I reached out to Adam because I genuinely admired the way he writes and what he writes about. But more importantly, I admired Adam's mission: *The most meaningful way to succeed is to help others succeed.*
> Outreach is not about optimizing CRM’s or doing anything “scalable.”
Human outreach requires following your intuition. Putting in real effort. And then taking a few big swings.
**Begin by thinking of someone you genuinely admire that you’d love to ask a few questions–or even someone you'd kill to collaborate with–and then think about why.**
For example, you’re reading this newsletter because upon discovering Creator Science, I just knew I had to connect with Jay! Not because he had more podcast downloads than me (which did help), and not because Jay has a much larger email list than me (also helped), but because Jay and I share so many of the same values. Authenticity. Trust. Playing the long game. Treating every customer with respect.
To help you identify someone you really want to connect with, begin by finding a shared mission and shared values. Then ask yourself:
- Where do you want your creator business to be in the next few years?
- What's stopping you from getting there?
- Who can help you overcome your obstacles and achieve your goals?
Once you've identified someone you genuinely want to connect with—and ideally even collaborate with in the future—it's time to draft that outreach!
## Step #1: Open your message delivering VALUE.
Value doesn't mean offering your services for free or showering someone with empty flattery. Delivering value is so much simpler than you think: Just make this person and their work *feel seen*.
This requires doing your homework. Actually watching their videos. Actually reading their books or posts. Then not only sharing what resonated with you but also *why* it resonated. Sure, the robots could summarize their content for you, but they can't summarize the *feelings* this person's content created inside of you.
Here’s the VALUE paragraph of my initial outreach to Jay:
***Subject** *: thank you for bringing integrity to the creator space*
**Hi Jay,*
**I recently discovered you because of your guest appearance in the Kit documentary series about rebranding (I'm in rebranding hell as we speak). I had never heard of you and your platform, but I am now HOOKED. I very much appreciate the honesty & integrity you bring to your content, not to mention the attention to detail. I also appreciate how clearly your values & purpose are in alignment with the work you do, even if that means you're "leaving money on the table." You've inspired me to believe it is possible to continue growing my creative community without making compromises I'm not willing to make (e.g. I'll die before I'm on TikTok!).*
As is customary for the majority of my cold outreach, I didn’t just get a response, I got an enthusiastic response that delivered joy to Jay’s inbox!
**Hey Zack! Despite my slow response here, I want you to know I read this email as soon as it came in and it meant a lot to me. In fact, I saved it to my feel goods folder!*
Human connection? Check!
## Step #2: Tell a clear and compelling STORY.
Which story you tell largely depends on the context of your outreach. Are you seeking guidance and expertise? Requesting a referral? Or making the direct approach to collaborate?
If you’re seeking guidance and expertise from someone further down the same path, your story paragraph needs to make the following clear:
- Where are you now?
- Where are you going next?
- What's stopping you from getting there?
Here’s a condensed version of my STORY paragraph to Jay:
**I'm reaching out because I'm a longtime podcaster & coach who's transitioning from "lucrative side hustle" to making my living solely as a creator. For over twenty years I worked as an award-winning Hollywood film editor & producer (my most recent show was Netflix's Cobra Kai), and I've slowly been building an online education business where I help creatives design more fulfilling careers. My online business has consistently generated around $300k per year with a combination of coaching, live classes, and a self-guided online community similar to yours. But I keep hitting the same wall: Audience growth & lead generation. I've built an incredibly engaged community around only a long-form podcast & newsletter (I don't do social media) which I'm told is the HARDEST way to grow a business. Yet I've generated over $1.3m from an email list of only 4k. But what got me here won't get me there, hence why I wanted to connect.*
It's not that people don't want to help you; it's that people don't know how to help you. A well-written story paragraph gives someone a clear and compelling opportunity to be helpful.
If instead of seeking guidance or expertise you’re hoping to collaborate, your story is no longer about you but instead about them and should clarify:
- Where are you now that’s relevant to them?
- How can you help them get where they want to go next?
- How can you help them overcome what’s stopping them?
Be of genuine service to this person and their communities rather than trying to sell yourself from your first outreach.
With a clear story in place…
## Step #3: Make your ASK.
This is where so many drop the ball (don't worry, I have too!). The ask is the hardest part, but it's also the most important.
According to psychologist Vanessa Bohns (another guest at [The Connection Conference](https://theconnectionconference.com/?utm%5Fcampaign=conference%5F2026&utm%5Fmedium=circle&utm%5Fsource=promo%5Flink&affiliate%5Fcode=2af0c1)), people are more than twice as likely to help you than you think they are! So before FORO stops you dead in your tracks, keep in mind that people want a reason to matter. Your request for help might just be that reason.
> Your ask needs to be clear, direct, and require less than five minutes to respond to.
Ideally they should be able to read your entire message and respond to it while they're waiting in line for their Starbucks fix. But DO NOT ask them for their time so you can "pick their brain."
While not in my original message (but in the same conversation), this was my ASK to Jay:
**I think there's tremendous value your perspective as a creator brings to my world. Creatives are really struggling right now as the media landscape changes and need help understanding how they can leverage their skills and storytelling experience to generate income elsewhere. And I also think creators could benefit tremendously from creatives to learn stronger emotional storytelling skills to capture hearts as much as eyeballs.*
**Any interest in recording a podcast with me to share your knowledge and experience in the "creator" space for us "creatives"?*
Let’s just say, [the rest is history](https://zackarnold.com/episode/intersection-legacy-hollywood-next-gen-content-creators-jay-clouse/?ref=creatorscience.com). 😉
> **Everything you’ve ever wanted is on the other side of asking for it.**
Done well, the VSA Outreach Formula™ makes your recipient and their work feel seen. Giving this person an opportunity to talk about themselves allows this person to feel heard. Offering them a reason to help you that’s aligned with their values allows them to feel useful. And if you can also help them achieve their goals? Slam. Dunk.
Sounds too good to be true?
There is one catch: My outreach formula only works if you actually care.
**Human connection requires humans.**
If you'd like to dive deeper into the psychology, the art, and the science of great outreach that can lead to amazing connections and meaningful collaborations, come join me and the world's experts in my Circle community at [The Connection Conference](https://theconnectionconference.com/?utm%5Fcampaign=conference%5F2026&utm%5Fmedium=circle&utm%5Fsource=promo%5Flink&affiliate%5Fcode=2af0c1), Oct 19-23rd, featuring a Live Q&A with THE Jay Clouse!
You could be one relationship away from changing your entire business.
Come join me Oct 19-23, and I'll show you how.
[](https://theconnectionconference.com/?utm%5Fcampaign=conference%5F2026&utm%5Fmedium=circle&utm%5Fsource=promo%5Flink&affiliate%5Fcode=2af0c1)
****Join Us At The Connection Conference (Oct. 19-23)**
I'll be speaking at The Connection Conference, a free 5-day virtual event connecting artists, creatives, and entrepreneurs with the ideas of the world’s experts–including #1 NYT bestselling authors Adam Grant, Susan Cain, Will Guidara, Charles Duhigg, Angela Duckworth, Ethan Mollick, Priya Parker, and many more–to help us learn a more thoughtful and authentic way to build meaningful relationships and expand our networks of fellow humans.
If you’re afraid to reach out to people (and you don’t know what to say when you do), you’ll learn how to turn outreach and networking into an act of service where you provide genuine value to others and connect based on shared goals and shared values. You’ll learn how to build a strong support network of peers, experts, mentors, advocates, and future collaborators so you can navigate this next uncertain phase of your work and life with confidence and get back to making things that matter
[Register for free ](https://theconnectionconference.com/?utm%5Fcampaign=conference%5F2026&utm%5Fmedium=circle&utm%5Fsource=promo%5Flink&affiliate%5Fcode=2af0c1)
### Earning $300K+ Per Year Without Social Media | Jessica Lackey's Relationship-First Approach
URL: https://creatorscience.com/podcast/jessica-lackey/
Last updated: 2026-10-15T12:38:17.000Z
Episode 320
# Earning $300K+ Per Year Without Social Media | Jessica Lackey's Relationship-First Approach
My guest is Jessica Lackey, founder of Deeper Foundations and author of Leaving the Casino: Stop Betting on Tactics and Start Building a Business That Works. She helps coaches, consultants, and service providers build expert-led businesses on strong foundations.
with **Jessica Lackey**Oct 6, 202651 min
[Listen now](#listen) [Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/earning-%24300k-per-year-without-social-media-jessica/id1498801064?i=1000793393366&uo=4&ref=creatorscience.com) [Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/episode/2xwWNnRSbaoiLy7KsGLwl5?ref=creatorscience.com) More players
Listen in your app
[Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/creator-science-with-jay-clouse/id1498801064?ref=creatorscience.com)[Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/show/39j9VhklsBs1aLWtkGTWJT?ref=creatorscience.com)[YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/@jay/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Overcast](https://overcast.fm/itunes1498801064/creator-science?ref=creatorscience.com)[Pocket Casts](https://pocketcasts.com/podcast/creator-science-with-jay-clouse/7db47890-2ff0-0138-96e6-0acc26574db2?ref=creatorscience.com)[Castro](https://castro.fm/podcast/5f8d5083-92f5-4a4e-a83e-29a773baa95c?ref=creatorscience.com)[Castbox](https://castbox.fm/channel/id2626956?ref=creatorscience.com)[Podcast Addict](https://podcastaddict.com/feed/https%3A%2F%2Ffeeds.megaphone.fm%2FTPG4024225475?ref=creatorscience.com)Copy the RSS feed


Episode 320 · 51 min
Earning $300K+ Per Year Without Social Media
−15
0:0051:00
+30 1×
Or listen in [Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/earning-%24300k-per-year-without-social-media-jessica/id1498801064?i=1000793393366&uo=4&ref=creatorscience.com) or [Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/episode/2xwWNnRSbaoiLy7KsGLwl5?ref=creatorscience.com)
This week's guest

**Jessica Lackey**Founder of Deeper Foundations and author of Leaving The Casino
## What you'll learn
- How she built from 200 to 2,000 email subscribers through relationships and guest appearances, not social media
- Her 3-offer stack (1:1 consulting, 6-month cohort, and membership) and how each piece supports the others
- Why she does a 30-minute welcome call with every new member at $50 per month — and how she thinks about the economics
- The KPIs she tracks with clients instead of followers and views: outreach count, visibility opportunities, and what she calls seeds, sprouts, and fruits
- The trade-offs she's made by choosing this model and why she's made peace with them
## About this episode
My guest is Jessica Lackey, founder of Deeper Foundations and author of **Leaving the Casino: Stop Betting on Tactics and Start Building a Business That Works**. She helps coaches, consultants, and service providers build expert-led businesses on strong foundations.
Jessica tried the social media game. She hired a social media team for two years, ran Ship 30 for 30 on Twitter, tested Instagram. She never cracked 1,700 followers. So she built her business a different way: 50 guest podcast appearances, 50 guest teaching spots in other communities, 20 to 30 programs joined and participated in over four years. Every visibility opportunity landed 10 to 20 new people on her email list. It was slow, linear, and intentional. Today she has 2,000 people on her email list and 200 paying members in her membership. That's a 10% conversion rate on her list, against the creator industry standard of 1 to 3%.
Her business has earned over $300,000 for three consecutive years. Almost nothing she sells is one and done. The whole thing is built on renewals and retention, not growth and virality.
By the end of this episode, you will have a clear picture of how a small, deliberate audience can support a thriving six-figure business — and what it actually costs to build one that way.
## Chapters
1. 00:00Cold open: the trade-off Jessica has chosenPlay ▸
2. 00:19Introducing Jessica LackeyPlay ▸
3. 02:34Why the social media game didn't work for herPlay ▸
4. 04:05The relationship-first growth strategyPlay ▸
5. 06:53Her offer stack: 1:1, cohort, and membershipPlay ▸
6. 09:39Revenue breakdown and pricingPlay ▸
7. 10:52How the membership grew from 30 members to 200Play ▸
8. 12:52The 30-minute welcome call that doesn't make economic sensePlay ▸
9. 18:29Free monthly workshops for 4 years: the Deeper Business DialoguesPlay ▸
10. 20:21The KPIs that actually matter for an expertise businessPlay ▸
11. 22:26Is there a ceiling on this approach?Play ▸
12. 26:45Why Jessica has chosen her ceiling on purposePlay ▸
13. 43:53How to follow people around the internet like a puppy, not a stalkerPlay ▸
## Mentioned in this episode
[Deeper Foundations ↗](https://www.deeperfoundations.com/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Leaving the Casino ↗](https://www.deeperfoundations.com/casino?ref=creatorscience.com)[Deeper Foundations Membership ↗](https://www.deeperfoundations.com/membership?ref=creatorscience.com)[Aggressively Human ↗](https://aggressivelyhuman.substack.com/)[Community as a deliberate Business Model ↗](https://www.deeperfoundations.com/blog/community-as-a-deliberate-business-model?ref=creatorscience.com)[“For You” or “By You”: The K-Shaped Content Era ↗](https://www.deeperfoundations.com/blog/the-k-shaped-content-era?ref=creatorscience.com)[The Zone of Enoughness ↗](https://www.deeperfoundations.com/blog/the-zone-of-enoughness?ref=creatorscience.com)[Sacred Sales Hour ↗](https://www.deeperfoundations.com/blog/sacred-sales-hour?ref=creatorscience.com)[LinkedIn ↗](https://www.linkedin.com/in/jessica-lackey/?ref=creatorscience.com)
## Full transcript
9,004 words · click any timestamp to play from there
Jessica Lackey0:00
I'll never have a million-dollar launch. I won't cross 6, 7 figures. That keeps me out of rooms.
Jay Clouse0:19
Hello, my friend. Welcome back to another episode of Creator Science. Today I'm talking with Jessica Lackey. Founder of Deeper Foundations and author of Leaving the Casino: Stop Betting on Tactics and Start Building a Business That Works. Jessica's work is rooted in helping you build strong business foundations that make running your business more profitable and easier over time. Jessica is a longtime member of the Lab and she walks that talk. She has 200 paying members in her Deeper Foundations membership with a 2,000-person email list. That means that 10% of her email list is customers, and in many cases, repeat customers.
Jay Clouse0:56
And for the last 3 years, Jessica's business has earned over $300,000\. The typical creator math is that you grow a big audience and convert 1 to 3% of them into customers. And yet Jessica is here converting 10%. A lot of creators, myself included, get pulled into playing the top-of-funnel audience growth game. Jessica has resisted that siren song and has found ways around it. Almost nothing she sells is one and done. Her business is built on renewals and retention, not growth and virality. That decision changes your math significantly.
Read the full transcriptClose transcript
Jay Clouse1:28
If you sell a one-time program, you have to keep refilling the top of funnel forever, and that's when discovery platforms can really help. If people stay for 4 years, 2,000 people on an email list might be enough for you. In this episode, Jessica walks through exactly where those 200 members came from. She explains the webinar she runs over and over again. She tells me why she does a 30-minute welcome call with every new member at $50 per month. and she's honest about the trade-offs this strategy has come with and why she's okay with making them. By the way, this is the 1-year anniversary of the release of Jessica's book, Leaving the Casino, and it's also Jessica's birthday today. So if this conversation has you interested in her book, there's a link in the show notes.
Jay Clouse2:08
It's a nice happy birthday gift to her as well. We'll get that full conversation with Jessica right after this. Maybe to give us a starting point, did you play the social media game? Were you trying that? where you're like, you know what, email is what I'm doing, and I'm actually just gonna get really good at the percentage of folks on my email list being clients or customers?
Jessica Lackey2:34
So I started my business actually in 2021 as a high-touch services business. So I was a fractional chief operating officer for 7-figure organizations. So I was doing the services as my primary source of income. I tried the viral threads. Actually, that's how I found you was the Tweet 100 Challenge.
Jay Clouse2:56
Oh, nice.
Jessica Lackey2:56
So I tried the viral Ship 30 for 30 Challenge to grow on Twitter. I tried Instagram. I hired a social media team for roughly 2 years to help get the word out and never cracked 1,700 Instagram followers. I'm on LinkedIn as a user, but not as a, someone who's creating content, content forward on LinkedIn. I'm more of a, let's hang out with my friends on LinkedIn. So I didn't need an audience to grow my revenue when I started the business, at least for the first few years. So my audience has always been relatively small.
Jay Clouse3:35
So you're suggesting that this is kind of just a place of necessity or like, uh, an invention of circumstance that you were like, well, The audience building thing isn't really working for me, but I wanna build this type of business, so I just gotta figure it out.
Jessica Lackey3:50
Well, I couldn't figure out the social media game. I tried, I really did try. I don't find myself to be particularly charismatic or funny or able. That was right when we were crossing from the, the follower era to the for-you era.
Jay Clouse4:05
Yeah.
Jessica Lackey4:05
And that required a different game. That was right. I was on LinkedIn trying to grow right as the hooks started taking over, and I found that I just couldn't, breakthrough. I was busy growing a services business, so I actually switched and had all of my, what we would consider top of funnel, be podcast guesting, joining programs, building relationships, guest teaching in other places. And so my audience grew very linearly from about 200 people on my email list in 2022 to 2,000 now in 2026.
Jay Clouse4:40
And when we think about linear email growth, they gotta be coming from somewhere. So are you saying that most of that is from this podcast guesting strategy?
Jessica Lackey4:50
It's a mix of all the things. So I counted, 'cause this is what I did. I did 50 guest podcast appearances in about 4 years. I guest taught in about 50 different communities.
Jay Clouse5:02
Oh, wow.
Jessica Lackey5:03
In about those 4 years. When my book came out last year, I did, you know, 5 to 10 additional podcasts. Been participating in 20 to 30 different programs or communities over the past 4 years. So I'm in The Lab, I'm in a couple other different communities from around the internet, and I, you know, joined a lot of programs. And so every time I would do some kind of guest appearance, 10 to 20 people would show up on my email list. So I was doing some kind of visibility opportunity that was in small groups, usually off-platform, 100 times in 4 years and continue that trajectory today.
Jay Clouse5:43
That sounds like its own brand of exhausting though. That sounds like a lot of work. Did it feel like a lot of work?
Jessica Lackey5:50
Yes and no. I mean, the trade-off is like, okay, I could try to do social media, which for me was a lot of work, or I could talk about a couple of topics with people that I trust and like, reusing intellectual property, without having to figure out a new way to say it every time. So that's what I would do. I would make friends with people on the internet. I would ask them, or they would invite me to tell what I was working on because I had those relationships, and repeat ad nauseam for 4 years. It was slow and arduous, but also super rewarding and endurable, I think. That's why I think I have such a, high penetration of buyers on my list is because when it was growing linearly, I'm recognizing names on the list. I know where many of them came from.
Jessica Lackey6:40
I see the names, I see people opening and responding. My list is relatively small, but I almost know when people showed up based on what podcast or guest teaching opportunity brought them into my world.
Jay Clouse6:53
Explain your current offer stack so folks listening can understand, okay, what are the different offers that Jessica is selling through these means?
Jessica Lackey7:01
So I have one-on-one consulting for established expertise business owners. I have a cohort program that's 6 months that is a relatively intensive dive into building the foundations of an expert-led business. And when I say expert-led, coaches, consultants, service providers, those who primarily sell services through authority and through relationships. And then What's new and evolved is the membership, which is the foundational concepts and the place to practice being an expertise business owner. When I say practice being an expert business owner, there are regular routines and habits and practices that I think anyone selling through relationships and authority should have. A weekly practice to do outreach to your network, a weekly planning time to get yourself organized, We review our metrics once a month, and those are different metrics than maybe a creator-forward business would have. And then expert trainings. So that membership started as a video library and has evolved to really be the essential foundational curriculum and essential habits of running your business.
Jay Clouse8:09
So the way you're talking about that membership, it sounds like folks come in and the expected behavior or way to engage with it is with these routines that you do.
Jessica Lackey8:19
Yep.
Jay Clouse8:19
How do you think about the relationship of these 3 offers to one another? Do you see them in any type of ordering, or is it kind of meeting people where they are?
Jessica Lackey8:29
So I didn't used to have an order. They've kind of evolved from one-on-one. I started, that was the first thing I, I did, and I said, you know, how do I codify the work I'm doing with my one-on-one clients to something that I can teach in group? And then what I discovered is that a lot of practices that are required for my one-on-one clients, for my group clients, like doing these outreach, looking at the metrics under their business, those are required for any stage of the business. So I started adding that to the membership saying, regardless of what level you're at, one-on-one, group, new to my world, these are sort of the essential habits I want you to build and maintain. So the membership became the practice gym. So if people, Want to go deeper in their business, they can for different levels and, and stages of their business. But if they say, yeah, I generally know what my business is and what I'm doing, but I just don't always have the accountability to do the, what we would call on the business work, the membership is the place for that. And I've started adding more foundational curriculum to just say, this is why we do what we do, this is how we do what we do.
Jessica Lackey9:34
But the membership is almost like the gym for being an expert business owner.
Jay Clouse9:39
Would you share the proportion of how these 3 products contribute to your revenue each year?
Jessica Lackey9:46
So my one-on-one is roughly 50% of my revenue. My cohort and membership, they combined make up the other half. Cohort is, it has shifted in the past 60 days, but the cohort is $80,000 a year total. Uh, the membership is a little Yeah. A bit less than that now, so it's about 50%, 25%, 25%. I also have 2 foundational courses that I've offered as standalone chunks. The membership started at $30 a month and is now $50 a month after my latest price increase, but the goal is to make it so accessible that even if they can't participate in a given season, it's a charge that still makes sense for their business regardless of the stage of revenue they're at. That did not make sense at all 2 years ago when I launched the membership.
Jessica Lackey10:37
Like, I had 30 people in it. It was basically not even enough to cover the Circle fees, but now it's actually an entire revenue stream, which just kind of evolved from people saying this was awesome and spreading the word of mouth to their friends.
Jay Clouse10:52
That's interesting. That's a chasm that I feel like a lot of people pursuing memberships don't cross, where they start something, And they kind of expect it to be a significant revenue stream pretty quickly. And if it's not, they get really antsy and won't see it through. So talk to me about your journey with that membership specifically when it started with something that quote unquote didn't cover the circle bill yet to say, actually, I'm going to keep doing this because it's not an insignificant time investment for somebody running a membership too.
Jessica Lackey11:22
It started off being a video library. I would add a video library. I would have a Q&A once a month and I would have an— add a new training every month. But then after a few months of running it, someone said, hey, you have a lot of trainings here. Do you have a roadmap? So I added a roadmap and then I launched my first course. It was right around the time I, I lost my last fractional COO client. Like it was a planned transition. I hired my backfill and I said, oh, I need to close this gap.
Jessica Lackey11:46
You know, I should teach a course on relational sales, which is what I'd been talking about. So launched that course. It had a weekly practice habit to it. And someone said, hey, can we keep doing this weekly practice habit in the membership? And I said, Sure, that sounds like a great idea. And then more people started coming in. Then in January of this year, I launched another course, which is all about time management, and I had a weekly planning session in that. And they said, hey, can we keep doing this weekly planning thing? And I said, well, if you wanna run it, awesome, 'cause I can't commit to every Friday. So we started adding that.
Jessica Lackey12:18
And then people continued to join the program. People said, hey, there should be a Europe call. All right, well, let's add a Europe call. And then June of 2026, I said, hey, we're gonna raise the price from $30 a month to $50 a month. Last chance, uh, get in. My copywriter actually said, where's the last time we launched the membership? I'm like, we never launched the membership. We just, we just kept adding things and people kept telling their friends because the value was relatively unprecedented for what you get. I do a welcome call.
Jessica Lackey12:52
With every member who joins at $30 a month for 30 minutes. Again, like, no one does this because it doesn't economically make any sense, but I wanted to meet everybody who was in my membership.
Jay Clouse13:07
When you say things like it doesn't economically make sense, do you not care, or do you have a belief that, but it will economically make sense if and when some threshold or turning point happens?
Jessica Lackey13:20
Well, it doesn't economically make sense for that particular offer, and it's not designed to be an upsell offer, but it is. I was supporting my business for 4 years through 20 different clients because of one-on-one. So the membership on its own and the cohorts on their own didn't have to carry the business. So it didn't make sense as a standalone product for 4 years. Neither the cohort or the membership did. And in fact, actually paying the social media team and paying the YouTube editor and paying the team to help me develop these leveraged bodies of work. I actually didn't make any profit on anything that you would consider leveraged one-to-many offers for up until 2025\. So it didn't make sense economically for each individual offer, but it totally made sense.
Jessica Lackey14:07
I can cover my own bills and make the revenue I need to make to have a relatively stable top line. Just the mix has shifted underneath over time.
Jay Clouse14:16
So if we look at this business today, and you told me it earns over $300,000 in total, and 50% of that is the services, as you said, the cohort and the membership make up the other 50%. Is this where you are happy just like being, or are you striving for some other thing? I'm trying to get a sense of your enoughness, what you're striving for, and how you've arrived at this overall design.
Jessica Lackey14:44
I love the business I've built at the revenue I've built it at. Like, I know every single member in my membership. I don't really want that to change. I mean, I would love it to be a little bit bigger, but I don't, I have no ambitions for thousands of people in this membership. I love my one-on-one clients. I love my cohort participants. The business, now I get to face the wonderful challenge of how to keep meeting my members where they are as they continue to grow their businesses. And how do I construct things in the backend of my business to say, you were started here at the cohort, but now it's not they graduate into one-on-one, 'cause that's not how really it works.
Jessica Lackey15:17
It's more how do I keep meeting them with the advanced next steps for their business in the right container that makes sense for them? But my business pays me well. I don't need a lot of team to run it. I don't have a lot of moving pieces. It like covers my household bills. It allows me to save. It's a great business that I love. I have no desire to make it a whole lot bigger. I have dreams of book number 2.
Jessica Lackey15:42
I have dreams of my own different podcast than the one I currently run. But that saying, like, the dog caught the car, I'm like, the dog caught the car. Now it's about how do I continue to make it an exceptional experience for everyone who's decided to step into this, like, way of building their business?
Jay Clouse16:00
If I look at the calendar year, And you have these 3 offers, do you have any type of seasonality? I mean, the cohort is a very time-bound program.
Jessica Lackey16:08
Yeah.
Jay Clouse16:08
So, how do you think about the cohort within the calendar year, and how that then relates to these other 2 offers?
Jessica Lackey16:14
So, the cohort opens March and September during the equinox periods. There's a course, a standalone course that is run right on the front of the cohort in the spring, and the cohort in the fall to say, If you liked the course, you should either upgrade to the cohort or stick around in the membership.
Jay Clouse16:32
So a self-paced course?
Jessica Lackey16:34
No, it's live.
Jay Clouse16:36
Okay.
Jessica Lackey16:36
So it's a 4-week time management operations bootcamp I call Building Blocks that runs in January. And then it's a live relationship building and relational sales series that runs over the summer. And the membership, I did a launch, but I've never launched it before. I'm not entirely sure when I'll launch it. It'll probably launch on the back of these different courses. And one-on-one, I never launched, referrals as I get them.
Jay Clouse16:58
How often are you publishing emails?
Jessica Lackey17:00
Once a week, every Sunday, 10:00 AM Eastern.
Jay Clouse17:03
I think a lot of people hearing this who might be called to take a similar approach where they're just like, ah, the social media game is so hard. I mean, I'm, I'm sharpening my ax and I'm like, I'm a learner again. I'm not good at this current incarnation of social media, but I've resolved I'm gonna play this game. I'm gonna figure it out, at least for now. But this approach certainly resonates with me when I, I'm frustrated with results on social media. But the challenge that I hear from folks often who are very email forward is if they're not filling top of funnel new subscribers pretty frequently, and they have one, maybe two programs that they sell pretty frequently, they churn through the number of buyers on their list, or the people they're introducing their stuff to who haven't bought it, who are on the list, have considered it and, and passed on. So what prevents this approach from getting stale or even going backwards?
Jessica Lackey17:58
So I think it's 3 different things. One, I aspire to have emails that are so good people want to stay subscribed. And so some emails are more of like marketing my program or marketing my social media or marketing my podcast. Mine is a deep dive essay every week. It's like 1,500 to 2,000 words. With some kind of framework, some kind of insight. People are like, I, I bought from you years ago. Your newsletter's one of the only newsletters that I, I open.
Jessica Lackey18:29
So that's one. Um, so people forward my newsletters. I want that to be the forwardable asset. 2, I taught for free for 4 years, a new workshop every single month for about 4 years. I called it Deeper Business Dialogues, and it was open to everybody. At that time, the webinar disguised as a sales funnel was everywhere, where it was like 50 minutes of backstory, 10 minutes of pitch, and you were sold into something. And I said, what if I flipped the script? What if I did 50 minutes of pure teaching, workshopping concepts out in the open, and then 10 minutes of a soft get on my list? So I flipped that. And then 3, because I was services for such a long time, so I went fractional chief operating officer, down to more advisory with small cohorts, I've never had to sell so hard.
Jessica Lackey19:24
So my, you know, I have 8 to 12 clients on my roster one-on-one at a time. I've had some clients on my roster for 4 years now. I have max of 15 people in my cohort program every 6 months, and then I've started growing the membership. So most of the people in my newsletter audience haven't seen the same offers and the same programs over and over again because For 5 years primarily wasn't selling to my audience. I was making my sales through referrals, filling my cohorts through a little bit of word of mouth and a little bit of launching to my list, but mostly not selling to them. It was all a, this is what I'm learning, this is what I'm exploring. Come hang out with me as I dive into building an expertise business.
Jay Clouse20:09
I wanna reopen a door or step through a door that you opened earlier where you said, The KPIs that you recommend your clients measure are different than what other people might measure. So what are those?
Jessica Lackey20:21
So it's number of outreaches. So every week in the membership, we do what's called Sacred Sales Hour. So we're reaching out to clients, collaborators, connectors to build relationships, to expand our networks, to invite people in closer to us in a relational outreach capacity, 5 emails a week. To people in your network. So how many outreaches did you do? How many connection calls did you have? How many visibility and distribution opportunities did you secure? So, you know, guest teaching in someone's audience, going to a conference, swaps and bundles and things like that, whether it makes sense for your audience, keynote speaking. So how much exposure did you get to other people's audiences? Did you produce any long-form content that would be like an authority asset? So those are what I call seeds. Sprouts are inquiries and proposals sent. We do track follower count, but just more as a, is it growing? If it's not growing, it means we're not getting in front of enough new people.
Jessica Lackey21:17
We track revenue and profit and cash, new clients as well. Those would be what I call fruits. And then we track roots, which is the business building projects that you are doing every month to make planting seeds, tending your sprouts, and stewarding your fruits more effective with the time you have. If you don't play the social media game, Are you putting a ceiling on your business?
Jay Clouse21:40
After a quick break, Jessica and I dig into that very question and how she makes her business work for her, not the other way around. So stick around, we'll be right back. And now back to my conversation with Jessica Lackey. What's the ceiling on this approach? I'm thinking about— it's pretty time intensive. And so is the idea for people listening to this who are saying like, okay, social media, this is an alternative path. Does this path dictate a certain ceiling then that otherwise social media would be able to blow past?
Jessica Lackey22:20
Ceiling of revenue growth or ceiling of clients?
Jay Clouse22:24
Probably revenue growth.
Jessica Lackey22:26
I don't think this has a ceiling to it. I mean, the ceiling is dictated by the price point of your offers. and truly the construction of your offers. The reason my business works is because these are not one-time purchases. The construction is, this is a practice of business ownership, and that practice, no matter, you know, the membership is really constructed around not a content drop necessarily, but repeatable habits that run in your business that you'll never really stop. Like, I put some of these habits in place for my business in the membership because I need to do the same habits too. The cohort, ends, but then there's the offer that extends. You can stay in that for a long time.
Jessica Lackey23:04
Same for one-on-one. You could stay one-on-one or you could drop to a recurring offer. So I think the challenge being that almost nothing in my business is one and done. It is all meant to be recurring value for a recurring charge.
Jay Clouse23:19
Mm-hmm.
Jessica Lackey23:19
If you're just trying to sell a one-time program, then you do have to continually feed the top of funnel because people don't renew. Like, that's a barrier to growth that I have seen in so many other businesses. So I said, okay, well, what would people be excited to continue paying for on a recurring basis that I can help them with? So I built my business on renewals and retention, not growth and virality. But, you know, especially if you run services, how are you— Again, not creating like a codependency concept here, but how are you always thinking about what comes next? What comes next? How are they growing? How are you expanding your time with that customer? That's appropriate for a services business. That's also appropriate for a coaching business. Part of the reason I think, you know, I love what you're doing so much is because the Lab gets better year after year after year. So how did I design products in an ecosystem that gets better year after year after year? So I don't think it has a ceiling to it. I have chosen a ceiling.
Jay Clouse24:24
Right.
Jessica Lackey24:24
Because of the price points I am playing at. But I don't think it's inherent to the type of business I've run. And frankly, the more you, like social media requires almost new hooks and new content every time. But now that I do a couple of signature topics, I can guest teach without coming up with new material. I can guest on podcasts without coming up with a ton of new material. So it's become, compounding in my business versus having to come up with some new angle 3 times a week on Instagram.
Jay Clouse24:58
Yeah, and I, I don't necessarily mean to frame the idea of a ceiling as something that is inherently bad, because I don't think enough of us think about what enough or our goals are. I'm reading this great book right now. It's the best book I've read in a long time called The Score. Have you heard of this book?
Jessica Lackey25:17
No, but I want to.
Jay Clouse25:18
It's by a guy named C. Thi Nguyen, I believe is his name. He's a philosopher, and he's also a big nerd, and he loves games. And so he had this obsession with understanding why there seemed to be an inherent trade-off between easily measurable things and value capture with these things. He was basically like, the more we add metrics to especially, like, businesses and organizations, The more it seems like the people inside those organizations hate their work. Why is that? It's a wonderful, wonderful book. The punchline for a lot of it is basically like, he has this really bold idea, which is basically like the meaning of life is choosing games that you love to play, that you can play infinitely. And his point is a lot of times we end up playing games implicitly that aren't actually games we wanna play.
Jay Clouse26:07
I mean, this, I'm sure this speaks to you with your casino analogy. And so like ceilings aren't inherently bad if that's a game that you have chosen and this is what winning that game looks like. But you mentioned the way you think about recurring subscriptions is you need to provide recurring value and that creates sort of an inherent ceiling. I mean, that is true in this design, but if you are creating content that is infinitely scalable and recurring, then that removes some level of ceiling, but it's a different design of the product. So all of this is just like interesting stuff for me to think about and poke and prod.
Jessica Lackey26:45
I mean, like, I have chosen a ceiling on purpose. When members join, they get a welcome card. I send birthday cards. I've taken, you know, Unreasonable Hospitality, that book, sort of to the—
Jay Clouse26:57
Love that.
Jessica Lackey26:58
How can I know people so that I can make connections for members? There is a world in which that I could see that someone else does that connection-making for me, but Like, that's depriving me of some of the joy of knowing what happens in everybody's business. I'm a relatively nosy person because that's part of my job as a business diagnostician. But I love, I love connecting people. I love saying, you should meet so-and-so, you should meet so-and-so. So I've chosen caps because it covers my bills, it covers my enough numbers, it allows me to invest in projects. And honestly, I chose some of these design constraints for my business because I saw some real gaps in the marketplace that I wanted to fill. Like, very few places offer what I'm offering at the price point I'm offering it at. And I recognize that I can do a lot of what I do because of some of my personal situation.
Jessica Lackey27:48
I don't have children, you know, I have time and intellectual intensity that I can spend on this business and the humans that are in the business. I love what I do. a little too much sometimes. And so, you know, I came from corporate, have some, you know, of that like corporate horsepower to what I do. And so I say, how can I use my skills and what I'm gifted at to really be of deep service? And I've never been happier playing the game I've chosen, but I recognize that I'll never have a million-dollar launch. Like, I won't cross 6, 7 figures. That keeps me out of rooms. Which people look at price and people look at revenue as a status signal.
Jessica Lackey28:29
I've chosen a business model that will never let me play those games unless I qualify through a third door.
Jay Clouse28:36
That's so real. Uh, it's the same with social following too. So honestly, a lot of the times it is, sucks to say, but if you're playing the social media game for the purpose of like top of funnel and it's not working, it actually might be optically better to stop playing that game entirely and just like eliminate that external mark for people to look at, especially if you don't enjoy doing it. Now, if you enjoy doing it and you're like, I'm gonna get good at this game and I'm not good at it yet, but I'm gonna figure it out, different story. But if you're like, I hate this game and I'm just doing the bare minimum to try and it's not working, then you might be better off just not trying at all. I like this phrase you just used, this business diagnostician. If you were to point that at your own business, where would you say, you know, if I separate myself from my own business and look at this, here's where I think there's room to grow or changes that could be made or design decisions that are not serving me?
Jessica Lackey29:34
I think there's the what's not serving me now and what's not gonna serve me in 5 years. What's not serving me now, I have a lot of welcome calls, but I love them all, but I do recognize that My brand is kind of casual. How I show up is a little casual in a great way. I think that allows accessibility, but it does, I think, prevent me from really spreading the message about how we can grow businesses differently too. I have essentially sidestepped traditional markers of prestige, price, how I show up, where I show up. You know, the price points I set at are not prestige markers. For this work, what I wanna do is helping people really build a business around their expertise. That's gonna require, you know, not just staying in my, my little bubble of the 250 people that I know, like, and trust.
Jessica Lackey30:22
I'm gonna need to go on different stages. I'm gonna have to build authority and build relationships with people that were people that I looked up to substantially when I started my business. Like, how do I step into a different peer group? And I recognize that I have chosen to play that particular game on hard mode.
Jay Clouse30:39
Because of the way you designed the business?
Jessica Lackey30:41
Yeah, so I look at the authors retreats in Nashville. I look at the gatherings that people have in Atlanta. I look at who gets invited to the speaker dinners before the conferences. I like pay attention to those. You have to earn your way into those rooms, and either by time, tenure, relationships, visible signals of authority, and I have. chosen to sidestep playing some of the, like choosing to get some of those markers. So it means I have to go about it a different way and I'm not entirely sure how I do that.
Jay Clouse31:14
Yeah, it is hard. I mean, I obviously pay attention to a lot of the same things and I'll be honest, a lot of my success is like, I see the game, I play the game. Sometimes I win the game. A lot of it is BS. Most of it is BS, you know? And it's, uh, this is one of the best tweets that I've seen Justin Welsh say is like, Everyone knows the game is rigged, and the people who win are the ones that are like, I'm gonna go win that game. If you wanna play that game. The tragedy is when people are like, I hate this game, I don't wanna play by these rules, but they enter the same field of play. It's as if you're playing an NBA game against the Golden State Warriors and you're just refusing to shoot 3-pointers.
Jay Clouse31:53
You can do that, but like, your odds aren't great. I would probably find a different form of the game. But it is so much of it. The reason that I've been so interested in Instagram lately, you've seen me talk about this in the community, is that halo effect is so unreasonably strong for— there just doesn't have to be much there there. And you get so much opportunity with wide visibility on Instagram that it just feels so overpowered if you are able to play and win that game. But it's so frustrating to not win that game. It's like, wow, I'm playing and I'm getting my ass kicked in this game right now. right now, but I keep trying.
Jay Clouse32:33
I, I may, I may choose not to play that game at some point, but right now I'm, I'm trying and failing and learning a little bit all the time.
Jessica Lackey32:40
And I mean, you have— your goals are to have a traditionally published book. In order to play the trad publishing game, you need to have a big audience. If you want to hit the New York Times bestseller, you have to do that. For me, this week I actually put out a LinkedIn post to say, hey, I'm giving away 10 free books. And I hand-signed and hand-shipped and hand-paid for. It's not, it's not a cheap proposition, but like people are like, I've heard about your book and I wanted to buy a copy. And I shipped 20 books out, right? So my book is never gonna be a trad published bestseller. I'm also, it's pretty niche.
Jessica Lackey33:19
It's, you know, building an expert business. It's not gonna apply to everybody. So. wide visibility and broad visibility isn't what I need to make my business be successful. And my worry is that if I try to do the Instagram game or any short-form social media game, I'm kind of leaning back into YouTube 'cause I can do some teaching that I want. I've gotta figure out my camera situation so I can draw on things. My video where I tried to draw economics of cohort-based courses, I'm like trying to like get my good notes out and I was like, God, I want like Jay's overhead camera. So long-form really works for me because I can think deeply about a couple of things.
Jessica Lackey33:54
Every week, wrestle this in my head. I can't do that when I'm on short form and I can't afford a team to help me with it. So again, I've chosen trade-offs. I can't afford a team because of where I put my business prices.
Jay Clouse34:05
That's the really hard thing about the game you're playing is like you're exactly in the chasm where I actually feel like I'm in the same chasm, but like maybe closer to breaking through this chasm where most of the time when I'm investing in a team to do a lot of video stuff, If you have the skill, if you have the skill to do soup-to-nuts video production, especially short form where it's like scripting, editing in CapCut, and doing B-roll and effects, like the bar raises all the time. If you have the skill, that's great. I don't have that skill. I have not allocated the time to develop that skill. I'm not sure I can allocate the time to develop that skill. Hiring out those things, expensive proposition, really hard to do that if you're not earning into like the Mid to high 6 figures, it seems.
Jessica Lackey34:47
So I can't invest in video because it requires too much. I can't do it myself because I'm still delivering roughly 50% of the time because I'm still heavy in services. You know, my group cohorts meet and there's a lot of delivery for that. So my 20 to 30% of my marketing time is relationships, visibility through those relationships, writing my long-form post, and just hitting singles for 4 years. Eventually, maybe I'll hit a home run. Again, it's a, it's a choice, right? I recognize that by making so much of my money be coming from services, that means I have to be very, very focused on my marketing time. And again, we can't do it all. So I said, okay, well, what are the things that I can do uniquely well, and how can I engineer my business so that I don't have to do some of the marketing that I'm not particularly good at or costs me too much money.
Jay Clouse35:43
So it seems like your services capacity is full most all of the time.
Jessica Lackey35:50
Um, yeah, I mean, if you consider, you know, my cohorts, I'm doing 2 calls a week with them. My membership, there's usually 2 calls. I have 10 clients on my roster right now, and my cohort participants, I am hands-on with things in their business, reviewing copy, reviewing worksheets and things like that. So I call that services even though it's a one-to-many. service model. This is a heavier season right now just because the membership has just grown so much, but I'd like that to be 30 to 40% max of my time being client delivery or managing and running programs.
Jay Clouse36:23
Because if I hear this, and I'm not advocating for this, I'm just like playing here. If I hear everything you've just said, there's a case to be said like, well, if you're at capacity for services, why not raise your services prices? Or similarly, like, okay, if you have a, a cap on your membership. What would an increase of 50 people on that cap do? Would that allow you to invest more in video? Is that worth, worth doing? And I'm sure you thought about it, so talk to me about that.
Jessica Lackey36:47
So I'm looking at, you know, they always say you should never be in your clients' pockets, but I'm actually in my clients' pockets in the sense of I look at what money they're making. I'm like, all right, if you— most, you know, services businesses or creative businesses, Take your revenue, half that's going in your pocket, 20% of that's going to taxes, a third of that's your operating expense. I know what that operating expense number should be. I have a pretty strong point of view on how much of that operating expense I should be, especially if I wanna work with you in the long term. So, you know, there are a lot of programs that say, okay, for, we're gonna work with you for 3 months, or some programs, I saw one recently was like, it's a 5-day intensive for like $30,000\. I'm like, That's some of my clients' entire operating expense budget for the entire year.
Jay Clouse37:39
Oh.
Jessica Lackey37:40
And so my whole philosophy is about this stuff takes time. So what's a price point that at your business level, based on kind of the revenue you come in at for some of these programs, that you can sustain without feeling like your business can't cash flow you what you need? Like, I can't be ethically in a position where you're gonna pay me money, which means you can't pay yourself. I know where my fees need to live in someone's ongoing budget line, at least at the, the cohort and the, the one-on-one pricing. The membership is just, it's so low because so many people have been burned by high-priced programs or memberships where they were lost in a crowd. And I just wanna be the antithesis of that. But I wanna be in people's pockets in the sense of I'm putting my prices where I think that your business can absorb it without keeping you from doing the other investments that you need.
Jay Clouse38:34
Yeah, I like this approach. I feel like it's especially timely right now. I serve a prosumer, as do you, and I'm seeing that I'm getting more reports from my customers that they're struggling because their customers are struggling. And so it feels like this is a particularly difficult time to not be pretty cognizant of what people are able to spend at all levels of the spectrum. I think that's always been true when you're working with someone on a fixed income, but even now, folks who are, certain people who aren't on a fixed income, that increasingly seems to be something to think about. So I had Liz Wilcox on the show recently, and she has this $9 per month membership, which I've just never seen something that's not just a, like a premium newsletter succeed or be built in the way she's doing. But it's a really compelling conversation and it's really got me thinking about different models and price points and meeting people where they are. So I love what you're saying about this, and I think it's a very ethical and smart approach for somebody who's saying, I want a high percentage of my overall audience to stay working with me over the long term.
Jay Clouse39:36
Because this is also something that's awkward with memberships. People who join your membership tend to be some of your biggest fans and supporters. But most relationships are designed to end at some point. So like, it's a weird mechanism to be like, all of my best and like closest people are gonna end up here. And at some point they're going to break off that relationship. And that's just a bummer. They don't wanna do it. You don't want them to do it.
Jay Clouse40:03
You understand why they're doing it, but it's just weird.
Jessica Lackey40:05
Well, I think this one is, for me, 2 things. One, it was really funny when I did my big Prices Going Up launch, I had people from, I had past clients and past cohort participants join the membership because again, it's a, a lot of the focus is about the habits, the practices, the rituals and things like that. I had someone who bought for me in my very first planning retreat in 2022, came back and bought. So it was very much like a Jessica, this is your life moment of, I recognized 50% of the names that bought. I just never haven't given them a reason to buy anything for me before that wasn't a compelling reason. to be in my world. Again, like, because this is small, you know, I had people say like, I'm getting a job, I'm leaving the membership, but kudos to everything that you're doing. I've had a lot of people go get jobs this year and say, I love you and I wanna support you and I'm not in business anymore, so can you pause my subscription? I also, this is probably again anti-best practice because most of the things I do are anti what most people would do for best practices, but I think a really strong retention play for me is I handle my own inbox.
Jessica Lackey41:17
I handle all my customer support. So when people's credit cards fails, I'm the one saying, hey, your credit card failed. By the way, how's XYZ? How's the move? How's this? You know, let me know. That's a level of when you're at that kind of scale, when you have to be at that kind of scale to make the money work, You know, it's usually handed off to somebody else. I have the time because I'm not doing so much marketing. I can do a fair amount of like inbox management. So again, I'm playing trade-offs to say, what can I do to make this an amazing customer experience so that I don't have to have so much top of funnel? Like I've, the math works for my business. I've been a stickler about that for since I started.
Jessica Lackey41:57
You know, it's been $300K for the past 3 years with, a little 250 under that, but the total percentage of what has made that up, the composition has completely shifted. So I've been straddling 2 or 3 business models for 3 years now saying, how can I keep the trains running for my financials in my life? Which has allowed me to really titrate up the number of people that are in my world without making it feel like anyone got lost in the shuffle. And I also built a ton of systems around this. So I worked with someone to build my onboarding system so they're getting emails. I worked with Becky, to redesign the onboarding experience so everyone really felt taken care of in the new version of the membership.
Jay Clouse42:38
We've talked about your book a couple of times. Happy anniversary and happy birthday.
Jessica Lackey42:41
Thank you.
Jay Clouse42:43
How has the book impacted the business? Obviously, the development of the IP and the frameworks has fully permeated the business and the brand, which is great. How has the book itself as an artifact impacted the business?
Jessica Lackey42:54
People buy the book 'cause it was recommended to them by a friend, and then a lot of them join the membership or they join my email list. I sold roughly 200 copies to my fans at the very beginning when I launched it a year ago. And then I put it on Amazon in November of last year because when you do a book, you have to get it, the Kindle edition is like a conversion process. And so I couldn't get that all done at the same time. I went with a custom publisher versus fully self or fully trad. So we launched in September. I had about 200 people buy it. People have been telling their friends, people have been buying copies for their friends.
Jessica Lackey43:29
People have been asking me to teach on it, to talk about it. I've been giving some books away. And so it's one by one, two by two, people are discovering and buying the books. So I get about 20 to 30 sales of the book every month. And I get some people coming in, they're like, I love everything you do. I love your book. Thank you for providing a different way of building an online business. And join the membership.
Jay Clouse43:53
With the time we have left, you've mentioned a couple times that one of the practices, and it's been a driver for your business, has been outreach. And in my research, I saw this line from you that I loved, which was, follow people you admire around the internet like a puppy, not a stalker. And I think you're really good at this. Like, you're really good at this. And there is like a, there's a, there's a fine, important line between the two. And so how do you teach that? I assume these 2 things go hand in hand. So I, I think a lot of people listening to this who are saying, okay, yeah, I don't wanna play the social media game. I do wanna do more of this guesting outreach, building my email list.
Jay Clouse44:31
How do I do that effectively?
Jessica Lackey44:32
Part of it is being just interested in other people. So the person I was following around the internet is a Lab member, and when I see their face on someone else's sales page or I hear them in another community, I'm like, Oh, they have great taste. I bet the people they're learning from and listening to are great people that I can learn from. What you do is then it's basically the 6 degrees of Kevin Bacon map.
Jay Clouse44:56
Mm-hmm.
Jessica Lackey44:56
What I found when I started was that there was these internet silos. There was the YouTubers, there was the Twitter people, there was the consultants, there were fan of the podcast, Paul Millard's group of people on Twitter, which is different than a different subset of people on Twitter. Like everyone has their, internet silos. And so I was like, well, who's the most interesting person saying interesting things in that section of the internet and how can I go learn from them? And at some point I started connecting dots between, oh, so-and-so knows so-and-so and so-and-so knows so-and-so because you're interested in what they have to say. That's where all these, the visibility opportunities. I mean, you know, we heard about this from Chanel when she was at the Craft and Commerce a couple of years ago, where even behind the viral social media growth of all the LinkedIn people and all the Twitter people was the fact that they had a little pod. Not an engagement pod in the spammy, let me just like, you know, comment on your stuff for reach.
Jay Clouse45:50
Or in some cases, yes.
Jessica Lackey45:52
Yes, but these people were a peer group that promoted each other. So how can you find and lock arms with some of the collaborators and peers in your space and really help you grow as a cohort instead of trying to go on your own? And you only get those friendships by actually being friends with people. And you don't be friends with people by saying, can I go on your show? You make friends with people by saying, how can I support you in your goals? What do you care about? What are you interested in? How can I be of service to you? How can I— quoting one of my favorite people, Mo Bunnell— how can you give to get? But it's not about being transactional. It's about truly, how can I be of deep service, recognizing that what flows out will flow back in some form, be it revenue, be it followers, be it karma, just be it being a good person. And I think that that has been the underlying tree of it all, right? Like, I'm coming to Columbus, I'm organizing brunch. I don't have to do those things, but I do it because I— those are the relationships that are going to carry my business. And you're all people that I deeply actually care about and want to support you in whatever way I can.
Jay Clouse47:06
And to take it a step further, a lot of times it's not, what can I do to support you? It's, I know what I can do to support you, and I'm just gonna start doing it. Because people notice at every scale. People notice.
Jessica Lackey47:16
People notice. If you want to make friends with someone that's a creator that's, you know, maybe a little more advanced than you, or someone that's more established than you, repost their stuff. Tell them that you like their work, buy their programs. And again, you're not trying to buy their friendship. But you are saying, I'm invested in you and I'm gonna use what I can to make this relationship flourish. That is the unscalable work that people say don't scale. And I say it actually does scale as long as you don't need hypergrowth, you need linear growth.
Jay Clouse47:56
If you enjoyed this episode, please consider leaving a rating or review on Apple Podcasts or Spotify and letting me know. Those reviews go a long way to help us grow the show. do read every single one. I appreciate them. Thank you, thank you, thank you if you've already taken the time to do that. If you want to learn more about Jessica, visit her website or pick up her book, Leaving the Casino, at deeperfoundations.com. There are links to both in the show notes. Thank you for listening.
Jay Clouse48:18
I'll talk to you next week.
Jessica Lackey
**Attention maximizers often attract a *crowd* while trust maximizers build an *audience*.**
Scrolling Instagram and pausing to watch a video isn't so different from stopping your walk in Vegas to watch a street performer. Did you catch the performer's name? Did you ever see them again?
And then there's your favorite band—you may make entire travel plans to a remote destination *just to see them*.
A crowd is reactive, stopping to see a spectacle. An audience is proactive and makes plans to see their favorite artist.
You may be thinking this is a false dichotomy. Surely there are trust maximizers getting tons of views or attention maximizers who are highly trusted? Yes, there are always exceptions to the rule. And while it seems like each side could benefit by being more like the other, it's not as practical as you'd think.
Attention maximizers, by definition, *must* cater to a broad audience. Attention is one of the most competitive games on the planet, and they've mastered it. They're more likely to make content consumed as entertainment, and because their audience is scattered, it's harder to find a product or service that fits their audience as a whole. Attention maximizers are encouraged to make the biggest promises possible *because it attracts more attention*. They speak in absolutes because brevity is both easier to consume and creates an emotional response. For more thoughtful, discerning viewers, this type of content often rings as incomplete, ignorant, or misleading.
Trust maximizers are playing a longer, slower game with a smaller target audience. Trust is earned when a promise is kept, and trust maximizers are masters at keeping promises. They're more likely to make content that's educational or transformational. They make fewer and more realistic promises. They're more likely to hedge their language or dive into the nuance, because they don't want to lie, omit, or mislead. This doesn't make for sexy titles and thumbnails or snappy soundbites, so casual viewers pass right by.
Both attention maximizers and trust maximizers can succeed. But it's best to identify the side you fall on and commit to your strengths rather than try to elevate your weaknesses. A trust maximizer leaning into alarming video packaging will feel like they're having an identity crisis. An attention-maximizer using more measured language will feel boring.
In the first version of this essay, I spoke in more absolutes. I removed myself from the story, because I wanted it to be more readable for *people who don't know me*. I was trying to add on some attention-winning best practices, but also couldn't fully commit. The essay was both thin and harder to buy into because I was contradicting my own point!
I was stradding the middle. And trouble comes when you try to straddle the middle. That middle area feels muddy. Not quite sharp enough to maximize attention, not quite deep enough to maximize trust. That muddiness creates indifference in the consumer, and in content, [indifference is death](https://creatorscience.com/indifference/).
### Selling Smart Passive Income (And What We Can Learn From It) — Pt. 1 featuring Pat Flynn and Matt Gartland
URL: https://creatorscience.com/podcast/smart-passive-income-sold/
Last updated: 2026-10-15T12:39:50.000Z
Episode 317
# Selling Smart Passive Income (And What We Can Learn From It) — Pt. 1 featuring Pat Flynn and Matt Gartland
This week I’m joined by two longtime friends — Pat Flynn and Matt Gartland.
with **Pat Flynn and Matt Gartland**Sep 8, 202654 min
[Listen now](#listen) [Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/selling-smart-passive-income-and-what-we-can-learn/id1498801064?i=1000788417364&uo=4&ref=creatorscience.com) [Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/episode/5uIANR05K9LYNG97H9UBOy?ref=creatorscience.com) More players
Listen in your app
[Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/creator-science-with-jay-clouse/id1498801064?ref=creatorscience.com)[Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/show/39j9VhklsBs1aLWtkGTWJT?ref=creatorscience.com)[YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/@jay/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Overcast](https://overcast.fm/itunes1498801064/creator-science?ref=creatorscience.com)[Pocket Casts](https://pocketcasts.com/podcast/creator-science-with-jay-clouse/7db47890-2ff0-0138-96e6-0acc26574db2?ref=creatorscience.com)[Castro](https://castro.fm/podcast/5f8d5083-92f5-4a4e-a83e-29a773baa95c?ref=creatorscience.com)[Castbox](https://castbox.fm/channel/id2626956?ref=creatorscience.com)[Podcast Addict](https://podcastaddict.com/feed/https%3A%2F%2Ffeeds.megaphone.fm%2FTPG4024225475?ref=creatorscience.com)Copy the RSS feed


Episode 317 · 54 min
Selling Smart Passive Income (And What We Can Learn From It)
−15
0:0054:00
+30 1×
Or listen in [Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/selling-smart-passive-income-and-what-we-can-learn/id1498801064?i=1000788417364&uo=4&ref=creatorscience.com) or [Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/episode/5uIANR05K9LYNG97H9UBOy?ref=creatorscience.com)
This week's guests

**Pat Flynn and Matt Gartland**Former co-CEOs of SPI Media
## What you'll learn
- How Pat and Matt deliberately structured SPI over 8 years so it could be sold — including spinning out a new company, removing Pat’s face from the website, and making the community the hero
- Why Pat turned down multiple VC and PE offers worth more than the final sale price
- The deal mechanics: seller financing, no broker, 160 documents of due diligence, and how it closed in 6 months when deals like this typically fall apart
- What creators who operate entirely under their own name are missing when they eventually want to exit
## About this episode
This week I’m joined by two longtime friends — Pat Flynn and Matt Gartland.
Pat is the founder of Smart Passive Income, the creator education brand he started in 2008 and ran for 18 years. Matt came on around 2018 — first as an advisor, then as CEO — and spent years making SPI operationally strong enough to stand without Pat at the center. They spun SPI out into a separate entity called SPI Media, pivoted from courses to community with recurring revenue, and quietly prepared the business for a sale they weren’t sure would ever happen. In September 2026, they announced that SPI had sold. The deal had closed five months earlier.
The buyer is Liz Wilcox, an email marketing expert who spent those five months operating publicly as SPI’s “director of community” before anyone knew the deal had closed. The community doubled in size during that window. Part 2 is next week, with Liz.
By the end of this episode, you will understand what it actually takes to build a creator business that could outlive you — and what the groundwork for an exit looks like years before anyone is thinking about it.
## Chapters
1. 00:00The newsPlay ▸
2. 01:44The first seeds of the ideaPlay ▸
3. 03:10The VC and PE offersPlay ▸
4. 05:52Building for optionalityPlay ▸
5. 13:20Running two companies at oncePlay ▸
6. 18:11Why real partnership is the unlockPlay ▸
7. 21:17Who to hire firstPlay ▸
8. 38:16Why the negotiation wasn’t about moneyPlay ▸
9. 40:38What seller financing actually meansPlay ▸
10. 41:24The due diligence processPlay ▸
11. 45:26The transition strategyPlay ▸
12. 47:37Part 2 preview: Liz Wilcox next weekPlay ▸
## Mentioned in this episode
[Smart Passive Income ↗](https://smartpassiveincome.com/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Liz Wilcox ↗](https://lizwilcox.com/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Deep Pocket Monster ↗](https://www.youtube.com/@DeepPocketMonster?ref=creatorscience.com)[Built to Sell by John Warrillow ↗](https://www.amazon.com/Built-Sell-Warrillow-28-Feb-2013-Paperback/dp/B011T6SNA2/ref=sr%5F1%5F1?adgrpid=185794754545&dib=eyJ2IjoiMSJ9.NzS6JL-%5FoIExgFBzJvOovjSN9-NaHLqqG3HF3SrHS3EBg4bmSnO1QjYFuu%5FliHMQHQFGER-VbYuRj5dR7x0K3B1WTmWIBtHVg9WjyYFcJ5P6dgV6jPWanpljCHhSq-XLSmEsXDemllObYqtYHFsq7qv3VMBBRl-bQ553274sdlwb2vB54AraMkkDQ7-rAoyDBiFaTzFHjLshCIwk7diUPV0vMPVmLKN4lg4LEsw8msY.9HM8S5NymNMfs3YVzLSMn%5FfGPAhEJUT1S1h6SpK40kU&dib%5Ftag=se&hvadid=779758944155&hvdev=c&hvexpln=0&hvlocphy=9023230&hvnetw=g&hvocijid=8777879303083028589--&hvqmt=e&hvrand=8777879303083028589&hvtargid=kwd-297426306183&hydadcr=22532%5F13531213%5F8302&keywords=built+to+sell&mcid=691a2fa497743913a64481869498953d&qid=1788818661&sr=8-1&ref=creatorscience.com)[Superfans by Pat Flynn ↗](https://www.amazon.com/Superfans-Pat-Flynn-audiobook/dp/B07XVDS8SF/ref=sr%5F1%5F1?crid=16Y6YVR53C79X&dib=eyJ2IjoiMSJ9.fEuzVn4o%5F--UuHV9VhHK0yA1nTfyhqxU7DpIXvI9Rx8-PWr-eaLi9QR3UpnXUuTIfH15Yxm3ELlMjN%5Fs2YG6ROAAWTJyW9idmKxIIFSxmJU.9r0OkUQrNHnXhcr6giSHzEdbOg14ZCIVCzNWkM02Cmc&dib%5Ftag=se&keywords=super+fans+pat+flynn&qid=1788818702&sprefix=super+fans+pat+flynn%2Caps%2C151&sr=8-1&ref=creatorscience.com)
## Full transcript
10,513 words · click any timestamp to play from there
Jay Clouse0:00
It sounds so intense.
Matt Gartland0:02
I mean, it's not not intense. Thank you, Matt.
Pat Flynn0:05
Thank you, Matt.
Read the full transcriptClose transcript
Jay Clouse0:20
Hello, my friend. Welcome back to another episode of Creator Science. This is a big one this week. Let's start with the big news. Smart Passive Income, the brand started by Pat Flynn in 2008, has been sold. If you've been anywhere near the creator economy, you know SPI. Pat started it in 2008 after getting laid off from his job as an architect, and it became one of the defining brands of the online business era. The blog, the income reports, the courses, and the podcast with more than 80 million downloads.
Jay Clouse0:48
Matt Gartland was Pat's business partner who came in in 2019 when Pat acquired his agency Winning Edits, and the two of them co-created SPI Media together the following year. That is what has been sold. I played a small role in this story too. SPI acquired my community Unreal Collective at the end of 2020, and I spent about a year and a half there leading their community experience. So I've seen the inside of this business and I've known Pat and Matt for years now. I can't speak more highly about both of them. Now here's why I wanted to make this episode. Most creator businesses can't be sold.
Jay Clouse1:20
Not just won't, can't. The brand is the person, the audience relationship is with the person, and there's nothing left to hand a buyer once that person walks out the door. It's the biggest weakness in how most of us build quote unquote personal brands, and it usually only becomes obvious at the time you actually want out. Pat and Matt built a way out and they started building it years before they needed it. So in this episode, we get into how they separated SPI from Pat legally and creatively, starting back in 2018, why they turned down venture capital and private equity offers that were higher than what they ultimately sold the business for. How Liz Wilcox came to be the buyer, which starts with a Pokémon event and a conversation Pat wasn't even a part of, what the deal structure looked like, how you license a person's name, face, and book back to a company they no longer own, and why they closed the deal in April and told absolutely no one until now. Now I know what you're thinking, how much did they sell the business for? We don't talk about the purchase price. We agreed to that before we recorded.
Jay Clouse2:19
I'm sorry, it was off limits. But the structure of this deal we get into in detail, and I think that's more useful for you anyway. Next week, I'll be publishing a conversation with Liz Wilcox, the buyer side of the same story. So make sure you're subscribed. We'll get to that full conversation with Matt and Pat right after this. Well, we have news out of the world of Smart Passive Income last week. And for anyone who missed the news, what is the big news?
Pat Flynn2:51
Uh, I'm pregnant. No, I'm just kidding. I'm not. Um, Actually quite the opposite. My baby turned 18 and is now off into the world. And by baby, I mean my business. Both Matt and I recently sold Smart Passive Income, which is crazy. And, and it's something I never thought I'd do, but we are here and I'm, I'm very, very excited and also nervous for various reasons.
Pat Flynn3:12
But, you know, I have a higher calling, I guess you could say, and I've needed to create space to go fully into that in my life. And, uh, there's so much about this I'm sure you're gonna dig into, but. Yes, sold the company. And I think the first thing that people say is, wait, how did you do that? Because wasn't it a personal brand? So I think we're going to dive a lot into that today.
Jay Clouse3:34
It's interesting because Smart Passive Income is the brand. It wasn't Pat Flynn. You have an aura and a brand and a presence and a legacy, but the team has been a team for quite some time. And so what I'm really interested to dig into is How this type of thing can happen, can be modeled? Because I think a lot of people listening to this probably actually don't have a company brand. They very much are operating behind their name. Some people do have a company brand, but in the creator space, the company brand is still often synonymous with the individual. Like, I have Creator Science, but I think by and large, people think of Creator Science, Jay Clouse, one-to-one. And I think that's a similar situation for you.
Jay Clouse4:17
So when did you start thinking not being in SPI might be an option?
Pat Flynn4:26
There were a few moments that brought this idea up. The first one was actually when Matt and I started to really work closely together for SPI. Matt came on as CEO and really changed the business in a way because it was very much on me. I was doing everything, right? So this is part of the reason why, you know, I hired and kind of had this Aqua hire with Matt and bought his company Winning Edits to bring the team on. And Matt's genius was molding the business into something that could be a lot more operational without me. Not that I was going to be gone from it ever, but rather it was, uh, you've probably heard the book and many of your audience probably has heard of Built to Sell, right? Shaping the company in a way that doesn't require you to have to be there all the time so that you could either take a longer vacation and the business can still run, or in a worser scenario, something happens to you, but the business can still live on. But never was this a thought of like, well, I'm gonna build to sell because I want to sell it. But there have been moments across the years that have brought and kind of seeded this idea.
Pat Flynn5:24
The first one was really after Matt and I started really focusing on community. For a while, I was selling online courses back in 2017, cuz that's how, you know, we generated revenue. But in 2020, after really COVID hit and we saw the need for community, we brought that online with SPI Pro. And almost immediately after that, people started reaching out to being, not just saying like, wow, this is amazing. You have recurring revenue in your business now. But we had a few offers pretty early on.
Jay Clouse5:52
Oh, wow.
Pat Flynn5:52
From venture capital. Ah, you know, it was very easy for me to say no to that because I knew exactly what they wanted and what they were going to do with it. I've seen it in some of my friends' businesses where VC money has come in and then control was lost. And then those businesses, many of them dissolved or have just become something completely different. And I didn't want to do that. So it was very easy for me to say no, even though those offers were quite high. I very much cared about the legacy of the community and what we were building, and I would want that to live on and be operational whether I was still there or not. And that's how we built it.
Pat Flynn6:23
And very much credit to Matt for shaping it that way. But those were the first little seedlings of, I wonder what life would be like if I were to move on. Nah, no, I love this. This is what I'm going to do this forever. But then Really what ended up happening was another hobby ended up taking off in my life and becoming something that I was balancing among SPI in terms of creation and business and opportunity. And this is the Pokémon stuff that has now taken off and has kind of exploded. And for a while I was kind of straddling 2 ladders again, just like I was when I was working 9 to 5 and becoming a business owner back in 2008\. And, uh, my thoughts were, I could do it all.
Pat Flynn7:01
I can do both. Yes, I can absolutely crush it by taking on everything. And, uh, soon realized that that was not the case.
Jay Clouse7:08
I'm going to ask Matt a couple of questions about like the structure of the company when you came in and shortly after here in a second. But I'm super curious on this venture capital point. Do you mean literally venture capital? They wanted to invest and grow the business with you running it or private equity? Like they wanted to buy a majority or controlling stake?
Pat Flynn7:26
Both, both. We've had, we've had both kind of offers, but, but when it came down to it, I mean, these people didn't even know who the audience was. They just saw the numbers coming in. They saw the on-paper revenue and just saw an investment opportunity. And also down the line, probably saw the email list and customers as just more money for them down the road. And that was not anything that I was comfortable with. I don't know, even though those offers were much higher than what ultimately the business sold for, I wouldn't have been able to sleep at night. Really, because this is again my baby and this thing that I grew and my name, even though I'm no longer with it, I'm still attached to it.
Pat Flynn8:02
My DNA is in there, if you will. So I didn't even really go deep into the exploration of like, well, okay, maybe this venture capitalist would do something good or be the right move. It just immediately was a no to me each time.
Jay Clouse8:16
Super interesting. Okay, so Matt, when you came on board, when Winning Edits was brought in and you started thinking, okay, team, more sellable business? What did that look like? And maybe with the benefit of hindsight, what do you think should have been done or could have been done?
Matt Gartland8:34
Yeah, the entry point, Pat kind of mentioned it, is legacy. So like when we were talking back in, I think the conversation actually started more in like 2017 going into 2018 about like what's the next generation of SPI? You know, at that point, you know, Patrick, we'd actually been working together since 2012\. and became friends, became almost like a pseudo business partner to Pat sort of in the early era. And then as things were evolving rather rapidly, actually kind of in the 2018 era, we were doing multi-seven figures a year in DIY core sales. But, you know, we started to see in the numbers on that front, you know, things were changing already. We were always a little bit ahead of the curve on some of that stuff. So in terms of then like what could be possible and what's our sense of legacy with this project, you know, and I wasn't, again, officially a partner yet, But it's like, man, what if we did actually, you know, partner up and kind of like tie a knot, so to speak, you know, in business, and create something that had some optionality to it that could open doors and give us choice down the road in terms of like, what could this then be in terms of something that contributes value beyond us, that could be of interest in different regards to either potential buyer types, as well as just other versions of like what the future is, right? And we're not necessarily locked into like a personal brand or whatever. So it was all initially around like vision and legacy.
Matt Gartland9:50
We ended up kind of producing a baby, so to speak, which I love that metaphor that Pat had mentioned. And this gets into even some of the structure stuff, Jay, that you're asking, which was all the SPI assets were actually sort of enmeshed within Pat's parent company. It was all one big company that had a lot of things going on in it. So to create some of that optionality and to improve its, I'd say, defensiveness, if and when opportunities came around to talk numbers and to talk about IP and other asset types, it's like, okay, we need to clean this up. So we actually spun it out and we created and co-founded a new company called SPI Media, at least legally, right? But it was a very distinct new thing. And that was sort of the underpinning of then this kind of business transformation more in the background of what we were doing to improve on economics, create recurring revenue specifically within the business, begin to optimize different aspects of the P&L to safeguard other parts of the brand. And also, it kind of even come back around to yet again, kind of the personal brand, try to bring other people into the brand. I mean, Jay, we brought you in for a period of time, for gosh sakes, right? And you became a really important part of our brand for a period of time.
Jay Clouse10:54
Absolutely.
Matt Gartland10:55
We brought in, my gosh, like Jason Pfeiffer and Terry Rice and other really marquee experts in different areas of online business and whatnot for a period of time. There was an era where we were talking about it as like the Avengers, right? Pat is Iron Man. Right, he is front and center, but we're trying to surround him with other key people to, again, add more value and richness, you know, to the brand. So we did these things from 2018, definitely 2019, all the way through to now. And it's been able to, for sure, allow us to have the opportunity that we did have to sell it to Liz.
Jay Clouse11:27
There's a comment you made there that I wanna dig into a little bit because I think it might be an actionable takeaway for folks listening to this, because what is probably true for everybody listening to this, no matter what stage of personal brand or company brand they're at, They probably have everything inside of one LLC. So as you were thinking about what becomes SPI Media, what stays as a Pat Flynn property, how did you think about where you draw that line?
Matt Gartland11:55
Yeah, I did think about it, and Pat and I discussed, again, with the end in mind. So like, what would genuinely be clear assets, not to be too wonky with that term, but like, that could move to someone else and have value to someone else that didn't then also impact Pat in some adverse way. So take his books, for example, right? His books are not a part of SPI Media. They are Pat, right? Now, the books are used, his legacy books anyway, especially, right, as vehicles of promotion, you know, for SPI, absolutely. But we intentionally carved that out when we were doing the shaping, you know, of what that business was gonna become. Pat's personal social media channels, also, those are his personal assets. They're not a part of the business. So actually, I don't know, Pat, you could weigh in, but I don't think it was actually that complicated in terms of how we gave initial shape to kind of the dividing line around those things.
Pat Flynn12:47
Yeah, not really. I mean, it was kind of based on, okay, well, what's the team going to be working on? And okay, that's SPI Media. What are the projects that I've worked on that I'm going to continue to work on myself that don't involve the team? Like the books and, you know, the social media stuff, which, which I've never let anybody else touch. That was very clearly going to be living with me. But again, there was no sort of like, when Matt says like the end in mind, I think the word optionality is the key there, not necessarily to sell. But again, if something were to happen to me, or if maybe Matt took over the company completely, or whatever the case may be, I think Matt's being too kind also in terms of how messy everything was before he came on. It was a Frankenstein kind of project, right? Over 10 years, you build something. Oftentimes it's just like Band-Aids over Band-Aids.
Pat Flynn13:37
And Matt came in and really cleaned things up, especially on the ins and outs of the finances and the business structure and all that stuff. So that's very much Matt. You know, what you're seeing here is a pair that works well together. This is the visionary and the operator, or like the book Rocket Fuel, right? The integrator, as they say. And I just got very lucky because Matt was also a visionary as well. So I got a, I got a sort of 2-for-1 deal with him. But yeah, again, the sale idea kind of came in fairly recently. I mean, it wasn't that long, generally speaking, from the moment that Matt and I were like, yeah, let's explore what this might actually look like if we were to, you know, sell this to the point of sale, because it was actually the buyer's sister.
Pat Flynn14:21
Her name is Patricia, who worked with me on the Pokémon side of things.
Jay Clouse14:25
Whoa.
Pat Flynn14:27
Who started to help me on my events. So I run these live events called Card Party in the Pokémon space. We had just recently about 9,500 people in Fort Lauderdale at one event. Our 6th event just happened. But in our, I think, 3rd event, Patricia was there to help and manage and kind of just keep me focused along with my own assistant, Jess. And she saw me answering emails and doing some work for SPI in between the stuff that I was supposed to do there at the Pokémon event. And so apparently she brought that home to the buyer, her sister, and said, whoa, Pat's like doing so much. He's so exhausted.
Pat Flynn15:05
He's trying to balance SPI and the Pokémon stuff now, which is blowing up for him. What would happen if you took over SPI? And it just became this random half thought. That then turned into a conversation between her sister, now the buyer, and us. And 6 months later, it was sold.
Jay Clouse15:26
Can you talk about this period of your life a little bit, Pat? Because I'm running one company and we've brought in more and more members of the team this year. And the number of deliverables I have to the team, to partners in one company, is overwhelming on a weekly basis, and I haven't uploaded to YouTube in 2 months because of it. And here you are contributing creative work to 2 companies that are publishing like crazy. How did you do this? What did your day-to-day look like? Are you able to just sit down and grind out content for hours straight?
Pat Flynn16:02
Uh, now I can, yes. And it's because I love the content. I love doing that. That is something that I've always been passionate about. I'm a content creator at heart. And if you were to go back in time into 2008, into the blog, and then when the podcast started, I just loved to create. And then of course, Matt comes in from the outside. You know, you can't read the label when you're inside the bottle, as I say.
Pat Flynn16:23
He goes, whoa, content, amazing business and organization. Ah, needs help. Let me come in and rescue. So that's kind of where he came in. And this is exactly why SPI and the way it was eventually structured, thanks to Matt, thanks to the team, thanks to SOPs and operations and workflows and Notion and like all the things we use, that bought me time back to then put into something else. And I didn't know that the Pokémon thing when I started with my kids in 2020 was going to blow up in this way, but I saw a lot of opportunity there, leaned into that more. And here I am sort of like balancing both of these things at the same time. And what's really nice about the way SPI eventually became structured after we started focusing on community was that our marketing, even the podcasts and our guests, those things were now focused not just on me anymore.
Pat Flynn17:14
We actually turned the lens around to now focusing on the community. Our guests on the podcast were from the community. Our marketing featured the community. We even changed the website and removed my face on it to then put the faces of our community on it and to show them and to make them the hero of the story, right? As you know, Don Miller would say, StoryBrand 101, we really story branded. our brand in that way. And so that also removed a lot of the pressure on me to create for SPI and allowed me to then add more pressure on the other side and focus on the Pokémon stuff. Which again, just to kind of give you a sense of like how big that has gotten, the YouTube channel Deep Pocket Monster is about to cross 2.4 million subscribers. We published a video the other day that within 2 days saw a million views.
Pat Flynn18:02
And has an average view duration of about 40 minutes. Our videos are quite long. They're sort of movie length. Also created a short-form channel for the Pokémon thing where I open a pack every day and I have a jingle that goes along with it that has gone pretty wide called Should I Open It or Should I Keep It Sealed? We're seeing about 12 to 14 million views per day across all platforms, and that in and of itself is generating a 6-figure revenue, just the Shorts channels alone. Not to mention the brand deals and sponsorships. And it's really interesting because a lot of the stuff I learned at SPI, from how to build relationships with businesses to building community to all the things we do at SPI, I'm now doing on the Pokémon side of things, but it's just 10x bigger because of the ceiling that's possible with an entertainment type of channel versus just in the business, uh, channel side of things. So probably a lot to unpack there.
Matt Gartland18:54
Hey, Jay, can I pull on a couple of things? Is that all right?
Jay Clouse18:57
Yes. I have a quick follow-up though, because part of me just wants to be like, I still don't quite get it because when I was on the team, I was in marketing meetings, I was in leadership meetings. You were on a lot of these calls. We would say like, oh, we need Pat to record X, Y, and Z. And then I would see the podcast team is like, we need intros for A, B, C. And you were doing the Pokémon Channel then. I just— the math doesn't math for me. Like, do you sleep? Let me—
Pat Flynn19:21
maybe I can give you a little bit more color. One of the best things we did, this is very actionable. for everybody here. We have a Slack channel at SPI and it's called Pat Content Request. All team members have learned to, when they need something that I need to put into creating, the requests go there and I see exactly who creates it. I see exactly when the deadlines are. And that is the one and only spot I go from SPI before I sold it to go and go, okay, who needs what and when? And that was it. And then what I would do is have scheduled times during the day that were purely focused on just getting to the next things on that particular Slack channel.
Pat Flynn19:58
That was a huge game changer for both the team and for me to make sure assets were created in time. And then I, I do utilize batch processing. So I do have high focus and high sort of like flow state when I'm in content creation mode. If my family comes in and they see me, like, I don't even know they're there because I'm just so focused in on that. I've gotten to learn how to. Really, I don't know, I don't want to sound too woo-woo, but like my energy and my flow, I've really tapped into that when it comes to creation. And I know when to do it and how and where to focus because of those things, like in Slack, for example.
Jay Clouse20:34
Okay, Matt, sorry, go ahead. I just wanted to press on this because I'm like, I just don't know where the time comes from. And maybe it's because we have a toddler and my wife is also pregnant. And so it's just like, this is a hard season of life, but it's like, yeah.
Pat Flynn20:45
I mean, my kids are 16 and 13 now. I have a lot of time back from what I once didn't have time for because my kids were your kids' age. Anyway, Matt, go ahead.
Matt Gartland20:54
I was gonna try to contribute part of an answer, at least from my perspective, is his partnerships. And I'm certainly quite proud to be one of them. You know, Pat is a person that is a freak of nature, of course, when it does in fact come to content creation. But thinking about like his book, he wrote another book that became a New York Times bestselling author last year, in addition to all the things that you did name.
Jay Clouse21:16
Right?
Matt Gartland21:16
But he has—
Pat Flynn21:17
That's true.
Matt Gartland21:17
You know, a publishing team and partnership sort of there. And it's one thing, Jay, I wanted to even pull out for anyone listening that maybe cares to get another spicy take, but it's like, I think too many personal brands and solo creators don't take seriously the possibility of partnership, like a real partnership, and not just finding an OBM or VAs or whatnot. I mean, those are good things too, but like, I think in terms of some of the bigger themes that we're starting to hit on today around what is the endgame and what does optionality look like down the road? And how do you sell a creator business? And these kind of existential questions. Kind of a cheat code or an unlock is like, can you find a real business partner or explore partnership in a much more meaningful way than just having individuals that are executors, right? Just doing a task that you ultimately then have to manage. I mean, there's so many folks that I think we all know in common that are doing quite well, but they're still now managing their teams because they don't really have a business partner or more of an equal in the process, if that makes sense.
Jay Clouse22:15
Yeah.
Matt Gartland22:16
And that can trap your time. It actually can be a counterproductive thing as creators scale and grow is, man, I don't come from maybe a business background or team leadership or culture development, all of these things that if you don't have maybe some reps at these things, but you are trying to then build a team and scale a team with the intent to like get time back, it can actually sometimes go the other way. So to Pat's credit, like I think you've been incredibly intentional on almost all tracks of your pursuits to have like really great partners involved. Even Card Party, you have a great partner in. Like, that's not just all you, but you're able to be in your zone of genius with Card Party because Dan helps out on the logistics of it.
Pat Flynn22:55
Yeah. I mean, I appreciate you calling that out, Matt. I mean, it is the people that I've surrounded myself with that have helped me just stay in my zone of genius. On the Card Party thing, I have partnered with Dan Franks, who is the founder of Podcast Movement. They run events all the time. And so I was like, hey, you run events all the time. You know how to make everything smooth. And I will just come in and on your blueprint, I will add in the Pokémon and entertainment and sponsors and creators.
Pat Flynn23:20
And you just make sure everything flows the way it does. And it's worked out really well. So I don't have to think about how to put the event together. I can just focus on the relationships and the people and the creators. With SPI, I mean, yeah, I eventually got to the point where I was in very little meetings where All I was doing at SPI was only the things I wanted to do at SPI. I just wanted to create. And so Matt and the team and Sandy on the marketing side and Kristen with a lot of operational stuff, they've been vital for me to then again, not feel bogged down or feel like, yeah, 'cause I wasn't doing it all. I was hardly doing anything I feel like sometimes, except the things that I wanted to do.
Jay Clouse23:59
After a quick break, we'll talk about team building and then we get into the weeds the unique approach Matt and Pat took in structuring this deal. So stick around, we'll be right back. And now back to my conversation with Matt Gartland and Pat Flynn. Well, I want to talk a little bit more about team structure, and then we'll talk about deal structure, because increasingly I'm thinking about team building, and I've talked to Angus from Ollie's team about what they've done, and that's certainly evolved over time. The challenging thing for me to wrap my head around is like, if you are bringing on key team members that you want to be full-time, but you're in this period where like cash-flowing full-time salaries, you just can't do that many. What do you think? And maybe this is a question for you, Matt. What do you think is a good way to think about team incentives and compensation in a way that is Sustainable if you're trying to team build like this?
Matt Gartland24:59
Yeah, critical question. A few different thoughts that can all stack or kind of be dials you turn in some combination. One is that you don't have to rush into full-time salaries out of the gate, right? There's increasingly, in my view, and have a lot of conversations with other professionals and consultants and creators about it, it's just the rise of the fractional class with more job displacements, at least traditionally speaking, in say the corporate world and other things. there's great people that just want to be fractional experts in XYZ area and don't necessarily, at least maybe not initially, want just another W-2, 9-to-5 sort of a job. So it's very possible to find, at least with discrete areas of your team model, whatever that team model looks like, which is by itself, you know, a talking point of like, what is your org design? But then you could look for just fractional resources to kind of slot in there. And one of those folks could be— something of a fractional operator, right? So that, you know, you mentioned Angus, a friend of mine as well. You know, someone like him is, yeah, a great operator. He's not fractional with Ollie, but you could get someone like that, or at least pursue that as the beginnings of team building to even as the founder creator, kind of get your sea legs underneath you.
Matt Gartland26:06
Like, especially if that's your first time building a team, how do you lead a team? How do you communicate with a team? How do you motivate a team? And that ties back to financial incentives as well. Like, how do you roll that out? How do you communicate the value of, say, a profit share program?
Pat Flynn26:19
Right?
Matt Gartland26:19
You have to put numbers in place, you have to do modeling, and that would dovetail down a different rabbit hole of all the fun finance things I could nerd out about. But, you know, start, I guess, a little bit small, start fractional. You could also start contract to hire is a very common sort of an approach where you bring someone on, you know, as a 1099 contractor. But the story, if it's relevant to both parties, is like, hey, we're gonna do a 9-month engagement or less, and, you know, here's how we're gonna evaluate both sides of the relationship. And the exploration is to like tie the knot, like, and bring you on full-time if the business continues to perform in the way that it is based on patterns and trends, and the assumption that you're gonna like it here and that I'm gonna like you, and just all of the things that kind of go into that version of our relationship. So contract to hire is very normal. You know, certainly some mechanic, financially speaking, around upside in the business. You know, we did bonus programs at SPI in different regards, you know, in different eras of time.
Matt Gartland27:13
Having a financial discipline is required in my view. And yet another spicy opinion is that not enough personal brands and creators, I think, take that side of the business seriously It even has bearing on longevity. You know, how long can you keep a creator business going? Can you even get to a point in time down the road where you can even entertain optionality to keep it going or to pass it off or to sell it, right? I mean, the cash flow is the lifeblood of any business, period, full stop. So if you're not paying attention to it, if you're not trying to control that or manage that in some way, in healthy ways, that's really risky. So the more that you can bring a team into the consequences of that, maybe find someone to take on financial management for you if that's not your thing, and it's very normal for that not to be a creator's thing, then yes, as the upside happens, I'd say like a profit sharing mechanic is probably a good first step. You could structure that into what's called a waterfall. So as cash accumulates within the business, you have like kind of unlock points that you would put little formulas against to then like unlock bonuses at certain thresholds, right? And then depending on the size of your team, yeah, Ollie has a much larger team than others, for example. So you'll have senior members of the team, you know, leadership, you'll have regular members.
Matt Gartland28:23
So you can find different incentive classes there in terms of percent allocations on cash in the waterfall. I'm going way nerdy, but— I like it. Yeah, like that's kind of the road. So start small, find some fractional people, and start to get your financial ducks in a row.
Jay Clouse28:38
How would you think about the first person who's not fractional?
Matt Gartland28:41
I mean, I'm biased, but probably someone that's operational, right? Someone that has sort of a wide surface area of skill and judgment, and I'd say communication ability as well. Like, good operators are great communicators, and being able to then communicate back to, like, me communicating with Pat, and being able to even, like, argue back to him, or at least make a counterargument, and let's debate and even spar in a way, right? Like, okay, like, is this genuinely a good decision for the business, or is this not? Here's what I think could go right, but here's what could go wrong. Let's just at least have an honest conversation about this. things, at least of consequence. Hey, we want to build a whole new product. Okay, it's going to take this much time, and we'll have to contract with some third-party resources, videographers, or whatever the project is, right? So here's the cost implication to that. What do we think is really plausible in terms of the return on that short-term, immediate, with the first launch, as well as like, what's the thesis on like, what does that add to the business going forward? Is that truly strategic? Are we trying to really shift our revenue allocation from X to Y? I mean, Pat and I, Talked about that a ton when we started to move into community-based learning, right? When we decided to very carefully, but very deliberately cannibalize a multi, multi-million dollar business on course sales, DIY course sales that we were selling on Teachable at the time, and we cannibalized it to zero because we were building up recurring revenue and we built on Circle, like the lab runs on Circle. And we did it systematically and strategically.
Matt Gartland30:11
So yeah, you got to be able to have a person like that. And I think that is your most valuable internal weapon to think about in terms of your team design. They're going to be your anchor.
Jay Clouse30:20
I think back to this conversation I had with Nathan actually at this author's retreat. I was talking to him about hiring and he said, if you buy half of somebody's time, you get a quarter of their attention. That's my biggest fear, problem, lived experience with fractional folks is it is just necessary that they will be dividing their attention. And somebody who's more full-time is going to give you unintentional shower time and walk time, you know, like they can't help but. And maybe you get some of that with some fractional folks when they have an idea that comes up. But I have noticed having Ana on the team just working with us right now, I'm like, I can see that We're getting extra just thought space from her and it's so valuable.
Pat Flynn31:08
Yeah. I experienced that when I bought Matt's company, Winning Edits. I was one of their clients. So of course, just by the nature of being one of several clients, I did get a part of their time, but I was their biggest client. And I said, you know what, just let me, let me buy the company and have all of your time and the employees and come work for me. And you're right, Jay. I mean, I noticed not just like a more productivity, but just their whole life was now—
Jay Clouse31:38
There's like creativity in it too.
Pat Flynn31:40
Yeah, they're like they were having shower thoughts about the company, right? There's that sort of added, you know, element. Not to say again, fractional is not good. That could be where it starts. But I think that ultimately getting people to come in and be just fully focused on what you have going on is, is eventually going to be the best case scenario. I think in terms of who do you hire first or who might that hire be, I think it really comes down to, well, what do you want to do that only you can do? Do what you do best and delegate the rest, as Chris Ducker says. I've really loved that and I've sort of taken that to the extreme with SPI, but it has been very freeing and it's allowed me to stay in this business for 18 years. It's one of the longest lasting sort of entrepreneurial educational brands that, you know, started back in the heyday of blogging that was still around. And it's still around.
Pat Flynn32:30
And with the new buyer, Liz, I want to give her a shout out, Liz Wilcox. I mean, we got so lucky. She's the perfect person to take this baton and not just keep what I started going, but really take it to that level that even I can't take it anymore, partly because I have these other callings in this new venture that I'm setting out for, but also just. I've put as much as I can into that. And to see her now getting excited like I was back in '08 with SPI and the community there, I think this is going to be something where people come back in the future. At least this is the idea. And they say, Pat, selling to Liz was the best thing you did because it is thriving. And already, even just 6 months after the purchase, because that happened in April of 2026, we've just announced this in September because there was a little choreography with how we wanted to set her up and You know, if I came in in April and said, hey guys, the business is sold, like, here's Liz, like, she's going to be great.
Jay Clouse33:22
Trust me, bro.
Pat Flynn33:23
No, she's already had 6 months to prove herself and the community has already doubled in size. The activity in there is up 400%. People are loving it. I've gotten private messages even before people knew I sold this saying the community is more lively than it's ever been. So I'm very happy because again, finding the right person to take the baton and take it to that next space that even I couldn't. This is best case scenario. I mean, honestly, I feel so lucky.
Jay Clouse33:45
And spoiler, we'll have Liz on the podcast next week to continue this conversation from her side. Do you think that having the company named Smart Passive Income and not Pat Flynn enabled this outcome? I guess stated another way, do you think that people who are operating purely behind their own name lack this optionality without creating some more third-party brand?
Matt Gartland34:09
I don't see it as binary, but I think it is a notable disadvantage. Yes.
Jay Clouse34:15
Okay. Interesting. So tell me more about that. And maybe this is a good segue then into what this deal structure looked like. And for anyone who's listening, who's screaming like, how much did it sell for? We're not going to talk about it. We talked about this offline as something we're not going to talk about. We're not going to talk about it. I'm not just ignoring it, but I want to talk about the deal structure.
Jay Clouse34:33
And so maybe the conversation of Why it's a disadvantage to be behind your name can segue us there.
Pat Flynn34:40
This is such an amazing debated topic in our space because especially today, people connect with people, right? So if your name is there, the domain name, and your face is there, it's going to be easier for people to connect because it's not AI. It's, it's you, right? And people connect with people. However, if eventually you want to let go or move forward from the thing that you are creating, then if it is your name, I mean, that's gonna be really difficult to sell. There are some creators out there who I know who had built businesses on their name, but then used that name to launch new businesses that weren't their name, certain products or certain companies. I even think of something like LeadPages from way back in the day from Clay Collins. He had built a software and he used his own personal brand that he created to launch it and build it, but then it took on a life of its own and it kind of moved forward from there. Spencer Hawes from Long Tail Pro did the same thing and a number of other businesses. And I think, you know, you're seeing different creators go back and forth, right? There are creators who had podcasts that were, you know, online business podcasts.
Pat Flynn35:48
Now it's Amy Porterfield Show, right? So it's going the opposite way in some cases. And I think it really depends on your, your goals, of course, but it is a debate. But I do feel like in terms of eventually, if you want to get to a point where you could let go or move forward from or sell this thing, then it becomes much more difficult if your name's attached to it. But there are some examples like Dave Ramsey's got his Financial Peace University. That's an example of something that he created that then even other people teach. They're teaching Dave Ramsey stuff. His name's on it, but it's not him teaching it. And so I think a lot of creativity is required when it comes to kind of where you want to go and, and how the name lives on or not.
Pat Flynn36:27
And kind of where you choose to go from here.
Matt Gartland36:29
Yeah, I think a really powerful and really interesting and also hotly debated topic that stitches into what Pat said is this notion of a portfolio career. So as a creator, someone that has a personal brand and channels and things, being able to consider different avenues of just career ventures, right? So Pat has published books in addition to any number of online businesses that he owns or co-owns and has partners with. And then together, Pat and I have been co-advising tech companies also for however many years now, right? Many years, which is another thing that we've been able to do in relation to Pat's personal brand. I don't have nearly the personal brand that like you guys do, but I do more of my stuff kind of privately. But like the notion here is to like think about a collection, like a deliberate portfolio, like a body of work, right? So being able to then like have your personal brand still allow for that, and then the things within your portfolio to try to stand on their own. So like SPI is a thing within Pat's portfolio, SPI is a thing within my portfolio, and we have done the deliberate stuff going all the way back to the boring but really important stuff of business formation and the legal underpinnings and everything else to put us in a position where we can sell off that asset out of our portfolio if the circumstances, you know, align like they did for us, right? So yeah, this portfolio concept I think is increasingly something of real, of real, like, not just intrigue, honestly, like leverage, you know, as creators are thinking about like what could be next for them, or how do I build some diversification into my career? And not just, again, from like a finance standpoint, that can get stuffy, I realize, but even to pass like creativity, to have like diversity in pursuits, right, is a really important thing to kind of keep that motivation, that drive alive. And to even sharpen it, I would think, Papa, you could speak to it. It's like these new pursuits that you have had, you're constantly improving your own skill.
Matt Gartland38:24
I mean, you're a master at the skill already, but you're constantly even getting better by having a portfolio career.
Pat Flynn38:30
Yeah, I mean, each thing has been almost a stepping stool to the next, you know, to the next, to the next. I do like that portfolio analogy. I mean, even on the Pokémon side of things, right, it's still Pat Flynn is Deep Pocket Monster. However, Card Party, the event, is about the community, right? It's not about me. I'm just the host for now, but that is something that was intentionally built in a way that was not centered around me. However, I'm the driving force behind how it launched and the marketing behind it, but that is something that could be easily sold off and will potentially happen one day. Who knows? But yeah, portfolio or patfolio.
Matt Gartland39:03
Jay, I'll, I'll, I'll bet it back quickly to, I think where that point started, which was like deal terms. So What we were able to do, we had to do it, but it would be orders of magnitude more complex, is just licensing of Pat's personal brand. So like in the deal that we struck, we had to figure out mechanics, deal terms, specifics around how that would continue to work on a certain amount of time, timeframe, right? And for what purpose. So there was very deliberate work done on that point, even though like— Pat's personal brand assets aren't going with the sale, because again, we were good about that and had a clear delineation of that. But for a period of time, there's still the license, the right for Liz to use some of Pat's work, Pat's name, image, and likeness, very specifically Superfans, which is one of Pat's really successful books, and the methodology from the book. Those were very specific terms that I was very careful when I did the whole deal structure, to make sure were carefully considered and baked in. And that was complicated enough even with the deal as it was, where it wasn't, again, Pat's personal brand. But if you could imagine if it were, if there were no SPI, and if it was only patflynn.com, and everything was just Pat Flynn, that would've been a lot harder to try to structure licensing, economics around licensing, timeframe and sunset provisions related to licensing, et cetera.
Jay Clouse40:27
Hypothetical question that probably matters to one listener out there. Superfans was self-published, correct?
Pat Flynn40:34
Correct.
Jay Clouse40:35
So if Superfans was traditionally published, would you be able to license material from Superfans in this sale? Maybe you guys don't know, but my understanding is like a traditional publisher owns the IP in the book and you have to license from the publisher to even use it yourself in some ways.
Pat Flynn40:50
Yeah, potentially. I mean, again, another case for—
Matt Gartland40:52
By default, I believe that's correct.
Pat Flynn40:54
Another case for self-publishing. And even though I did traditionally publish my latest book, Lean Learning, and it did become a New York Times bestseller, I would still personally now self-publish from this point forward.
Jay Clouse41:06
I'm not going to take that bait. We've got to keep going on the deal structure. Okay. So, okay. So what you're saying is Liz didn't step forward and give you a giant briefcase full of cash and say, here it is, give me everything. No, no.
Pat Flynn41:19
But that's like what you dream of, right? When you, when you do these kinds of things. No, it was, it was very organic. And what was really interesting about like the negotiation part of this, Was 99% of the negotiation was not about the money. It was literally, is this the right fit for both of us? Liz just basically interviewed me for hours on who the audience was and what the dreams of them were and what their obstacles are and all those kinds of things. Because what we found is that her audience that she's been building on lizwilcox.com is exactly the same. She's targeting the exact same audience. And a lot of conversations were very deep into where she wants to go and what this means to her, right? This is a way for her to fast forward where she ultimately wanted to go because she's very much in the world of email marketing. She's an absolute expert in that.
Pat Flynn42:09
But she has one community for $9 a month with 5,000 people in it. Imagine if she had other offerings on top of that, right? Which is where, okay, maybe SPI would be a nice sort of step 2 for a lot of her members. or something much bigger. So again, a lot of conversations were about just who we were as people and our values and our mission. And that was the coolest part and, and why I kept wanting to have conversations about this. Because honestly, if those first conversations were just about money, it would've probably been a signal to, to me to just, you know, okay, well, I, I know why this person's here. So that was really important to me. And, you know, the money part of it, Matt is the mastermind behind most of that.
Pat Flynn42:48
And a lot of that was not. anything other than just spreadsheets and numbers and mathematics, or Mattmatics as I call it. And it just made it very easy so that when the number was presented, it was like, oh yeah, that all checks out and makes sense. There were, there were, there was very little like, well, that seems high, or for us, like, oh, this seems low. It was just like, well, this is the number and there we go. And then payment plan structure and all this kind of stuff. I'm sure Matt could dive into that a little bit more, but it all made it possible and very easy actually.
Jay Clouse43:16
Super curious to hear more of that, Matt, because I'm imagining in my mind, I'm like, is this seller financing? Is this like a mortgage? Because this may be interesting to even people listening who are like, maybe I want to acquihire some existing asset that complements what I'm trying to do, or maybe I'm not even fully in this world yet, and this would give me a leg up to start if I go and find some asset out there that might be able to be acquired.
Matt Gartland43:40
It did start there. Pat's dead right. You know, we wanted to ensure because of the things we've hit on today, legacy fit what this is going to continue to be, hopefully in terms of a body of work that adds value to the creator economy going forward. You know, that was critical. The first several calls, numbers of any variety did not come up in conversation. And then we did very rigorous financial due diligence. We were asked for at least 160, I'm not kidding, 160 different documents or certifications or verifications of this, that, or the other thing. And I'm blending together financial and non-financial records and proof points and tax returns and articles of incorporation and operating agreements and contract agreements and vendor agreements.
Jay Clouse44:26
Is this through a broker? Was there a broker involved?
Matt Gartland44:29
There were lawyers involved.
Pat Flynn44:30
Okay.
Matt Gartland44:30
No broker, no broker.
Jay Clouse44:31
But there were— But somebody is determining what documents need or they want to see.
Matt Gartland44:36
Yeah, we supplied voluntarily a really healthy list of records that included financials. And then later on in the process, which is not uncustomary, her attorney asked for a lot more. So we obliged on most of those. And then there's a few that we could reasonably disposition to say, this isn't credible, or this isn't necessary for X, Y, or Z reason.
Jay Clouse44:59
It sounds so intense.
Matt Gartland45:00
I mean, it's not not intense.
Jay Clouse45:02
Thank you, Matt.
Pat Flynn45:03
Thank you, Matt.
Jay Clouse45:05
Yeah.
Matt Gartland45:05
So Yeah, but again, Pat's just not a part of any of that. Not to hit— well, I'm not criticizing him. It's just like, nope, nope, I got it. I got it. But yeah, it was easy. Pat said it was very smooth. And still, she approached us, I think first point of contact was August of last year, and we closed in April.
Jay Clouse45:22
Oh, wow.
Matt Gartland45:23
So that's 6, 7 months. This is my 4th exit, the smoothest and fastest one. So if you don't have your stuff in a row and organized, and you're trying to then go through this, and you're not prepared, and you can't just produce 160 records. Now, we didn't do it overnight, believe me. This is how like deals become 12 months, 18 months, if you could even keep working it, right? And get more complicated, and then that much more expensive if you have lawyers involved, right? Helping to do these deals.
Jay Clouse45:52
And a lot fall apart like late.
Matt Gartland45:53
Of course.
Jay Clouse45:54
And then both parties would just be out the fees and time during the process.
Matt Gartland45:58
Darn right, yeah.
Pat Flynn45:59
Maybe you could speak, Matt, to financing. I think that's, again, to Jay's point, I think that's a lot of people are going to be wondering, like, can I do this and how might I get creative with how I pay for that?
Jay Clouse46:09
Yeah.
Matt Gartland46:10
So seller's financing, yes, that's what it ended up being.
Jay Clouse46:13
What does seller's financing mean for somebody who doesn't know what that means?
Matt Gartland46:16
Sure. It means that buyer doesn't arrive on closing day with a suitcase full of cash, right? So if you're not going to find that sort of an outcome, then what sort of financing does then have to be brought to the table to get to the ultimate purchase price? There's always something due at close. So we had a percent of sale, you know, a smaller percent, but still a percent at sale.
Pat Flynn46:36
Kind of like a down payment?
Matt Gartland46:38
Yeah, like due at close, much like if you buy a house, right? It's like, okay, you have closing, you have closing costs, there's something due at close, right? So we had that in our model. I worked up the whole enterprise valuation model, the EV model, and proposed a range of options of different thresholds and different percentages over different timeframes. And we led with that. We made the choice together that, okay, Liz is the right person. You know, she's had success, she's done other deals, you know, she's a very credible business person. And still, we're not gonna ask for anything, we're not gonna ask it all upfront, that'd be ridiculous. So like, let's just volunteer some different options. So we did, we led with that.
Matt Gartland47:14
So we had a very then natural, conversation around 2 years, 3 years, 4 years, 5 years in terms of the seller financing, which is all just the terms. And then there's different levels of interest that get applied over different periods of time, right? That then becomes not really a negotiation, it's just more, okay, what makes sense more maybe buyer side on some of the extra interest and whatever that gets applied when you do financing over a longer period of time.
Jay Clouse47:40
So if I repeat this back, it's kind of like saying there's a down payment, And then you basically have a monthly payment for some period of time, and that monthly payment's gonna be higher if it's a shorter period of time, but the total cost of the deal is probably gonna be lower for a shorter period of time. Right, correct.
Pat Flynn47:55
That's right. Although we did quarterly, not monthly.
Matt Gartland47:57
We did quarterly. Yeah, so quarterly payments.
Jay Clouse48:00
So the business is kind of cash flowing these payments is the design?
Pat Flynn48:03
Yes, yes.
Matt Gartland48:05
In most cases, unless the buyer has other forms of income or just is sitting on cash for other reasons. But yeah, usually it would be just cash flowing from the sale of the thing. from that current business.
Jay Clouse48:17
Very interesting.
Matt Gartland48:17
But in our world, you know, serial entrepreneurs involved in multiple businesses, there's other sources of inflows that then the buyer might have accessible to them to then make the seller financing payments for the sale.
Jay Clouse48:27
Super interesting. And I love that you guys took the approach of you closed the deal, continued operating the business relatively as is publicly so that at the point of announcement, it's like, and this isn't changing anything because actually this closed months ago. And I don't see people take that approach. And I've always thought that's the obvious approach to take to calm people down because everyone gets worried about any type of change.
Pat Flynn48:52
Oh, yes. I mean, this was my biggest worry. I was very nervous about this. I would, I didn't want to let my people down. They are the reason why I'm here and I'm able to do this, right? The community, they are so important to me. However, this is, this was something that needed to be done. And so we had to choreograph this in a way that would not just like deflate any sort of like uprising, but also set up Liz for success. I want her to thrive in this.
Pat Flynn49:16
I want her to outperform whatever I could do. And so she came on in April with like, the sale happened in April. And then publicly what we did was we made her the director of community. So she was showing up in the community. She was there, she was leading things. She then also started showing up a little bit more on the podcast as well. She was co-hosting. With me for a while, and then she then took some of her own shows.
Pat Flynn49:39
And so it was kind of like this really cool transition that now when we've made the announcement, it's like, okay, now we're in this new world. And for anybody who's like, oh, this is gonna go down the toilet, it's been the best it's been for 6 months as soon as she came on. And that's, that's the cool thing. And that, and that's not like opinion, that's fact. Uh, if you're looking at the numbers and again, activity in, in the group, this was actually done once before. And I got inspiration from this from a guy named J.D. Roth who had a blog called Get Rich Slowly. He had sold his blog and when he made the announcement, his community had like an uprising.
Pat Flynn50:15
They were just like thousands of comments like, this is, this is bad. This is the worst thing to happen. And then he comes back with the next blog post later. He says, oh yeah, I sold it a year ago and none of you even knew. And in fact, you have been mentioning how much better the articles have been. So he's like, gotcha. I didn't want to do a gotcha moment with, with the community, but I wanted to set Liz up for success more than anything.
Jay Clouse50:38
Well, thank you guys for coming on the show and talking so openly about this. I think it's so interesting. It's so uncommon. Once again, you guys are blazing new trails. Excited to see what's next for you both. And also excited to see you on the fantasy football field.
Pat Flynn50:51
Yes.
Jay Clouse50:51
Season's starting.
Pat Flynn50:52
Good luck this season.
Matt Gartland50:53
Can't wait.
Jay Clouse51:00
Next week, we'll be talking with Liz Wilcox about this story from her side, so be sure to subscribe and keep your ears open for that one. If you enjoyed this episode, please consider leaving a rating or review on Apple Podcasts or Spotify. I changed the category the show is in. We went from marketing back to entrepreneurship, a more competitive, difficult category. Your reviews help us get to the top of the charts, so please consider doing that. If you want to learn more from Matt or Pat, check out the links in the show notes. Otherwise, thank you for listening. I'll talk to you next week.
Jay Clouse51:32
Bye.
Pat Flynn
Matthew Gartland
> things that exist because they can, that are better than nothing, but add a noiselayer to everything that is going to desensitize consumers to basically anything that isn't amazing
>
> — Oren John (@orenmeetsworld) [January 25, 2026](https://twitter.com/orenmeetsworld/status/2015501173827293187?ref%5Fsrc=twsrc%5Etfw&ref=creatorscience.com)
Oren's smart, observant, and far better at playing the attention game than I am. I [wrote last week](https://preview.convertkit-mail2.com/click/dpheh0hzhm/aHR0cHM6Ly9jcmVhdG9yc2NpZW5jZS5jb20vYWlyYml0cmFnZS8=?ref=creatorscience.com) about how I've never quite been fast or intense enough to capture "alpha" opportunities—Oren is the total opposite.
When I set up my Clawdbot (I guess we're calling it ~~Moltbot~~ Openclaw now), one of the first things I did was create a fun little workflow that:
1. Noticed when I published a new a.) Kit broadcast or b.) podcast transcript
2. Identified key insights from them
3. Threw it together with some short-form instruction + voice guide (made from my previous writing samples)
4. Added 8-12 short form content ideas to a Notion database formatted specifically for a.) Instagram and/or b.) X
It's not bad! Here's a post my bot drafted for X from last week's essay:
****You don't win arbitrage games with FOMO.**
****You win them with obsession and intensity.**
****If you have that level of obsession toward something—follow it. That is an incredible compass.**
****But if you are acting from FOMO? You will always be a step behind the people who are truly obsessed.**
****And when the window closes, you will be the one holding the bag.**
It self-rated this 94/100 for its confidence in performing on X.
I think it's OK. These *are* my words taken directly from the essay. It's tighter and more intense than I typically write—and frankly, maybe if I wrote *more* like this, I'd do better on X!
So, to Oren's point, ~~Clawdbot~~ Openclaw did a good job of creating midslop here.
I didn't post this. I haven't posted much of what my bot has drafted for me—but I'm actually not sure why. Because, as Oren pointed out, instead of posting *this,* I posted...nothing.
Is posting this midslop better than posting nothing?
They're my words, put together a little differently. It would keep me top of mind. Building a following (distribution) will *only* get harder over time.
So why can't I pull the trigger?
The reality is I've *always* deprioritized short-form content (to my detriment). And when I create for short-form, I'm not putting my best effort into it.
*I create midslop myself—even without AI!*
I think Oren's last sentence is particularly important. That midslop adds "a noiselayer to everything that is going to desensitize consumers to basically anything that isn't amazing."
When I'm on social media, I linger on far fewer posts. I'm spending more time scrolling than I am actually watching/reading. Few things are really pulling me in—it feels like more noise than ever before.
We (as individuals) can't be making "amazing" content for every platform every week—let alone every day. We see examples like Alex Hormozi or Codie Sanchez and think it's possible, but we're missing critical information. In 2024, Codie Sanchez shared at Craft + Commerce that she spent $2.9 million on content. *That's* how she creates amazing content across so many platforms—she's resourcing it like crazy!
There are a few exceptions here. [Kevin Parry](https://preview.convertkit-mail2.com/click/dpheh0hzhm/aHR0cHM6Ly9rZXZpbnBhcnJ5LnR2Lw==?ref=creatorscience.com) (a member of [The Lab](https://preview.convertkit-mail2.com/click/dpheh0hzhm/aHR0cHM6Ly9qb2luLmNyZWF0b3JzY2llbmNlLmNvbQ==?ref=creatorscience.com)!) creates incredible videos that perform well on virtually every platform. One video → content that performs everywhere. You can try Kevin's approach and see how it goes, but increasingly, these platforms seem to be drifting apart in terms of subtle viewer preferences. TikTok wants very raw, direct-to-phone recordings. Instagram wants a little more polish. YouTube seems to skew a little younger.
So, I'm afraid I don't have an answer to this question of midslop yet. Is it worthwhile? Do the incremental gains of daily midslop content add up to a net positive for you as a business owner? The answer may very well be yes. I think it comes down to whether that's the day-to-day experience you want with your brand.
But what I *do* feel more certain of is that effort, pride, and genuine care put into your work matter more than ever. We feel it. We crave it. And I think you can give yourself permission to focus your attention *there*.
My advice is to a.) stick to 1-2 platforms you truly love and/or b.) hire talent to run the platforms you don't.
For me, it means a return to my roots: I'm putting more time, effort, and care into writing and (audio) podcasting again. My wife has become my official Head of Instagram, and I have another team member helping on Instagram as well.
You're allowed to focus on what you know and love. You're also allowed to hire help to compensate for weaknesses and limitations. There's no black and white, right or wrong answer here. But failing to commit and do *your* best work—wherever you feel the most at home—will keep you trapped in the noise.
### Chenell Basilio — The state of email in 2026, growing your list without social media, and new predictions.
URL: https://creatorscience.com/podcast/chenell-basilio-2/
Last updated: 2026-10-15T12:37:22.000Z
Episode 292
# Chenell Basilio — The state of email in 2026, growing your list without social media, and new predictions.
This week I'm joined by my good friend Chenell Basilio, creator of Growth in Reverse and one of the most thorough newsletter analysts in the space.
with **Chenell Basilio**Feb 3, 202653 min
[Listen now](#listen) [Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/chenell-basilio-the-state-of-email-in-2026-growing/id1498801064?i=1000747831129&uo=4&ref=creatorscience.com) [Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/episode/3wWM3iLDZdXy9FI6dsVAke?si=583d34b35b6a4742&ref=creatorscience.com) More players
Listen in your app
[Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/creator-science-with-jay-clouse/id1498801064?ref=creatorscience.com)[Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/show/39j9VhklsBs1aLWtkGTWJT?ref=creatorscience.com)[YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/@jay/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Overcast](https://overcast.fm/itunes1498801064/creator-science?ref=creatorscience.com)[Pocket Casts](https://pocketcasts.com/podcast/creator-science-with-jay-clouse/7db47890-2ff0-0138-96e6-0acc26574db2?ref=creatorscience.com)[Castro](https://castro.fm/podcast/5f8d5083-92f5-4a4e-a83e-29a773baa95c?ref=creatorscience.com)[Castbox](https://castbox.fm/channel/id2626956?ref=creatorscience.com)[Podcast Addict](https://podcastaddict.com/feed/https%3A%2F%2Ffeeds.megaphone.fm%2FTPG4024225475?ref=creatorscience.com)Copy the RSS feed


Episode 292 · 53 min
Chenell Basilio
−15
0:0053:00
+30 1×
Or listen in [Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/chenell-basilio-the-state-of-email-in-2026-growing/id1498801064?i=1000747831129&uo=4&ref=creatorscience.com) or [Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/episode/3wWM3iLDZdXy9FI6dsVAke?si=583d34b35b6a4742&ref=creatorscience.com)
This week's guest

**Chenell Basilio**Creator of Growth In Reverse
## About this episode
This week I'm joined by my good friend Chenell Basilio, creator of Growth in Reverse and one of the most thorough newsletter analysts in the space. We spent over an hour diving deep into what's really working in email right now — from the death of newsletter hype to the opportunity hiding in recommendation networks. Chenell shared her framework of "insanely valuable content" (the one thing that matters more than any growth hack), and we got surprisingly honest about using AI to create short-form content from our long-form work.
We also tackled the big question: how do you grow an email list if you refuse to use social media? Turns out there are more options than you think — from public homework challenges to old-school guest posting making a comeback. Plus, I introduced a new segment called "Unhinged Questions" where we played kiss, marry, kill with email platforms.
## Chapters
1. 00:00IntroductionPlay ▸
2. 02:21Email maturity and the end of newsletter hypePlay ▸
3. 05:16Why CPC advertising doesn't work for small creatorsPlay ▸
4. 06:08Chenell's focus: turning recommendation subscribers into fansPlay ▸
5. 09:01James Clear had 250K subscribers in 2012 (email inflation is real)Play ▸
6. 11:20"It's never been easier to reach someone, harder to sustain a relationship"Play ▸
7. 12:33"Insanely valuable content" — the one metric that mattersPlay ▸
8. 15:28The struggle with AI-generated content that performs wellPlay ▸
9. 20:11Short-form repurposing: employee vs. AI debatePlay ▸
10. 24:18What's no longer working: recommendations (before the reframe)Play ▸
11. 24:53YouTube to email is massively underratedPlay ▸
12. 29:25How to grow without social media (5 strategies)Play ▸
13. 34:50Public homework challenges (75 Hard, Tweet 100, Ship 30)Play ▸
14. 43:31Unhinged Questions: Kiss, Marry, Kill email platformsPlay ▸
15. 44:44Operating on hunches without dataPlay ▸
16. 45:31"I hate that I'm not doing deep dives every week"Play ▸
## Mentioned in this episode
[Growth in Reverse ↗](https://growthinreverse.com/?ref=creatorscience.com)[The Dink ↗](https://thedink.co/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Lenny's Newsletter ↗](https://www.lennysnewsletter.com/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Ship 30 for 30 ↗](https://ship30for30.com/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Tweet 100 ↗](https://tweet100.com/?ref=creatorscience.com)
## Full transcript
9,823 words · click any timestamp to play from there
Jay Clouse0:00
I know you're not going to want to answer this, but we're going to do it anyway.
Chenell Basilio0:02
Oh, boy.
Jay Clouse0:03
Kiss, marry, kill. Okay, Kit, substack and beehive.
Read the full transcriptClose transcript
Chenell Basilio0:06
Oh, boy. Oh, you're not going to make me do this, are you?
Jay Clouse0:10
I'll do it if you do it. Hello, my friend. Welcome back to another episode of Creator Science. This week I am joined by my good friend Chanel Basilio. Chanel is the creator of Growth in Reverse, a newsletter that reverse engineers how top creators grow their newsletters from 0 to more than 50,000 email subscribers. She spends 20 to 25 hours per deep dive researching one creator, making her one of the most thorough newsletter analysts in the space. Chanel's writing is great. I believe I was the first subscriber to Growth in Reverse and I will hold on to that as a claim to fame.
Jay Clouse0:59
She has a background in paid ads actually since 2012, 2013, and that gives her a really unique data driven lens because she understands both organic and paid growth. So Chanel is definitely one of the voices you should be listening to about email and newsletters. In this episode we give our predictions for what is working and what is to come in email in 2026\. We talk about referral programs, recommendations, how you would grow if you do not want to use social media, and some of the biggest opportunities you can grow if you are interested in social media. I also introduced a section into this episode called Unhinged Questions. That's fun. That's towards the end. I hope you enjoyed this one as much as I enjoyed recording it.
Jay Clouse1:40
If you do enjoy it, feel free to tag me Clouse and let me know. Or if you're on Spotify, leave a comment. I love reading those comments. Watch that full episode with Chanel right after this. I think the most obvious place to start is to ask how it feels to be the reigning champion of our inaugural fantasy football league in the lab.
Chenell Basilio2:02
I have the the little trophy right over here too. It's fantastic.
Jay Clouse2:06
So good. Oh man, I love that it's in the video frame. That's great.
Chenell Basilio2:10
It didn't fully fit on the shelf.
Jay Clouse2:12
But I'm not salty about it at all.
Chenell Basilio2:14
Yes, you are. But that's okay. You can't win the first league. It would just be too obvious that you were obviously fudging it a little bit.
Jay Clouse2:21
Well, let's talk all things email, let's talk all things newsletter. I have a handful of different ways in to talk about this, but we're sitting here at the end of January 2026 and I'd love to just kind of get a vibe check, a pulse check on how you feel about email. Do you think it's growing in importance? Do you think it's shrinking in importance? Where are we in the life cycle or hype cycle of email right now?
Chenell Basilio2:47
It's a good question. I think it's maturing for sure. Obviously email's been around forever, so me saying maturing is kind of comical. But like in this newsletter hype cycle, I feel like we're maturing in a way that people are realizing you need more than just like a newsletter to actually build a successful business with it. I mean, there are caveats to this, of course, but I would say for 90% of people it's going to be more than email, whether that's incorporating YouTube or like your own digital products versus just having like a regular newsletter that's you're making money via sponsorships. I think it's definitely maturing in that sense, but I still think email is pretty much king at this point. Of course there are platforms that are also important, but email is very, very up at the top for me.
Jay Clouse3:29
I feel like the newsletter, quote unquote, hype has died down a little bit. You know, I mean, email's been a thing for forever, but I feel like there was distinctly a 12 to 24 month period where newsletters in particular were so hot and everyone was starting a beehive or a substack and it was like a big thing. And I don't hear that nearly as much right now, I don't think.
Chenell Basilio3:52
Yeah, I'd agree with you. Everyone got really excited about the idea especially. This is funny to think back on. I didn't realize it, but right after the NFT thing kind of died down, people were like newsletters. And so all the AI newsletters came out, NFT newsletters, crypto, all that stuff. And so I think people just kind of stayed and were hoping to build another milk road, for example, but obviously that is not as easy or as common as people probably thought. And so I think a lot of people are kind of jumping to the next thing at this point, which I'm all for because just keep all the people that are consistent with it in the space and go do something else.
Jay Clouse4:27
Yeah, it turns out that being consistent and sending a newsletter every week is hard and not that profitable quickly. A lot of times, you know, it's been funny to see the ad networks that have popped up which are I think a net positive on Beehive, on Kit, moving towards like a performance model built in. A cost per click model makes a lot of business sense for them, I believe. But if you are not truly driving clicks, it's not really a profitable endeavor for you to have CPC advertising in your newsletter. And you're not going to drive clicks if your audience doesn't actually trust you and believe in whatever you're recommending or believe that you are recommending something out of a place of actual endorsement and belief.
Chenell Basilio5:16
Yeah, totally. And part of me gets a little bitter with those ad networks for the smaller creator because if you think about it, you have maybe like 300 subscribers, 500 subscribers. They might be raving fans of yours, but maybe only three of them. Click one of those things. You've now taken up that space in your newsletter to essentially like take the space away from your content and building that relationship with them for maybe like 15 bucks, 10 bucks, and it's like, is that really worth it? So I don't know. I like those models for, you know, a mid to larger creator, but for the smaller ones, I just don't feel like it's worth it.
Jay Clouse5:52
So talk to me about your relationship to your newsletter. Growth in reverse what's on your mind as we enter a new year in terms of how you're leveraging email? What you want to change? I just want to get inside the mind of the actual newsletter operator of the newsletter.
Chenell Basilio6:08
I think I'm just trying to get more dialed in on all of the things. So, like having a more robust welcome sequence. Like I get a bunch of recommendation subscribers, but how do we actually turn those people into fans right away versus like, oh, you haven't opened anything in 14 days. Let's kick you off. I feel like that's a huge missed opportunity right now. So that's kind of top of mind for me. So I'm doing some research there to figure out some better ways to kind of onboard those people and make them more, I don't know, more of a quality subscriber when they really are just like a follower, if you will.
Jay Clouse6:38
I'm literally thinking about the exact same thing right now, just because I have my shiny objects. And we've had some folks in the lab who have had some success over the last year or so building a paid funnel from Facebook ads to email to a paid product. And I think, ooh, that sounds awesome, I should do that. And then I remember that I have a stream of hundreds of subscribers per week that come from these recommendation networks that I'm really not building a great relationship with because it's a hard thing. And I don't know of anybody that's really solved this and done a good job with creator network subscribers and building them into fans quickly. And that feels like an opportunity. Like, things that are hard and haven't been solved. What a great thing to try and solve.
Jay Clouse7:29
So I'm literally thinking about the exact same thing right now of why am I not just solving that? Because if I can solve that, wow, would that be a huge lever in the business right now?
Chenell Basilio7:38
Totally. And it's one of those things, like, I've been thinking about this for a while and I'm like, I need to figure this out. Because this just seems like such a waste. Like, all of these people keep coming into my ecosystem and then they're leaving because I'm not doing a good job of explaining why, hey, we might have some things in common. You might want to stick around. And so, yeah, I'm trying to figure that out.
Jay Clouse7:56
Yeah. So if I'm reading below the lines here, it sounds like you're saying big on your mind in this coming year is deeper relationships on a per subscriber level.
Chenell Basilio8:07
Yeah. And I think so many people for so long have been just so excited about the huge numbers and like, inherent in what I do of like, researching people who have hit 50,000 subscribers. How did they hit that number? And it's like, well, why do they have to have 50,000? Like, there are smaller lists who are making much more money than the people with the larger list. So I am part of the problem, I think. But yes, the quantity piece is not as important as many people used to make it out to be and probably still do. But having a deeper relationship with the people actually on your list is so much more critical at this point.
Jay Clouse8:40
Inflation is real too. Because now that I'm in this very slow, plodding, never ending book journey, I spent a lot of time researching the pathways of authors, and I think it'd be hard pressed to find an author who gets more airplay than James Clear and just like anywhere in the creator ecosystem.
Chenell Basilio9:01
Right, agreed.
Jay Clouse9:02
And what is underspoken about is James's email list when he got the book deal, not when he published when he got the book deal. Do you want to take a swing? Maybe you even know how many subscribers he had when he got his book deal in like 2000\. What was it? 12? I think he got it.
Chenell Basilio9:21
Wasn't it like 20K?
Jay Clouse9:23
No, it was like 250K.
Chenell Basilio9:26
Oh, wow.
Jay Clouse9:27
He had like over 200,000 subscribers in 2012\. What do you think? 200,000 subscribers equates to in 2026.
Chenell Basilio9:36
Yeah, I don't know.
Jay Clouse9:38
I think that would be equivalent to almost a million subscribers in 2026\. Email inflation, you know, it's a huge number. And the question is like, well, how did he get so many subscribers in 2012? And the answer was, I think first accidentally and then very intentionally, he realized that his website was indexing extremely well in search for book summaries. So for a very long time, he was just rolling in search results for, like, book reviews and book summaries on jamesclear.com and it was structured very well. And similarly, Tiago Forte started in a very similar way as well. Yeah, it's just interesting. It's interesting to think about even my numbers now as I'm looking down the book journey and the aspirations I have for it and realizing, man, maybe book.
Chenell Basilio10:29
Three, Jay will be atomic habits.
Jay Clouse10:32
We are not the same. But I do think it's important to say, okay, but the people that I am reaching, how do I build a stronger relationship? Which brings me back to exactly what you're saying. Because when I talk to somebody today who's kind of getting started in the creator world, the good news, bad news, in my opinion, is it's never been easier to reach somebody with your content on social media, but it's never been harder to sustain a relationship on social media. So really, it's such an opportunity and a gift to get people in email because that is the ability to sustain a relationship for as long as they permit it, as long as they allow it. And right now, you and I are in the privileged position of we're getting recommendations and ultimately not doing a lot with it. It sounds.
Chenell Basilio11:20
It's a big opportunity, I think, and I have not found a good example of someone solving this because it's so new. So how would you. But that's the goal. I'll share more when I have it.
Jay Clouse11:31
Yeah, yeah, yeah. We'll share notes when we. When we try to figure this out. What are some predictions that you have for 2026 in email generally. We've obviously shared what we're thinking about. What else are you hearing or kind of feeling that you think may be on the horizon or changing in the next year?
Chenell Basilio11:50
Yeah, on the same token of it maturing, like the space maturing. I just think there's going to be a lot of people that end up quitting this year, and I don't like saying that, but I think with how AI is evolving and people realizing that you need more than just a sponsor here or a sponsor there to actually make a living with this kind of thing. I think a lot of people are going to give up on it, which is kind of stinks, but I think that's going to happen a lot more. You're going to see a lot of people bowing out of the space. Not even just email. I think just like creators in general, I feel like it's getting harder, it's getting more saturated, if you will. So, I mean, I always talk about insanely valuable content. So it's like if you can just create better content, have that rise above the others, like, that's only going to get more important.
Chenell Basilio12:33
And that's a hard thing to do. And so I think a lot of people are gonna quit.
Jay Clouse12:37
Say more about that for people who haven't heard this term or this idea.
Chenell Basilio12:41
Yeah. So insanely valuable. Through doing all of the research I've done, I've done like 80 deep dives on people who have hit 50,000 or more subscribers. The one thing that I keep coming back to over and over again is that the biggest metric for success, the biggest thing that has an impact, is the level and valuableness, if you will, of their content. So if you look at any of the people who go viral on these platforms and they end up with a bunch of subscribers, it's because the content was very good. Like insanely valuable to the point where people are looking for it, they're excited about it, they want more, they can't help but look for this stuff. And so I think that's just such an important piece. And even in the last six to eight months, I'm realizing this far expands past newsletters and online content.
Chenell Basilio13:27
It's everything in the world. Think of the craftsman down the street. You go to that one guy because he does something so specific and he does it so well that you seek that out. And so you want to create something that people are actually going and seeking out versus just another list of articles that's getting sent to your inbox. And so I think that the real growth lever and the thing that really helps people grow and makes all those growth hacks work better is insanely valuable content.
Jay Clouse13:55
I love this frame. I think we need it in this moment in time. It's so interesting to me that a lot of the content we saw on social media circa 2023, I would say I'm still seeing that style being posted on social media. And it feels so flat and weird because it just comes across as useless, like there's no value in it. It's the type of thing that, like a confident statement of a belief, but generally doesn't carry anything I can do with, you know, but it was so popular and successful in 2023 by some of the accounts that were growing the fastest. And a lot of us emulated that. And then we realized, like, this isn't really helping anybody. And it just feels so starkly true today when I see it, like, my reaction to it every time I see it is like, okay, but it's not, it's not useful.
Jay Clouse14:52
I have like various notes around my workspace now that I'm trying to use to like, metaphorically grab myself by the shoulders and shake me out of bad patterns. One of them is be useful. Because if you're not creating something that is useful to somebody, like, one, it's probably not going to work, but two, it's not useful, it just doesn't do anything. And two, I feel like this is a prediction I would make with the things we can do with AI in terms of learning. It's never been more important to do things and talk about the things that you do. So I have another note that just says, do something. Because I'll sit here and I'll look at my kit broadcast, you know, the classic cursor on a blank screen, thinking, what am I going to write for my newsletter this week? And sometimes I don't have anything to write because I haven't done anything. And I just keep reminding myself, like, you should do something and you should talk about it.
Jay Clouse15:45
So that's a prediction from me. Not that you asked, but I'm with you. That valuable, useful content needs a renaissance. And that's hard. That's a hard, time consuming, difficult thing to do. But that's kind of the point, I think, totally.
Chenell Basilio16:02
And on the same token, like with AI, it's so good at so many things, but, like writing, maybe one day it will get to a place where you can have the perfect prompt and it just like pulls the words out of your brain. But even if you get to that point, what's the point? Like, writing is such a powerful medium, not because you're getting words on a page, but because you have to go through that process of thinking and refining and like actually coming up with your own ideas and taking one thing from over here and combining it with another idea and just like creating something new out of that. And I think everyone wants to get the shortcut. Even when AI came out, I was the same way. I was like, this is great. I'm just gonna be able to pump out content. And then I was like, hold on. This is not what I really wanted to happen with this.
Chenell Basilio16:46
So you have to do something. You have to go out and actually write something. Go out and create, whether writings or Medium or YouTube or any other photography. Go do.
Jay Clouse16:56
The thing where I'm struggling right now is I see a lot of people using AI to create their content. I can tell it was written with AI, but it still performs really well. And it's growing their account, it's growing distribution. They are building a brand. And I sit back and I see it. I literally got hit with a video this morning. It was like a green screen style video. Guy was clearly reading off a teleprompter over top of Mr.
Jay Clouse17:22
Beast, one of his videos from his new show. But it was good. It was. It was a good video that pulled me in and I was interested. And then towards the end, it had the line of, that's not this, it's this. And I went, oh, that's Claude. Claude's in there. And I looked and this video was still crushing, especially for this creator.
Jay Clouse17:44
Like, I looked, I'm like, okay, how is this performing relative to their other videos? And it was doing really well relative to their other videos. So I look at that and I don't know what to make of that. Do I say, is that a permission slip to say, okay, if the content is valued and viewed, is it okay to outsource my thinking and scripting on this? Is it worth it? Is it a trade worth making? And I'm really struggling with this right now. I don't know. I'm resistant to it and I'm trying to articulate why I'm resistant to it. At the core, I definitely want to be a better thinker and I agree with you that writing is like. It's like the lifting of weights. To become a better thinker, it's hard, it's heavy, it doesn't feel great.
Jay Clouse18:28
But at the end you're like, wow, I'm glad I did that. If you're not doing that, I think you're going to get weaker long term. But we're also in this moment where I think distribution is never going to get easier to build. It's only going to get harder. So am I making it harder on myself by not using these tools that are at our disposal? Do you think about this all the time?
Chenell Basilio18:54
I think, and I struggle with this too, because it's like, all right, well, if I give AI some boundaries to help me create the short form pieces that actually get people to the longer stuff. Is that bad? I don't know. I won't outsource the longer stuff and like, my, you know what excites me and lights me up, but maybe I'll take a piece of that, of what I've already created and dump it into Claude and have it format it in a way that's like that. Do you know what I mean? So, like, taking what you've already created and having Claude make it sexier, if you will.
Jay Clouse19:28
This is the first thing I've practiced with claudebot was I said, okay, Jay's new obsession. Way back. Yeah, way back in the beginning of. Way back in January 2025, Nat Eliason put out his like, build your own apps course, teaching you, like, here's how you can use cursor to build stuff with code. It was like an early Vibe coding thing. And I Vibe coded an app to help me repurpose short form, but that was so clunky because now I had like a locally running web app where the prompt to actually derive short form form, long form, I had to like, really write and sweat over. But now it's way easier than that. And so I was like, okay, let's see if I can text my claudebot virtual assistant to do this and sync it up with Notion.
Jay Clouse20:11
Way, way better. And so now I literally have a job running every week that, hey, on Tuesday I publish a new podcast episode, go into Dropbox, pull down the latest transcript, pull out short form ideas structured for LinkedIn X and Instagram, and put it into Notion. And it's like, pretty good. And it's at least something I can react to. You know, I can react to, I can edit it, I can update. Does feel like, okay, well, this gives me time back to do long form writing, to read, which fuels the tank for long form writing to spend more time with my family, which is especially important once snow prevents us from having childcare out of the house this week. But I still feel, like, dirty or guilty about it. I don't know if it's saying this is against your values or if it's a story that is no longer serving me or useful, because I'm just holding on to this belief that this is too far.
Jay Clouse21:03
This is where the line has just gone too far for me personally. Everyone has a line. But is this where my line should be? I don't know. I don't know.
Chenell Basilio21:11
As you're saying that, I'm thinking, like, if you were a business with like 20 employees, you would probably have someone taking your writing and Creating forms from it. So it's the same thing.
Jay Clouse21:23
And also, if I was not a content creator, serving content creators, if I was just a business owner, I was like, man, we got to be on social media. I would 1000% be using this. 1000%. So why is it that I feel like my particular position puts me in a place where I do not have the same permission? I don't know if that's actually serving me. And ultimately I don't know if it's serving other people. Because if I cannot explode my long form ideas into short form formats where people have shown they want to consume, is that serving me? I don't think so, but something about it, I just can't quite get over the hump.
Chenell Basilio22:00
No, I'm with you. But it sounds like we both need to just kind of like take our foot off the gas with it a little bit. Because just think of it like an employee. They would be writing some weird version of. It's not this, it's that or.
Jay Clouse22:13
Right. I think the greatest fear for me is like, if people think I've broken a promise to them.
Chenell Basilio22:18
Yeah.
Jay Clouse22:19
And so it almost feels like I've made promises that somehow I need to just like revise with people. And I don't know how to do that effectively, but, like, the last thing I want to do is make people feel like I betrayed their trust in some way. And there's just a part of me that's like, is this doing that? I'd love to hear from listeners of this. Tag me, write me, let me know what you guys think about this.
Chenell Basilio22:41
I want to hear what people say too. Because one of the things that, like, I think as a creator, we have built these brands of, like, people come to know us and like, what we're talking about and how we think. And so it's like, if you outsource that thinking in a way, it's like, well, are you kind of going back on what you promised when I signed up for this thing?
Jay Clouse22:59
Let's keep going with some predictions and thoughts about the coming year. What do you think is no longer relevant? What was common advice or things people were doing that you think is no longer useful? No longer working, no longer relevant.
Chenell Basilio23:15
Before the last two weeks, I was so burned out on recommendations, I was like, this is pointless. I just feel like they're lowering the quality of my list. Deliverability is going to go down because they're not opening. And now I've reframed that. So I was honestly for a while thinking about just like turning off all recommendations. And I was like, this is not. There's no point.
Jay Clouse23:33
Reframed it. How? Reframed it. Why?
Chenell Basilio23:35
Because I'm realizing that it's not a recommendations problem. It's a my systems problem of like, hey, these aren't actual subscribers yet, so let's turn them into subscribers. But because they're on my email list. You think they are. Do you know what I mean?
Jay Clouse23:47
That's what you're saying when you say they're essentially followers and not subscribers.
Chenell Basilio23:51
It's like someone following you on social media versus like, actually entering their email address into a form, because in a way, that's what they're doing. And I think Nathan actually said this at your IRL event. Yeah, that's what we're calling it, right? Irl?
Jay Clouse24:03
Yeah, Offline.
Chenell Basilio24:04
Offline, that's right.
Jay Clouse24:06
Started irl. And I'm like, man, it's really hard to say IRL verbally. Yeah, I can get behind this. What do you think about referrals? Are referral programs dead? Are they coming back ever?
Chenell Basilio24:18
I don't think they're dead. I think it's another. Another thing of, like, make sure you're actually giving people what they want. Like, I just did a post recently on the Dink. It's a pickleball newsletter, and they have a referral program where they actually give you pickleballs and like pickleball paddles and like, things that you can use. So it's super functional. And I think that is the kind of referral program that I can get behind. But if you're just giving away a random PDF of something, like, I don't think that's gonna work.
Jay Clouse24:46
What do you think is underrated in the world of newsletters right now?
Chenell Basilio24:50
YouTube to email.
Jay Clouse24:51
Okay, say more.
Chenell Basilio24:53
I think there are so many YouTube channels and people on YouTube who have built these big audiences and they're not successfully transferring them over to email. I did this actually recently, two weeks ago with an interview on my channel. And I said, okay, four minutes into the video, I, like, cut it. And I was like, wait, did he just say that? And I had this little lead magnet come up and. And it's converting at like 2 to 3% views. So my channel does not get the views, yours does. But I think I've gotten like 75 email subscribers out of like 1100 views and some hundred podcast listens. So it's converting.
Chenell Basilio25:32
And I think that there's just like this intentionality that you need to implement, especially hearing from people like Pat Walls and some other Folks who have completely had either getting strikes on their channels or having them not banned, but they can't upload for a while. So I think that being able to take your subscribers over to email is such an underrated thing right now.
Jay Clouse25:54
Are you tagging these folks as coming from YouTube? Because I think down the line it would be so interesting to see, okay, the people who did come from YouTube. What's the life cycle and the lifetime value of the subscribers coming from that channel?
Chenell Basilio26:05
Yeah, I am. And I'm also recognizing like I clicked into each one and I'd say like 20% of them are already subscribers. And so I'm like, wait a second, you're already on my email list but you thought this thing was interesting enough? And I was like, okay, cool. So now I'm like tagging those people as essentially like raving fans because they're on two channels, they're already on the email list and they're coming through YouTube as well. So I think those are like the people that I would say are higher signal on my list, if you will.
Jay Clouse26:30
This is an upcoming experiment that I'm going to run because I see this opportunity as well. And actually we had it as a, an explicit strategy for the channel last year and successfully ran it on like maybe two videos. But the idea that every video you make should have some clear, obvious, useful resource tied to it that is gated by email, slam dunk, huge win should work. It's the creating of the resource alongside creating a video that feels challenging because it's extra time, it's extra effort to do that. Another area where I feel like AI could certainly do a lot of the legwork. Say here's the transcript. What are some ideas that have some obvious follow up questions or teaching that I could do? Let's pull from it, let's make a resource. I think you could probably do 50 to 80% of the lift there two things.
Chenell Basilio27:19
So I did actually do that. I threw the transcript into. Actually I think I just used day like the not DIA is the browser I'm using and I had the transcript pulled up and I was like, pull out like five ideas that could be interesting. Because I am one of those people. I go through the episode, I'm like, yeah, that was cool. I think this one thing was interesting. But then you have AI look at it and you're like, oh my God, he did say that. That was so interesting.
Chenell Basilio27:42
I forgot that happened. And so I had them pull the idea and then I wrote the actual thing, had the screenshots and all the thing, but getting the idea for it was super effective. I think that was a great use of AI. Another thing though is that I think we often overcomplicate this too. One thing that keeps coming back to mind, we interviewed Sam Vanderweelen on our podcast recently on Instagram. She started teasing out podcast episodes and she would just say like if you want the link, like click here. And it was just a manychatbot. And so she's getting their email address and giving them the link to the podcast episode.
Chenell Basilio28:16
And I'm like, it's not YouTube, but short form videos. Close enough.
Jay Clouse28:19
Totally. This is where I see most people in the lab right now just killing it with email acquisition is Instagram to manychat. And it's a big part of why Instagram is like a huge part of our strategy this year. Hopefully. I mean, I mean we're putting a lot more effort into it than we used to, to middling levels of success. But this is where I'm seeing a lot of email acquisition right now, personally.
Chenell Basilio28:40
Agreed. So I think that's another thing for this year is just like video is going to be so much more useful and impactful in terms of gaining email subscribers. Or maybe that's just where I'm interested. I don't know. Could just be that.
Jay Clouse28:54
After a quick break for our sponsors, we'll be right back to my conversation with Chanel Basilio of Growth and in Reverse. We had a question come up in a Q and A in the community recently and he asked how can I grow my email list if I don't want to do any discovery platforms? So social media or YouTube? Provocative question that I think a lot of people would say, ooh, if I could figure that out. Pretty into that. So where's your head go with that question?
Chenell Basilio29:25
A couple things up front. Why no social? Yes, it can be detrimental, but I don't think every platform is as impactful on people as others. So yes, I feel this too. I get this question all the time. But I think that there is a thing of you have to recognize you're going to grow a lot slower unless you're putting money behind it, unless you're doing paid ads or something. That is definitely one way you can grow without doing organic social. But it's definitely going to take a lot longer if you don't use social media. I think 90 something percent of the people that I've studied went super hard on just one channel to grow their newsletter and then a lot of them expanded into others.
Chenell Basilio30:04
But if you can Try and do one, that's great. If not, fine. There are some ways we can talk through, but I would just kind of think through, like, why am I handicapping my growth a little bit? Is it a real reason? Or is it just like, I don't want to do the thing?
Jay Clouse30:18
I will say, okay, I'm gonna put on the hat of the listener here. Maybe they just want to put all of their time into writing the best long form they possibly can.
Chenell Basilio30:29
Yeah.
Jay Clouse30:30
Or at least that's the story they're telling themselves. So if that is the case, what is the advice?
Chenell Basilio30:35
Okay, so you mentioned, I was gonna ask, is YouTube social media? And it sounds like, yes, YouTube is out. Okay.
Jay Clouse30:41
YouTube is acknowledged. We talked about it. YouTube has opportunity. But for the sake of this question, off the table.
Chenell Basilio30:47
Yeah. Okay. The second thing is making sure it's like really, really good because that's how you're going to have the best chance of actually having these things work. But it sounds like if they're going to spend all their time writing the long form, it should hypothetically be insanely valuable.
Jay Clouse31:02
I think we should hang out here a little bit more, though. I think this is worth pointing out because Are you familiar with Orin on Social Orin John? He had a tweet recently where he said his team has started referring to a lot of content that they think or can tell is created by AI as mid slop. It's not so overtly an obvious AI, where it's like ring camera footage of a cat beating up a deer that came through the screen door, but it's probably made with AI. So he called this mid slop. And when I think about it, I think a lot of content that wasn't created with AI is mid slope. Because what we've seen or what I've seen, because so many creator brands are individuals. We see people like a Cody Sanchez, where it's like, wow, she's everywhere. And it's all great.
Jay Clouse31:53
I can do that too. If Cody can do it, I can do it. But we don't have, like full awareness of what the team behind that actually looks like. I actually just refound this note I had from craft and commerce 2024 where Cody said that in 2024 she spent $2.9 million on her content team. So that is how you have non mid slap content on every platform. But I think the pursuit of trying to be everywhere as an individual or even a small team results in mid content everywhere. So I think it's important to say if you are telling yourself the story that I don't want to be on social because I want to make the best long form writing that I can. That you're actually doing that and not just saying it.
Chenell Basilio32:43
100% agree. I like this mid thing. I haven't heard that. I know who Oren is, but I haven't heard that phrase yet.
Jay Clouse32:49
I looked at it. This is in the same time period where I'm asking myself like, okay, well these short form bits from my long form that my claudebot put together, they're like better than not posting it is from my stuff. It might not perform super high, but it's something. And I saw that. I'm like, yeah, this would be probably mid slop. And then I thought to myself, but so is a lot of my writing that I'm just doing, honestly. So I think in 2026 you need to hire and resource or reduce the scope of what you're trying to do. I think is the recipe for success in content.
Jay Clouse33:24
Because we're just seeing more competition than ever before and it's difficult to compete in that landscape if you're trying to compete on a bunch of different playing fields.
Chenell Basilio33:34
You can't write the best possible thing and create the best possible short form video and do all the other things as well. So you have to kind of choose. But yeah, I would definitely lean more towards creating a better piece of your overarching long form content than the short form. But there is a place for both.
Jay Clouse33:54
So to go back to the question of growing your newsletter or your email list in 2026 without social. We've mentioned a couple things so far. Paid spend, which I agree with you is like, this actually seems underrated right now. Seems like opportunity referral program that we talked about. If you have good referrals, I think that makes sense in this world. And writing extremely valuable, insanely valuable long form content. I have a couple of other ideas, but anything else you want to add to this list?
Chenell Basilio34:23
Yeah, I always go back to not to date myself too much, but I got started in the space in 2013 and I go back to what was working then because these things always come back around at some point. They worked because of how human nature works, how humans work together. So my biggest thing that I always tell people, especially when they're just getting started, is try and figure out a way that you can help another creator create something for their audience. So like guest posting used to do super well. I still think there is a room for this. I actually think there's probably a bigger hole for this than there used to be because so many people moved away from it that now there's probably space for it. So if you can go find, like, go through someone's back catalog and see, like, hey, you've never actually written about this one topic. I know this super well.
Chenell Basilio35:11
I would love to, like, write a piece for you or create something for you that you could give to your audience for free. Like, I don't need anything. Just put my name on it somewhere. I think that could do super well. Still on the same token, like get on someone's podcast. Get on their podcast and help their audience in the specific way that you have experience. Like what is your niche, your expertise, and how could you help their audience? So I think it's really just like collaborating and trying to figure out how you can give value without necessarily having an audience of your own.
Jay Clouse35:42
Lenny Ryczycki is so good at this. Actually, Lenny's just good at everything he does. Lenny is an amazing example that I feel is super high integrity, super high quality, really good dude. Love seeing him win. Wish we were friends. And the way he platforms other people and gives them the ability to guest post and they do it at a very high level, I think is really inspiring. And it's something that I want to emulate in the Creator Science brand through the lens of experiments. Because more and more I just think that the best thing I can do is do and then show less teaching.
Jay Clouse36:17
It's teaching in its own way, I suppose. But I think in this moment, if I'm teaching content, it just has to be so tightly coupled to something I've tried in the very recent past. And so I'm thinking that I would love to build a process to facilitate the sharing of experiments from other creators in the Creator Science audience in real time through the newsletter. And I think this is a big opportunity. I agree with you. Cross promotions and collaborations was one of the items on my list too.
Chenell Basilio36:47
Yeah, that's a big one. I found this. This woman named Maya Voye who was doing this and I just like stumbled across her because I was doing a deep dive on this guy named Akash Gupta. And she had written, well, co collaborated a piece. So they wrote this article together and it was like a super long article, crazy involved. And I was like, who is this person? And she had like 3,000 subscribers at the time, I think. And then looking back at her year in review recently, she did this like six or seven times. And she explicitly called out that this was the one main way that she grew her newsletter.
Chenell Basilio37:18
And I Think she's now at like 25,000\. I was like, yeah, it works. And like, I'm sure there were other things involved, recommendations over time, but like, I'm pretty sure that even just doing those articles gets you on the radar of so many other creators that then are like, hey, do you want to refer each other? Do you want to come do this thing? It just opens so many doors.
Jay Clouse37:37
Totally. Yeah. The difference of doing that strategy versus starting from zero and only posting through your own channels with these crazy in depth things, the amount of leverage if you are able to collaborate with somebody and get in front of their existing audience is just huge. And somebody like you or I, who already have a platform, what could we do with that strategy? We're going out and writing newsletters to our audience, which hugely valuable. But imagine if we go to someone else who's like more loosely connected or a little bit outside of our existing orbit and said, let's try to get in front of their audience with something that we write. Probably a step function higher in growth if we went there than just continue to only go through our own channels.
Chenell Basilio38:23
Yeah. And at the same point, maybe that's something we should be looking at. How can we give other people the space to post something or share what they're doing? Kind of experiments? Like you said, I've done this a few times, but not nearly enough. It takes all of the work away from me. I just have to go through and make sure it's actually decent and makes sense. Although if you hear from the people who have done a Lenny Ryczycki guest post, it's a very rigorous process.
Jay Clouse38:49
Good. Again, that's why Lenny's stuff is so good. He doesn't half ass any of this. It's not because he's lazy. It's all like super well done and he really respects his audience's time and attention.
Chenell Basilio39:03
You can just tell, yeah, he's great.
Jay Clouse39:06
Okay, I have one more idea here on the Growth Without Social Media Train. I can't stop thinking about this idea of public homework. So an example here would be like 75 hard. This workout challenge by Andy Frisella. He has a setup where anyone can sign up for 75 hard. It's 75 days of an intense physical challenge. And each day has a series of gosh, I want to say it's like six or eight checkboxes of things you have to do to be able to say, yep, I did my challenge today and one of those checkboxes is to share your workout on your social media. It's like you have to do two workouts a day.
Jay Clouse39:50
One of them has to be outside. You have to read 20 pages of a book. You gotta get up at this time and it's like this crazy stuff. But then it's like you need to take a photo of your progress and publish it with the hashtag 75hard. So I think there are icky ways to do this and non icky ways to do this. If the public homework functions in a way that creates a positive tension so the person is more likely to complete the challenge, that's positive if it's purely for your own growth. Flywheel. That feels a little more icky to me, but I can see where it's like, okay, if I'm doing this very hard physical challenge that makes me want to quit every day.
Jay Clouse40:28
But I've posted about it publicly that I'm doing it, and I've done it now five days in a row. I would feel a little bit itchy to publish on the sixth day, which is going to make me do the thing. I think everybody wins in that way. But I've been thinking to myself, I mean, when I did the tweet 100 challenge years ago, that was the fastest email growth I've ever done. And there was a world where before Elon bought Twitter and Destroyed the X API, I could have just done tweet 100 for like 2 years really hard and probably have twice as many email subscribers as I do today.
Chenell Basilio41:04
Yeah.
Jay Clouse41:04
Cause it was like such a. A wonderful, beautiful flywheel of Somebody would tweet, they would tag tweet at 100, because that's what I had to have to make the leaderboard work. And anybody seeing that it's like, what's Tweet100? And then they go and they sign up@tweet100.com and now they're in the challenge. It was an amazing flywheel. So I think about this a lot in terms of what is a way that I can introduce a challenge that positively moves people towards their goals and also self perpetuates itself to new people.
Chenell Basilio41:33
It reminds me of ship 30 too. I was gonna bring up tweet 100, but you did as well. Ship 30 did the same thing and now it's like huge. I don't even think you had to tag ship 30\. You just had like the ship in your headline on Twitter and people just knew that if you saw that one type of post, it was from that program.
Jay Clouse41:51
I feel like that program had so much potential. I know they still Run it from time to time. So it's not like dead dead, but even the brand itself. I reached out to Dickie once and I was like, this doesn't have to just be writing. You could do ship 30 for video, for YouTube, for podcasting, for anything that you are shipping. You could do a 30 day challenge and this would crush.
Chenell Basilio42:11
This is random. But didn't Seth Godin have something like this?
Jay Clouse42:14
I'm not sure. I do think that he used the term shipping before anybody else. That was something that I feel like he coined or at least popularized first.
Chenell Basilio42:24
Yeah.
Jay Clouse42:24
Any more ideas on this before we move into a section I call Unhinged Questions?
Chenell Basilio42:29
Ooh. I mean, I think there's some other ones, like in person events. Obviously you don't have to go the full morning brew route of like, going in front of a college classroom and, like handing out a clipboard. But there is a newsletter called Payload. They're in the space industry, which is super B2B. Very, very small. But they actually just go to industry conferences with the clipboard and like, hand it out and be like, hey, we have this newsletter if you want to sign up. It's free.
Chenell Basilio42:55
They grow that. I know, like Naptown Scoop. Ryan Sneddon does like local events and he'll have, like, you can sign up for the newsletter that way. So I think a lot of the times we're thinking through, like, how do we get the most subscribers? And it's really just like, how do we get the 100 or the 1,000 that are actually going to help me share and share this thing for me? Authors always say you have to sell your own first 1000 books, and then after that it should spread by itself. So it's kind of the same. Same token, how can you get those raving fans up front who will help share your message?
Jay Clouse43:27
Okay, Unhinged questions. Okay, I know you're not going to want to answer this, but we're going to do it anyway.
Chenell Basilio43:31
Oh, boy.
Jay Clouse43:32
I'm going to make this question rated about fantasy football. No, I'm going to make this question rated PG 13 rather than rated R. Kiss, Marry, Kill.
Chenell Basilio43:42
Okay.
Jay Clouse43:43
Kit, Substack and Beehive.
Chenell Basilio43:45
Oh, boy. Oh, you're not gonna make me do this, are you?
Jay Clouse43:50
I'll do it if you do it.
Chenell Basilio43:51
I mean, I would probably. I'd probably say kiss. Kit. No, I don't know. Hmm. Cause they all have such good use cases.
Jay Clouse44:03
Everybody's got good qualities, but you can only marry one.
Chenell Basilio44:07
I guess I'll marry Kit because they have been around Longer. And there's just like, I don't know, inherent value in that stability. Kiss Beehive, Kill substack.
Jay Clouse44:18
Interesting. I think I would also marry Kit. Probably not a surprise. I think in this season I would Kiss substack, Kill Beehive.
Chenell Basilio44:28
Okay.
Jay Clouse44:29
And I don't think we even have to say more than that. These are just our hot takes.
Chenell Basilio44:32
There you go.
Jay Clouse44:33
What is something that you have? A hunch or a belief, Something that you are operating because you believe this, but you don't have the data to support yet?
Chenell Basilio44:44
Well, I think inherently the insanely valuable content idea is like, I don't have data. There's no data that a reader loves this one thing because I spent 20 more hours on it than somebody else. But the hunch is definitely there. And I'm pretty sure that that is a thing. So I think that's the one that I don't have data around. That's not something that's easy to experiment with or showcase in a way. But the more time you put into something, the more people can feel the time and the effort and the sweat and blood and tears and everything than if you didn't do that. But again, no data.
Jay Clouse45:21
What is your least favorite or least satisfied part of your own newsletter? What do you hate the most about your own newsletter?
Chenell Basilio45:31
Right now that I'm not doing deep dives every week.
Jay Clouse45:34
Say more. Why aren't you doing deep dives every week?
Chenell Basilio45:36
Because I don't have the time anymore. Where to go, Podcasts, all this other stuff. Community.
Jay Clouse45:42
Worth it.
Chenell Basilio45:43
It's worth it. It's different. I often think back of like, should I just kill everything and go back to just doing a weekly deep dive and I'll figure it out? And it's like, yes. And there is also something to read or burnout of. Getting this 4,000 word article in your inbox every week is kind of insane. I think there is a way to do something similar, which is what I've been doing of pulling out this one growth lever and going deep on that instead of a full deep dive. So I'm trying to bring back that in a sense because it was just I'm spending 40 or 50 hours just researching these people and then I have to spend the time to actually write the thing. It's just not sustainable every week.
Chenell Basilio46:21
So if I can kind of scale that back, I think that's going to be more exciting for me because I'm still doing the nerdy research side of it. But yeah, if I could just research and write, I probably would.
Jay Clouse46:33
How much mileage do you get out of your back catalog of deep dives?
Chenell Basilio46:36
Not enough. I purposefully don't. Well, not purposefully. I don't repurpose enough. Part of it is like, okay, Justin Walsh grew this way back in 2023, but now it's 2026\. Like, is that still interesting? Probably a little bit, but I don't know that it's as interesting as it was when I published it initially.
Jay Clouse46:56
Do you get search traffic to it?
Chenell Basilio46:58
I do get search traffic to some of them. Yeah.
Jay Clouse47:00
I wonder what that will look like in the future because I know it's not like easy to even get to your deep dives because I'm changing it. Okay.
Chenell Basilio47:11
Yeah, so I have a link at the top right corner now on my homepage where you can go read. Yeah. People were signing up with expletive email addresses. So I was like, okay, fine. I think that style of landing page served me well in the early days and now I'm like, well, you know, it's time to have like a more robust homepage and I can create something similar to this that I share on social or whatever where I want people to actually go subscribe.
Jay Clouse47:37
Last thing I want to get your take on. I feel like a lot of us have kind of been pulled by the gravity of a format of our newsletters where we have like this multi block approach of like up here is like a greeting. And now we've got like an endless episode and now we got an ad block and now we got the essay and now we got a like last thing before you go. I have a hunch that this is just not a good format and we're all doing it. Like, I have a hunch that this is not what leads to deep reading or even taking action. Because a lot of times each of these blocks has their own call to action. What's your take on this?
Chenell Basilio48:14
I tried experimenting with this couple weeks ago and I just, I didn't have like an intro and that that week I didn't have a sponsor. So it's perfect. So I just put like the full article in the email. It did get clipped at the bottom. So frustrating. Like I just. There's this balance between getting clipped on Gmail of like not having the full email show up in your inbox and then they have to click over it can hurt like your open rates, deliverability, whatever. But so I experimented with this with just like trying to send out the full thing and not have anything else.
Chenell Basilio48:46
I don't see any numbers to say that it did better or worse. I actually ran it as a kit test because you can test the content of your emails now and it lost. But they only go based on clicks, so I don't know that that's really a good test.
Jay Clouse49:01
Whenever I've tested this. Not even close. More clicks on an email that does not have more calls to action. There's definitely a benefit to having the essay hosted on your website because there's like all kinds of fun embeds and it can look nice and it's way more shareable, way more referable. But it was always so depressing to me to kind of like give the preview of the article and then the button and then to see like, okay, this had a 40% open rate. 24,000 people clicked open this email. But then only like 1 to 2000 of those people actually went and read the essay.
Chenell Basilio49:37
So depressing.
Jay Clouse49:37
But they didn't unsubscribe. Like, what are you doing? What do you want from this? Yeah, so I don't know. I guess maybe it feels better to not know and just put the whole essay in the body for me.
Chenell Basilio49:49
Yeah, I mean, if it fits, I think you probably should. And just make sure you have a link so that if somebody does want to go share it, they can. But yeah, I don't know. It's one of those things you just want to, like, like I said, burn it all down and start over.
Jay Clouse50:02
Yeah. The urge. The urge is strong. Foreign. Hey, thanks for listening to this episode with Chanel Basilio. If you enjoyed this, please consider leaving a rating or review on Apple Podcasts. It goes so far. I want to get to 500.
Jay Clouse50:21
It's what I want so badly. More than anything else in this world, I want to get to 500 ratings and reviews on Apple Podcasts. So if you are listening on Apple and you have not done so, please consider going and doing so. If you want to learn more about Chanel, links to her website and her social media are in the show notes. You can subscribe to Growth in reverse@growthinreverse.com Otherwise, thank you for listening and I'll talk to you next week.
Chenell Basilio
**2025 was a success—but here's why it wasn't a *total* success...**
In many ways, that four-hour period was a perfect encapsulation of my year. Most of the time, my internal narrative was, "I'm failing," with intermittent positive experiences (read: *allowing* myself to experience good moments intermittently).
My negative attitude stemmed from one metric: revenue. 2025 was the first year since 2019 that the business didn't earn more revenue than the previous year. People often ask me about the step back in revenue in 2019—and the truth was, I realized the business I was running in 2018 wasn't the business I really wanted. I deferred near-term revenue in order to build a better foundation—which I'd say is *also* true of my 2025 approach.
From 2020 through 2024, revenue grew an average of 75% per year! I knew that trend would be hard to continue in a year when I expected to make some changes.
I wrote in my [2024 Year In Review](https://creatorscience.com/year-in-review-2024/):
We're in a good position to continue our momentum into 2025, but it's become clear that we have some major time constraints, and my previous strategy of outworking the competition is no longer viable. I need to simplify, work smarter, hire, and empower.
I start every year with some level of fear that everything could go away and anxiety that **there's no way I could match these results again next year.* This year is no different! I have those same feelings.
But I'm attacking the year with enthusiasm while also recognizing that my priorities have changed. Of course, I want the business to continue growing, but I'm also not willing to sacrifice my involvement as a husband and father for that growth.
I regret to report that I still haven't quite learned how to simplify, work smarter, hire, or empower. That enthusiasm waned quickly as I continued my poor work habits in 2025, *added* more complexity, and suffered the consequences.
Those consequences are seen in our financials, yes, but they were even more apparent in the *life* side of my work/life balance ledger:
- Few date nights
- Little time with friends
- More daily stress
- Worse eating habits
- Minimal strength training
- Moderate weight gain
- Near-constant self-doubt
And yet, thinking of 2025 as a failure is a brutal and *unfair* assessment. If I give myself permission to look at the facts, this was a very successful year! We made some big investments in the future, including:
1. Building a world-class, at-home recording studio
2. Hosting our first 2-day, in-person member retreat
3. Developing the proposal for a book I'm excited to write
Those were expensive endeavors in terms of time and financial investment. When you look at the numbers, they're captured in the *costs* of the year, but not revenue.
And yes, there were some big swings taken that *didn't* pay off. The results of those misses are seen in the business's bottom line. But if you reduce your judgment of success and failure down to your Profit & Loss Statement, you're bound to make poor *life* decisions. After all, if all you care about is your P&L, your decisions are going to be fully based in profit or loss!
For example, one of my big decisions this year was *reducing* sponsorship to allow myself the space to slow down publishing. I was sick of feeling like a passenger to my editorial calendar. Reducing sponsorship was a *decision* that I made. A decision that had an immediate tradeoff in revenue. Not a P&L decision, but a quality of life decision.\*
A decision I'd make again!
**\*As an aside, I was once one of the guys saying, "Work/life balance isn't a thing! You want work/life* ***integration** *." Well, I'm not sure my work and life could be any MORE integrated (my wife and I are both partners in the business, work from home, and also care for our daughter). But I don't want to integrate WORKING with playing with my daughter. So I'm back to believing in*—**and valuing*—**work/life balance.*
Suffice it to say, my ninth year in business was mentally and emotionally challenging. I felt more anxiety, frustration, and self-doubt this year than any other (maybe more than all other years combined). When I'm properly rested, hydrated, and have had my exercise, my perspective is markedly different.
...but rest, hydration, and exercise took a back seat.
Our daughter (our first) was born in the summer of 2024\. I took about three months off from work and then got back to "business as usual" in Q4 of 2024\. In those final months, I didn't really make any changes to my work life—I simply changed my working hours and put a lot of pressure on my wife, Mallory (who is also a partner in the business).
The result was brute forcing a full, pre-baby workday into a post-baby world where I had fewer hours to contribute. Surely that's unsustainable—and, surely, I would need to make changes in 2025!
...but I didn't. I continued to rely on brute force, which both ground *me* down to a nub by the time Christmas rolled around and put a ton of pressure on Mallory.
> Despite the challenges, I'll likely look back on 2025 as not only successful, but a pivotalyear on which our future success depended (but was invisible at the time).
My hope is that this reflection is not a highlight reel (or a lowlight reel), but a useful accounting of what I experienced and—more importantly—*learned* from that experience so that I can help you skip over the painful bits.
## Business
Revenue dropped about 8% while expenses grew 5%. This ended up being a *smaller* contraction than I expected, but I was anticipating that contraction *all year*. Which meant that—all year—I was telling myself that the business was shrinking, I was failing, and everything was surely going to go to zero.
Of course, that was an *emotional* reaction and not a logical one.
Here is a closer look at the financials this year and historically:
### Financials

****"Why are your costs so high?" 🤔**
In 2022, I started filing taxes as an S-Corp and paying myself as a W-2 employee from the business. In 2024, my wife became a W-2 employee as well. So our expenses include our salaries, health care, and retirement.
Our main cost-drivers are:
• 50% payroll (salaries, health insurance, Solo 401(k)s)
• 25% contract labor (mostly YouTube-related)
• 25% misc (equipment, software, travel, etc.)
Outside of that, I’ve consistently hired more help for the business and experimented with one-off projects (like a developmental editor on the book proposal). I could save more money by spending less, but I enjoy using the revenue the business generates to invest in projects I think have future potential. The YouTube channel, in particular, has operated at a loss for most of its existence.
In reality, this macro revenue trend masks important, smaller truths:
- **Membership** revenue grew 18% ⬆
- **Affiliate** revenue grew 148% ⬆
- **Sponsorship** revenue dropped 38% ⬇
- **Digital** **Products** revenue dropped 74% ⬇
The sponsorship decline was two-fold:
1. A choice to reduce sponsorships on YouTube and the podcast
2. A reduction in AdSense revenue from a decrease in channel views
The digital product decline was a result of not launching any new digital products this year (after launching two in 2024).
None of these "failures" were a surprise—they were a direct result of choices that I intentionally made.
*So why did they feel like such personal failures?*
It comes down to a quirk of running a very meta business like mine.
****The incentives of a business serving other business owners**
Here's the truth: The more successful my business is, the more successful it becomes. I'm in the business of helping people grow businesses. If my business grows, so does my credibility. If it shrinks, so may my credibility.
This is great when things are good financially—growth begets growth.
So I feel constant pressure to **prove* my credibility through the growth of my own business. I also constantly fear that, if things trend in the wrong direction, my audience will seek out someone with a better track record.
When I see revenue declining, the fear part of my brain goes to, "This is the beginning of the end." **Especially* when I scroll my feeds and see others showcasing THEIR growth.
And here's where things get even more psychologically challenging...
From an engagement standpoint, sharing my financial wins is both 1.) high-performing content and 2.) drives more financial results (membership signups, course purchases, etc.). But...I'm tired of doing it. I think it's a short-term strategy that breeds envy and creates an appetite to see me fail. Not only that, but as time goes on, I find myself valuing **privacy* more.
The amount of public content I create showcasing my financial numbers has dropped to near zero. I share this in The Lab to be helpful, but it's simply not how I want to gain someone's attention or trust. So one of my highest-performing sales strategies has effectively disappeared.
Instead, I'm retooling my approach to better track, capture, and share **customer* success stories.
Let's dive into some more of the highlights, lowlights, and lessons learned this year.
### Highlights
**Finished the basement studio**
In December 2024, we began finishing our basement. It was unfinished when we bought the house, but *huge* and dry. We designed it to include:
- A wet bar
- Theater room
- Reading nook
- Half bathroom
- Storage room
- And my basement studio
It's quickly become one of our favorite places in the house. You can view the whole transformation in my wife's "Basement" [Instagram Highlight](https://www.instagram.com/clouseplant?ref=creatorscience.com).
The studio is state of the art. It's sound-insulated, I work from a desk my dad built for me, and the whole thing comes alive with three switches.
Here's an overview:
**Sponsor Magnet book giveaway**
My bff Justin Moore published his book last year (crazy it hasn't even been a full year!) and I surprised him by purchasing 100 copies to give away to my audience.
It was a huge win-win-win for everyone involved—a natural way of supportive a close friend while also bringing value to YOU. Something I want to do more of.
> [ View this post on Instagram ](https://www.instagram.com/p/DFqB3M1OtIf/?utm%5Fsource=ig%5Fembed&utm%5Fcampaign=loading)
>
> [A post shared by Jay Clouse (@jayclouse)](https://www.instagram.com/p/DFqB3M1OtIf/?utm%5Fsource=ig%5Fembed&utm%5Fcampaign=loading)
**Raised the bar on speaking**
In January, Mallory, our 6-month old, and I flew to Dubai on Emirates for a speaking engagement and live podcast at 1 Billion Followers Summit. It was a once-in-a-lifetime experience!
Then in February, I flew to Austin to speak at Newsletter Marketing Summit, where my talk was rated the audience favorite.

And to top it off, I booked two $10,000 speaking gigs. I don't plan to do a ton of speaking (at least not until I have a book published), but it's nice to see that my perspective is valued. How did I raise my rate to $10,000? That's just the price I quote when I'm asked now. Because speaking is an expensive endeavor (the time to prepare and NOT be working), it's take-it-or-leave-it. And yes, many people choose to leave it!
**Began taking the book seriously**
At the same February event, I ran into my friend Anne-Laure Le Cunff, who was briefly staying in Austin. We talked about her book (she was actively promoting her launch of [*Tiny Experiments*](https://amzn.to/4jsLqyq?ref=creatorscience.com)which is both fantastic and a huge success).
She made me feel much more confident that I was ready to take that step. Strangely, her agent (who I had previously spoken) had reached out that same day to see if I was thinking about writing a book. After some encouragement, I began speaking with developmental editors who could help me with my proposal.
The book has evolved several times already, and I turned in the latest version of my proposal to that agent just before Christmas. I'm *so proud* of the shape it's taken and I can't wait to write it. My gut tells me I'll go the traditional path, but I haven't closed any doors yet. It will depend on what the level of interest is, and whether I believe a publisher's offer indicates that they are truly invested in it.
Ironically, if the book had gone to auction in 2025, it may have been a *higher* revenue year than 2024—another example of how a lot of important work is invisible to the bottom line!
**Major improvements to The Lab**
Each year, I host a Town Hall to discuss the ideas I have, requests from the community, and then vote on our priorities to improve the experience. This year, we made several improvements:
- **Masterminds**—Small groups personally curated by me.
- **Trusted Partners Directory**—A listing of service professionals members have hired and vouch for.
- **Lab Reports**—Twice per year, we poll the community for "what's working" across various platforms and revenue models. We collate and summarize that information into a comprehensive report for members.
- **Offline Events**—We hosted our first two-day, in-person event in Boise. It was incredible (video below).
- **Non-Business Initiatives**—We implemented a Wellness challenge as well as a fantasy football league this year.
- **Signature Product Bootcamp**—A four-week, live course for developing YOUR signature product (that you can sell with confidence for years). This was available at no cost to members and those recordings now live inside The Lab.
We produced two new video assets for The Lab this year, including a video about our Offline Event and a new Trailer for the membership:
**Personal brand project**
Mid-year, as I began the book proposal project, I decided to dip my toes into Substack for my personal writing. At the same time, I re-engaged [Hollie Arnett](https://www.byholliearnett.com/?ref=creatorscience.com) (she did the Creator Science brand) to help me with my personal brand.
This hasn't *really* been deployed yet, but I love it.

**Explored larger partnerships**
While I tightened the filter on which brands I'm willing to partner with, I began having deeper conversations with the brands I align most with.
One of those brands is [Circle](https://creatorscience.co/circle?ref=creatorscience.com), who I partnered with on a free video course (not yet deployed) and a campaign in Times Square.
> [ View this post on Instagram ](https://www.instagram.com/p/DQMRvrPjdfB/?utm%5Fsource=ig%5Fembed&utm%5Fcampaign=loading)
>
> [A post shared by Jay Clouse (@jayclouse)](https://www.instagram.com/p/DQMRvrPjdfB/?utm%5Fsource=ig%5Fembed&utm%5Fcampaign=loading)
I also began testing more hybrid sponsorship/affiliate campaigns with companies like [Tella](https://creatorscience.co/tella?ref=creatorscience.com) and [Senja](https://creatorscience.co/senja?ref=creatorscience.com). For these companies, I offer a lower sponsorship rate in return for the ability to use my affiliate code. That, combined with a special offer for my audience is a win-win-win.
I also had several conversations about partnership in return for equity. Ultimately, I want to go all in with one partner so I can really focus on moving the needle for them, but haven't found the right fit quite yet.
### Lowlights
**YouTube growth slowed**
We struggled on YouTube this year. We entered the year with the plan for hiring more editors in order to increase output, but by October, we had published nine videos (fewer than any of the previous three years). Not only that, but we weren't executing on our strategy of tying the videos to a lead magnet to turn views into email subscribers.
Costs had increased, output and views had decreased.
Unfortunately, this meant restructuring our YouTube team, leaning out, and putting more work back on *my* plate to cut costs and try to fix the output problem.
**Podcast listener decline**
The more I focused on YouTube, the less attention I was giving the podcast. I was frustrated by YouTube publish dates getting pushed out and leaving a hole in the schedule for podcast episodes. To fill the hole, I was publishing episodes that weren't up to my standards. Unsurprisingly, the show declined in popularity.
This year, I'm renewing my vows to the podcast—the audio show—and having that clarity feels really good.
**Light progress on email upgrades**
For several years now, I've been telling myself that I need to beef up my email automation systems. I do a good job of identifying subscribers who may be interested in The Lab, CreatorHQ, etc., and then doing nothing with that information.
I did hire [Jason Resnick](https://nurturekit.co/?ref=creatorscience.com) for a few months who helped me implement some new systems (he's great) but I still failed to create or update the email sequences themselves.
**Little outbound for The Lab**
The culture of The Lab is really special. It's such a phenomenal group of GOOD humans who are ambitious, impressive, and yet still super grounded and kind. I talk to creators like that all the time! And when I explicitly invite them to join us, they often do. So why don't I do that more often?
**Questioning my ambition**
Amidst growth challenges, fear that sky is falling, and doomscrolling, I often questioned whether I was still ambitious. I've always believed I was a striver—and that I was destined to do something great. But as my work time has contracted, I've realized that my current lifestyle design does not give me an edge to win in most arenas of ambition.
And I'm mostly fine with that!
Of course, I want to be remarkably successful. But I want to do so *on my own terms*. And those terms mean I have to be more thoughtful about the games I play and my approach to those games. The truth is, I used to derive my sense of meaning and purpose from the work—but now it's from my family. It's difficult to compete with those who are willing to utilize more hours of the day.
****"How much do you work?"**
Before we had our daughter, I worked 10-12 hours/day at least 6 days/week.
I worked a lot.
If I'm realistic about my working hours now, they're actually much lower. I work 6-8 hours/day and really try to limit it to 5 days/week. So I took 60-72 hours/week and turned it into 30-50.
But that's keyboard time. It's nearly impossible for me to shut my brain off, which means any hour I'm awake, I'm likely to be doing something that looks and smells a little bit like work. So, despite truly "working" far fewer hours now, my work brain still feels equally (more?) taxed because I'm thinking about work and anticipating when I can get back to the keys.
### Lessons Learned
**Every month the business exists, the stronger our future**
Over the years, I've built really strong savings habits. Each month, I'm contributing to Solo 401(k)s for both my wife and me. I'm investing in a little bit of crypto, a brokerage fund, our daughter's college plan, and the business's savings are growing too. As long as the business earns enough to cover our current expenses and savings, our future becomes stronger with each month that passes—and that's an incredible feeling.
**I am (still) the bottleneck**
I've built some processes for repurposing some of my long-form content this year (shoutout to Laura and Izzy) but I'm still the bottleneck on much of it. When I stepped back in as producer on the YouTube channel, that was a significant commitment of time, too. Even if I'm not going to hire full-time (the current plan), I could still be doing a much better job of outsourcing.
But lately, I've been wondering if team-building isn't like family-building. Having a child has certainly increased my responsibility and pressure to provide, but it's brought so much fulfillment. I would make that decision 10 out of 10 times. Maybe building a business with full-time employees is similar?
**A week off goes a LONG way**
In March, I was planning to attend [Sponsor Games](https://www.sponsorgames.com/?ref=creatorscience.com), but got sick the night before. I had blocked off the whole week for the event, so suddenly I had a completely open calendar. I got *so much done*—it reminded me that my time belongs to ME and if I proactively block out a full week every \~6 weeks or so, I make a lot of progress.
**Event economics are hard**
We very nearly lost tens of thousands of dollars on our Offline event in Boise due to me personally guaranteeing a certain number of room nights to the hotel (and doing poor math). Thankfully, we did fill those rooms, but it could've been bad. At the end of the day, the event (which I intended to break even) still lost a few thousand dollars. Another Offline event in Columbus actually lost *more* money due to renting an entire restaurant and selling fewer tickets than anticipated. My planning estimates proved to be too optimistic.
→ [Full breakdown of our Offline event here](https://creatorscience.com/podcast/offline-recap-boise-2025/)
**Social media does, in fact, matter**
In May, I published a [video](https://www.instagram.com/p/DJSH2qESYr7/?ref=creatorscience.com) declaring, "I think I'm over social media." The thesis was that I had enough email subscribers and podcast listeners that if I just focused on long-form content, the business would be fine. That may be *true*, but if so, I should've increased publishing on those channels. The result was June and July were two of our three-lowest revenue months. It likely wasn't *purely* due to posting less on social media, but I do believe being *top of mind* matters a lot. If people aren't thinking of you, they aren't going to buy from you. So if you're going to publish less on social, you need to think about how you continue to stay top of mind.
**Black Friday member renewals**
Last winter, my Black Friday promotion was a push to get people to try the Lab's Basic membership. It was really successful, driving \~$25,000 in revenue. But a lot of those new members never really gave it a chance, which meant few of them renewed *this* year. Black Friday is a great time to drive purchases, but I wonder how many of those purchases end up being truly valued.
**Health problems feel like business problems**
When I neglect my health (exercise, diet, hydration) it has a profound impact on my psyche. And because I'm constantly thinking about the business, these things get conflated. Poor brain chemistry mixed with thoughts of the business became *anxiety about the business*. Purely because I wasn't moving my body.
**Too many monthly goals**
I set goals each month related to my financials, publishing, operations, and life. Looking at those goals in retrospect, I have about a 50% hit rate, meaning I set *too many* goals. Not only that, but I set these goals without *really* aligning my behavior or to-do list to them. That's not goal setting as much as it is dreaming.
**Social never makes a negative headspace better**
When I'm feeling down, it de-motivates me. When I'm psychologically uncomfortable, I seek out distraction. The habitual distraction is my phone (and social media). This *never* makes me feel better. I recently heard some describe scrolling a social media feed as scrolling through different emotions, because successful content is designed to evoke *some* emotion from you. It's like playing the slots for emotions—we hope it makes us feel good (and sometimes it does)! But that's the rare, variable result—not the typical one.
## Personal
### Highlights
**Baby is walking, talking, and ruling the home**

Our daughter seems to be reaching milestones at a blistering pace. One day, she wasn't walking, and the next day she was! The next day she was walking even more. And within just a few days, crawling was done.
Watching her develop is the highlight of our days. Thinking about how *she* sees the world is so grounding and refreshing. One day, she was eating an assortment of fresh produce including both strawberries and tomatoes. She *loves* strawberries, but this was the first time having a tomato. I'm not sure she really could tell the difference when she picked the tomato up, but her face told the story: she was *not* into it!
Can you imagine being unable to accurately anticipate the taste of something? How long you're going to be in the car? When someone is coming to check on you? It's crazy. She lives in a constant state of uncertainty, but she doesn't really know or understand that. Giving her a safe, loving home and seeing her live fearlessly is just the best. There is no better antidepressant than your kid spontaneously smiling at you or giving you a hug.
**In-person retreat in Arizona**
My friend Ryan Hawk put together an in-person retreat in Arizona, where I felt *totally* out of place. These were leaders in professional sports, Fortune 500 companies, and the military. Each night, we had "threaded conversations," which were a conversation amongst the entire group of \~16 of us, one person speaking at a time. It was amazing! The breadth of experience and perspective was something I rarely get to be a part of.
It was one of many reminders throughout the year that if I enjoy an experience, I shouldn't just wait for an invite—I should plan them myself.

**I fell back in love with reading**
Working on the book proposal was the nudge I needed to change my information diet. For years, I've been living on mostly podcast, YouTube videos, and social media. That means that the majority of my information intake was from media made in the very recent past, which makes it relevant but maybe not evergreen.
Reading books helped me understand structure, research, and depth. A 45-minute podcast typically has a ton of waste. But a book has been edited and edited and edited down to a much more dense, rich experience. The information you consume is upstream of your thoughts and how you experience the world. By consuming information different to what others in your space are consuming, you will have different thoughts, ideas, and approaches too.
**Family Travel**
I didn't spend as much quality time with friends and loved ones as I'd like this year, but it wasn't a total loss. We had an amazing family trip to Michigan (we rarely have our whole family together) and I went on more fishing trips with my dad—an annual tradition I really value.
This was our daughter's second Christmas, but really the first one she seemed to *experience*. By celebrating at home *and* with each of our families individually, we had three Christmases, all of them special.

**Quality Time with Mallory**
When Mallory and I have made space for quality time, we've really loved it. With the new basement theater room, we've had a lot of movie nights, series we've gotten into, and even games that we play together. We *loved* [It Takes Two](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GAWHzGNcTEw&ref=creatorscience.com).
We tried to make the most of our business travel. Dubai was challenging because the timezone change had baby sleeping during the day and awake at night. But we brought my mom to Boise with us and were able to get away for a dinner date.
She also planned an *amazing* birthday dinner for me in July. The food was so good it literally left us in tears.
### Lowlights
**Not enough time with friends (or making friends)**
Earlier I noted that the longer the business exists, the better we're securing our future. But this goes beyond money—yes, I'm saving, but the business is also a fantastic vehicle for building relationships. Those relationships compound just like money, but in more unexpected ways. I should be spending far more time meeting people and building those relationships, but I often de-prioritize this for more "urgent" content creation.
**The world feels unkind and uncertain**
I pay little attention to the news, but sometimes it's unavoidable. The news this year has been noticeably more hellish. I don't approve of our leadership. And even if you do, it certainly doesn't feel like *kind* leadership.
The world also feels incredibly uncertain. We're in a privileged position, I've been staying on top of AI (relatively speaking), but I really worry about where things are headed. Not because I believe a superintelligent AI will destroy us, but because I think we will see *massive* job loss. With so many people operating on thin margins as it is, this could be a huge, huge problem. It feels like a collision course that should be humanity's primary focus in planning for, but that's not happening.
**Neglecting my health**
I've already spoken about this a few times, but I really didn't take care of myself this year. Besides moderate weight gain (185 → 195), my stress became particularly bad at the end of the year when I decided on October 28 to organize and run a cohort program in December. It caused a stress response in my skin, which was a wake up call to slow down and take care of myself.
**Constant self-doubt**
I tried a lot of new things this year. The book is an obvious one, changes in The Lab, taking time off of social, organizing in-person events...
All of these first-time experiences came with a dose of fear and uncertainty. Is this any good? Will this work? Is this the right move?
It's good to push yourself out of your comfort zone. But I was out of my comfort zone *so* often that I was constantly doubting myself, which had a spillover effect into areas of my life that I had been previously confident.
### Lessons Learned
**Be explicit about on-and-off times**
Because my wife and I work, live, and care for our daughter at home all day every day, we often struggled to be fully IN or OUT of certain activities. For example, if we're both in the living while our daughter is playing and she needs a diaper change, who jumps in?
If she was independent playing and we're both working on something, this feels like an interruption to both of us, which can trigger a small amount of scorekeeping or resentment. What we learned to do was explicitly call out when someone is "off the clock" for baby duty so that they could, guilt or stress-free, engage in work or self-care.
**What's the generous approach?**
If I’m making a decision (especially one involving someone else) I try to take the more generous route. I have a tendency of keeping score and taking my own side—trying to achieve the convenient outcome *for me*. To counteract that, I'm asking myself to instead find opportunities to be more generous, even if it causes me minor inconvenience.
This also applies to how I interpret someone else's words or behavior. Instead of assuming the worst, I try to assume the most generous interpretation of their actions. Maybe they weren't being hostile or malicious, but simply thoughtless.
**We need more reliable support**
We have a dream scenario where we can completely control our own schedules without much worry about budget. We *want* to be home with our daughter instead of sending her to daycare. But we also realized this year we need more support.
It's far too easy to neglect ourselves or our relationship in order to care for our daughter and the business. Our parents have both been incredibly helpful, but they're too far away to spend as much time here as we'd like. We found a nanny and she's starting tomorrow.
**The effects of neglecting my health are gradual but massive**
They say a frog won't jump out of a pot if the water is boiled slowly—gradual changes eventually lead to the frog being boiled alive.
Neglecting my health felt like that. Slow, creeping, gradual tradeoffs that accumulated over months were much worse than I realized at the time. I need better systems for identifying those trends and making changes earlier.
## Conclusion
This exercise was super helpful for me. I carried such a negative, unhelpful narrative all year—but looking more closely at the facts tells a different story.
Yes, there were some challenges this year.
Yes, we took a step back in some areas.
But it was a *really* productive year. It laid a lot of groundwork operationally and even *psychologically*. Not only did the business help a lot of people and further strengthen our future as a family, but it also helped me grow a lot as a man.
I now believe 2025 was an important, pivotal year. All of these highlights and lowlights may get compressed into thinking, "2025 was the year I began taking writing seriously." And that's enough!
👋
****Since you made it this far, I'd love to hear your thoughts or any questions you have. Leave a comment below and I'll respond.**
### Reflecting on a year of parenting (and how that’s impacted me as a creator)
URL: https://creatorscience.com/podcast/bonus-josh-hall/
Last updated: 2026-10-15T12:37:04.000Z
Episode 287
# Reflecting on a year of parenting (and how that’s impacted me as a creator)
Today I am sharing an episode between Josh hall and myself. Josh hall is a good friend of mine, a business owner, and a creator here in Columbus, Ohio.
with **Josh Hall**Dec 30, 202569 min
[Listen now](#listen) [Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/reflecting-on-a-year-of-parenting-and-how/id1498801064?i=1000743159730&uo=4&ref=creatorscience.com) [Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/episode/5n1g3oHzpfxhg6x3Er7mhu?ref=creatorscience.com) More players
Listen in your app
[Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/creator-science-with-jay-clouse/id1498801064?ref=creatorscience.com)[Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/show/39j9VhklsBs1aLWtkGTWJT?ref=creatorscience.com)[YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/@jay/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Overcast](https://overcast.fm/itunes1498801064/creator-science?ref=creatorscience.com)[Pocket Casts](https://pocketcasts.com/podcast/creator-science-with-jay-clouse/7db47890-2ff0-0138-96e6-0acc26574db2?ref=creatorscience.com)[Castro](https://castro.fm/podcast/5f8d5083-92f5-4a4e-a83e-29a773baa95c?ref=creatorscience.com)[Castbox](https://castbox.fm/channel/id2626956?ref=creatorscience.com)[Podcast Addict](https://podcastaddict.com/feed/https%3A%2F%2Ffeeds.megaphone.fm%2FTPG4024225475?ref=creatorscience.com)Copy the RSS feed


Episode 287 · 69 min
Reflecting on a year of parenting (and how that’s impacted me as a creator)
−15
0:0069:00
+30 1×
Or listen in [Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/reflecting-on-a-year-of-parenting-and-how/id1498801064?i=1000743159730&uo=4&ref=creatorscience.com) or [Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/episode/5n1g3oHzpfxhg6x3Er7mhu?ref=creatorscience.com)
In conversation with

**Josh Hall**Host of Web Design Business with Josh Hall
## About this episode
Today I am sharing an episode between Josh hall and myself. Josh hall is a good friend of mine, a business owner, and a creator here in Columbus, Ohio. His business is all about web design and he has a podcast called Web Design Business with Josh Hall, and I was a recent guest.
So this is a conversation with Josh as friends, talking about what I've learned over the last year. Plus as a new father, how that has impacted my work and why it's not all sunshine and rainbows, but definitely a choice I would make 10 times out of 10.
## Chapters
1. 00:00Jay Clouse: Creator Science InsightsPlay ▸
2. 06:37Streamlined Video Content CreationPlay ▸
3. 10:52Balancing Work, Parenthood, and TimePlay ▸
4. 20:42Entrepreneurship: Survival and UncertaintyPlay ▸
5. 25:37Reflecting on Event InsightsPlay ▸
6. 28:28Business Books vs. Viral PostsPlay ▸
7. 34:53Balancing Timeliness and Evergreen ContentPlay ▸
8. 37:59Struggling with Content SwitchingPlay ▸
9. 46:17Balancing Priorities and PodcastsPlay ▸
10. 51:55Balancing Priorities and PassionsPlay ▸
11. 58:36Low-Priced Offers Drive SalesPlay ▸
12. 01:01:00Scaling Success with Live AdsPlay ▸
13. 01:06:32Jay: Creator Science HighlightsPlay ▸
## Mentioned in this episode
[Subscribe to Web Design Business with Josh Hall ↗](https://pod.link/1484689808?ref=creatorscience.com)[2024 Year in Review ↗](https://creatorscience.co/ep287YIR2024?ref=creatorscience.com)
## Full transcript
12,334 words · click any timestamp to play from there
Jay Clouse0:14
Hello my friend. Welcome back to another episode of Creator Science. I hope if you've been celebrating this holiday season that it's been fantastic for you that you've gotten some much deserved time off. The Klaus hold has been very calm, very quiet, very stress free over the last couple of weeks, which is great news for us. And I've been taking a little bit of a break from my regularly scheduled treadmill of content creation here in this holiday season. And it's got me reflecting on this coming year, this past year, and this coming year I should say I'm gearing up to write my annual year end review. I will link my 2024 year end review in the show notes, but I'm Talking about the 2025 Year in Review that I'm working on now. And I'm thinking about what are the things that I'm doing just because I've been doing them and what are the things that I'm doing because they bring me joy or because they are effective.
Jay Clouse1:07
And so I'm putting everything back on the table and this is something I'm going to be writing and recording a lot about over the coming weeks and months is how am I changing my strategy after a year of experimentation, much of which has felt suboptimal? I got a lot of wins this year. I tried a lot of different and new things and most of those efforts were not successful, at least not to the degree that I expected. So that's an interesting reflective exercise and one that hasn't really been the case in years past. All this to say, as I'm reflecting, I am removing pressure on myself to publish create new things on the schedule just because, not that is the schedule. So today what I'm doing is sharing an episode between Josh hall and myself. Josh hall is a good friend of mine. He's a business owner, a creator here in Columbus, Ohio. His business is all about web design and he has a podcast called Web Design Business with Josh Hall.
Jay Clouse2:07
I was a recent guest. In fact, I'm the first four time guest on Josh's podcast which you'll hear him talk about. And it was really just a catch up. He and I were actually scheduled to go get coffee and due to life and dad circumstances we were unable to meet up in person. So we were going to do it virtually and we said let's just record it. So this is a conversation with Josh as friends, talking about what I've learned over the last year, plus as a new father, how that has impacted my work and why it's not all sunshine and rainbows, but definitely a choice I would make 10 times out of 10\. So it's an interesting season, and I'm excited to dig into it and share more with you and talk about how it's impacting my content strategy moving forward, because I think it will be pretty transformational moving forward. If you enjoy this podcast, check out Josh's podcast again.
Read the full transcriptClose transcript
Jay Clouse2:56
It's called the Web Design Business Podcast with Josh Hall. It is linked in the show notes. We'll get that full episode right after this. You get to where we are by saying yes to a lot of things in the beginning, and you're, like, just begging for opportunity. And. And then you get to this point where you've got to start saying no, and it's not. You got to say no 9 out of 10 times. It's like, you got to say no 99 out of a hundred times.
Jay Clouse3:23
It's like a significant level of no. You know, that's one yes versus ten yeses. So it's. It's really hard. Um, and I feel like the same person. My brain hasn't changed that much. I still get the same levels of, like, ooh, when opportunities come in. Or my.
Jay Clouse3:42
My wife and I joke. We still remember being, like, super broke, and we would, like, see help wanted signs at the grocery store and be like, well, if all else fails, there's that. But we still do that. Like, we see help wanted signs at a grocery store and we're like, I wonder how much that pays. I wonder if I have time for that. What. What is going on in my brain right now? Welcome to the Web Design Business podcast with your host, Josh hall, helping you build a web design business that gives you freedom and a lifest you love.
Josh Hall4:17
Hello, my friend. It's great to have you here. And we are going to have some fun in this one because we are talking with none other than Jay Clouse of the brand Creator Science. Now, if you are a human on the Internet creating content, you've probably run across Jay at some point. His brand is called Creator Science, which is his podcast, his newsletter, both of which I would recommend tuning into. And he also runs a community membership called the Lab, which I'm a paying member of, where I personally stay up to date on all things social media, content creation, podcasting, communities, memberships, all of the above. Now, what's interesting about Jay is we've been friends for over five years now, and I saw him go from just building his little online brand to becoming one of the most prominent thought leaders in the industry. Today, but a lot has changed over the past year, in particular because he had a little baby, a little cuddly Klaus, and in this conversation we really dig into how he is managing his business, how he's running running it, and what he's learned by being a parentpreneur and hopes to help you as well.
Josh Hall5:26
Even if you don't have kiddos now, or maybe not yet, there's still some very valuable lessons in here with just how to balance your business and your time and set priorities and all of those really important things when it comes to sustainability. So the unsexy title for this episode is how to Be Sustainable as an Entrepreneur. And without further ado, here's my good friend Jay. We're going to dive into this one and he is also our first 4 Pete guest, which means he is the most repeated guest on the podcast to date. So cheers to Jay. Cheers to you. I hope you enjoy this conversation. Head the show notes at this one, which are going to be found at Joshhull Co 408 to get all the links that we mentioned.
Josh Hall6:07
Without further ado, here's Jay. What tell me about when it comes to creating content, especially as much as you're doing, I think, and I think I've heard you talk about reducing the barrier to entry or just making it easier, making it as much like as easiest to just like you said, flip a switch and go. Have you found your productivity with content has helped with the new office?
Jay Clouse6:37
Yes, especially in video form because everything, I mean there's still some friction. Like I just recorded an interview for my podcast before we hopped on here and from a perspective of redundancy, but then also video quality. I now record locally to the camera as well as Riverside. Riverside records locally to your machine, but it's still recording 1080\. I can record locally to the camera 4K and so I record 4K from the camera, use the Riverside audio. But then we've got to apply like color correction to the the raw recording and then we've got to sync up the audio and video. So to do things at like the level that I really want to do, there's still some friction. But if I wanted to sit down and say like hey, I just want to rip out a 60 second story to camera that I can then put into short form vertical video format, super plug and play.
Jay Clouse7:31
Easy to do. I can sit down and do it and it looks great.
Josh Hall7:34
Yeah.
Jay Clouse7:35
I get people that are like is that a virtual background? And I said no. Like yeah, this opens. This is a locker. This has stuff in it. And actually it's very functional. The lockers that are off screen down there, I'm storing all my stuff in, so it is genuinely a dream. And I have a second desk over here that's a standing desk with a walking pad. So when I'm not recording, I can still be in here and like it steps in.
Jay Clouse7:59
It's, it's, it's the best, man.
Josh Hall8:02
Yeah, it's awesome. Well, it's a representation of. Not that you were ever not professional, but just how professional you and your brand has become. And I gotta say, pub publicly, Jay, like, it's freaking awesome, dude, to see your trajectory and your success over the past, well, five plus years since I've known you. 2020 is when we connected originally. So yeah, man, it's just freaking awesome to see hard work pay off. So I'm thrilled for you, thrilled for your family. It was awesome having you as a speaker for our event this year for the first wdpcon.
Josh Hall8:35
And you are. I was looking. I think you're my first four Pete guest on the podcast.
Jay Clouse8:43
Let's go. So I love that I'll be your first five Pete too. But in SNL tradition, I expect on the fifth appearance to get a jacket with a number five on it.
Josh Hall8:53
It would go nice in your locker, wouldn't it? Deal.
Jay Clouse8:55
Five Timers Club right in the locker.
Josh Hall8:57
Deal. It's on record. But yeah, man, I'm thrilled to see hard work pay off, dude. It's really, really cool. I mean, a lot of my audience is very familiar with you now, even though most are web designers at heart, they're entrepreneurs. And I've been really clear about who I trust in the industry to learn from and see what's working. And you're at the top of the list, man. So, yeah, I don't know what to say to kick off other than it's freaking awesome to see all you've done.
Jay Clouse9:25
Well, I am flying high. Thank you. And remind me, after this, we just put on the calendar, we're doing an in person event for the lab in November.
Josh Hall9:37
I'll be dinner.
Jay Clouse9:39
10 course dinner. 10 course dinner. Oh, have you been to Isla here in Columbus yet?
Josh Hall9:44
Oh, I've heard good things though.
Jay Clouse9:45
You're gonna love it.
Josh Hall9:46
Is that. Did your wife take you here for your birthday? Is that okay? All right, I'm in. I mean, it's gonna be great, you know, one course dinner. I'm appetizer. I'm in. So count me in, dude.
Jay Clouse9:57
Yeah, that's great.
Josh Hall9:58
Yeah, no, it's been Cool being a part of your membership too. I wish I could have more time to invest in it, but we are parentpreneurs. I actually wanted to start with that. I know we were talking some Riverside specifics. I want to get to that. But first I want to ask you about parenthood. What have you learned about your first year as a parentpreneur? Good or bad?
Jay Clouse10:20
Well, being a parent is like the best thing that's ever happened to me. Let's start there. It's also the most destructive thing that's happened to the business. Like my. My way of working has just been destroyed, you know, because leading into birth of our daughter last year, I didn't have margin in my day. Really. Like, this actually goes back to Covid. During COVID when everything went from in person to virtual.
Jay Clouse10:52
All of my work also went in person to virtual. And as a highly efficient person, I was just packing my calendar with anything because I can go from meeting to meeting if I'm staying in the same chair. So for the last, like five years, my way of working was just to pack my calendar, pack my time, and get as much output as possible. And bringing a small human in the world, that person not only, like, needs me, but I want to devote as much time as possible now to being a dad. So where does that time come from? I am still working through that because in the beginning it was like, I can just do all the things I can just do more, like just bring it on. Waking up earlier, working later. And that is not sustainable. And really has been tough this year to try to just maintain the same level of output with less time.
Jay Clouse11:50
It doesn't work. So I'm. I'm really having to do some tough prioritization and make some changes because I also embarked on a. The start of a book this year. And that's a monstrous project. Even if it's a complete failure, A monstrous project. So I'm saying I didn't have enough time before the baby to continue doing what I was doing, but I'm going to do that. Plus the baby, plus a book doesn't work.
Jay Clouse12:20
So I've really had to rework some things, and I'm still very much figuring that out.
Josh Hall12:25
What, what's gone well, what's something that you've loved about it or has, you know, been a net positive for you?
Jay Clouse12:34
It's just brought a lot of clarity to what matters and what doesn't matter. Like, I still get stressed about certain things within the business, but it's my. My base level stress tolerance has Risen. My tolerance for stuff that doesn't matter has decreased. My ability to weed things out and say no to things has increased. And I feel like there's generally a larger purpose to what I'm doing. It now sort of centers more of my purpose on the family, which sometimes I struggle with because it's like the. The business will capture more value when it creates more value for more people.
Jay Clouse13:21
But my purpose is so anchored in family that sometimes those things feel a little bit at odds. You know what I mean? So I'm figuring. I'm figuring that out. Um, but yeah, it's. It's. It's just brought a different appreciation to time. And when I'm not actually working and I'm actually spending time with my daughter, the way that she moves about and views the world, it's just. It's so refreshing.
Jay Clouse13:51
It's so awesome. Uh, there's. There's like no better antidepressant than hugging your kid.
Josh Hall13:59
There it is. Clip it. That was it right there. Well said, Jay. It's funny because, like, the. The time issue, I would love to say it gets better, but I actually feel like we're in the hardest it's been for us at least with three kids under seven, of course, you know, but with Bria, my oldest, being special needs, it's a. It's a level of care that is far greater than. Than our other two.
Josh Hall14:19
But it is that what you hit on of like the, the weed out tolerance and how easy it is to say no to stuff. I found myself ramping up on that even more so. I've been pretty good at that over the years, but even more so now. It's like most everything's a no. Yeah, it's like maybe 10% at most, maybe not even. That is a pretty much immediate deal. It's kind of hard to get to, I think as a people pleaser and as an entrepreneur who just likes to do stuff and likes to get the brand out there. I think you and I are very alike in that.
Josh Hall14:52
But I think it's the idea of like, signal versus noise. You've probably heard that on entrepreneurial circles. Basically just priority, like what's going to move the needle. That's something I've really tried to hone in on this year. And with that limited time, like just to only focus on things that are going to move the needle. And it kills me to have an inbox that's not at zero, but we're just. We're there.
Jay Clouse15:15
Oh, yeah, that is out the window for sure. I'M no longer doing any speaking. Um, after this recording. I'm not doing interviews for the foreseeable future. Actually, somebody recently asked me to, like, do a virtual event with them. And I was like, hey, I am on a no rule right now, um, as someone that I knew personally. So I was like, my instinct is to say no to this, but how easy can you make this for me? Like, I need to do no prep. I need to show up.
Jay Clouse15:45
And he's like, yeah, yeah, yeah, no problem. So I said, okay, that's great. Two weeks later, I. I'm getting emails from his team, like, hey, can you suggest some topics for us to cover and can you help us plan? I'm like, nope, I'm out. And I've. I've never. I've never broken a commitment like that before. But I.
Jay Clouse16:03
I was just like, this isn't what I signed up for. My instinct said in the first place, I shouldn't do this. We're several weeks out. I'm going to break this off because I know I'm going to show up and regret having said yes. I just. I just gotta say no. I gotta say no to as much as possible right now. And the thing is, like, I feel like our psychology updates slower than our reality.
Jay Clouse16:28
And the way, I mean, that is, like, you get to where we are by saying yes to a lot of things in the beginning, and you're, like, just begging for opportunity. And. And then you get to this point where you've got to start saying no, and it's not. You got to say no 9 out of 10 times. It's like, you got to say no 99 out of a hundred times. It's like a significant level of no. You know, that's one yes versus ten yeses. So it's.
Jay Clouse16:57
It's really hard. Um, and I feel like the same person. My brain hasn't changed that much. I still get the same levels of like, ooh, when opportunities come in, or my wife and I joke. We still remember being, like, super broke, and we would, like, see help wanted signs at the grocery store and be like, well, if all else fails, there's that. But we still do that. Like, we see help wanted signs at a grocery store, and we're like, I wonder how much that pays. I wonder if I have time for that.
Jay Clouse17:26
What. What is going on in my brain right now? It's wild.
Josh Hall17:32
Well, I appreciate all that, man. It's gratifying. It's. It makes me feel. Not that I've ever felt alone in this, but I Do think it's, it's tricky because as entrepreneurs we tend to see all the outside things on all of our social media channels. This kind of thing isn't talked about too much, I feel like broadly. So I do like kind of drilling into this idea of priority and then especially when it comes to kids because the reality is you can base it around time and like just more time with the kids. But what I found is even more important is like presence.
Josh Hall18:07
Like we've all had the experience. I shared this recently in an in person event that you and I were at, but there was that time where I was doing like four things at once. I was multitasking, watching a jackets game, hanging out with my baby, listening to my wife and I didn't know what was going on in the game. I missed time with my daughter. I did not hear what my wife said. And that idea of like presence and being able to quiet the ongoing elevator hum as an entrepreneur is, is I think has gotten harder as the business has grown. And I just know personally that's kind of where I'm at is like I've been pretty good at allotting the time, but now I'm trying to do better at like truly being present when I'm super hard.
Jay Clouse18:46
Super hard for me too. And in fact, for a long time when people would ask me like, what's it like having a daughter? And I was like, man, my time is wrecked. But the nice thing is I actually have more time to think because there are a lot of like mindless activities. Especially when she was like a slug, you know, or it's like holding the baby, rocking the baby, changing the baby, feeding the baby, where it's like I can't be at the keyboard right now. Not that I even really want to be, but I do have time to think. And so it was like, okay, I can, when I get back to the desk, I have a plan and I can go straight into execution. The thinking has been done. But as she's getting older and she is more present and she has more like thoughts and she's doing stuff, I don't want to not be there mentally, you know, so it's like not only do I have less working execution time, but I have less thinking time too.
Jay Clouse19:38
So it's, it's a, it's a double whammy and I've had to further let things go.
Josh Hall19:47
Yeah, I think it's good though. I mean, I know we're not being negative about this. It's just the harsh reality of balancing parenthood and entrepreneurship especially because you and I are both very active as dads. It'd be one thing if you didn't really care that much and you just like you're working 70 hours a week regardless. Which I do think was much more common for entrepreneurs and generations, you know, past us. But I think it's honestly as I'm thinking about it, I feel like it's almost not needed for most people, but I think it's really good for folks who are family minded because as you know, like if you have all the time in the world, you just fill it with more work and you just take more opportunities and do new things and launch new products. I almost feel like you're, you're an eye personalities and a lot of the folks I see in Web Designer Pro who are the high performer go getters, we almost need something to like reel us in and make us slow down and like realign and look at our priorities for sure.
Jay Clouse20:42
I mean if we had a nine to five, hopefully we have transparency around what success in our role looks like and so we know if we are being successful and if so we can be done with work for that period of time. And our bosses are off the clock afterwards and they're probably leaving us alone at, and evenings and weekends. But the, the reality of an entrepreneur is at the beginning you're just scratching and clawing to get any traction, make ends meet. So nights and weekends are fair game. And you, you have a little bit of a, I don't know if it's a scarcity mindset, but it's, it's kind of like a survival mindset, you know, and when you're, your feeling of survival is threatened, it actually eliminates your ability to have empathy. Like you, you can only think about surviving and it's, it's hard to deprogram that once the business has become more successful because you don't have anybody telling you like it's okay, you'll be okay. The, the safety net, you don't know how low is that's going to catch you. Like is it going to catch you? Is there one? And if I don't work tonight, this weekend, if I don't do this thing that I think I should, like will it be okay? It's hard to know especially if you, if your business is built around net new customers, you're always like where are they going to come from? They got to come from somewhere.
Jay Clouse22:16
And I should probably be doing something to influence that. It's the nice thing about a membership model because at Least to some degree that is recurring. Of course there's churn and whatever else, but at least to some degree. Like, there's some reasonable expectation there. But yeah, I think. I think it's just an extra hard thing for entrepreneurs. And who do you talk to about it? Hopefully you have a great relationship with your spouse. You can talk to them about it.
Jay Clouse22:43
But you also know, in my case, my capacity to hold stress and know that it's temporary is higher than my wife's because I've been doing the entrepreneurship thing longer. So if I'm stressed and she notices it and she asks what's going on in my brain, I could tell her, but it's going to have a much more potent effect on her psyche than mine because I know this will pass. And so a lot of times I don't share the full details of that. And that's a hard thing to just sit with and act like everything is fine, I'm fine. Uh, but that's. That's what we signed up for.
Josh Hall23:23
Yeah, it's like a muscle that is trained over the years, isn't it, to where like. Yeah, it's like a. There's a tolerance in, like, hardships, good times and bad times. I get less excited about awesome stuff and less down about negative stuff. I've kind of dulled my. My sense of, like, the roller coaster feelings, which I think is actually needed. I mean, I still get pumped up and I animated. But it is interesting when I think when people.
Josh Hall23:51
I found this with a couple of the members of Pro who are in their first one to two years of business. Like, the first couple bad client interactions are just devastating. They take it personally. They're in a depression. They're just crushed. They're thinking about quitting. But then I talk to them a year or two later, and they're just like a different personality. I mean, it's literally like a, you know, it's like.
Josh Hall24:14
It's like a war veteran who goes to their first couple tours and they come back and stuff rubs off differently. And I found that to be the case in entrepreneurship too. So how long?
Jay Clouse24:24
It's exposure, you know, like the first time you're exposed to something, it's shocking, scary, hard. And then over time, it gets easier. I can name like 10 different experiences that. That has been true just in this business in the last few years. You. The things that were hard get easier. And in fact, if you're not feeling any level of discomfort, that's probably a bad sign that you're. You're not Pushing and improving and kind of at risk of being disrupted.
Jay Clouse24:57
So it's, it's tough. You know, you said like the lows aren't as low, the highs aren't as high. That kind of leveling out of emotion, I've 1000% been there. I can tap into that at any time. But I also question, like, is that optimal? Like, is that the best way to experience day to day life? Like, I want the highs to be as high as possible, but I can't allow that without also allowing super low lows. And it's, it's a pick your poison sort of thing. But it's, That's a good point. You can't just take off the bottom.
Josh Hall25:37
Yeah, I guess I should, I should clarify in that and saying as you said that, Jay, I thought about the highest high I've had in years has been the, the event that I had earlier this year. And I know you were only a part of the workshop briefly, but like it was truly what happened around the event with our socials and the one on ones just like the one that you had recently. I mean that was like, that was a high, high high. But it was new, new, new. I'm curious, when we do the event next year, what's that high gonna feel like? It'll feel different because it's not the first time, but I do anticipate it to be really high. But there's a good challenge to like make sure that I'm not getting complacent or comfortable in those wins and those high feelings too. It's a lot easier now, you know, if somebody has a support request or isn't happy with something, I'm like, oh, that. I don't think twice about it now.
Josh Hall26:24
Used to lose sleep over it years ago. Now I don't even. It doesn't faze me. But good challenge to remember to not get complacent with the wins and the highs. Yeah.
Jay Clouse26:34
Yeah. I'm just thinking a lot about, I don't know how like competitive your space is. I do know that like just the online business space, generally super competitive as far as like where you can play in the content world. And I feel a lot of pressure all the time to disrupt myself or like continue to elevate myself or get lost in the wash, you know, and that's probably a story I tell myself to some degree. I think it serves me and has served the business to some degree, but also probably comes at some cost psychologically. But it's, it is something that I think about quite a bit.
Josh Hall27:17
Well, let's talk. Let's switch gears and talk about content. We'll go from baby Chub to content. We were talking about Riverside before this, about, you know, the clipping features and the snippets and just some of the tool sets. Now what are you doing to make content easier for you? We kicked off with your studio. It sounds like that's helped to some degree with just making it, you know, just an easier process without you tinkering with everything. What else are you doing to make content easier, especially since you have much less time?
Jay Clouse27:48
You know what I've been thinking about lately? The easiest content has felt over the last couple months, writing has felt the easiest. And I can name, like, the essays where it did feel the easiest. And it came from a place of I got something to say. You know what I mean? So I'm trying to. I'm trying to, like, create more opportunities where I'm the type of guy that just doesn't have an opinion most of the time unless pressed. And if I do have an opinion, I typically don't just share it unless asked, which is not what platforms want. They want you to have strong opinions constantly and share them.
Josh Hall28:28
Can I share a quick story on that, please? I'll post something about a really meaty tip that helps people make six figures and it gets nothing, whereas a picture of one of my goldens goes wild. So there's that kind of thing, but something I experimented with. And it was one of those because I'm kind of wired the same way to where I'm not one just hermosi it and just post what I'm thinking at 2am or whatever. But I did one time and I just had this off the wall. Thought it may be horrible, but it's just something that I noticed with people that I oversee, which is this thought was like, however many business books you read, you could probably make about 10 to $100,000 in revenue over your lifespan based off of that. So if you read 10 business books, I think you could probably make a million dollars. If you read 20 business books, you can probably make 2 million. I posted that on Threads when I just dove in and just tried it out and I woke up and it was like.
Josh Hall29:24
And it was the most negative social media experience that I ever had. And I actually took the post down mainly because I'm not averted to conflict. Well, number one, I didn't have the time. I knew myself and I was like, if I go down this rabbit hole, it's going to just be a Huge chunk of wasted time. But I looked at the brand and I'm like, this isn't what I want people to follow me for and see and then have that experience. It was just kind of a. It was a real world example, what you just said, which is like, when you do dip into that world, it is what they like. I can go viral on social media, but it's not the end game that I want.
Jay Clouse30:02
Yeah, it's a really emotionally trying experience to have anything get outside of your typical bubble, you know, because, like, you start getting into corners Internet, you're like, I didn't even know this corner of the Internet existed and I don't want to be here.
Josh Hall30:21
That was literally my feeling. You just encapsulated, Jay. The feeling that I had when I woke up that next day and saw like a ton of. I mean, there was like, I don't know, maybe 20 or 30 comments just from the night before, which is way more than I typically get. And I was like, oh, God, I don't want to do this is not what I signed up for.
Jay Clouse30:37
When you, when you grow slowly and historically from like a word of mouth perspective, there's a. There's a warmth and a benefit of the doubt that the people you reach give you. And when you just start getting in front of strangers on any social platform, you not only do not get the benefit of the doubt, you get like the polar opposite. You get like extra doubt on your motives. And it's just like, I didn't ask for this. So. Yeah, but like I said, as far as creating content goes, it's always easier for me to create from a place of, not of I should make something, but I gotta say something. And so I'm trying to find the alignment and the way to, like, consistently create the.
Jay Clouse31:27
The environment where I'm coming up with things that I genuinely want to say. Because it just flows when you have.
Josh Hall31:36
Something that you're like, I gotta say this, or people need to hear this. Is that going out to mostly a warm audience or do you find that that is attracting more cold audience?
Jay Clouse31:45
What I care about right now? Well, I mean, if we just go like level by level, what I care about the most is email subscribers. People who are reading my emails because they've chosen to read the emails right next to that, like, tier. If that's tier 1A, tier 1B is the podcast, the RSS podcast, and then probably on top of that is YouTube.
Josh Hall32:08
YouTube.
Jay Clouse32:09
So what I'm thinking about more and more is I want to double down on long form writing for a lot of reasons we can talk about if you want. And so now the game is how do I more effectively turn that writing into the backbone of the podcast, audio and or video, and then effectively short form so that I can basically focus the 80, 20 of my generative creative work into long form writing and then derive everything else from that.
Josh Hall32:41
What's the difference between the style of writing you're doing without getting the specifics for the book versus your newsletters? I'm also curious how the heck you do one to two newsletters a week and wrote a. You know, are you finished with the book at this point?
Jay Clouse32:55
Oh, not even close. I have, I have the book proposal in finished form, but now I have notes from my agent before we go to the marketplace.
Josh Hall33:03
So how. Yeah, how are you balancing writing a full book and doing two notes? Two. Two newsletters a week? That's still your cadence now, right? Two.
Jay Clouse33:10
Yeah, at least one. Sometimes two. A lot of times the second newsletter is. Is like there's a sponsor obligation. So now I have to write a second newsletter. It's. It would be good for me in the business to write a second. But when I don't have a sponsor obligation, oftentimes I won't because creating two newsletters a week is hard as far as, like how it goes.
Jay Clouse33:33
The real bottleneck is just the thing, like the idea of the essay. And so the later in the week it comes to finding the idea that I want to write about the closer I am to the deadline of writing the thing. So the magic is when I have something that again, I'm like, I got to write about this example being we saw these new AI short form video apps, Sora and Vibes, and I had something to say and I ripped that out in like 20 minutes. And I'm, I'm a. I'm a good writer at this point. So a lot of times what is going on in my newsletter is literally the first draft, maybe one passive revisions. So I can write stuff and send it pretty quick. But most of my newsletters, historically, I would say 90% of my newsletters were written within 48 hours of being set.
Josh Hall34:30
I was gonna ask you if you have a. A content gold mine or a bank that you can just pull from. But I found that personally to be very. I just don't like pulling something from three years ago. Just plop it on Twitter. I just don't like it. Did. I tried it a couple times.
Josh Hall34:45
It just didn't feel good.
Jay Clouse34:46
Didn't feel I probably should do it. More because honestly, like, people need to relearn something just as much as they need to learn something new.
Josh Hall34:52
True.
Jay Clouse34:53
And you and I probably both have a bunch of content from three years ago that the core idea is still super relevant and maybe we have some new nuance on top of it and we could just revisit that, even if we just use it as a jumping off point, not even pulling the content in and re revising it. The bigger thing is like, I want my content to be fairly evergreen, but there's no doubt that creating something that's a little bit more timely in the culture, it performs better. Um, so I'm op. I'm more open to that than I used to be because timeliness is one of those things that shocks me into I got something to say. Whereas if I sit here and I think, what should I write this weekend? Should I write like three ways to increase your membership retention? I could. There's no urgency that that needs to be written about this week. It's not necessarily coherent to last week's essay or next week's essay. So I'm trying to be more open to timeliness because it's good for growth.
Jay Clouse35:52
I'm trying to get more ahead of schedule. So I stopped thinking, what should I write about this week and remove that pressure. Whenever the rare times that I have something done, written, scheduled, and I don't have such timeline pressure, I have better ideas, I make better things. So I'm trying to get ahead a little bit, trying to remove the pressure and timeliness helps with that.
Josh Hall36:18
What about your writing for the book? Is that a little more structured and regimented like where you say, you know, two days a week, certain blocks of time I'm writing, or do you free flowing with that as well around your other schedule commitments?
Jay Clouse36:29
It will get there in this stage of life, that's something that I'm going to have to work with Mal, my wife, to decide what those blocks are, because I will need that right now. It's been essentially a side project until it's like fully locked in and there are stakes and deadlines from third parties.
Josh Hall36:56
Gotcha.
Jay Clouse36:56
Because we still don't know, like, is this a book? Do people want it? I think it is. But if I want to go the traditional route, there are other parties that need to agree with me for that to be true. And if and when that happens, that will come with terms deadline and so the schedule will need to accommodate it and my priorities will need to more accurately, accurately reflect that on my calendar to this point. You know, we, we wrote three sample chapters and an overview for the proposal. And those were written largely in like. I would take like a day to work on the chapter and then I would revise it and it would be like the only creative work I was doing that day. I can't context switch from the book to even a newsletter right now. It has to be its own.
Jay Clouse37:49
Like this is what I'm doing today and everything else needs to sit because it feels so distinct from the core business that I can't hold both.
Josh Hall37:59
Yeah, I was, I was going to ask about the content switching thing. This is actually probably my number one challenge. I might, I might do a post in the lab about this, but it's probably my number one challenge because more and more I have had a harder time for whatever reason. I don't know if it's the season of life we're in or just everything that's going on, the busyness, the mental bandwidth. But I have a harder time switching from writing newsletters, to doing a podcast, to doing video, to coaching and pro, to working on my own stuff. I used to be pretty good at like two to three hour blogs, but now I'm like, I've turned into like a day guy. I'm like, if I'm going to work on my website, this needs to be like a full day. If I'm going to do podcast stuff, it needs to be at least, you know, four or five hours or video for sure.
Josh Hall38:43
So how are you dealing with that? How are. And how, how are you structuring that within your week? Is it pretty strict or.
Jay Clouse38:50
I feel much the same way. I used to be able to context switch multiple times through the day and get a lot of things done like that. But the problem is in my case, there's so much natural interruption with the baby that I used to just waste a lot of time. Is the answer. Like if I could context switch, if I had to context switch between things, there would be a buffer period of like 30 minutes of me just staring at the screen where nothing happened. But I'm like mentally preparing to get into that place to do the next thing. I don't have that luxury anymore. So like I said, if I can get into flow, I need to stay in it and I really need to stay in this place.
Jay Clouse39:33
And I think that's actually probably net good for output anyway is to like reduce context switching. There's research around this. So I do increasingly find myself looking at my calendar and Mal and I on a weekly basis now. We look in for the week Ahead, it's like, all right, this block of time's yours. This block of time's mine, Yours, mine, yours, mine. And that helps me look at those large blocks and be like, okay, I know I gotta write a newsletter, I know I gotta record a podcast. I know I need to work on the book. Which one of these blocks is gonna be that? And it's mostly like day to day.
Jay Clouse40:04
I'll have days where it's like, this is a writing day, this is a recording day, this is a book day. This is a like lab day. But actually the, the lab is more, I, I fit that into smaller blocks of time that can't really accommodate deep work or creation because by nature that's a lot more reactive. And I can get into that pretty quickly because we've worked to this point to have knowledge and I can react to things and be pretty efficient with that. But it's, it's a generative new idea. Creative work that is increasingly hard to find time for and needs to be separated day to day.
Josh Hall40:49
The reactionary lab work you do, do you save this to like the end of the day or just when you have time, when it hits you, do you start with it to get that outta the way and build some momentum?
Jay Clouse40:59
No. It's not a bad idea though. I could try that. The thing is like I am, an hour in the morning is worth three, maybe four hours later in the day for me. And so if I can get the morning. Some days I'm doing creative work, the lab, I'll often like, it'll be like after the baby goes to bed, while we're watching TV or something, I can, I can dip into that. Or if I have like a period of time between like a day of calls. Wednesdays are basically wall to wall calls and my, my mother in law comes over and helps.
Jay Clouse41:35
So sometimes I'll have like 30 minutes, 45 minutes, 60 minutes between two calls and it's like, what do I do with this? I have no expectation I'm gonna get anything done today, but here we are. And if I've already eaten lunch for the day, I might jump into the Lab and answer DMs and answer questions and things like that.
Josh Hall41:50
What are your. Do you have a pretty harsh call schedule now? I know you've talked about really reeling that in. I think you're doing less one on ones in the lab. If I heard you say recently, what's, what's your call schedule like now?
Jay Clouse42:02
It's not too bad. It's mostly, it's mostly Wednesdays So basically I make my calendar open Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday to calls. But specifically, Tuesdays and Thursdays are typically interviews, and Wednesdays are coaching calls, welcome calls, community calls. I'll sometimes do community calls on Tuesdays and Thursdays as well, but Wednesday is definitely the heaviest. I'll sometimes have like morning till bedtime calls on Wednesday. Tuesdays and Thursdays tend to be lighter, and then Monday and Friday totally open. It's just like, what block of time will I have the baby? What block of time will be my creative time? Um, but yeah, I've eliminated a lot of calls. Things that I haven't eliminated are almost exclusively community related.
Jay Clouse42:47
It's like welcome calls, VIP coaching calls, live sessions. Then I have interviews on Tuesdays and Thursdays. I have a meeting with my editor for the book once a week. And I suppose sometimes I have like just one on one, like get to know you or opportunistic calls. I used to have a ton of those. I used to do like 10 one on one, just like coffee chats a week when I was, when I was getting started, just getting to know people. And then, you know, I was doing the masterminds before I was doing the community. And so I needed to meet people that could potentially someday be a fit for this.
Jay Clouse43:33
I almost do none of that now. Basically none. It's, it's. I. I feel like I want to have more time for it, but if someone's like, hey, can I introduce you to this guy? He really wants to talk about this thing. It's hard for me to be like, yeah, in the season. In the season. It's hard for me to be like, yeah, let's, let's talk about that.
Jay Clouse43:50
It's very, very hard.
Josh Hall43:51
Well, you and I went to a recent event together, an entrepreneurial event with some great guys. Like, it was really, you know, cool event and stuff, and I'd. A few of them reached out afterwards, but I kind of found myself doing that too, where I was like, ah, especially when it comes to in person, I'm like, I just. Right now, in the season, I know an in person meeting, like if they want to say, let's meet up for coffee for half an hour, I know that's probably two to three hours. Realistically.
Jay Clouse44:15
Yes.
Josh Hall44:16
And I just, yeah, it really, it, you know, like, it does become such a hard ROI thing.
Jay Clouse44:24
You know, it's interesting. I find that I have a better set of social relationships than I used to though, because I go for a walk every day and I sometimes have to drive places. So I just Call people without warning a lot more frequently than I used to. So it's not a thing on my calendar that I look at and I'm dreading or orienting my day around. It's like I'm out for a walk and I feel like I could talk to somebody and I'll just call somebody. Sometimes I end up calling like five people. And a lot of times people don't answer and I leave a message. It's like just thinking about, you don't need to call me back.
Jay Clouse44:55
But it's. It's been great. And it doesn't feel like there's anything on my calendar because it wasn't on my calendar. Of course, I can't expect people just to call me in the most convenient of times. So I'm calling people when it's literally convenient for me in that moment.
Josh Hall45:11
Are these.
Jay Clouse45:12
They don't have to.
Josh Hall45:13
Are these close friends or do you do like audio? Because I've thought about doing that more recently, which is like on a walk. I might. I have done this occasionally. I might. This is a good challenge to do it more, which is like, I'm thinking about this pro member. I might send them an audio message real quick.
Jay Clouse45:25
I think both, I think both are great. I. I'm. I'm mostly calling close friends or like, kind of a layer out, I suppose. But, yeah, I think whoever you feel like you want to touch base with or talk to, I think that's great. Or you could just like, rip off a bunch of voice memos. Like you could do any of those things. And it doesn't feel, again, like it's.
Jay Clouse45:45
It's an obligation on my calendar. I only do it when I. When it feels convenient. And some people will say like, well, not very nice to like, call people at your convenience. How do you know that someone on the other end is not busy? Because they're busy. Don't answer. And if they answer and they sound busy, I say, is this a good time? And if not, they don't have to talk to me. It's fine.
Josh Hall46:04
Tell me about this season of know you're entering. You mentioned earlier, this is the last interview you're doing for a little while. So is this based off of just all these challenges we've unpacked as a whole, or is there something in particular that you're needing room for?
Jay Clouse46:17
It's. It's the book. It's assuming that the book will continue moving forward and that I will need to create those big blocks of time which will displace other things and, you know, I have an interview podcast also, and sometimes I'll reach out to folks, one in particular. I don't think you would mind me saying this on All White Wood. I've reached out to Lenny Rachitsky a couple of times to get him on the podcast, and every time he's been very gracious and he's like, listen, there's no greater benefit than me just making my own podcast. And it's like, you know, you're right. Like, I can't, I can't disagree with you for that. And that's increasingly how I feel about a lot of things too.
Jay Clouse46:58
It's like, I could spend an hour doing this, or I could spend an hour building my business, and that's probably gonna have a greater long term compounding outcome. So I'm at least getting more choosy. But I'm, I'm more and more just choosing myself as a client, my business as my priority. And that's a, that's a tough conclusion to come to as an interviewer. But.
Josh Hall47:24
Well, the good news is, pro tip for anyone doing interviews, if you're early on is like, I told you, Jay, like, take this. If you want to take the audio, make clips out of it so you don't need to do the voice memos next week on a walk, go for it. That has certainly helped. I know when I had Chris Doe on recently, I made that a biggie about it. And I think that helped with him, you know, spending the hour with me.
Jay Clouse47:44
On that for sure. Because as an interviewer, if you look at your transcript, you're probably talking 10 to 20% of the time and usually asking a question, not delivering, like, a thought. So in this circumstance where I'm spending a lot more time talking, being able to say, like, okay, let's get that recording and clip that up into something we can put on Instagram. That's valuable to me in this season because I am also not thinking, like, what should I talk about? You're very much leading that, that, that discussion.
Josh Hall48:12
A couple, this was probably a couple years ago, Jay. One of the last times we chatted, it was off recording. And I think you're cool with me saying this, probably. But you're like, sometimes I just want to blow my business up. And on the outside, you know, your revenue was growing beautifully. It just looked like you had everything in the world. And then you told me that it was, it was a good reminder for me that, like, sometimes the revenue and monetary success, what you don't see is just all the Boring hard work that is going into that. And that was pre kiddo too.
Josh Hall48:38
Pre little Klaus baby. So are you still feeling that at all or do you feel like you've passed? Like I'm just ready to blow it. Oh, okay.
Jay Clouse48:46
All the time. I don't know that I'm ever not like halfway to pushing the self destruct button, but I think, I mean, I talked to a lot of business owners. It's super common. And most people do blow it up and start over. I was talking to a friend about that this week because if you look at, I mean, the great thing about entrepreneurship is this is the way generational wealth is created. Like, if you, if you aspire to have the highest levels of financial success that you could imagine, entrepreneurship is how that happens. And if you look at the growth of successful companies, it's typically an exponential growth curve where it's in the beginning, it actually looks linear or flat for a very long time. And then it hits the curve and it goes vertical.
Jay Clouse49:40
And the problem with a lot of entrepreneurs or aspiring entrepreneurs is they get bored and they blow it up before it hits that corner. That corner. And they start something new and they start the process all over again so they never end up reaping the benefits. The tail end of an exponential growth curve. So yes, I'm constantly like, I want to blow this up because I get bored with things, but that would restart the clock, so to speak. And in a world where we've never had more uncertainty, AI is eating into everything. The barrier to entry on all things is lowered. Your advantage to some degree is your time in market.
Jay Clouse50:21
Like, it's hard for somebody to build what I have built over eight years right now. But if I started something new, I could absolutely be out competed pretty quickly because I have less time than ever. So it does not make sense for me to self destruct. I think there's an argument to be made sometimes of like, I have an idea and I'm going to just like, like the book. This book is essentially side project right now. I'm going to keep working on it and see if I get signals that this is promising. But there's a world where the book does really well and that opens up a larger future than the current business. And if that is true, maybe I reevaluate some things, but I'm not going to jump without a parachute that's already out.
Josh Hall51:09
Have you had. Well said. Have you had anything over the past few years other than the book? Because the book sounds like, yes, it'll help grow Creator Science, but it is potentially its own thing that could lead to a much more broad entrepreneur type of, you know, exposure for you. Is there anything else in the past few years that you've dipped your toe into secretly or publicly? Like, for example, I did some videos for Circle last year and they really popped off for Circle. It's actually been like a nice little steady, you know, recurring affiliate stream for me. And I got a lot of requests for Circle help and community building help. And I would love to do that because I love sharing what I'm doing right now. But because I've been an entrepreneur for 16 years now.
Josh Hall51:55
I know just with what you said, if I derail myself, I'm essentially starting from scratch in the community building world. And then I'm up against you and a ton of others and Tom Ross and others who are like, you know, teaching the community side of things. And I'm all about coopetition, but like, I don't have the time or stomach to like do that right now. And I'm still trying to continue to stabilize Web Designer Pro and grow it to a certain level. So I've had. That's been like the hardest thing for me personally. The challenge has been like reeling myself in and not allowing myself to dive into this other passion thing. I'd love to do anything like that on your end for the past few years or have you been able to do new stuff under Creator Science?
Jay Clouse52:43
The things that I typically start and stop are new products within the Creator Science umbrella. So there's, there's, there's a new offer that I've been thinking about making some progress towards for over a year now. And sometimes I'm just like, why do I not just finish this and launch.
Josh Hall53:02
This, the Creator School?
Jay Clouse53:05
Well, that's one of them. That's, that's another one. There's so, so too. There's. There's a world where I, I build Creator school. There's a world where I make a product around signature products. So another very meta thing. But the lab is just so successful that it doesn't make a whole lot of sense to put my attention elsewhere versus just continue to compound the great thing that we spent four years building there.
Jay Clouse53:37
And then I get into like, I'm.
Josh Hall53:38
Sure you've thought about this. Could it be a course or 100 in the lab?
Jay Clouse53:42
Yeah, 100%. Um, but unless I make that like the core value proposition, there have just been other priorities to do even within the lab than that thing.
Josh Hall53:56
It would be ironic to have a signature product course that is not your signature product exactly like the lab.
Jay Clouse54:05
It's like, hey, I think every creator should have a signature product. I'm going to teach you how to do that. By the way, the lab is my signature product. Well, why did you make a course about signature products then? So it's there, there's like, there's logical fallacies with it, but it's the number one thing people want from me. Right.
Josh Hall54:21
Yeah, I like it. Of all the things you're working on, I mean, I'm excited about the book from what I know about. But the signature product thing, I think that's also a very needed thing in the market. I feel like, I mean, there's all, you know, like there's the $100 million offers and there's a lot about having, you know, your main offers. But, but I haven't personally run across too much that has the verbiage of signature product.
Jay Clouse54:44
And most, most people are hammers with a very specific nail. And so the way I think about products is like, I'm wildly open to the form factor. And I think based on the design of your business, the overall premise of your work, like, I can't tell you that you should have a course, maybe you should have a done for you service, maybe you should have a membership, maybe you should have. All form of things are possible. And so the idea with this is helping you identify which form factor makes the most sense. How to position it, how to price it, how to validate it, ultimately how to build it and launch it. But that's a huge scope and would need a lot of development time to do it to the standard that I do things. And that is new generative creative work, which is pulling from an already exhausted energy source that's currently creating newsletters, podcasts, YouTube videos, and a book.
Jay Clouse55:47
It's just like really hard to be like, where in my week do I have a day to make this the signature product day? And am I willing to cut the amount of, cut the speed of the book in half to take away half of that time? So that's where. That's the type of thing that I get stuck on a lot. I did talk to somebody one time who had a really good point. I said, you know, I don't know that I'll be the creator for creator guy forever. I will probably at some point start something new and when that eats this business, I'll switch to that. And he said, well, if and when you had really high conviction around what your next thing would be, it's actually just a Very high opportunity cost not to devote all your, all of your resources to that new thing immediately because you can grow it faster and then all of that compounds. That's a really, really good point. But I don't have that level of conviction on something.
Josh Hall56:42
Yeah, I've experienced that firsthand when I sold in transit in 2020\. I just, I guess the word I didn't realize I had stumbled onto was conviction. I just felt like if I'm going to do this course creator thing, I just, it's in my nature to just go all in for better or for worse. And I was like, I just can't run two businesses. I don't know how people do it. Maybe they're just not close with their kids, I don't know. But like I just could not do it. So.
Josh Hall57:07
Yeah, hear, hear to that.
Jay Clouse57:09
Yeah, yeah, it's, it's like not close to your kids or sometimes people are really good at resourcing their business and getting things out of their hand and I have never been good at that. It's a big struggle for me because I think even the business today could be much, much bigger if I was willing to take a little bit more risk and hire people and team build. But that's a, that's a new skill set which again will take some resources from me. And it's, it's, it's a matter of priorities and, and sequencing and the risk is thinking about all this stuff so much that you're not actually doing anything. So. There have been periods this year where I've, I've spent so much time like thinking and analyzing and planning and considering that just nothing was happening.
Josh Hall57:55
Have you thought more about ads? You have similar. You and I both have very discoverable, warm methods of outreach to new people. Have you thought about more ads and cold traffic to what you have in place to just extend visibility for your brand and your face and your name?
Jay Clouse58:14
I do.
Josh Hall58:15
But this is a selfish question by the way, because I'm on the brink of rolling this out.
Jay Clouse58:21
I don't really have the assets in place to do that strategy effectively. Because my perspective, if I were to.
Josh Hall58:32
Do give the courses for the lab right course only tier, I do.
Jay Clouse58:36
But from what I see, the people who are doing that game really, really well have a pretty low priced offer of some kind of that then the very obvious next step is the next highest price to offer. I don't have something that's in like the $19 to $29 range that leads nicely into the lab or creator HQ. Cold traffic. It just it doesn't buy higher priced things. You would spend so much money getting a lead that's that qualified and it's probably going to be somebody that you're retargeting. Um, and so I feel like I would need to create net new assets at the lower end of my product suite for that to work. And then I have to figure out like the economics and the ad creative and maybe I'm hiring somebody to do that. So it just quickly spins into this thing where it's like this is a large product that or large project that I'd probably have to devote a month to to get up and running and what's that coming at the expense of? So I, I'm just constantly walking back ideas like this to, you know, the lab works and people like it and I know there are more people in my current audience who would be a good fit.
Jay Clouse1:00:00
Maybe I should send five direct messages to people who would be a good fit. You know, like if I'm trying to get people into the membership ultimately and it's like maybe I should do a low price product and make that new and then figure out the ads product to get or maybe I should reach out to people who I've identified through their activity and email would be a good fit and say have you thought about this? Do you want to talk about it?
Josh Hall1:00:23
Well if I end up rolling this out, I'll definitely do a little experiment in the lab and keep people. My one angle with it is instead of creating new social content as much, which I don't do that much anyway, but I would almost rather create something that could be an ad even if it's to the warm audience, even if it's to members of Pro or maybe folks who have left for any reason and may consider rejoining is to just stay more top of mind with content that I create once and just get out in front of people over the span of 30, 60, 90 days. That's my biggest reason for it. So still works hard about that.
Jay Clouse1:01:00
I've seen a lot of people do it and if I had the assets created, I would feel comfortable hiring an agency to help me get the campaign set up and run them. But yeah, what I've seen from folks who are doing it really well and not only ultimately getting sales but building their email list, it's the right type of person. It seems like they are selling a 19 to 29 something that maybe live, maybe a live challenge. Justin Moore has actually turned a corner on this in a really compelling way and now he, he's like running an ads campaign that pays for itself, that gets people to a webinar and then a large number of those people convert to coaching customers for his, his coaching membership. And that is beautiful, but that at least means that I'm running a live challenge the way he is for some period of time, which is another time commitment. So it's, it's hard when I see so many business models and things that can work and it's like, I could do any of these. Of course I could. I'm very cap.
Jay Clouse1:02:12
I'm very capable, I'm very smart, I have resources. But what games am I going to play in the season? What games do I want to get good at? Because like it's, you can show up and play and have fun or you can say, I'm going to compete here. And increasingly I'm drawing the line of if I'm going to play a game, it's because I want to compete and I can't compete in all of them with my current resource constraints.
Josh Hall1:02:39
That right there, Jay, is wisdom, my man from a decade of doing this. That is, that is not knowledge. That is wisdom. Yeah, man. Here, here. And I'll make sure I link that interview with Justin. That was a great chat. I did listen to that.
Josh Hall1:02:52
Was that too. That was 272.
Jay Clouse1:02:56
Yes, yes, yes, yes. We, we actually that is not the latest information. We were going to record something new, but we haven't yet.
Josh Hall1:03:02
Okay.
Jay Clouse1:03:03
Because that, that basically was like here was my first pass at doing this and it was cash flow positive. He has since done it again and it was like 2x as.
Josh Hall1:03:12
Oh, okay. Well, we, we're, we're pretty far out on podcast right now, so depending on when that comes out, I'll, I'll make sure to. That we get the right one linked up because. Yeah, that actually what, what perked my interest in that. And maybe I'll talk to Justin about that because he's going to be coming on soon. I think that would work really well for web designers. Like that in particular is like a great lead in strategy that could do things in a group style setting without doing a bunch of one on one discovery calls.
Jay Clouse1:03:40
Yeah. And I think your membership is set up better for it than the lab is because the lab is so distinctly peer to peer in a lot of ways. Like we don't have this very linear. Here are the very specific skills you need and here's the set of courses that are going to get you there. And increasingly it's like less and less around coaching from me. So, you know, for him, it's like you're trying to get your first sponsorship. This challenge is going to run and help you get that sponsorship. And by the way, if you like this, you should just work with our team on sponsorship, coaching and similar.
Jay Clouse1:04:14
You could run a similar challenge where it's like, we're going to help you get your first web design client, your next web design client. And if you like this, you should join our coaching membership where we're going to help you do more of the same. I think that would work really well.
Josh Hall1:04:25
That is of big interest. When's that chat coming out? Did you guys already record that chat?
Jay Clouse1:04:29
We haven't recorded it. We haven't even scheduled it. Just message. Justin, can you talk to me about this? Yeah, yeah, we should. I should get back to him on that, though.
Josh Hall1:04:39
Well, speaking of schedules and constraints, I want to honor your time here, Jay. Dude, really great catching up, though. I would have loved to have done this in person. I feel terrible I had to bail on the last couple opportunities with you. But yeah, dude, like I said, just pumped for you. Always learning from you. And I am excited that my audience of web designers, it's interesting to see how absorbent they are of your stuff. It proves to me that all web designers are entrepreneurs, whether they realize it or not.
Josh Hall1:05:09
They're all making content, they're all getting clients, they're all up and offer, they're all figuring out pricing, they're all balancing community relationships. So to all my.
Jay Clouse1:05:18
I say I'm glad to hear it. I mean, if I were to leave them with anything, if this is still on the recording, I was going to.
Josh Hall1:05:24
Ask for a final thought. Go for it. Yeah.
Jay Clouse1:05:26
If they want to get off of the time for money train, you need to hire yourself as your own client. You need to take your own work seriously and probably, like, should be your best, most creative time. To say, like, I'm going to forego a whole client worth of revenue and time, and that is strictly me. If you don't do that, you're just. You're just slowing down that curve.
Josh Hall1:05:55
Well said. Great way to end it, Jay. Till the next one, man. Till round five when I send you a jacket. That was recorded. So it's on record. It's happening. All right, my friend.
Josh Hall1:06:07
I hope you enjoyed this one. Again, the show notes for this episode are going to be at Joshhall Co 408\. Be sure to connect with Jay. I highly, highly, highly recommend tuning into his podcast. It's called Creator Science. It is a YouTube and audio show. It is one of my only, actually, probably, dare I say my only, rarely missed weekly listens. It is just so dang good.
Josh Hall1:06:32
And Jay is such a great interviewer and it's in the name. He is a scientist at heart, so he is finding out what is working well today. So I know it's going to help you as you create content and grow your web design business. The podcast, the newsletter, everything you need is over@creatorscience.com so go check that out. Go follow Jay, tell him you heard him on the Web Design Business podcast and how much you enjoyed the session episode, and congratulate him for being our most repeated guest to date, if you would. All right, my friend, stay subscribed. We got some good ones ahead. Cheers and I'll see you over at the show.
Josh Hall1:07:05
Notes for this one JoshHall Co 4 08.
Josh Hall
When AI videos are just as good as normal videos, I wonder what that will do to YouTube and how it will impact the millions of creators currently making content for a living.. scary times.
>
> — MrBeast (@MrBeast) [October 5, 2025](https://twitter.com/MrBeast/status/1974877494936539169?ref%5Fsrc=twsrc%5Etfw&ref=creatorscience.com)
So I want to expand on my perspective here.
## The case for concern
There have been a lot of valid concerns voiced from an ethical, humanistic, and legal lens. Deepfakes and deceit are a real concern that I have no idea how we ever legislate, since the government is either literally shut down or trying to re-legislate laws passed decades ago.
Let's look at this from a content creator's standpoint: more content is more competition. There is a finite amount of human attention to be absorbed each day in all of these different content feeds – and if there is more supply of content vying for a relatively static amount of demand, competition gets harder than ever.
The fear is that generating engaging content is now limited to your imagination and text. The amount of potential output by any individual has now skyrocketed – and you multiply that across every individual on the planet.
Today, content creators are a minority. But with text-based prompts, anyone can get into the game and compete. Even if 1% of AI slop is as engaging as human-recorded video, a 100x or 1000x increase in AI slop means a HUGE amount of engaging content competing for the same attention.
It's just a numbers game. And I don't think the platforms *themselves* care whether humans or AI slop wins – they care whether ad revenue goes up or down.
## The case for optimism
I don't think these apps were made because we asked for them – I think they're an experiment in the platforms' wars against each other.
TikTok is a global phenomenon. It commands so much attention – attention that Meta, Google, etc. wish they were commanding.
What if AI content is the next most long-shot format?
I think it's a long shot, as I said before – but the potential win is so massive that these companies want to give it a shot. Remember [Quibi](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quibi?ref=creatorscience.com)? It raised nearly $2 *billion*...and died in less than a year.
This is what giant companies do – they take big bets like this. OpenAI probably saw their tools being used to create content to publish on *other* platforms and realized, "What if we had our own platform?"
Just because these platforms exist doesn't mean they'll be successful. We don't know that this type of content is what people want – we're still testing the edges.
When I see AI slop on Instagram, I recoil. When I logged into Vibes and it was *all* AI slop I couldn't last more than a couple of minutes. Maybe I'm in the minority and this *will* take off...but it's not a given.
Every new abundance creates a new adjacent scarcity. Scarcities represent opportunity for value creation and value capture. As content *generation* gets easy – maybe even as attention capture gets easier for some – what becomes hard?
Connection. Emotion. Meaning. Trust.
My plan is to continue to hone my skills and double down on my interests.
And right now, generated video isn't one of them.
### The best and worst income streams for creators (ranked)
URL: https://creatorscience.com/podcast/income-streams/
Last updated: 2026-10-15T12:38:05.000Z
Episode 277
# The best and worst income streams for creators (ranked)
I’ve been a full-time creator for 8 years now and have earned $2,192,000 since 2022\. I’ve spent a LOT of time and money experimenting with different ways to make money on the internet, so I’m going to rank them. The best and the worst.
Oct 7, 202521 min
[Listen now](#listen) [Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-best-and-worst-income-streams-for-creators-ranked/id1498801064?i=1000730538067&uo=4&ref=creatorscience.com) [Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/episode/1LBISGAmwDht4UgPiqNSf3?ref=creatorscience.com) More players
Listen in your app
[Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/creator-science-with-jay-clouse/id1498801064?ref=creatorscience.com)[Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/show/39j9VhklsBs1aLWtkGTWJT?ref=creatorscience.com)[YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/@jay/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Overcast](https://overcast.fm/itunes1498801064/creator-science?ref=creatorscience.com)[Pocket Casts](https://pocketcasts.com/podcast/creator-science-with-jay-clouse/7db47890-2ff0-0138-96e6-0acc26574db2?ref=creatorscience.com)[Castro](https://castro.fm/podcast/5f8d5083-92f5-4a4e-a83e-29a773baa95c?ref=creatorscience.com)[Castbox](https://castbox.fm/channel/id2626956?ref=creatorscience.com)[Podcast Addict](https://podcastaddict.com/feed/https%3A%2F%2Ffeeds.megaphone.fm%2FTPG4024225475?ref=creatorscience.com)Copy the RSS feed


Episode 277 · 21 min
The best and worst income streams for creators (ranked)
−15
0:0021:00
+30 1×
Or listen in [Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-best-and-worst-income-streams-for-creators-ranked/id1498801064?i=1000730538067&uo=4&ref=creatorscience.com) or [Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/episode/1LBISGAmwDht4UgPiqNSf3?ref=creatorscience.com)
## About this episode
I’ve been a full-time creator for 8 years now and have earned $2,192,000 since 2022\. I’ve spent a LOT of time and money experimenting with different ways to make money on the internet, so I’m going to rank them. The best and the worst.
I show you 15 different revenue streams and rate them from S to F based on their potential versus the effort required. By the very end of the video, you’ll know which ones are right for you. And at any point, if you agree or disagree, let me know in the comments.
## Chapters
1. 00:32AdSensePlay ▸
2. 01:36Sponsorship & Brand DealsPlay ▸
3. 03:30Content MembershipsPlay ▸
4. 04:30Done-For-You ServicesPlay ▸
5. 05:27RoyaltiesPlay ▸
6. 06:281-to-1 Coaching & ConsultingPlay ▸
7. 07:38AffiliatesPlay ▸
8. 09:36User Generated Content (UGC)Play ▸
9. 10:17Group ProgramsPlay ▸
10. 11:25Digital ProductsPlay ▸
11. 12:56SpeakingPlay ▸
12. 14:27Live EventsPlay ▸
13. 15:53Community MembershipsPlay ▸
## Full transcript
3,835 words · click any timestamp to play from there
Jay Clouse0:00
Adsense is overrated. In fact, there are seven better ways you can make money as a creator. My name is Jay Clouse and I've been a full time creator for about eight years now, which means I've spent a lot of time and money experimenting with different ways to make money on the Internet. We're going to talk about 15 different revenue streams and rate them from S to F tier based on how much potential they have versus how much effort they require. By the very end of this video, you'll know which ones are right for you. And at any point, if you agree or disagree, let me know in the comments. Let's start with AdSense, which I'm sending straight to C tier. AdSense lives inside a larger umbrella called Programmatic Advertising.
Jay Clouse0:39
This is advertising that's placed programmatically into your content without much or any effort from you. Besides AdSense, another example is the Spotify ad network or SPAN. In podcasting, you don't have to create the ad, you don't have to voice the ad, you barely have to think about the ad. But money just shows up. But you don't have much influence over how successful that ad is. It can feel like an interruption to your content. You may not even be able to control who is advertising in your content. Most creators, YouTubers especially, think getting monetized is having programmatic ads like AdSense.
Jay Clouse1:13
But especially when you're just hitting the threshold for getting monetized on YouTube, this doesn't actually add up to that much money at any audience size. You can monetize more effectively through different revenue streams than programmatic ads, but this does feel like free money. But like Colin and Samir told me in my interview with them, you can't really budget around this or count on it. So all things considered, I give this a C Next up Sponsorship and Brand Deals Starting with Sponsor Integrations Integrations are bits of sponsored content inside your regular content. It's a short ad in your YouTube video, a sponsored slot in your newsletter, or an ad read in your podcast. The nice thing about integrations are they go inside the content you're already making. So it's a nice revenue stream with just a little bit of extra work. But sponsors need to be vetted.
Read the full transcriptClose transcript
Jay Clouse1:59
They are paying to benefit from the attention and trust that you're working hard to earn. And a bad sponsor integration can burn that trust. This may also hurt performance of the content as a whole if it's done poorly. Now let's talk about dedicated sponsored content. These are net new pieces of content that you're creating simply because the brand paid you to. The good thing is typically these pay more than integrations. The bad thing is it takes a lot more effort. You spend a lot more time created dedicated content because again, the brand is paying you to do that.
Jay Clouse2:28
And the other major downside that most creators don't think about is that this comes at a huge opportunity cost. An opportunity cost means the cost you pay for doing thing A when you could be doing thing B, C or D instead. The opportunity cost of doing dedicated sponsored content is that you can't be doing your own content or creating your own products or doing things that benefit your business long term. Dedicated sponsored content is a short term win, but kind of a long term cost. All in. I've earned just over $360,000 in sponsorship since 2022, so it can be a lucrative revenue stream. So here's the takeaway. Brand deals and sponsored content feel like an easy revenue stream.
Jay Clouse3:09
So it's good if you don't have your own products yet. Brands pay you because they know how valuable your audience trust and attention is. They pay you because they make more from the sponsorship than what they are paying you. That means you have the opportunity to be earning more trust and attention with your own products, which we'll talk about soon. For all those reasons, I'm sending this to D tier. Next up we have content memberships. Membership products have a spectrum from content based to community based and we'll talk about both. Content based memberships have premium content behind a paywall, sort of like Netflix.
Jay Clouse3:43
Memberships in general are great because they are subscription based and recurring revenue is the best. It makes month to month finances feel a lot easier, more comfortable and less stressful. These are fairly easy to sell because the value should be obvious. You pay me and you get access to A, B and C on the other side of the paywall. And then you can promote each new piece of content as the reason to join the membership. Right now the challenge is most content memberships are relatively low priced. We're talking ten twenty dollars a month. This means that you need a lot of members for this to become a significant income stream.
Jay Clouse4:14
Content memberships also tend to have shorter lifespans than community memberships, which we'll talk about a little bit later. But if you are able to keep people engaged and sticking around, your income can grow every month without needing a ton of new customers. And for that reason, I'm giving content memberships an A. Next up, we have done for you services. This is right in the name. These are services where you do the work for the customer, they have a specific goal or outcome, they pay you and you do all the work to deliver that outcome. Examples include setting up a tool like Circle, building somebody's website, or managing their social media accounts. Done for your services are the easiest way to get started.
Jay Clouse4:52
People have problems and they're willing to pay for them to be solved. The more painful the problem or the more successful the customer, the more they're willing to pay. Andy Warhol once said that the secret to being an artist is to sell your art to rich people because they have rich friends. And there's some wisdom in that. The problem is these services may be one off projects and once they're done, you're right back where you started looking for your next client. And delivering these services takes a lot of time. It's easy to get stuck doing work for clients and never build your own thing that makes money while you sleep. For those reasons, I no longer offer any done for you services and I give this a rating of D.
Jay Clouse5:27
Royalties Royalties are one of the hardest types of revenue to generate, but arguably the most valuable. Royalties come from licensing agreements. Someone else pays for the right to sell your products and you simply take a cut of what they sell. Some people call this mailbox money because once you have a licensing deal, royalty checks just show up in your mailbox or I guess your email box. The challenge here is getting some sort of licensing agreement. You need to develop and have clear ownership rights over some type of IP intellectual property. A lot of inventors live on licensing deals. They invent some type of tool or technology, they patent it and license that patent to manufacturers.
Jay Clouse6:04
That's a hard game to get into. For creators, your best shot is probably in publishing, with the best example being traditionally published books. The publisher buys the rights to sell your book and you get a royalty on each copy sold. I'm a course instructor for LinkedIn learning. I've made seven courses for the platform and those are publishing agreements. So since 2022 I've earned over $100,000 in royalties. It's hard to do, but when you have it, it is definitely S tier. Next up, we have one to one coaching and consulting.
Jay Clouse6:31
Coaching and consulting may sound like the same thing, but I see them as slightly different. To me, a coach is a great listener who asks the right questions and helps someone arrive at the right conclusion for them. It's sort of like paid mentorship. Consulting puts more responsibility for the outcome on the consultant. It's less about helping the person self actualize or become a better version of themselves and more. Getting to the ideal project outcome as quickly as possible. When consulting requires a lot of direct action implementation work. I then consider it a done for you service.
Jay Clouse7:01
Since 2022 I've earned about $66,000 from One on One Coaching and Consulting. What I like about this offer is that it basically monetizes your brain. It doesn't require prep or much implementation. You get to learn about your audience while also getting paid to help them. It's really quick to set up and start selling, but this doesn't create any type of reusable asset. You sell your time and you have money, but that time is gone and won't be generating any new income for you in the future. Selling any of your time comes at a cost. You could be using that time instead to create content or a more evergreen digital product, which we'll talk about soon.
Jay Clouse7:33
For those reasons, I no longer offer one on one coaching or consulting and I give this a rating of C. Next up we have Affiliates Affiliate sales are easy to get started. You don't need to create a product, you just need to make a compelling case for why someone should buy this product. You can start generating income from referrals right away, but not all affiliates are created equal. There are recurring affiliates and non recurring affiliates. Non recurring affiliate sales are one off commissions on a product that you help sell. If you link to a product on Amazon from your YouTube channel that will generate a non recurring affiliate sale. There are more opportunities to sell non recurring affiliates, and some of these products can be pretty expensive.
Jay Clouse8:10
If you sell a $3,000 camera and get a 3% cut from Amazon, that's $90 in your pocket. But that's still a small cut of a large amount of revenue that you've created for Amazon. And companies who offer affiliates are known for reducing or even eliminating affiliate commissions over time. For that reason, I put non recurring affiliates in the C tier. But now let's talk about recurring affiliates. Recurring affiliate sales come from subscription products, typically software. I'm an affiliate for Circle and Kit. I love both of those products and when I send them a customer, that customer pays them a monthly or annual subscription.
Jay Clouse8:42
So not only do I get an affiliate commission on the initial purchase, but I get a commission every time their subscription renews too. And those commissions are often around 30% 10x the typical Amazon commission. Sometimes recurring affiliates exist in memberships too. I offer members of my community, The Lab, a 25% recurring affiliate commission for anyone they refer to the community. That means that sometimes I send payments of $999.75 for a single referral, and that can recur every year they renew. Recurring affiliates are less common, but still pretty available and easy to get set up. The risk, of course, is that affiliate programs can be reduced or eliminated, and you're still only getting a fraction of the revenue that you're helping to generate. Since 2022, I've earned $108,000 from affiliate commissions, and that's almost entirely recurring affiliate revenue.
Jay Clouse9:29
Because the effort is low and this can become a growing monthly recurring revenue stream. I put this in the A tier. Next up, we have user generated content. User generated content is images, videos, or any type of content showcasing a brand's products. But instead of just posting this through your own channels like a typical brand deal, you give these assets to the brand for them to use however they want on their website, their social accounts. They may run paid ads to it. Brands are constantly looking for this, and you don't need an audience to create content for the brand to post their own channels. This even does give you some practice and experience creating content.
Jay Clouse10:04
But you're not growing your own audience. It's eating into your time, which takes away from creating your own content or creating your own products. And for that reason, I rate this below typical sponsorship and brand deals and give it an F. Next up, we have group programs. Group programs are similar to one on one coaching programs, but instead of spending that time with just one customer, you work with a small group of people at the same time. And really that group can be as big as you want. The great thing about group programs is you can scale your hourly rate. If one person in the group pays $100 for an hour of your time, but you're able to pull a group of five people together, your hourly rate is effectively $500.
Jay Clouse10:42
It's like you're getting the benefit of five coaching clients, but at the cost of one, because you're spending one hour instead of five. Some people also prefer group experiences. Not only can they work with and learn from you, but there's a social component too. They're making friends or they're meeting new collaborators. The challenges here are demand and timing. You need a big enough audience that you have demand for group programs, and that demand needs to be at the same time. If your group program has a specific start date, and it will, you need everybody to be ready to go and paid up before that start date. This is your own product, which I love, and when it works, it really works.
Jay Clouse11:17
I know creators earning millions of dollars per year running a couple of cohorts of live group programs, and for that reason, I'm giving this a B. Next up, we have digital products. Digital products can take a lot of different forms, but they are created and accessed totally online. Examples are courses, templates, and ebooks. These are some of my personal favorites because it's a direct relationship to your audience for a product you made, you control and you know is valuable. Since 2022, I've earned $321,000 from digital products. 60% of that is from courses, and 40% of that is from my Notion Template Creator HQ, which if you're a creator, you should really consider. It's like having a personal assistant, even if you can't afford one yet.
Jay Clouse11:59
There's a link to that in the description. Digital products are great because they have no cost of goods. It's all margin. If you sell a digital product for $100, that's $100 going right into your bank account. Well, minus processing fees, digital products are assets. You build them once and sell them twice, as Jack Butcher would say, except you can sell them an infinite number of times without spending any more time or any more money on development. The challenge of course is making a good digital product. It takes time to build something really good, and if it doesn't take time to make, then someone else will make their own version and sell it for cheaper.
Jay Clouse12:32
Another challenge is that if you're selling courses, they need to be updated periodically. If they become outdated or just start to kind of feel stale, you probably want to update them. And the other downside of digital products is that they are just one time purchases. There's no recurring revenue here. I love digital products. There's a ton of potential here, but because there is a lot of effort involved and no recurring revenue, I give these a solid B. Next up, we have speaking gigs. Speaking is pretty self explanatory.
Jay Clouse12:59
There are a lot of events that host speakers. It seems glamorous and for some speakers it really is. When you're a well known person with a book or some other project, you can get paid really well to speak. I have friends who earn as much as $250,000 for a single speech. That's uncommon. Most paid speakers earn in the four or five figures. I've personally been paid $10,000 as my highest paid speaking gig, and since 2022 I've only earned about $33,000 in speaking gigs. But here's the catch.
Jay Clouse13:28
Most events with speakers don't actually pay their speakers. Maybe they cover Travel and Lodging so a lot of aspiring speakers invest a ton of time crafting talks, building relationships to get on stages that don't pay or pay very little. And then they take a lot of time out of their week to travel, rehearse and deliver that talk. Whether you're paid or not, speaking requires a ton of travel. Full time speakers often spend more nights in hotels than in their own home. To me, the travel and leaving my family just isn't worth it. So the sweet spot here is only taking a small number of speaking gigs that pay really well. Otherwise it's just not worth the time and effort.
Jay Clouse14:03
If you're not getting opportunities for gigs that pay well, then you should focus your time on becoming somebody who can get paid well to speak, build a successful business, write a book, something like that. Leave speaking for later. Speaking only works well for a tiny fraction of people, but for those it works really well. So I'll give this a C rating overall. But if you're an author who can do a few gigs a year and make hundreds of thousands of dollars, it may be S tier Next up we have event tickets. Some creators host their own events as paid experiences. This doesn't necessarily need to be a large scale conference. It could be an online virtual summit, an in person mastermind, or even a destination style retreat like digital products.
Jay Clouse14:41
This is a direct relationship with your audience and a product that you control. You control every aspect of this experience. When people pay for an event ticket, it really shows a level of depth to the relationship. They're willing to invest time to attend your thing rather than doing literally anything else at that time in person. Events are magical. You can't even predict the life changing serendipity that happens when people get together. And if you keep a lot of the details the same, you can build a repeatable format that you do each year, slowly building up the number of attendees. But depending on how big of an event you're doing, this can be a massive investment of time and money.
Jay Clouse15:16
It's risky, it hinges on ticket sales and you spend a lot of cash up front before you begin collecting revenue from the ticket sales. There are also a lot of factors outside of your control besides weather. I know of a lot of creators who lost a lot of money from events that they planned during the COVID 19 pandemic. The sneaky benefit to events is that you can build them to be standalone brands and sellable assets. If you build a great event that happens each year, you may be able to sell that event brand at some point in the future. That's what happened to VidCon. This is a rare opportunity for creators who are typically building brands behind their own name. So for those reasons, I'm giving events a B.
Jay Clouse15:53
Next up, community memberships. Community memberships may include premium content like content memberships do, but they focus more on creating peer to peer experiences. The value in community memberships comes from the interaction between members. This is my personal favorite. Of the $2.2 million my business has made since 2022, 1.2 million has come from my membership community, the Lab. The Lab is my membership for professional creators to experiment and grow together. Everyone in there is taking this content thing really seriously and sharing in real time what's working for them across platforms so that we can all benefit from everyone else's experiments. Community memberships earn recurring revenue, but you have to keep earning that revenue each month.
Jay Clouse16:35
When the value of your membership is in the relationships and interactions you build with other members, some of that is out of your control. You have to create the right environment for people to get value. But a lot of that value comes from the community itself. I can't make people share their experiments. I just have to try and create a culture where people want to do that. Community memberships are a little bit harder to sell too. I can't tell you that you should join the Lab because you'll specifically have a great conversation with Becky that will change your life. But that could happen.
Jay Clouse17:02
It could happen with any of our members. For that reason, most memberships have both premium content and and community interaction. The Lab includes all of my courses and creator HQ. That notion template I was telling you about. It's $1,300 worth of paid products alone. And that's before you get the benefit of learning from others. Memberships may be harder to sell, but they can command a higher price. The lab has three tiers of 699, 1999 and $39.99.
Jay Clouse17:27
A great community membership often has higher retention than content memberships too. As a result, the lab generates 40 to $50,000 per month on average. Community memberships have changed my life and the lives of so many other creators that I know. So I'm giving this an S tier rating. By the way, I know since you've watched this far, you're probably the right type of person to join the Lab. And there's a link in the description to learn more, so some overall suggestions. The best place to start for beginners is affiliates. It's like sponsorship, but you get paid on performance and not upfront but just about anybody can be an affiliate regardless of audience size and some of those affiliate fees are recurring.
Jay Clouse18:01
The quickest way to make money is consulting or done for you services. People will pay you to do work and solve problems for them regardless of how big your audience is. And the best income stream for longevity is community memberships. The Lab just turned 4 years old and has been increasing in revenue every single year. If you want a full list of different product ideas, check out the link in the description and you might have noticed that there was one very common YouTuber revenue stream missing from this list. Merch. And that's because I've just never sold physical products and I can't really rate something I have no experience with. But I have interviewed people who do physical products really really well.
Jay Clouse18:36
And if you want to learn more about merch from some of the best, check out these interviews with Chef PK and Kevin from Epic Gardening.
We have \~24 months until all social feeds go pay to play.
>
> Free organic reach will drop to <10% of what it is now.
>
> This will reset attention economy and break most business models.
>
> Most are not positioned accordingly.
>
> Get it while you can.
>
> — Kallaway (@kanekallaway) [July 18, 2025](https://twitter.com/kanekallaway/status/1946013578307227749?ref%5Fsrc=twsrc%5Etfw&ref=creatorscience.com)
If you're not familiar with Kallaway's stuff, he's really impressive. He obsesses over and wins social algorithms better than just about anyone I know. So when he talks about anything related to social, I listen.
He expanded in the replies:
1\. AI content becomes indistinguishable
2\. AI content flood feeds
3\. Human:AI goes from 100:0 to 10:90
4\. Human stuff can’t cut through
5\. Human creators protest
6\. Social platforms offer paid tier to cut through
Two weeks ago, I saw a (now-deleted) video on YouTube from [Jake Fellman](https://www.youtube.com/@JakeFellman/shorts?ref=creatorscience.com), a creator with \~26M subscribers via YouTube Shorts and \~14M on TikTok. He's an animator specializing in short-form vertical video – really high-quality, attention-grabbing stuff. But this video he published on YouTube caught my attention because it was long-form vlog style (he rarely shows his face). In this video, titled something like "AI Took My Job," he explained how AI-generated short-form video has out-competed him in different short-form feeds.
He said the video itself was a bit of an experiment. His animations typically take \~2 weeks to create, but AI-generated animations can be created in a matter of minutes. He was so frustrated with his loss of views that he was trying anything he could to publish more frequently – hence this long-form video.
The video was hard to watch. Jake was visibly distressed. Again, paraphrasing, he said something to the effect of, "I don't earn a living as an artist. I'm a content creator. And when my content doesn't get views, I don't make any money."
Back to Kallaway...
His prediction seems wild, but the more I've sat with it, the more I tend to agree with it. We're *already* seeing a ton of new, AI-generated content in our feeds. So much so that [YouTube changed their guidelines](https://techcrunch.com/2025/07/09/youtube-prepares-crackdown-on-mass-produced-and-repetitive-videos-as-concern-over-ai-slop-grows/?ref=creatorscience.com) to give itself the flexibility to de-monetize AI-generated content.
The ability to generate bottomless content, made available to anyone on the planet, is radically tilting the supply side of supply and demand on every platform. For those who don't care about building a brand and simply want to maximize views, why wouldn't they just throw as much AI-generated spaghetti against the wall from as many accounts as possible? Most of it will fail, but at some point, this becomes a numbers game: enough total content means that there will be enough positive outliers competing with human-made content in the feed.
## So what will social platforms do?
On one hand, it's easy to be skeptical and think that social platforms will embrace AI-generated content. After all, more content is good, right? They may not even need to maintain monetization programs for creators if they can generate content with AI. Algorithms + AI: a match made in heaven.
Maybe. They're certainly going to experiment. These companies may generate their OWN content using AI to see if they can fill human users' feeds themselves.
But content alone isn't enough.
The incentive of any social platform (including YouTube) is to maximize *human* consumption time. Human consumption means more ad impressions *and* (crucially) more purchases from ads. So, they will do whatever is best for ad revenue (which is almost certainly related to human consumption time). If AI-generated slop expands human consumption time (and that trend seems like it will continue), then they will prioritize that content alongside any other human content that is getting engagement.
If, however, ads placed in/around AI-generated content convert so much worse that it threatens their ads business, they'll find a way to promote human content.
So what's that mean for humans like us who are putting care into our content and trying to make a living from it?
## Algorithm-proofing
I've said for a long time that discovery platforms (social media) should be used to help you reduce your dependency on **discovery** **platforms**. That means quickly de-platforming social platforms to your **relationship platforms**: email, podcasting, private communities, and/or SMS.
I call these *relationship* platforms because they truly facilitate deeper relationships. The emphasis isn't on hooks or new viewers. It's not attention attraction, it's attention retention.
If you've built your platform on social media, that ground is increasingly shaky. I would prioritize investing in some platform(s) you have more control over for the long term. My recommendation for most people is email, and for email, I use and recommend [Kit](https://creatorscience.co/kit?ref=creatorscience.com) *(affiliate)*.
If you have the stomach for it, consider starting a podcast. A major contributor to trust is time spent, and if people want to spend *more* time with you, nothing beats podcasting.
Let me be clear: podcasting is *the most difficult platform to grow*. But that difficulty is a feature, not a bug. If you succeed in podcasting, you'll have a resilient content business.
I've also never been more bullish on community. The Lab is built on [Circle](https://creatorscience.co/circle?ref=creatorscience.com) (affiliate), which I highly recommend.
AI will take a huge chunk out of today's self-paced learning materials like courses, but community-powered experiences will grow. But another word of caution: *having* a community or membership isn't enough. As the number of communities grows, people will get stretched thin and pull back to one or two they truly love. Your aim should be to make the cut.
## Conclusion
The last 15 years have been an audience-building gold rush fueled by social platforms. It's an aberration, not a permanent state. For the last 15 years, there's been more demand than supply for great content. As AI flips that equation, that gold rush will become much more competitive (if not run dry).
But have faith! Strong, audience-driven businesses existed *before* this gold rush and will exist *after* it's over, too. Good old-fashioned word-of-mouth will continue to reign.
That new world won't be won with attention. It'll be won with trust.
### The paradox of book writing AND other things I'm working on [Weekend Update]
URL: https://creatorscience.com/podcast/vm-book-paradox/
Last updated: 2026-10-15T12:40:15.000Z
Episode 264
# The paradox of book writing AND other things I'm working on \[Weekend Update\]
The first Weekend Update: the paradox of book writing, and other things I’m working on.
Jul 18, 20257 min
[Listen now](#listen) [Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/creator-science-with-jay-clouse/id1498801064?ref=creatorscience.com) [Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/show/39j9VhklsBs1aLWtkGTWJT?ref=creatorscience.com) More players
Listen in your app
[Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/creator-science-with-jay-clouse/id1498801064?ref=creatorscience.com)[Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/show/39j9VhklsBs1aLWtkGTWJT?ref=creatorscience.com)[YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/@jay/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Overcast](https://overcast.fm/itunes1498801064/creator-science?ref=creatorscience.com)[Pocket Casts](https://pocketcasts.com/podcast/creator-science-with-jay-clouse/7db47890-2ff0-0138-96e6-0acc26574db2?ref=creatorscience.com)[Castro](https://castro.fm/podcast/5f8d5083-92f5-4a4e-a83e-29a773baa95c?ref=creatorscience.com)[Castbox](https://castbox.fm/channel/id2626956?ref=creatorscience.com)[Podcast Addict](https://podcastaddict.com/feed/https%3A%2F%2Ffeeds.megaphone.fm%2FTPG4024225475?ref=creatorscience.com)Copy the RSS feed


Episode 264 · 7 min
The paradox of book writing AND other things I'm working on \[Weekend Update\]
−15
0:007:00
+30 1×
## About this episode
If you enjoy this episode, please leave a comment on Spotify or a review on Apple Podcasts!
→ [Watch the tour of my basement studio](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gsBg9GdXqIM&ref=creatorscience.com)
## Mentioned in this episode
[Watch the tour of my basement studio ↗](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gsBg9GdXqIM&ref=creatorscience.com)[Subscribe to the newsletter ↗](https://creatorscience.com/)[Join The Lab ↗](https://join.creatorscience.com/?ref=creatorscience.com)
[  Put this episode to work Creator Science Courses Five playbooks built on evidence 2,200+ students · 14-day refund on every courseSee the courses → ](https://app.creatorscience.com/courses?utm%5Fsource=creatorscience.com&utm%5Fmedium=episode-card&utm%5Fcampaign=vm-book-paradox&utm%5Fcontent=episode)
Free every Sunday
### Get the ideas from every episode
Join **65,000+** creators reading the Creator Science newsletter.
Subscribe for free
Up next
[**Colin & Samir on the future of their channel and the creator economy**Episode 263](https://creatorscience.com/podcast/colinandsamir/)
Ask Creator Science
Got a question about your creative business? Jay answers listener questions on the show.
[Submit a question →](https://creatorscience.com/ask/?ref=podcast)
## More episodes about Books
[All 36 episodes →](https://creatorscience.com/tag/books/)
[Episode 272 · Sep 2, 2025Live from CEX: Book sales, book updates, and planning for the future | Justin Moore](https://creatorscience.com/podcast/justin-moore-cex-2025/)[Episode 276 · Sep 30, 2025From self-publishing to traditional and becoming a NYT best-seller | Pat Flynn (Part 2)](https://creatorscience.com/podcast/pat-flynn-book/)[Episode 279 · Oct 21, 2025How we navigate our different internal characters (and her experience as a first time author) | Amanda Goetz](https://creatorscience.com/podcast/amanda-goetz/)
### Colin & Samir on the future of their channel and the creator economy
URL: https://creatorscience.com/podcast/colinandsamir/
Last updated: 2026-10-20T07:05:17.000Z
Episode 263
# Colin & Samir on the future of their channel and the creator economy
Colin and Samir, the most influential duo in the creator economy, on how to build a YouTube channel that stands the test of time.
with **Colin and Samir**Jul 15, 202558 min
[Watch](#watch) [Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/colin-samir-on-the-future-of-their-channel/id1498801064?i=1000717297736&uo=4&ref=creatorscience.com) [Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/episode/59tviNw1G76cxzed9wR2oO?ref=creatorscience.com) More players
Listen in your app
[Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/creator-science-with-jay-clouse/id1498801064?ref=creatorscience.com)[Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/show/39j9VhklsBs1aLWtkGTWJT?ref=creatorscience.com)[YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/@jay/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Overcast](https://overcast.fm/itunes1498801064/creator-science?ref=creatorscience.com)[Pocket Casts](https://pocketcasts.com/podcast/creator-science-with-jay-clouse/7db47890-2ff0-0138-96e6-0acc26574db2?ref=creatorscience.com)[Castro](https://castro.fm/podcast/5f8d5083-92f5-4a4e-a83e-29a773baa95c?ref=creatorscience.com)[Castbox](https://castbox.fm/channel/id2626956?ref=creatorscience.com)[Podcast Addict](https://podcastaddict.com/feed/https%3A%2F%2Ffeeds.megaphone.fm%2FTPG4024225475?ref=creatorscience.com)Copy the RSS feed

Prefer to listen?
This week's guests

**Colin and Samir**YouTube creators covering the creator economy
## About this episode
Colin and Samir's [Website](https://www.colinandsamir.com/?ref=creatorscience.com) / [Twitter](https://x.com/ColinandSamir?ref=creatorscience.com) / [YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/@ColinandSamir?ref=creatorscience.com) / [Instagram](https://www.instagram.com/colinandsamir/?ref=creatorscience.com)
## Chapters
1. 00:00The Most Influential Duo on YouTubePlay ▸
2. 01:08What Are Successful YouTubers Doing Right NowPlay ▸
3. 03:47Relationship Between Consistency and a Strong BrandPlay ▸
4. 12:38What Consistency Looks Like in the C&S BrandPlay ▸
5. 16:27Don’t Commercialize Your PassionPlay ▸
6. 18:51Turning Your Channel Into a BusinessPlay ▸
7. 25:52The Future of MonetizationPlay ▸
8. 29:41YouTubers Are Underselling Themselves to BrandsPlay ▸
9. 39:02Merch as a Revenue Driver Vs Brand LoyaltyPlay ▸
10. 41:12Future of ShortsPlay ▸
11. 44:07What Happens When Thumbnails Become Less ImportantPlay ▸
12. 46:41What’s the Deal with LivestreamingPlay ▸
13. 50:23Venting to Each Other About the World Around UsPlay ▸
14. 55:46Learn How to Secure High Paying Brand DealsPlay ▸
## Mentioned in this episode
[Website ↗](https://www.colinandsamir.com/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Twitter ↗](https://x.com/ColinandSamir?ref=creatorscience.com)[YouTube ↗](https://www.youtube.com/@ColinandSamir?ref=creatorscience.com)[Instagram ↗](https://www.instagram.com/colinandsamir/?ref=creatorscience.com)
## Full transcript
10,955 words · click any timestamp to jump the video there
Colin Rosenblum0:00
Patty Galloway always calls YouTube a click and watch platform. I think it's like a hover and hook platform.
Jay Clouse0:05
That is Colin and Samir, the most influential duo in the creator economy. Colin and Samir started making videos together all the way back in 2012\. But the channel you know and love started with this video in 2016\. Over the last decade, they have gained one and a half million subscribers, generated over 445 million views, and created the central hub where creators of all sizes come to learn from the best in the world. They they're here today to talk about how to build a channel that stands the test of time. In this episode, you'll learn the importance of formats and building a strong brand.
Samir Chaudry0:36
Creators are gonna get lost in this current world where viewership is a really exciting metric. Brand is a way harder metric to track and it's also way harder to create. It requires consistency over time. Finding a format is the path to consistency.
Read the full transcriptClose transcript
Jay Clouse0:49
How to set your channel up for financial success.
Samir Chaudry0:52
First and foremost, don't tie your revenue directly to your channel. Great case study, Mark. Robert didn't leave his full time job until he had 10 million subs.
Jay Clouse0:59
And ask them if they've got any grapes.
Samir Chaudry1:03
So many Jay all the time.
Jay Clouse1:05
And now onto my conversation with Colin and Samir. It seems like right now the pace of change in the whole world, but in the creator space as well, is just so fast to pull from your perspective, from conversations you've had on the show offline, from people who are really in this. What are you paying really close attention to and what are you deciding not to pay close attention to? What do you think the direction of forward progress is moving towards that you're really keyed into right now?
Colin Rosenblum1:32
Yeah, I would say I'm trying to, even as I consume YouTube, Instagram, TikTok, trying to plug into who are the creators who are making repeatable formats, who are doing things consistently and creating brands. You know, I think three to four years ago, as Samir and I were covering the space, there were a lot of trends, right? And it was easy to kind of like hop on a trend and make sure people know about it and educate people because you should be, you know, hopping on some of these trends, some of these best practices for YouTube. And I think now there is just so much coming out on a daily basis. We are so saturated with content that the one thing that matters in my eyes now and moving forward is are you making something consistently, delivering value consistently and creating a brand that people can trust and latch onto because we're just Inundated with so much otherness. There are so many different types of things. There are a hundred variations of every type of content within a niche. And so I think it's really important for creators to sort of put a stake in the ground and understand what they stand for and try and remain consistent.
Samir Chaudry2:37
The one thing that I think is really important to look at is appointment viewing. And what I mean by that is like what's really interesting is as much as we can say that like oh, creators are dominating attention and Hollywood is falling behind. I actually think looking at like Severance and White Lotus, most recently that's appointment television and that moved back from binge model back to the week to week model on HBO Max and on Apple TV and created a lot of like cultural penetration in terms of people talking about these shows. So I think those are the two things that I'm looking at. One, I think everyone should be looking at what is capturing our attention in a sea of just abundance in terms of content and how these like eventized appointment viewing moments are driving a lot of cultural conversation. And then the other side, on the creation side, exploring like what is a world of more self reliant creation look and feel like what does that mean for how content gets produced, how collaboration happens and what that end product looks like for audiences when it's touched by a singular creator plus the support of, you know, a lot of software.
Jay Clouse3:47
What are, what are the important points about why should something be consistent? Like when does consistent become stale? Why is that a feature and not a problem?
Samir Chaudry3:59
Why don't we talk about like some of the best brands in the world? Like what we would the three of us consider like the most iconic brands in the world, like timeless brands like Jay, what do you think of when you think of brand?
Jay Clouse4:09
I mean you have things like Apple, you have Nike, you have luxury goods.
Samir Chaudry4:15
Apple and Nike come up. For me, when someone says the term brand, Nike, Apple, those are like immediate, right? Like I wonder, like let's explore why those come up.
Colin Rosenblum4:24
I think it's the I, it's iconography, it's consistency, right? With both of those brands you can close your eyes and you understand what the logo looks like, you understand the colors that they would use, the types of visuals. That's not to say that those brands don't stray from that and do a ton of experiments and things on the fringes. But more often than not they've kept to a consistent style over time so that we just remember them. I think we talk a lot about memorable views and forgettable views and there are so many things, right? You're scrolling TikTok, you're scrolling a short form feed. You're watching hundreds of videos in a day. How many of them do you actually remember? Right? What's the one that you actually remember and then share to a friend? The chance that you would remember a video, especially on a short form feed, it gets a lot higher if you've seen something similar to it from the same creator before. So I think that's a baseline. It's just like, you know our friend Jack Coyne with Track Star music trivia show.
Colin Rosenblum5:23
It's the same format every single time.
Samir Chaudry5:25
Not only the same format, same question that opens it up.
Colin Rosenblum5:27
Same question. You see the headphones with the Track star logo often he's wearing an orange jacket, right? So I think this is important just to build the brand. When I'm scrolling of like, oh, hey, there's the show I like, right? There's the creator I like. There's Track Star, I'll remember him. But they also sometimes will go to a music festival and create slightly different formats and they'll experiment and do slightly different things. They'll put long form on YouTube. But if you don't have that base level consistency, the likelihood that someone will forget you is a lot higher.
Samir Chaudry5:59
You zoom out at like the longest standing shows on YouTube, like the longest standing creators on YouTube. Two that come to mind are Dude, Perfect and Rhett and Link.
Colin Rosenblum6:09
Right.
Samir Chaudry6:09
Like immediately. That's, that's who comes to mind. Dude, Perfect. Really interesting. They commit like when you ask them what their mission statement is when we've talked to them about it before, it's to be the most trusted brand in entertainment. And I think that is a really impactful mission. You look at Rhett and Link, they've been doing good mythical morning for what, over a decade, right? And they don't miss. I think when you think about like what is the equation for a brand? It's consistency over time.
Samir Chaudry6:34
And consistency has to do with quality, it has to do with values, it has to do with the mission statement, has to do a lot of things, but it's that over time and that unlocks the world for you. Like that level of like consistency unlocks the world for you. And so when you back up, consistency as a creative is really hard to get to. And finding a format is the path to consistency. And so that is like the, the world of building a brand on the Internet today when you can watch just an unlimited amount of content. Today we're talking about recall we're talking about, like, do you step away from your phone and go, I remember that video. That was a good video. That was time well spent.
Samir Chaudry7:16
And when we're talking about to bring this all the way back to Nike and Apple, it's like our recall of Nike, the check mark, just do it. The iconography of it is like that. And a lot of that is also because they have a set of values. We can, like, close our eyes and imagine a Nike campaign, and that's really important. Close our eyes and imagine an Apple campaign. And they can experiment. Apple can launch the Apple Vision Pro and it can not go well. And Nike can try a few different things and they can not go well.
Samir Chaudry7:42
But the thematic kind of consistency of the brand is rooted in the, like, consistency over time of like, you know, Air Jordans or like, the dunks. Like, these are the. That's their engine. That's their, like, consistent format. And then they can have experimentation around that. But you have to have that engine so that people know who you are, what you stand for, what it is. Over time, I think a lot of creators are going to get lost in this current world where viewership is a really exciting metric. Brand is a way harder metric to track, and it's also way harder to create.
Samir Chaudry8:14
It requires consistency over time.
Jay Clouse8:16
This brings to mind a couple things for me. One, did you guys watch Survivor?
Samir Chaudry8:20
I didn't.
Colin Rosenblum8:21
I've seen some seasons of it.
Samir Chaudry8:22
One of my friends was on Gabon. Survivor. Gabon. So I watched a couple episodes of that.
Jay Clouse8:26
But, yeah, Survivor, I think, is one of the greatest television shows ever made. I didn't get into it until the pandemic, and I just needed something to fill the time. But that is extremely consistent in format to the point where at any point in the episode, I have a pretty good chance of knowing what Jeff is going to say. The host, he's like, all right, I'll read the votes.
Samir Chaudry8:45
Or, like, where the villain is gonna come in or where the. Yeah, like, they just. There's. There's a formula to it and they experiment within that.
Jay Clouse8:51
But, I mean, it's Survivor 48 right now. They've been doing this for 24 years, two seasons a year. So there's something to be said about that. And this format I'm talking about goes back to season one. It's crazy how much they got right and just stuck with. And the question is, do they get it right and stick with it, or is it right because they stuck with it? Sort of. This also brings to mind I had a conversation with an executive from Procter and Gamble one time and we were talking about brand because, you know, Procter and Gamble has crest. It has everything, right.
Jay Clouse9:19
And he said the point of brand is to take, I forget the exact word. It's. I think he said a second order consideration or a first order consideration. And make it a second order consideration. Basically you're saying like a great brand means that you don't have to think that much or do product comparisons. You just trust the brand itself so much that you go with that option. Right. Unconsciously.
Jay Clouse9:41
And I think that's kind of what you're speaking to with this recall and trust. A brand that we know we're going to get when we tune into it. And we tune into it because we know what we're going to get.
Samir Chaudry9:54
That can be hard as a creative individual. Right. Again, someone like a Sean Evans who's been doing hot ones for over a decade as well. Formats are these unbelievable containers for creatives to like build something. But then also you are over a decade as you go through your own changes as a creative person, if it's successful, that's the thing you're going to be doing for the, for, for the remainder of maybe your creative career or some iteration of it. And so I think it is very important to like not look on such a short term window when you're building formats. To actually ask yourself the question is like, is this something I could do first? The first thing we ask creators is like, can you produce this format for 52 weeks? I think that's really important. Like, could you do this every week for the next 52 weeks? One year, can you make this format? And the next question as you zoom out, it's like, if this is the thing that hits is can you do this for the, for the, for the rest of your creative career? And it's an interesting question to ask yourself as you're developing formats and exploring what, what you want to do across platforms.
Jay Clouse10:54
Stick around. We'll be right back. And now onto my conversation with Colin and Samir. So how does this play into the Colin and Samir brand or the published brand? How are you thinking about formats consistency? How is this consideration leading your thinking right now?
Colin Rosenblum11:14
I mean, I would say for us, when it comes to the Colin and Samir show, that's something that started out on Audio in 2018\. So there was no video to our podcast. It was just Samir and I talking with each other about, you know, what it's like to try and embark on this creative career, to try and make it work. And the moment we took it to video in 2020, 2021, that's when for the first time, we were able to deliver the same value to creators consistently every single week. That was the first time we realized that we had a format and a process that would let us do that every week. And so flash forward to today. Our business is more multifaceted. We do have things like publish the newsletter creator startup, our education.
Colin Rosenblum11:58
And when you actually look back at last year, we're not putting out an episode and video on YouTube 52 weeks out of the year. Right. So even now, this year, we're looking at the Colin and Samir show and our interviews, which are our engine, and thinking, what changes can we make to actually get closer to that? If we had to, we're still like dissecting and looking at our post production and breaking it down and realizing that, oh, you know what? We actually, we say you should be able to make 52 of these. With the, with our current business, I actually don't know if we can. And so we're still looking at it and going, all right, we need to make some changes, make some adjustments to try and try and get there so that we can remain consistent as a brand. We can have that engine, which is the show, which helps us deliver value every week, and then we can breathe a little bit and have time and space to experiment, which I think is really important. Just as a creative person, you need to be able to experiment. But it's also important for the evolution of your brand and for your audience to know these guys have not gotten complacent and are just putting out an episode every week because they have to.
Colin Rosenblum13:01
Right. Or it's because it's the box that they've put themselves into. They're still evolving and pushing and their story is changing. And I can follow that.
Samir Chaudry13:08
I think also, like, that's where, you know, the ancillary products like the published press comes into play. Right? Because that since that has launched, correct me if I'm wrong, but we have not missed Ascend.
Colin Rosenblum13:18
Never.
Samir Chaudry13:18
Never. We've never missed Ascend. Maybe we've been like an hour late. If there was like a technical difficulty with Beehive, but, like, we've never missed a day to send that. And creating formats like that, where you can be really consistent over long periods of time, I think is super important, but also not pouring all. You're like the published press. Three news stories a week. We have writers who help us with that.
Samir Chaudry13:41
We have, you know, we have an editor we're able to operationalize that to ensure that's a consistent product. I think when it comes to me and Colin, like even within each episode of the Colin and Samir show, there's a bit of variation. The like consistency is it's me and Colin and we're going to be talking about the world of like the creator economy. We're going to talk about creativity on the Internet, we're going to talk about digital entertainment. Sometimes it's gonna be with the guests, sometimes it's gonna be with us. But there's actually quite a bit of variation amongst each format. It's not super formulaic episode to episode. Having that engine of the published press and having a newsletter like that, that does allow us to stay consistent.
Samir Chaudry14:18
It's been years now and we send three a week and we just don't miss.
Jay Clouse14:22
Yeah, obviously you guys have the interviews, you have some of your solo videos where it's just the two of you talking. Before this conversation, I rewatched the video you guys had about YouTube is changing. I really loved that episode. I mean I watch most of your episodes. I love your episodes. I also really love the documentary style stuff you guys do. And I know like you have this history and passion with documentary style stuff. I imagine it's a pretty big lift to do one of those things.
Jay Clouse14:50
Where does that live in the current Colin Samir brand? Are you thinking about that as a more repeat format?
Samir Chaudry14:58
I think you have to be so unbelievably careful to commercialize the thing you love doing. I think you have to be really, really careful with that. You know, the thing that's like a deep love and passion, you know, I've talked to a lot of creatives of like what's your dream project? You know and they're like, pitch me a dream project. Make amazing. Put that one over here. Now what do we think is a good strategic project for you? Right, let's do that one. There's a lot of ways to like develop a format and a container for yourself to do this like engine, right? And again what we're talking about of like, hey, can you do this for a long period of time? Docs for us I think are like deep passion. We get really excited.
Samir Chaudry15:35
They are so unbelievably hard to make. They take a lot of bandwidth, a lot of mental bandwidth as guys who, you know, got into this as filmmakers, like we want our hands to be all over those. So they're not scalable. It's not a scalable format for us. So from a Business perspective, you zoom out and you're like, could we become documentary filmmakers? Maybe that business is a lot harder. And. And I think if it became my source of income and my source of revenue, I might have a not great relationship with doc filmmaking.
Colin Rosenblum16:06
So, yeah, when we do those, we don't bring on much help.
Samir Chaudry16:09
Yeah.
Colin Rosenblum16:09
You know, it's generally like Samir and I and one other historically that we've done these projects, and they are so wrapped up in our identity that it is painful for everyone in the company, and it's painful for us. I am not sure how to make that a business.
Samir Chaudry16:24
You're a writer, right, Jay? Like, you want to write a book?
Jay Clouse16:27
I mean, that is a tough question to ask.
Samir Chaudry16:29
Like, if you.
Jay Clouse16:30
If we get into, like, identity questions, like, you a writer? Are you a creator? Are you a YouTuber? It's like, oh, my God.
Samir Chaudry16:34
But I'm saying, you want to write a book, right? From. Yeah, you want to write a book. So I think it's very similar of like, well, Jay, why don't you just write a ton of books? You know, I don't get it, if that's the thing. Like, why don't you just write a bunch of books? Yeah.
Jay Clouse16:47
Yeah.
Samir Chaudry16:48
That's how I feel about filmmaking.
Jay Clouse16:50
Yeah. Oh, man. Okay. That resonates with me strongly because they're. There is, like, a certain class of projects that you hold in such high regard that even just doing it is kind of a threat to your relationship to the thing, let alone, like, the external feedback or whatever. Like, just doing it and seeing do I even have the stuff to do that actually is such a risky thing for your psyche. So now I totally understand where you're coming from. Let's talk about where YouTube lives in your business and how you think YouTube should kind of live in the business of creators getting started today.
Jay Clouse17:24
Because I think a lot of creators who are getting started on YouTube. YouTube is the business. It is everything. You guys have expanded beyond the channel, beyond the podcast. We talked about publish already. You mentioned creator startup. So talk to me about the portfolio of a creator's business and content and where you think that is headed or where people should be looking as they're moving forward.
Samir Chaudry17:48
And we're talking about an upstart creator, like someone who just started out on YouTube, or are we talking about, like, how deep into the journey?
Jay Clouse17:58
I think we could talk about both, given that you see that there's a difference between an upstart versus somebody who's been doing it for a while. Let's talk about Both cases, I think.
Samir Chaudry18:04
The first and most important thing to do that we did not do is to not tie your income to YouTube. When you start a YouTube channel, that might sound unbelievably obvious to people listening, but it wasn't obvious to us and it's something that we did. And if you look at, there's this graph of the Colin and Samir YouTube channel and if you just go to our lifetime revenue or lifetime, you know, whatever dashboard and you look at the first five years, it's essentially like a flat line. And a lot of that is because when we first started out on YouTube, we started experimenting with the Colinus Mirror channel, having a lot of fun making videos, but people weren't really watching them. And then once financial pressure hits, you start having to make decisions that are very different and starting to find projects that'll pay you and starting to take deals that might work for you on YouTube. And so when people ask me like, hey, do you think it's too saturated right now to start a YouTube channel? Like, could I find success on YouTube? My response is always like first, what's your relationship to making videos? Like, do you enjoy the process of making videos? And two, do you have three to five years? And you know, that might sound really aggressive, but I truly believe that like actually getting good at it to make it a, a substantial thing that's building, like building a real brand probably takes like three to five years to figure out. And you know, we have outlier cases, we have erak who did it in a year, we have like a couple of cases here and there. But I really think that that's what it takes to build a channel.
Samir Chaudry19:30
So first and foremost, don't tie your revenue directly to your channel. Great case study. Mark Robert didn't leave his full time job until he had 10 million subs. Don't have to get that aggressive, but just think about that as you start. Then as you get into the business, I would say you're split up in the world of like you're in business to business advertising and you're in direct to consumer payments. Those are like the two sides of what you could do as a creator. Business to business advertising is split into two. One is AdSense.
Samir Chaudry20:01
That's the check that YouTube's gonna gonna cut you as you become a part of the partner program. And that check is magical. It just shows up, you just make videos. Depending on your niche, let's say you're in the credit card niche, maybe you have a higher cpm, maybe you're not in the entertainment niche, you have a lower cpm. But no matter what, that check is going to show up. The most important thing that we did early on was we left that AdSense check off of any of our budgeting. No projected revenue against that, no hiring against that number. We were just really cautious with that because you have very minimal control over it.
Colin Rosenblum20:37
And that number was magic, but it was also magically small. It was a very long period of time. So in the beginning didn't make sense to budget it in, but as it started to creep up and kind of grow exponentially year over year, we still keep it out of the budgeting. Yeah, because we don't really control that.
Samir Chaudry20:52
Even to this year because we know that tomorrow, based on market factors, based on all types of different things, very possible that that check goes away or just looks really different. The second way is through like direct brand relationships through brand deals. I think there's a stat that's like 92% of creators make the majority of their income through brand deals. That is going to be your, your bread and butter. And in order to be effective at brand deals, you have to take a step back and understand a few things about your channel. The first is, who is the audience? Who is the, who are you talking to? The next is what is the value proposition to that audience? Then you need to understand, do I have a consistent way of delivering that value to that audience? Then you can start thinking about brand deals. We have an educational program called Creator Startup Pro. We essentially walk you through building a pitch deck for brand deals for your business and for your YouTube channel.
Samir Chaudry21:47
It's the exact pitch deck we used when we started selling brand deals. And I think it's a really important exercise to recognize like you're, you're not just in the business of viewership. It goes back to what we talked about in the beginning of this episode. You're in the business of building a brand and you have to understand again, who is that audience? Why are they watching? Can you deliver that on a regular basis? And then what is the ad product that someone can buy from you to actually integrate into that? That's going to be the lion's share of your revenue. Once you get into the point of like regular inbound brand requests, like you're getting emails of, hey, we want to sponsor your show, we want to do a multi video sponsorship on your channel, then you're getting to the point where you're like, okay, this could be a real thing. Now the other side of monetization is the direct to Consumer side that's going to be, let's say you have merchandise. So you could be a E commerce business that wants to use YouTube as lead gen and go. Actually we're direct to consumers.
Samir Chaudry22:43
So our monetization comes from people buying our product. Could be a digital product. Like we have courses, you have courses, people sell notion templates. Like you could sell a digital product like that or it can be, you know, a membership, a subscription platform, something like you have as well or like a Patreon or something like that. And that's a different monetization model. Cody Ko and Noel Miller, when they started on YouTube, you know they were working full time jobs at full screen. They made this, this, this kind of campaign around like once they got to 2,000 patrons, Noel would quit his job and, and go full time as a creator. They did that.
Samir Chaudry23:16
That Patreon ended up growing really big. So that's kind of the pie chart that I would say of like monetization and how to explore your own journey. I would say the classic steps are like Adsense is probably going to be one of your first checks if you're a YouTube creator. Your second and the most substantial is going to be brand deals. And then as you go further, you're going to explore how to engage with your audience on a direct level if you want to do that.
Jay Clouse23:42
It's so interesting, it's so counter to my story as I entered the world of video. That is absolutely the typical path that I see. But coming from the world of mostly writing email, brand deals are this thing that people turn their head like what? I could add sponsors to my emails and they're doing fully direct to audience sort of offers. And it's so interesting because like the obvious answer is you do both and you do like the ideal mix to the degree that you can. Before I kind of go down that pathway, I'm curious to hear where you think that is going in terms of brand deals and even Adsense. As time passes, is the pie growing there? Is it getting easier to get money from those two areas or is it getting smaller?
Samir Chaudry24:29
I think the brand deal pie is getting bigger. I think we're still at a point where like brands are shifting dollars to the world of creators now. I think the important conversation there is long form versus short form. I think the reality is there's probably in the short term more brand dollars that shift into short form. And a lot of that is because brands can run short form content as like paid media. It works across every platform. They can use the asset in Multiple different ways. And when a brand comes to a creator to make a short form piece of content out of the 60 seconds of content, a lot more from a percentage basis is the brand's messaging than a long form integration.
Samir Chaudry25:11
And so while the long form integration I think will be around for a long time, as you start to see like Unilever just hired a new CEO who's like 37 years old and wants to shift a large portion of their budget to creator marketing, I think that's going to show up in short form content. So I think that's where the brand dollars are moving. I think AdSense will continue to increase. YouTube is the most watched app on connected TVs. Like the television advertising business, the linear TV advertising business, which is 160 billion plus dollars, that probably will start to move small, in small chunks over to the YouTube world and continue on that path that it's been on for a while.
Colin Rosenblum25:50
I do believe though, with short form brand deals you have a less engaged viewer. Not always, but I think you're more likely to have a less engaged viewer. It doesn't mean you can't have a less engaged viewer in a long form video. But I think if you hit it right, a long form integration is way more impactful. Right. Because you have a viewer who almost has given you permission. You've made it so far into the video and if you do the integration right and it actually elevates the messaging and the experience for the audience, the likelihood that it again will be memorable and not forgettable is higher.
Samir Chaudry26:27
Yeah, I find podcast, I mean this is not like self service, but I find like my own consumption habits and purchasing habits. I am very influenced by podcast ads and maybe that's just because of my age or the medium that I'm in. But like we talked about this with Tim Ferriss when he was on like Tim Ferriss, reading an ad was like a high likelihood that I was gonna buy, right. And so I think that comes down to like the best marketing is word of mouth, right? Like there's no better marketing than your friend telling you about something. And because of that you explore like where is the scaled version of word of mouth and like podcasting and long form conversation. That's, that's the scaled version of that.
Colin Rosenblum27:09
I also think brand deals are going to get better as they become a little bit more custom, as the experiences are more custom and they really elevate the experience and not interrupt. So destroying. Who's a football creator, a sports creator that we've had on the show? His hit series is this one on one series where someone, you know, they have like a competition series, you can win $10,000\. He goes to different markets and people compete one on one to either catch a ball or block the ball. And the NFL came in and partnered and said, hey, you're doing that series. It's your most watched series. Why don't we do it in NFL markets, in NFL stadiums, Right? So they came in and like, really partnered deeply and elevated that experience for his audience. And I think that's really where long form brand deals, when they're at their best are gonna move.
Colin Rosenblum27:52
When a brand comes in and realizes, hey, we're not just asking you to take up 60 to 90 seconds and deliver our messaging, even if it's relevant to your audience, we're not asking you to do that. We're actually gonna find something that elevates the experience overall.
Jay Clouse28:05
I agree. I love that example, but it also strikes me as like, that is a 1% versus 99% brand deal, right?
Samir Chaudry28:13
Yeah. Yeah.
Jay Clouse28:14
The impression I've gotten as someone who gets like, more inbound than I used to, the inbound that I get from brands most of the time is like laughable to me. The impression I get is that so many creators are just wildly underselling themselves. They're doing like dedicated content, whatever format for these brands for very little money. Like, I had a brand come to me that was a legitimate brand, and they asked about sponsoring the channel and I gave them our typical rate, which is in the thousands of dollars for an integration. And they're like, how about $300? And I said, well, no, we have more demand than supply and that would not work. They said, well, it's a test and if it goes well, then we'll do your typical rate. And I can see a circumstance for doing that. But also, again, I have more demand, the supply, so I don't need to do that.
Jay Clouse29:08
I just kept saying no, and they kept incrementally raising their offer just to a no email. So it's like, I think a lot of creators are saying yes too early and promising more than they need to. Yeah, I really want more creators to just like push further on the worth, especially if they're doing dedicated content.
Samir Chaudry29:30
I have a ton of thoughts on this, actually. So, number one, I think creators are not a replacement or even similar in any way, shape or form to your advertising that you bought on Facebook or that you buy on Facebook. Right. Like, and I think sometimes that is, they're equated where it's like hey, yeah, we're just going to do a test with Jay. We'll spend as much as we would have spent on a, on a post on, on Facebook. We'll see how the responses, we'll see how conversions are and we'll go from there. I think that's like a completely incorrect view of what a creator is and what a creator does because there's, there's a part of it that's just like, hey, you're getting the space and the time no matter what. It's like a TV ad.
Samir Chaudry30:17
Now. Your ability to convert as a brand is not on me as the creator, it's on you. And if you want that to be more of a relationship, then I need to really look into your conversion funnel and understand like how good the places where I'm sending my audience to, to actually get a conversion. And so if my job is to talk about the brand and that's going to live in my content forever, it's a baked in integration, like that's extremely valuable. I totally agree with you. Now how to, how to defend against that, like that inherent desire when you, when you're. First of all, I think there's an element of validation where it's like as a creator, the validation comes from a brand wanting to work with you and making money from your content. You might be willing to accept a lower rate if you're just starting out and trying to figure out, like trying to make this a thing.
Colin Rosenblum31:02
There's also fear that the alternative is no money.
Samir Chaudry31:05
Right?
Colin Rosenblum31:05
Right. Like you understand your supply and demand, but not all creators understand and many times will find themselves in a situation where they might think this is their last opportunity for a while.
Samir Chaudry31:15
And that's why I think unbelievably important that in the beginning you aren't tied financially to your channel so that you can say no is really hard. But to build a mechanism to say no. What we did and what we work on in Creator Startup Pro is building a brand deal floor price. So basically going, what is my floor price? Like what is just that no matter what, I will not go lower than this price. And I think a lot of that actually has to do not with CPMs or not with metrics just based on your own lifestyle and your own desire and your own like, circumstances of how much money you want to make from your channel. Now sometimes your floor price is going to be way higher than your market rate. And that means that you need to grow your audience, you need to make your content better, you need to get there. But I really think you need to be in a position to say no to anything under your floor price.
Samir Chaudry32:12
How we did this to make sure that we weren't underselling ourselves is actually just develop materials so that when we get that email, hey, thank you so much for reaching out. Here's our pitch deck, right? And that actually has our pricing in it. And that pricing is rooted in this month. So this is February pricing. We're not committed to it. If you want to come back in March, if our rates have gone up, here's our February pricing. And you immediately weed out people by going, here's my rate. Now, a lot of people think that's counterintuitive from a negotiation perspective, because they're like, why would you show your cards? Why would you go, hey, it costs.
Samir Chaudry32:46
It cost $5,000 to work with us? Well, a lot of that is just to also keep you focused on the content. If that's your floor price and you go, hey, it's $5,000, we sell these in packs of three. It's a $15,000 buy. If you want to work with the Colin and Samir show. Okay, great. Basically, are you in or not? And you can go, that's too expensive for me. Okay, sounds good. All good, or, hey, actually, that works great.
Samir Chaudry33:11
Boom, we're done. This is how it works now. We have a. We can operationalize it and build a system for it, and I can stay focused on the content. So I think there's a lot of considerations when it comes to brand deals, and it's not just money. A lot of it also has to do with, like, time, space, ability to deliver value to your audience. Is this the right partner? Are they measuring success based on conversions? All kinds of considerations when it comes to the world of brand deals.
Jay Clouse33:35
To go back to your point about trust, Colin, and the reference to your episode with Tim. I love that episode with Tim. Tim very rarely does interviews, so I'm just so excited to listen to them. And I thought his interview on your show is one of the more unique ones. It got me thinking about our own ad opportunity or ad operations, because what I realized was every integration to our audience is an endorsement. Whether I think it's an endorsement or not, I should probably think of it as an endorsement. And so I've really tightened the aperture on what we do across the business from a brand deal perspective. Because if it's an endorsement to the person receiving it, what if we started with that assumption? And how enthusiastically could I then actually, in integrity, endorse these brands and have these Outcomes of, okay, when Jay advertises somebody, I know I can take them seriously and trust him on this, but it really tightens the window of who you accept, which can be a real problem if you don't have a lot of opportunities.
Jay Clouse34:35
Obviously, it's kind of a luxury problem to have. But I totally agree with your idea of don't hinge your budget on this. But then that kind of begs the question, how do I pay the bills then if I can't hinge my budget on it? I'm just getting started and I'm not getting a ton of revenue. And I think that's the other side of the equation of can you find means of monetization that are not brand deals and are not adsense?
Colin Rosenblum34:59
Yeah, I mean, I think one of the most important things we ever did in the very early stages and something we go into in Creator Startup Pro as well, is like, look at how much money do we actually want to make? Okay, there's two of us. This is how much money we want to make, how much money we need to make. All right, here's how many episodes we can make in a given month. Let's divide that amount by these episodes. Let's say we could make that much money per all of these episodes. How many do we need to make? I remember the first time we ever did that with our rate, which when we were first starting out was probably around $1,200 in integration, we realized, oh, my gosh, we need to make like eight of these a month. That is not realistic. And even if we could make eight, there's no way we could fill all of those.
Colin Rosenblum35:39
We can't have 100% fill rate on those videos. So, okay, wow. We need to take a major step back. The reality is we may only fill one to two of those a month. Right? And we can only make four. So now we're able to look and go, well, clearly this cannot support our lifestyle, so we have to look elsewhere. And we did turn into a bit of, like, a freelance production company. That was our solution for the time being.
Colin Rosenblum36:03
And so I think it is a. As you said, it's a luxury to be able to say no. But I think you have to fight to stay in that lane of being able to say no. Right? Because Samir always says this, but, like, you are what you say no to, right? And you will benefit long term if you're able to stay in that pocket and say no.
Samir Chaudry36:22
I think Colin said in our video, it's called, like, 13 Years of YouTube Knowledge and something like that.
Colin Rosenblum36:29
46 minutes.
Samir Chaudry36:29
46 minutes. His advice to new creators, number one, was, Get a job. Get a job. That's not YouTube, because, like, just, again, I can't. I can't harbor that enough. Like, giving yourself the time and space to let YouTube develop is going to give you a lot more longevity. It just is. Versus getting, like, stressed a year in and being like, I need to be able to support myself.
Samir Chaudry36:52
You're going to start making decisions that are, you know, gonna lose trust. And Tim Ferriss said this on the show. We keep bringing him up, but he said trust is gained in drops and lost in buckets. And I think that's an incredibly important thing to do. And you want to put yourself in a position to make decisions that are in line with your number one customer, which is your audience. Right? Your audience is there for the product of value. They are your customer. You have to make decisions in line with them and the value that you promise to provide to them.
Jay Clouse37:27
Do you guys look at your merch line as a revenue generator or as like a brand loyalty move?
Colin Rosenblum37:34
Brand loyalty, yeah, the latter.
Samir Chaudry37:36
But I think it could be a revenue.
Colin Rosenblum37:37
I think it has the opportunity to be. We just have not put a ton of time and energy into operationalizing it, right? Making sure that we've had the same hat design for four years. So clearly there's like a missed opportunity there. We could have someone who's helping us the decision. We did that so that we could build brand and so that people recognized it as it started to show up. But clearly, if we had, you know, someone spending more time and energy than us, I think there could be a revenue opportunity.
Samir Chaudry38:05
Would absolutely love to make it a bigger thing, like, for sure. And I think it's an opportunity for us to collaborate with more artists and do interesting collaborations on the merchandise. It's a great canvas and, like, you know, for how little we have spent time on the merchandise, I think we did spend a lot of time thinking through the hat. We were very particular about the hat and very particular about which colors we.
Colin Rosenblum38:28
Did and the whole brand of starting.
Samir Chaudry38:30
It out, brand itself. But, like, there's nothing greater than seeing how many people wear that hat. Like, to me, that is like the coolest thing and the best thing is that we see that people sometimes post on Instagram. They're like, I made a friend because he was wearing a press publisher. That. That to me is boom. That is. That's community.
Samir Chaudry38:48
That's like the. The real manifestation of our audience and like a big service to the world. That I would want. Like, everything that I feel proud of in our business is like stuff that I wish I had 10 years ago. And so I think, you know, knowing that someone can walk up to someone else and immediately have context and know that they're part of the same tribe of stuff that they're into just by wearing a press publish hat or press publisher, like, to me that's super cool and that's what I craved, you know, 10 years ago. And so anything that we always said.
Colin Rosenblum39:18
Like, you know, we're huge Casey Neistat fans, as I'm sure a lot of people are, but we always said we would have loved a shirt that said do more in the style of the tattoo that he has on his arm. Right. To like signify that we were watching those vlogs and we were a part of that community. And for us, the press publish logo, the hats, the shirts, I think that's what that is.
Jay Clouse39:37
What do you think is the evolution of shorts? We see that views are being changed in the way they're counted. What do you see as the role shorts plays in YouTube and for creators?
Samir Chaudry39:49
I find myself more and more getting faced with decision paralysis and long form content and jumping straight into the shorts feed. I don't know if other people are like that. I actually don't even know if Colin's like that. But I watch a ton of shorts. I don't think it's actually the question of where shorts nets us out. I think it's the question of how fragmented our attention gets over long periods of time. Because I'm, you know, I'm a guy in his mid-30s, but I talked about severance and White Lotus. I could barely watch some episodes of severance without reaching for my phone because I need that, like, that quick hit of like the next piece of content.
Samir Chaudry40:24
I think shorts will always have like a place. I don't think they're like the greatest monetization mechanism from a content perspective, but I do think they are a lower barrier to entry for content, high opportunity for attention. You just have to be really careful that you're not just building views, that you're actually building a brand.
Colin Rosenblum40:44
Yeah, I don't believe yet that YouTube shorts specifically dictates or drives culture. Like a TikTok or Reels. Right. Like you can send someone really easily a TikTok or a reel. It's a unit of conversation to connect you with someone else. And I don't find that shorts Just because YouTube is not a messaging platform. So I think that's a huge Barrier to if Shorts is able to really become a culture driver. I think right now it's just extra data.
Colin Rosenblum41:13
Right. That hopefully maybe informs a viewer if they want to watch your long form. But I'm not sure that short people in a short form feed are even really thinking about going long form.
Jay Clouse41:21
What's also really frustrating about Shorts, my wife loves TikTok and she uses it like a search engine like crazy. We want to go buy this couch from Costco. She's going to find a specific TikTok. Reviewing that couch on Costco.
Colin Rosenblum41:34
Totally.
Jay Clouse41:34
When, when TikTok was banned, she could not find that same content on YouTube. It was not the same experience for her. She was very frustrated, which is ironic because YouTube is a search engine historically and it's just not the same experience.
Samir Chaudry41:46
When it comes to short form content like Instagram. I don't think we can overlook Instagram. Instagram feels like in the US a major cultural epicenter. Like when I post something on Instagram in conversation, it is brought up to me a lot more than if I post something on YouTube. And I think a lot of that is just because that is kind of this like cultural operating system of the United States. And I think messaging, like Colin mentioned is a major reason for that. Like people are messaging a lot on Instagram, People are messaging each other content on Instagram. And I think Instagram is like this major social hub.
Samir Chaudry42:24
And so I actually think if I was like zooming out and thinking about short form content, I would think Instagram as like my main destination.
Jay Clouse42:33
Don't go anywhere. We'll be right back. And now please enjoy the rest of my conversation with Colin and Samir. What about a scary prediction, something that you think might happen, and if it does, that would be a net bad thing for the creator space.
Colin Rosenblum42:49
I don't know if this is a bad thing, but this is something that I've been noticing very recently with the way that I watch YouTube specifically on TV. As you're on the homepage, you can hover over a video and it Auto plays for 40 seconds. 40 seconds is a lot of time for me to understand if I want to watch that video or not. And I know it registers as a view and it becomes part of your watch history. But I am watching way less longer form videos because I can just hover and see what it's like and then move on. I know Patti Galloway always calls YouTube a click and watch platform. I think it's like a hover and hook platform.
Samir Chaudry43:26
Yeah.
Colin Rosenblum43:27
The more that it's being watched on TVs, I think your hook becomes unbelievably important now that thumbnails maybe become a little bit less important.
Samir Chaudry43:36
I think it's just that the dumbbell continues to build and widen the gap between these two ends. At one end it's like the TV quality YouTube. So like again, YouTube. Most watched app on connected TV Mr. Beast Mark Rober. Dude, perfect. Ryan Trahan. These are 38 minutes or you know, 40 minute long piece of content, 22 plus that are watched on connected TV.
Samir Chaudry44:04
High budget, high production. Michelle Carre Cleo Abram in this camp as well and on the other end of the dumbbell you have short form content and short form content is being consumed on the platform. These are the two major focuses that I can feel from YouTube. My concern is that all of the middle gets kind of lost and the question of like what happens to the middle? Can, can those creators hold on long enough or for kind of the next evolution of YouTube. So I think that's my fear and my question. I mean as just a consumer I'm finding that I'm watching more and more extremely niche content. There's this stat from YouTube that 47% of Gen Z are a fan of something that no one they know personally is a fan of.
Jay Clouse44:49
And super interesting.
Samir Chaudry44:50
I think that is like continuing to happen like the hyper fragmentation of YouTube and of the Internet and of attention. But is there a business model for those people in the middle? My hope is yes. My fear is that the money will go to the either side of those dumbbells. It'll go to long form high end productions and extremely short form content that can be used as paid media and as like, you know, short form advertising.
Jay Clouse45:14
One thing we haven't talked about at all is streaming.
Samir Chaudry45:17
Yeah.
Jay Clouse45:17
And you guys have talked about in the past how live sports are this verifiable human experience that is getting more and more valuable in the age of AI. And it strikes me that live streaming is in that camp as well. What's your take on live streaming? Is it interesting to you guys from the colonists of mirror perspective? Because I know historically a lot of streamers have said we're kind of the pie is kind of fixed. If we're going to get more viewers, we're pulling it from other channels.
Samir Chaudry45:44
Yeah.
Jay Clouse45:44
Curious your perspective.
Samir Chaudry45:46
We are in no way, shape or form entertaining enough to live stream. There's just no possible way.
Colin Rosenblum45:52
Yeah, live streaming to me is, is bizarre to me. Like I'll plug in every once in a while to twitch and just see what's happening and there'll be like, you know, 70, 80,000 people watching. And on Friday, I tuned into a live stream of it wasn't Kai, but it was like other members in Kai's universe. And I was watching basically like Live Action Theater. Like there were multiple characters streaming from their own POVs and someone was about to like blow up a house. And like they're like both live streaming it. And I'm watching and I'm realizing like, this is like wwe. Like, I don't know what these writing meetings look like, but this is basically like WWE happening live.
Colin Rosenblum46:38
And there's 100,000 people tuning in to both angles. And I really, I don't know what to make of it, but I just find it fascinating that like all of these, you know, podcasts are essentially the radio, like long form. YouTube is essentially TV and streaming. And then, you know, you have like live streaming like this, which is like live Action theater playing out. Like, it's just so interesting that these things are coming back in different forms.
Samir Chaudry47:05
Yeah, it reminds me so much of just like deciding to like the ease of turning on MTV when you came home from school and it's just on and whatever's on is on. It's TRL and then it's Room Raiders or whatever. And then it's the real world and you're just like, yeah, cool. I'm just like with this channel for a while and actually think live streaming occupies some of that where like the decision paralysis I talked about, I think it, it gives me a nice place to just have a companion. Right. And I think companion viewing is like a big deal right now. And it's like something that a lot of people like. You'd be hard pressed to find someone having lunch by themselves without a phone in their hand, right? Like, no chance.
Samir Chaudry47:41
That's like a, you know, that's like just not a thing of the past. You're not going to do that. And I think live streaming occupies that like, companion nature of like, I just want something on.
Colin Rosenblum47:50
Even for me, YouTube exists in that lane. Like when I turn on YouTube on my TV, there's. I'm only in two modes. It's either like background viewing while I'm doing something else or intently looking for something to actually like, look at the screen.
Samir Chaudry48:03
But I think live streamers have shown us that like cultural relevance comes from time spent, you know, Like, I think podcasting is the same way, like two, three hour long podcast. That's. That that creates cultural relevance over long periods of time. Kaisenat. I Show speed. These creators are, like, you have the opportunity to watch them almost every day for, like, eight hours a day. So, like, the opportunity for time spent is very high. That creates, like, deep, deep, deep relationships, which then creates a lot of cultural relevance.
Samir Chaudry48:32
And I think, again, that comes back to the question of short form. Can shortform have the same cultural relevance, or is TikTok culturally relevant? Because you're spending a ton of time on TikTok. So I think that's. That's, like, an interesting thing. Back to the question, would we ever live stream? We do live Q&As. We do educational lives, which is really fun. Like, we've done cohorts for our education where we are live. Super fun.
Samir Chaudry48:55
But I understand the value exchange of that live really well. I don't understand the value exchange when a million or 100,000 people are watching and being like, entertain me.
Jay Clouse49:04
All right, actual last question. Any gripes?
Samir Chaudry49:07
So many, Jay. There's so many all the time. Let me think, because I just had a really good one.
Colin Rosenblum49:12
Yeah, I would say, like, handshakes between guys in general.
Jay Clouse49:18
Oh, my gosh. The elbow angle. Am I going down?
Colin Rosenblum49:22
Options available to us. And somehow we're supposed to read each other's mind and just figure out, like, what type of handshake we're going to do. I just think it's preposterous. Big time. Great.
Samir Chaudry49:32
Well, I think you have to lead, like, the thing to quell that anxiety.
Colin Rosenblum49:36
I do lead, but then I just. I don't go like, that's not me. I just go with.
Samir Chaudry49:39
I just go and lead.
Colin Rosenblum49:40
I just go handshake. I was like, hey, how are you?
Samir Chaudry49:43
Yeah, the issue is there's two of us, so we have to be in sync a lot of times with these handshakes. But I try and go first as much as possible. So.
Colin Rosenblum49:49
Yeah. Yeah. But I wish we could just. You know, I thought during COVID we were like. People were like, oh, we're getting rid of the handshake. And I was like, ah. All right. Like this.
Colin Rosenblum49:56
Like, this is great.
Samir Chaudry49:56
I have a gripes note in my iPhone, so let me see what I have.
Colin Rosenblum50:00
Do you have one, Jay?
Samir Chaudry50:01
Okay.
Jay Clouse50:02
Oh, man. I should have prepared for this is my question.
Samir Chaudry50:06
I have a couple that I think I've already said on the show, but I will. I'll say a couple of them to see if any of them resonate with you. Probably my number one gripe in the world is when you go to a coffee shop and you say, can I have a cappuccino and they go, yeah. What size cappuccino is one size, Jay, it's one size. It's a cappuccino. It's a third. A third, A third. There's only one size.
Samir Chaudry50:27
Do not ask me what size I want for my cappuccino. It's eight ounces. All right. The other is a horror movie trailer. Before a non horror movie. If I've gone into a movie theater to see a romantic comedy or like an adventure film, do not show me a trailer for the Exorcist. My context is not that I'm here to be freaked out. I don't want to see, you know, a ghost throwing up all over someone.
Samir Chaudry50:51
That's not what I wanted when I walked in this room.
Colin Rosenblum50:54
I've said this one before too, but it just came to mind when there is an ad that plays on a horizontal screen, but they've put like a fake vertical frame to make it seem like it's on TikTok. But it's really high production and it's still. You can tell it was like a multi hundred thousand dollar ad. But they've cut it to look like it happens to be someone with a tik. Like on TikTok. But then they'll also put the like streaming hearts up the side as if it's like an Instagram live. Like they don't even understand the formats that they're trying to tap into. They're just like we're trying to tap into Gen Z.
Colin Rosenblum51:27
That's a gripe.
Samir Chaudry51:30
This is one that I've mentioned for a long time, but it's when someone says now a silly one when you're in a group photo.
Jay Clouse51:37
Oh my gosh.
Samir Chaudry51:38
I just. What are you supposed to do?
Jay Clouse51:40
And what if you did the silly one first?
Samir Chaudry51:42
I never do the silly one first. Whenever someone says now a silly one, I don't change what I'm doing. I'm just gonna smile. I'm not. I'm not doing that. Whatever that is.
Jay Clouse51:51
My all time favorite gripe of yours, Samir, was when there are soap dispensers next to a lotion dispenser at a sink.
Colin Rosenblum51:57
Yeah, that's a big, awful, dude.
Samir Chaudry51:59
You know, and you would think that at this point I'm so aware of that that I wouldn't get got. I get got all the time, dude. I got got upstairs this morning.
Colin Rosenblum52:06
It's a problem. We need to ask them to remove the lotion.
Samir Chaudry52:08
I got got.
Colin Rosenblum52:09
I just don't believe that people are lotioning who's doing that nor do they want a lotion. That's not like most people. If they, like, if they even care about lotioning their hands, they have a specific lotion at home. No one is just rogue lotioning throughout the day. It's crazy.
Jay Clouse52:24
All right, I do have one gripe that I'll share, and that is the price of mocktails. What am I paying interesting $14 for in this? Seltzer water and cranberry juice.
Colin Rosenblum52:35
Yeah, that's a big one.
Samir Chaudry52:37
That's fair.
Colin Rosenblum52:37
My wife is pregnant right now, so we went to like a non alcoholic liquor store and we asked for something that felt like orange wine. And I'm sure It was like $35 or something and it was just straight up like pomegranate juice. Like, it was just not even a question about it. Take a swig. Oh, yeah, that's just juice.
Samir Chaudry52:55
I'm going to give you one more. Just one more gripe because it happened to me yesterday. I haven't even talked to Colin about this. One of my friends invited me over and was like, hey, I want to learn how to edit. He's a standup comedian. He gets a lot of footage of himself. He wants to be able to clip himself. I was very excited about this.
Samir Chaudry53:10
So I go over to his house. I'm like, we're gonna open up Adobe Premiere. We set up the project, we bring in the clips. I'm showing him, like, how to keyframe. I'm like, here's how you do. Oh, you went out of frame here. We're gonna make a vertical. We're gonna keyframe you over here.
Samir Chaudry53:22
And then as I'm like poking around Premiere, I'm like, wait, hold on. All this stuff that I'm doing actually is just like, there's like a single.
Colin Rosenblum53:28
Button that you can do plugins for it.
Samir Chaudry53:31
Then he asked me a question. He goes, what about cap cut? Like, should I use cap cut? And I was like, it's a good question. Let's download capcut and see. So we send the horizontal file to cap cut. It's literally the click. Like, we spent an hour cutting one clip, did the same thing in a matter of three minutes.
Colin Rosenblum53:50
That feels like a good thing.
Samir Chaudry53:52
Yeah, but it was a gripe that I.
Colin Rosenblum53:53
That you didn't know.
Samir Chaudry53:54
To me, it felt like I was showing someone how to cut tape.
Colin Rosenblum53:58
Yeah, you're a dinosaur.
Samir Chaudry53:59
Like, like, I knew that cap cut was that good, but I was like, wait, I just spent an hour showing him how to use scissors, cut tape and tape it together. And I was excited about showing him how to do this.
Colin Rosenblum54:11
Yeah.
Samir Chaudry54:11
And everything I had taught him, Basically.
Colin Rosenblum54:14
Your gripe is becoming irrelevant.
Samir Chaudry54:16
Yes, my gripe is growing older and becoming irrelevant.
Colin Rosenblum54:18
Understood.
Samir Chaudry54:19
Yeah. So.
Colin Rosenblum
Samir Chaudry
**The goal of social media is to decrease your dependence on social media**.
Success on social should grow your [*relationship platforms*](https://creatorscience.com/content-strategy/)in email, podcasting, SMS, or private communities. If you have a large audience on social but you don't have a relationship platform in place, I'd prioritize creating one. Every creator should build an email list (I'm an affiliate and investor in [Kit](https://creatorscience.co/kit?ref=creatorscience.com)).
If you've already built a relationship platform, ask yourself, "[What if I COULDN'T reach anyone new?](https://creatorscience.com/no-new-audience/)" How would your approach to your current audience change?
And even *if* discovery gets harder from here, that doesn't mean you can't succeed as a creator. Some of the biggest, most influential creators in the world are podcasters, and podcast discovery has always been abysmal. How did they do it? Dogged consistency, unwavering belief in their mission, and the slow compounding of word of mouth.
Those things will always be available to you – so keep going!
### Mark Shust – Will AI kill our course businesses?
URL: https://creatorscience.com/podcast/mark-shust/
Last updated: 2026-10-15T12:38:53.000Z
Episode 253
# Mark Shust – Will AI kill our course businesses?
Will AI destroy our education businesses? In this video, I talk with Mark Shust. Mark has taught nearly 15,000 developers Magento through his education company M.academy.
with **Mark Shust**Apr 30, 202552 min
[Watch](#watch) [Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/mark-shust-will-ai-kill-our-course-businesses/id1498801064?i=1000705516156&ref=creatorscience.com) [Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/episode/1Mbuhz9RRyatXTAaT5cBSY?si=4b9dd21aa5bc4ba6&ref=creatorscience.com) More players
Listen in your app
[Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/creator-science-with-jay-clouse/id1498801064?ref=creatorscience.com)[Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/show/39j9VhklsBs1aLWtkGTWJT?ref=creatorscience.com)[YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/@jay/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Overcast](https://overcast.fm/itunes1498801064/creator-science?ref=creatorscience.com)[Pocket Casts](https://pocketcasts.com/podcast/creator-science-with-jay-clouse/7db47890-2ff0-0138-96e6-0acc26574db2?ref=creatorscience.com)[Castro](https://castro.fm/podcast/5f8d5083-92f5-4a4e-a83e-29a773baa95c?ref=creatorscience.com)[Castbox](https://castbox.fm/channel/id2626956?ref=creatorscience.com)[Podcast Addict](https://podcastaddict.com/feed/https%3A%2F%2Ffeeds.megaphone.fm%2FTPG4024225475?ref=creatorscience.com)Copy the RSS feed

Prefer to listen?
This week's guest

**Mark Shust**What we’re doing to future-proof our course businesses
## About this episode
Will AI destroy our education businesses? In this video, I talk with Mark Shust. Mark has taught nearly 15,000 developers Magento through his education company M.academy. Mark is a member of The Lab and one of the first creators I saw locking arms with AI and implementing it into his business rather than running from it. We discuss the future of AI and creators, and how to stay ahead.
Mark's [Website](https://m.academy/newsletter/?ref=creatorscience.com) / [Twitter](https://x.com/MarkShust?ref=creatorscience.com) / [LinkedIn](https://www.linkedin.com/in/markshust/?ref=creatorscience.com) / [YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/@MarkShust/featured?ref=creatorscience.com)
## Chapters
1. 00:00Should You Be Worried?Play ▸
2. 04:01How to Get Better at Using AIPlay ▸
3. 07:42Get Viral Video Ideas at the Touch of a ButtonPlay ▸
4. 09:07AI as a TeacherPlay ▸
5. 18:05Will AI Replace Educators?Play ▸
6. 21:45How to Use AI to Your AdvantagePlay ▸
7. 27:12SEO in the Age of AIPlay ▸
8. 31:45AI and TrustPlay ▸
9. 37:51How AI Changes Course BusinessesPlay ▸
10. 40:47How AI Impacts Professional Development & TrainingPlay ▸
11. 44:15Community & Being Human is the Competitive AdvantagePlay ▸
## Mentioned in this episode
[→ Join Mark and me in The Lab ↗](https://join.creatorscience.com/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Website ↗](https://m.academy/newsletter/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Twitter ↗](https://x.com/MarkShust?ref=creatorscience.com)[LinkedIn ↗](https://www.linkedin.com/in/markshust/?ref=creatorscience.com)[YouTube ↗](https://www.youtube.com/@MarkShust/featured?ref=creatorscience.com)
## Full transcript
8,784 words · click any timestamp to jump the video there
Jay Clouse0:00
The more I use AI, the more I'm faced with the question, is AI going to destroy my business?
Mark Shust0:06
That's like the first thing I asked and I got a funny like response like,
Jay Clouse0:09
yeah, it's
Read the full transcriptClose transcript
Mark Shust0:10
gonna pretty much replace it.
Jay Clouse0:11
In this video, I talked to Mark Schust, one of the first creators I saw becoming an adapter two years ago. We compare notes and predictions about what a future of AI means for creators and how you can prepare for it. And now, enjoy this conversation with Mark Schust. You were somebody that got started playing with AI much earlier than I did, earlier than most folks in the lab were doing. And so, I'm curious if you were always like, This is opportunity, or if there was a point where you're like, This is scary. Let me see what I'm dealing with.
Mark Shust0:39
Yeah. I've been following it since pretty much GPT Two, it caught my radar. Something just interesting. It was more of a toy, though. You can write, like, word limericks, but they didn't sound good. And then three came out. Okay. It's it's getting a little better.
Mark Shust0:54
It's starting to feel a little more intelligent, but it's still making tons of mistakes. And, you know, it it can't really write write anything that well. And then I think three and a half came out, and that's when the game completely changed with chatGPT. It's funny because it's basically the same version as GPT three, but with a different UI. And that UI changed everything because it allowed you to interact over and over again with with the AI. Ever since then, it just morphed into it keeps improving. It keeps compounding. It keeps getting more intelligent.
Mark Shust1:23
Now it has, there's reasoning models out there that can actually think and think through and process things before it generates a response. So, yeah, it's just amazing how how far those those have come, since the early days.
Jay Clouse1:37
So was it like a a toy for you in the beginning? Because you're obviously an engineer. You have, like, a an engineer's mind, and so you probably could see some fun aspects of it. But I think a lot of people sitting here today teaching different disciplines in the creator space, they have a certain level of fear around it. And that's actually preventing them from trying it, I think, in a lot of ways. I think fear for a lot of people is actually this friction, this barrier that makes them kind of a denier that change is coming, which I don't think is useful or helpful. We'll talk about that. But it doesn't seem like at any point you were worried.
Mark Shust2:10
I've been worried since I saw three get better and three and a half get better. Well, I wouldn't say worried, but it was, like, a cause of concern. Right? I don't think AI is gonna take over the world or anything like that and lead to total chaos and destruction. But it was definitely kind of a toy when it came out, but it was it was just, like, a fun toy. And that's usually, I think, how some of these innovative things start happening there. It's like, it's on the edges with developers, and they start tinkering with it. It seems like everything starts with developers and then progresses up, eventually, because our whole society is really based on tech. I do see this mindset, though.
Mark Shust2:44
And maybe it's because it started as a toy. But, even with developers, I see a lot of pushback saying, oh, it's not that smart. It's not that intelligent. It can't think for itself. And, yeah, we've we've heard that over and over again ad nauseam. That may have been true a couple years ago, but it's not true anymore at all. They're sort of stuck stuck in this this limiting mindset of, yeah, maybe they're scared. Maybe they're afraid.
Mark Shust3:08
Hey, it's gonna take my job. It is taking jobs. It's taking tons of developer jobs, at least on the lower end of the spectrum now. But now it's starting to move upward, on on the hierarchy. There's some weird, weird vibe going on with with developers. You're either all in with it, and you're letting it think for yourself, which probably isn't good at all. Or you're on the other end of the spectrum where you're completely avoiding it, and you're, you're just spending tons of time writing boilerplate code that would be better off spent thinking and solving about specific problems. How that that whole dynamic is is working out is really, really, interesting.
Mark Shust3:46
I've been using it myself to code up tons of stuff. I'm building a custom course platform right now, and it's I know and I'm familiar with design patterns and architecture patterns. It's writing really good code if you know how to prompt and work collaboratively with the AI, and I think that's the key.
Jay Clouse4:02
Which I'm guessing you've only learned to do through a lot of trial and error, because as you said, you've been doing this since GPT two. So I'm guessing a lot of your comfort in learning how to write with it has come from direct experience. Is there anything you pay close attention to outside of your own trial and error that's teaching you teaching you how to prompt and communicate with the AI?
Mark Shust4:27
Yeah. It's it's purely it's purely working with it. I definitely have my ten thousand hours in in a couple years. I've been using it, constantly on the side. So I think that's how you have to sort of see things, sort of treat it like a toy, experiment with it, and find out what its limitations are, find out how you can talk to it, how it responds, look at the results, you know, parse it in your head, and really determine, hey, why is it giving me that specific result? It's usually because I haven't explained something properly. So if you can almost treat an AI, like, if if you don't feed it any context or any other information outside of your current discussion or conversation. You can almost think of it like a stranger on the street. I'm walking up, and I I ask it to do something.
Mark Shust5:15
And it might just take the most generic, type of response that it thinks about rather than actually thinking about your own your own situation and scenario. So you you definitely have to work with the AI to figure out how how it responds and how you can get better results out of it.
Jay Clouse5:32
I love that frame. Think about it as as if you're walking up to a stranger on the street. That's so good because you're right. You walk up to a stranger on the street. You ask it like a one line prompt. It's gonna give you some response, but it's not gonna have much depth or nuance and probably miss the point of what you're trying to do. But the more information you give it, this is something I've been learning. The prompt, there seems to be, like, next to no limit for how long and specific your prompts could be to get the result that you're looking for.
Jay Clouse6:01
Curious to hear, as you've played with it, what has changed about your prompting? Have your prompts gotten longer? Have they gotten more specific, less specific? Maybe I'm wrong, and there is a limit, and there's kind of parabolic. But curious to hear your your experience.
Mark Shust6:14
It's it's really interesting. The the answer is really nuanced. It depends on what model you're using, what temperature settings. I'm working directly with the API in a lot of my my conversations, so, which means you can control some back end functionality, like temperature and how long it thinks. I start off with really simple system system prompts or, system instructions, I think ChatGPT calls it. Played around with really simple ones. You know, you can, the models are getting smarter. So depending on the model, it may know how you how it should respond based on that really small system prompt.
Mark Shust6:50
But other models aren't as intelligent or, like, one of the best use cases I've had is for a personal business and, personal and business coach, that I've set up an elaborate I had a 20,000 character, system prompt. Knew everything about me, everything about my business, all my goals and aspirations were, everything. Keep really good responses, but I I noticed as I kept adding context to that prompt, it started missing certain things in the prompt. And in AI, it's called, like, a needle in a haystack problem, where if you give it so much context, it'll sort of, and you ask it something, it won't completely understand everything in that prompt. So I actually reverted and made it more simple. And I actually wound up getting better responses out of it. And it definitely depends on on the type of LLM that you're using, though.
Jay Clouse7:43
After a quick break, Mark and I talk about why AI may destroy online courses. So stick around. We'll be right back. And now back to my conversation with Marc Schust. You use AI for personal and business coaching. And I have also experienced either coaching or learning. I am so I I enjoy the process of talking to AI and talking through things because in my experience, AI is infinitely patient, judgment free, meets me where I am. And through that lens, it makes a perfect teacher if you as the student kinda know how to, interact with it because I think there's still kind of a gap.
Jay Clouse8:28
Like, in in the real world today, great teachers kind of know how to judge what a student needs and teach to them. But I feel like at this moment in AI, we it's a lot of the responsibility of the user to help give the context of how we need to be taught. It's like an interface problem. But it strikes me that that's probably a solvable problem. And there's a future where AI is just an incredible bespoke personalized nearly free teacher to each individual. And for creators like you and I who deal in education, that's a confronting possible reality. How did what is your reaction to this? Are you feeling the same way, or or do you see it differently?
Mark Shust9:11
Yeah. It's funny. Funny. Once I had that, coach system prompt, one of the first thing I asked is, is AI gonna replace my business? It's, like, the first thing I asked. And I got a funny, like, response, like, yeah. It's gonna it's gonna pretty much replace it. And I was kinda terrified since. You No, I think everything's evolving, and I think the whole educational system is evolving.
Mark Shust9:32
As, as content creatorsI'm a, I'm a course creatorI'm used to developing really comprehensive curriculums with tons of lessons, and it's hours longI think that whole concept of the curriculum is either dying or changing. People's attention spans are getting shorter and shorter, even, not only on the learning side, but also on the teaching side. A lot ofeven school teachers have issues, and they might love their job, but they just, you know, can't, can't, progress in their field. So I think learning is going to start becoming integrated into everyday everyday work environment. So it's not gonna be a separate course platform that you go to or a certain curriculum that that you're following. It's going to be collaborative as you're working, directly with the AI. So, rather than having a different different course platform or different it's just going to be integrated in your in your working and doing. So, it's funny.
Mark Shust10:27
Mark Twain had had a quote that it's like, I never let schooling interfere with my education. Right? And that's kind of how I see it. Like, I've always loved learning, but I've always hated schools for some reason. And I think it's just because I'm not working on on something that I'm going to be doing, like, either right now or even years from now. It might be something completely irrelevant. And, I I think AI is gonna morph into more rather than learning or doing, it's gonna be learning and doing. It's gonna be just mirroring sort of real life. So, as even a developer or programmer, as you're coding something, you may not know how to do a certain thing, and you could just ask the AI directly as you're coding, something live rather than needing to sort of, you know, learn all this and fill your brain with stuff that you may not may not even need to know.
Mark Shust11:22
So it's more of a, you know, just like a just in time, learning
Jay Clouse11:26
learning capability. To describe or to to try and illustrate what you're describing, I'm not an engineer, but I recently took, a course, ironically now, about how to code using Cursor, how to make an app using Cursor. And if you're listening to this, I want you just to imagine like you have a window and anything that you're trying to do in that window, you can highlight a piece of text and say, explain this to me. And then the AI explains what is going on in that window. So if you're coding and you write something and you get an error code, you can highlight it and say, what is failing here? And not only will explain what is failing, it will suggest improvements to make it better. I agree with you that I think that is the type of experience we'll see in a lot of the work that we do. Any any tool we use, if something isn't quite working the way it is, it's it's like having a co pilot or somebody sitting next to you who really understands this that you can just turn to and be like, What what is happening? Why isn't this doing what I want it to do? And that interaction though happens in private. You know, you're not sitting in an office environment and shouting out loud for your coworkers to hear, Why isn't this working? I'm bad at my job.
Jay Clouse12:32
It's just like, Hey, this isn't doing what I want to do. Can you quickly give me some personalized, private, very patient help? And as a course creator, when we make curriculum, as you're describing, I think a lot of what we do is imagine all of the different starting points people may have or the different hang ups they may have. And we design our curriculum to try to overcome multiple objections for different avatars, anticipating different problems people might have. But to the individual taking that course, then there's there's this unnecessary sort of fluff of stuff that is not necessary to me because I don't have that objection. I'm not having that issue. And so it's not the most efficient or personalized experience. And I feel like AI education is kind of promising this very personalized based on exactly what you need, exactly where you are. Here is the most efficient means of knowledge transfer.
Jay Clouse13:24
And by the way, you can respond to me directly, and I'll clarify anything that is confusing in this moment.
Mark Shust13:31
Absolutely. I I think we're all familiar with course completion rates, right, and how poorly it could be. Someone might be a a text learner and learn by just reading tons of articles. They might wanna watch a video lesson, or they might wanna even see something just in a visual image. So there's there's different ways. And when AI starts getting integrated with with everything and how we how we learn, it can learn the style and preferences of students and adapt and respond in different ways. So not everything has to be even a chat GPT window or a chat window. Right? It can reply and, hey, do you understand this? And then send you an image explaining it.
Mark Shust14:09
And and the the image generation of AI is getting incredible. It can create complex nuanced charts and diagrams, like infographs even, in seconds. It can cater the the exact lesson to every individual student. And like you said, it's infinitely patient. It's available twenty four seven. The cost is going to nothing. Just over time, I remember even getting started. I was spending probably over a thousand dollars a month when it got started.
Mark Shust14:37
I was Wow. Kept prompting. And, yeah, I I froze to tier five really quickly. Right now, it's it's, like, under a hundred dollars. It's crazy for almost unlimited prompting. So the the cost is just going to nothing. So it's being even more accessible to everyone else around the world. That's what that means.
Mark Shust14:55
Like, it's it's it used to be so expensive, and now it's just it can reach anyone across the Earth and learn its preferences and infinitely patient. It's just a tremendous teacher.
Jay Clouse15:05
I'm going to give another example because my hunch is a lot of people listening to this episode have kind of kept things at a distance. So they haven't experienced the things you and I have. So this is going to seem obvious to you, but just to give someone else another example. I am a notoriously awful cook. I have next to no skills in the kitchen. And it's something that for years I've wanted to improve because especially now that we have a baby, my wife has a lot of pressure on her. And to cook every night, like, that's just not a fair expectation. It'd be really nice if I go in the kitchen and cook something.
Jay Clouse15:35
But the the pressure I felt or the discomfort I felt in, okay, I've got to go to Google, I've got to search for a recipe, I've got to figure out what we have in the house, and I've got to go make a shopping list, go buy that stuff, then come back and cook it according to the recipe. But now what I've done, I found a custom GPT around cooking, and I will just talk to it and say, hey, I want to make dinner for my wife. Here are some of the things we have available. We have some ground beef. We have some cheese. What are some recipes that I can use these as the main ingredients and have a little bit of spice? Then it'll give me, like, five examples. I'll say, okay. This is great.
Jay Clouse16:08
Can you give me a substitution for this ingredient? Yeah. Here's a substitution for that. Okay. Great. We don't wanna have this involved. Okay. Great. Then I'm going through the, the recipe, and it will say, preheat the oven to this degree.
Jay Clouse16:22
Okay. I turned on the oven, but should that be bake or broil? And you can just get this real time interaction at the moment that you need it that you can't get from like a static recipe. It's just been a wonderful experience. And, one morning I made, a frittata. My wife came downstairs from bed and she was like, what happened? How did you do this? Did you do something wrong? Like, what are you asking for forgiveness for? And there's nothing. I just had the ingredients and I had, someone who could basically teach me to cook that morning in real time. It's just a wonderful, wonderful thing. So the question on my mind, obviously, on your mind, probably a lot of people listening to this, for people who do create education like you and I, what does that mean for us? Is it going to replace us? Have you found a way where you think, actually, I think I will work with the AI and continue to offer education? What does it mean for your education business? I'll
Mark Shust17:13
see a question. How good was the meal? It was great. It was great. I tried that too and, had an awful Oh, really? Yeah. The ingredients just didn't I was trying to, make a copycat, like, Chipotle barbecue, thing. And it just it it gave me, like, so much, so much cumin. Wow. It's so overwhelming.
Mark Shust17:37
So, but Well, good
Jay Clouse17:39
to know. I've I've been keeping a log at Notion. We we rank every meal. Because part of this is I'm tracking this. So I like, in Creator HQ, I'm tracking how many meals have I cooked this month because it's part of my KPIs. And, we rate them. And everything has been rated super well. It's been, like, really good.
Jay Clouse17:53
But I imagine it could it could miss. Just hasn't for me yet.
Mark Shust17:57
But either way so that again, that was an objection that most people might have immediately. Like, oh, the meal wasn't good. Right? But it could have been great. And is it gonna get better over time? Like, is there any proof that these AIs or LMs are gonna get worse? That's that's the question you have to ask. And then how much better are they going to get? But look at the graphs of a year ago even. How has AI progressed from a year ago to now? Right? It's been tremendous, at least in coding coding wise. It's been unbelievable. In writing, like, even Grok, the XAI, AI is incredible, the responses that it gives.
Mark Shust18:36
And it did that in just such a short period of time. So I I see things getting just tremendously better. And if you're avoiding this, you're probably gonna be in trouble. So if you're a cook, how you can use that, like, that that's probably a threat to your business, or you think it may be, but it's it's not. Right? As a world renowned chef going to a restaurant, right, we're not gonna want robots cooking our food anytime soon, but you can use it as a collaborative tool to improve your own recipes. I might give it let's say you're Gordon Ramsay and you give it, you know, ingredients and, hey, this might be missing a special ingredient. What what's something out of the box that maybe I didn't think of or something that's inspired by a certain cuisine or certain demographic in in the world. Right? You can you can collaborate and use the context from different industries even and apply it to your own industry, which I found really, interesting results when you take different vertical niches and combine them together.
Mark Shust19:35
I haven't heard too many using that, but, you get sort of original insights, at least in your field. So it can't really think or or think creatively, too much. But it it's it's getting better and better, and it it is getting that point where it can start providing you some kind of creative original thought, based on at least different fields. Because I think even if the collective human knowledge isn't completely, it's it's there's very little original and creative thought in the world. Usually, something creative is inspired by something else or another industry. So, you can almost think of it like that, where maybe it will never have creative thought, how humans think about, but it may may be helping you to get inspired and and create something new or original that maybe you didn't think of.
Jay Clouse20:33
The the thing that kind of broke my resistance was that as I started to talk to Chad just as, like, a thought partner and same with Claude, I realized, oh, I'm a small language model. I'm a very small language model. My brain is that, and this is a large language model. And there's some benefits to being a small language model, like, I think I am a very focused around a certain type of information. And so the connections I can draw are very contextual in that way, and that might take some massaging to get there with something that's a little bit more larger and generalized. But that's probably what we're going to see in AI anyway, was we'll have these, like, very vertical specific models that are trained specifically for cooking, trained specifically for engineering, trained specifically for content creators. It's just it's just undeniable to me. So the question, you know, I come across is, well, do I make more curriculum? Or do I change the type of products and services that I sell? I think the first step that you took is you built a chatbot into your existing course curriculum.
Jay Clouse21:36
Can you talk about that?
Mark Shust21:37
What's funny is the AI created all of this for me. It created the name Maggie Bolt. It's inspired by Magento Bot. So that's the name of the bot. Gave it a personality. And and basically, it scrapes, my lesson content and injects it into the context of the LLM. So, she's very context aware of what you're talking about, and you can, it's sort of inspired by Khan Academy as well. They have, interesting, bot.
Mark Shust22:07
I think it's called Conmigo. And, it it's it makes you question, sort of everything. So it it's it's constantly prompting you and asking you, if you understand a certain way and it wants you to explain it in your own words. And it can detect and, of course, respond and tell you if you're incorrect or correct. So if you extrapolate that out so that was one lesson. To train it on the collective knowledge of everything is really, really difficult, at least in a specific vertical. But I've I've been thinking through, and I think just courses are too long. And, again, it's it's I think, learning is going to be more embedded and integrated in what we do every day.
Mark Shust22:53
So even when I started building the building my, courses, the first one I want I had this grand idea to build a zero to hero course that has everything to do with Magento.
Jay Clouse23:03
But the
Mark Shust23:04
problem was I would still be building it right now five years later if I did do that. So what I realized is I need to break this down into multiple courses, and I need to break lessons down even, simpler. So, everything gets smaller and smaller. It's chunk by chunk, bit byte by byte. And then I I pretty much created an idea of, atomic lessons, and other other people have this idea as well. But if we wanna extrapolate this out further, where AI is going, if it's going to be integrated into our daily life and I want to ask it something specific, it needs to be able to connect and look up that information, that specific thing that you're asking about, and pull back data from it in some kind of model or knowledge graph. And that's why I'm seeing more education going towards more atomic units that are just individually consumed, and because they can be reassembled in different ways. So, if you ask it a certain question, it may be able to look up that knowledge graph and pull out two or three individual atomic lessons that are really small and concise and short and focused and combine them together and give you a reply that you normally wouldn't have gotten in a regular course.
Mark Shust24:22
So I see just a big shift in this education of where it's going, and I think that may be, you know, one plausible solution that comes up.
Jay Clouse24:32
The way you're describing, like, atomic lessons versus, like, a typical course chapter or something, it sounds like you're saying this would be short in terms of duration. It'd probably have some sort of metadata, like a title, that is hyper specific to what is included inside of this video rather than like a twenty minute video that might include the content of 20 atomic lessons, but would require the machine to kind of transcribe, understand all of the information within that video before it could connect that information. It's keying off of shorter, more specific bits. Is that kind of what you're describing?
Mark Shust25:08
Yes. So you have almost the same needle in a haystack problem I talked before about before. So when you give the whole, like, LLMs are trained on everything in the world, and they aren't really good at niche specific topic, even part of building even, like you said, a small language model, something more nuanced, something very specific to a certain topic, If you can chunk that out into a way that can be categorized and filtered and searched upon and indexed, it may be able to give much better results. Because when you have specific lessons just on one specific thing and no preliminary or it doesn't assume any, pre existing knowledge, you'll have just a very focused answer that's correct, that won't hallucinate. And, it can be used to combine with different lessons as well to create something new and personal even for a specific user.
Jay Clouse26:01
I see this user behavior with my wife actually because when TikTok was momentarily banned in The U. S, she is one of the people who decided to erase it from her phone and couldn't redownload it for, like, two weeks. And she was having a meltdown because TikTok had become her primary search engine. She found that she could search things like Ikea couch, Alden and Ivory, which is or Aden and Ivory, which is the brand of couch that we were thinking about buying at Ikea. And TikTok would serve up exact specific videos for that brand of couch, and she would get in a very short period of time exactly what she was looking for. And when TikTok was gone, she couldn't do the same thing on Google. She couldn't do it on, YouTube. She couldn't find the same bite sized contextual information reviews, teaching, you know, how to cut a pineapple.
Jay Clouse26:55
You can just find a perfect tiny video for that on TikTok if you search for it right now. So I see people leaning that way because we are a convenience creature. We want convenience, we want accuracy, and we want it in the shortest period of time possible. So I do I do kind of see this world, but that sounds like that is counting on these LLMs indexing your content and bringing it back. And I'm I'm interested to hear what you think about SEO and indexing of content because we we hear a lot of people in this space also who have primarily had their traffic driven by SEO. They saw a big downward shift with the, the helpful update. Now Reddit and Quora are getting all getting all the traffic. But in general, if we move to searching for information through an LLM like Perplexity, how does our content get surfaced or indexed? Do you see the original author as being credited in those results?
Mark Shust27:51
With large language models, that's that's sort of exactly what it is, right? It's not nuanced on specific topics. So, you're gonna get a a collective resolve of an entire world, and it's probably not gonna be as good as something as more of a small language model, something trained. So you can, of course, create your own model that has your own specific info. It's a little different than your own chat GPT because it would have its own knowledge graph and everything, sort of like LLMs. Yeah. That that whole shift with LLM search is interesting. It's definitely changing the SEO game a little bit, and and you could get surfaced in results, but it's it's a crapshoot. It's just like how search was at the beginning days.
Mark Shust28:33
It was very hard to get searched or returned as number one in the search, And that's what everyone wanted. The top you know, it was top 10 and then top three. So its ability to to actually serve up specific content from an LLM probably isn't that good. So like you talked about with TikTok, that was specific because it was personalized to your wife's, browsing habits, what she watched on, what video she dwelled on. So TikTok knows all of that about you. And then it can serve up a very specific ad or piece of content depending on what you're what you're browsing. That's why even there's a lot of rumors that Google or Apple recorded your voice and microphone randomly at phones because people would see an ad on Facebook an hour later of something really weird that they were just talking about in a conversation with other people. And, the the Facebook engineers are adamant that their stuffy suits and lawyers would never ever allow anything like that.
Mark Shust29:34
So they just said that's how good the algorithm is, that it knows pretty much exactly what you're looking for, and it knows when to serve it up. So similar to even the teaching, that could be applied, to even learning. So let's say I'm learning, and it's 9AM nine AM. I just had my coffee. And, maybe it learns that I I can learn best forty five minutes after I've had my first coffee. So it can ping me and say, hey, it's it's time to not even it's time to learn. Here's something you may want to learn. Right? It's just it feeds into your habits.
Mark Shust30:10
So it's not like on a specific rigid schedule. It can be optimized for how your brain works. So it's could be continuously perfect and personalized in real time, too. So, that's sort of the magic of teaching, too. A lot of it is knowing when to teach, when to push hard on someone, when to back off, when they may not be ready to learn something new.
Jay Clouse30:34
So when you talk about these atomic lessons that you want to create for your educational content, is the thought that you will continue to build a reputation as the Magento guy And so people will come to you and your specific language model around Magento because they trust you to give context specific good information around that subject in particular, and they will use a language model created by you that is trained on specifically your material?
Mark Shust31:06
Yeah. So, pretty much. So, right now, like, I I think the most advanced code thing right now is called Cloud Code. It's a terminal editor, And you can ask it to code anything you want, and it does a really, really good job, to the point where one of the founders of OpenAI established a term called vibe coding, not too long ago. And he talked about, hey, you could just sit back and let let the editor code for you. But I sort of see that as nuance because you have to know how it replies back, and you have to know what's good and what can be improved from even an architecture level. So, similarly, when you're learning a specific topic about anything, the LLMs aren't really trained on that specific data. And I don't know if they ever will be.
Mark Shust31:55
They'll ever be nuanced. So I think small language models will be on the upswing because, you can train it on specific data that's more nuanced. And the more complex topic, it is, the harder it is to return a result because it's, again, that needle in the haystack problem. It hallucinates and everything. So when you break things down and you can create your own knowledge graph on a really complex topic, you can just deliver much better results.
Jay Clouse32:22
After one last break, we talk about how Mark is future proofing his education business. So don't go anywhere. We'll be right back. And now please enjoy the rest of my conversation with Mark Schust. Do we think with improving models, it will eliminate the needle in the haystack problem? Possibly.
Mark Shust32:40
So the context and the context length, that we can feed into the LMs is getting larger and larger. That means the amount of data that you can have in a single conversation. So I think Google has something like a a 2,000,000 parameter context length in Gemini, which is the longest, but it does, again, have that needle in a haystack problem. But as that improves, it may be able to find those needles. It's just a wait and see game. It's it's, history is telling me that that they will be able to do it because they've been able to overcome all of these obstacles so far and advance it. Yeah, it's, it's really depends on really what you're working with and how, how better it can find that data within that large context length. There are rumors that a lot of the LMs, even OpenAI, has an unlimited context length.
Mark Shust33:37
So I don't know how that's going to factor in. So maybe they've already solved it internally. It's more of a wait and see though, because there's a lot of just guessing of how this is going to affect everything.
Jay Clouse33:46
It's really interesting in my own behavior. So I I work predominantly with ChatGPT and Claude. I've tried Gemini a little bit. I haven't given a good enough shake. For some reason, I'm biased against Grok, but people are saying good things, so I should give that another shot. I was gonna try DeepSeek, but I was gonna do it with an API into TypingMind. And ever since I've been trying to try it, it's like, we're over limits. You can't do that.
Jay Clouse34:08
But, anyway, what's really been interesting is since OpenAI rolled out, what is it, o one, the longer thing where it takes a little bit longer to respond to you, I've noticed that with, Claude three point seven and with even o three Mini from from chat, when I get an instant response to my questions, I actually trust it a little bit less. Like, I it's trained me that I think the best responses come with a little bit of consideration from the product. And And it's interesting because I know Claude three point seven is probably better than 3.5, but it's faster, and it makes me feel like it's working less hard. And I don't know what to make of that, but I would have to think that the longer the context window, it should take more compute, more time to contextualize what I'm thinking. It's it's it's almost like hubris that I think. What I sent requires so much thought. Spend more time thinking about it.
Mark Shust35:06
I think that delves in the delves. That's the first time I've used that word in real life.
Jay Clouse35:11
You are an AI.
Mark Shust35:14
See, after a while, you start just becoming an AI, I guess. But, yeah. It's, that's just human psychology, I think, because, even in programming, it's funny. Years ago, when you hit place order, sometimes that credit card order can go through in a second. Or maybe that's a bad idea, but maybe I'm customizing something for you. So, programmers put a loading spinner, had them wait thirty seconds before they got a response because they thought it was actually doing more work, when it could have happened almost instantly. They almost thought there was a bug in the problem when it happened instantly or really fast. So, I think that's just how our brains work.
Mark Shust35:49
We think that something that takes longer is going to get a better result, and that's not always true. Three point seven with cloud has been amazing, from my experience. So and and they've actually built reasoning models, like, inside of of the model, like reasoning. So it knows internally to think be before it responds to something. It just does it so faster and cheaper. So that's definitely something to think about. And I it's it knows when to switch context in the background, which is probably the most intelligent AI right now, based on that. And, it's funny you mentioned that, you know, like, Croc.
Mark Shust36:28
Yeah. It had I noticed something really weird with that too. I don't know if it's because Elon runs it. But when I asked it to explain something simply, it just can't. It it goes into extreme technical detail. And, maybe I'm not prompting it correctly as well. But, so it's it's funny how there's different models can respond in different ways. And it's best to just experiment with all of them and find out what works best.
Jay Clouse36:53
Talk to me a little bit about language, marketing, positioning. As you think about the future of MDOT Academy, your education platform, Do you see yourself marketing courses? Do you see yourself messaging this as education or as a language model? Like, how are you thinking about a change in language if you're thinking about a shift in how education is delivered?
Mark Shust37:17
I think right now, it's you can only go on what you know. And right now, we don't know where any of this is gonna go and how far it's gonna progress, how things are gonna change. The entire landscape might change in two, three years for all we know. So I have to deal with what I what I'm dealing with now. And right now, courses are still premium grade. Right? I I need to take a course to learn something and save time. And that's not changing this year or probably even next year. But it could change over time as as these LLMs and AIs develop.
Mark Shust37:50
So what I do know though is that content abundance, like the ability to create and generate and consume content, is going to be ever expanding. And people's attention spans seem to be getting less and less. They're going the other way. So I think the value in a specific membership or course platform comes down to personalizing the educational content for specific students. So you actually learn their styles and, and you could do that today, right, with just asking and pulling your students, how do you learn? And you can cater your content to them. And then community is a huge aspect. So if you get stuck on an AI issue and it can't solve it, where do you go right now? Like, you're you're stuck. I I need to talk to an expert.
Mark Shust38:39
I need to talk to someone. I need to get advice of, hey. It gave me this result. I don't understand it. It's not explaining it to me well. Right? I and a lot of students just won't even be in a terminal or want to use an AI like it is right now. It's a different tool. It's not embedded currently.
Mark Shust38:56
So it's hardly anyone uses Cursor in PHP world. Like, at least in my in my industry, it just doesn't generate good code yet. So I think that may morph and change over time, but we have to wait and see. So there's there's that personal personalization in the community, and then there's the verification that you actually know what you what you know. So it's more of a a verification of knowledge. And you can't really get that with any AI. Alright? It's it's no one has a, hey, tell me tell me how Mark knows how much he knows and and what he knows about and what his experience is. Like, there's nothing to do that.
Mark Shust39:34
So I think a course and and getting verified and certified, is definitely the way to go. And those three things, I think the value shifts to those, rather than the actual course content itself.
Jay Clouse39:49
How much of your business comes from, like, professional learning budgets?
Mark Shust39:54
From me? I used to buy courses all the time. That's that's ironic. I don't buy that much anymore, but I think that's because of just the phase of my life I'm in right now
Jay Clouse40:05
at the moment. I mean more like your students, are they are there companies purchasing courses so that their people can take your your material and become a better employee?
Mark Shust40:17
Yes. And I I see that actually growing with companies. It's hard to find knowledgeable workers. There's, I've heard I've even had a story just recently when I was over in Florida. They interviewed a senior developer, someone who's supposed to be senior developer. They had seven years of experience. And, they he just completely bombed the interview because he he stopped thinking for himself. And that's part of he was using AI for everything.
Mark Shust40:47
So that's part of, the big problem. And there's another big problem with, junior developers. Right? It's it's very hard to onboard anyone who's junior right now depending on your industry. Because right now, cloud code, I can hop into terminal and tell it to code something, and it does a better job than than a junior developer would. So there's those two aspects. And, you know, one is like AI I call it AI atrophy where people stop thinking for themselves and can't can't think creatively and independently, which is a really big problem. And there's another problem where you have developers that may want to learn it, but they can't get a get a position somewhere because the the bots have taken over their job, at least at some level, and they can't upskill their their learning. So, companies, definitely will be onboarding, I believe, more new employees to get them onboarded and trained right now on course platforms and memberships because it's really the only way that they would advance their skills quickly and deliver a result that they can learn right away.
Jay Clouse41:49
Yeah. I was thinking about this. I I think there are a lot of folks who they do tap into, like, these, professional learning and development budgets. And as much as, I feel like courses as a business model are changing, I feel like uncertainty is a time when if there is money available, there might be, like, new unlocks and budgets. So in a world where how people learn is changing, if you're at the front end of that, I feel like you might have an opportunity to unlock some of those learning and development budgets if you can help these companies, their employees, upskill in this very rapidly changing time. I could see a case to be made for that.
Mark Shust42:33
I think you gotta be careful too of not going not taking too much of a change if you're a creator. Don't change your entire business because things usually progress over time very slowly. I've learned how to do that. My previous company was actually called Change, ironically. But it's, if you change too quickly and try to do too much, you'll probably fail because there's just there's that unknown that you get into and you don't know how how people are going to react to a giant change like that. So I think just just slowly and iteratively changing and and morphing your system to to get slowly better, sort of like how I added a chatbot to my learning system is probably the way to go.
Jay Clouse43:18
I've seen so many content creators who just go all in now and talking about AI, which for a lot of them was like a complete, 180 degree change, you know, from whatever they're talking about before. So when you when you successfully build a reputation being known for something and you completely change in no different direction, that's a big risk. It's a big cost. So I agree with you that, I would be careful to jump in and just, like, grab the latest buzzword, for the sake of trying to capture some of the tailwinds because, yeah, one, it's it's getting increasingly competitive all the time. And two, people can own like, there are only so many people who are interested at staying at the absolute edge of this, constantly. Like, we want to get incrementally better. But you're right. Like, the pace of change in actual professional context is much slower than the pace of change of technology.
Jay Clouse44:11
Like, things are going to be possible much sooner than they're actually implemented and experienced at the company level. You mentioned community, which also, you know, as I think about the future of this business and how I'm approaching this, I kind of see this dichotomy of, one, you could lean into how to, work with AI for a new model of education. Because as I shared earlier, my thought is the way to interface with this as a teacher is just not very intuitive yet. So building a better interface behind a trusted brand, I think, is a great path forward for education. I think a second path is focusing more on community and the human side of things. That's the path I'm more interested in following right now with the lab and doing in person events. And, even in my writing, I try to just be more human than, like, here's the 10 steps and here's the bullet point. What does community look like in your business and how is that changing?
Mark Shust45:11
Yeah. I, I run a private, developer community for it's geared just for Magento developers. I have a contractor who helps out answer questions and who's been fantastic, very knowledgeable, like an encyclopedia. So, yeah, that that whole that whole community aspect is so important, and it's the main reason a lot of a lot of developers enroll in it because they get a response that's not a bot. Right? That is a human who's thought through things and can deliver an answer at a high level. And, you can't get that experience anywhere else other than a private community. Even the public communities are just just overloaded with AI bots and spam and comments. We noticed that on LinkedIn, I see posts all the time constantly.
Mark Shust45:56
They're AI generated. And comments, I try to block everyone as much as I can. It drives me crazy.
Jay Clouse46:04
I'm
Mark Shust46:04
sure we've all, like, dabbled and experimented with that. But, I think people do want a more human connection than what they're getting right now. And, I think that's a great way to do it. Even in person events may be a good way to, add to your membership that if you can do something like that. But anything you can make a personal one on one connection with, and you're probably gonna get a a better result than, just someone who doesn't focus on that.
Jay Clouse46:32
You also get very specific experiences. We had a post in the community yesterday that was somebody posted, Should I spend this many thousand dollars on this program? It was like a coaching program. And we had folks in the community who had experience with that. And they were able to weigh in and be like, here's my experience with it. Yes, no. Which you asked that to an LLM and it's gonna give you like a very strategic like pros and cons list, but it's not gonna be able to tell you like, this is my experience. It was very negative because of this and I would stay away from it. So I looked at that post, and I was like, wow.
Jay Clouse47:02
That's like a that's a huge ROI.
Mark Shust47:04
Yeah. Even yeah. Conversations I've had with you, the the LLM will say something, hey, you should go down this path. And you talk to someone else, you're like, no. That's a horrible idea because this, this, and this. Right? So you can't you can't get that with an AI, and you probably never will be. Right? It's just human experience, you can't really, you can't really touch. Right? You can't replicate a human spirit, their interactions, their experiences, what they've been through, and their advice.
Mark Shust47:32
It's best to just take advice from wherever you can get and then make your own decision, of course. But, it's it's get great to get that feedback from an actual human, because it's it's just becoming less and less, available. You can't really touch. Right? You can't replicate a human spirit, their interactions, their experiences, what they've been through, and their advice. It's best to just take advice from wherever you can get and then make your own decision, of course. But, it's it's get great to get that feedback from an actual human, because it's it's just becoming less and less, available.
Mark Shust
Most creators see all views as equal in value.
I never saw it that way.
When I was getting started, I had major financial constraints. I needed clients, or the bills would go unpaid! Attention wasn't useful to me *unless* it led to a client relationship. So, I was unconsciously pulled toward the attention-attracting activities that most reliably created a client relationship!
Twitter? No.
Instagram? Nope.
Email worked. And later, I realized podcasting worked, too.
These didn't give me impressive Follower counts, but the bills were paid. I was finding that the most *efficient* way to convert attention into revenue is by developing trust.
> Most creators are wildly inefficient at converting attention into revenue.
At this point, you probably expect me to tell you (again) about the merits of relationship platforms like email, podcasting, SMS, and private communities. Systems of distribution you own.
But it's actually more nuanced than that. It's not strictly about the platform – it's about the *type of attention* most typical of that platform. The attention type is the most important detail – if you can emulate valuable forms of attention on *any* platform, it's a winning strategy.
I'm going to walk you through several ways of categorizing attention. *Important note:* each of these dimensions exists on a spectrum rather than as a binary choice. Your content likely falls somewhere along these continuums – not fully at one extreme or the other.
Understanding where your content typically lands on each spectrum can help you make strategic adjustments to capture more valuable attention. And for many creators, small shifts toward the more valuable end of any spectrum can dramatically improve your return on attention.
## Considered vs. Unconsidered
What's actually happening when someone comes across your content on a discovery platform like TikTok, Instagram, or YouTube?
In the best case, they actively *sought out* some specific type of content and decided that \[TikTok\] is the best place to find it. This *does* happen – my wife and I have been comparing a few different full-size SUVs, and we've been seeking authentic, knowledgeable reviews from other parents.
This is **considered** attention. Attention that was *purposefully* directed.
But we *don't* actively seekspecific content a lot of the time. We're seeking distraction, entertainment, or escape. We may not even realize that on a conscious level! Discovery platforms have spent decades creating the *habit* ofchecking into these apps when we feel momentary discomfort: boredom, loneliness, sadness, etc.
We feel discomfort → we open an app to avoid that feeling → and suddenly, we're consuming the content of creators like you and me.
This is doomscrolling. It's the time we spend watching Reels only to look up and realize an hour has passed. Often, we can't even remember what we saw or who shared it.
It's a social media-induced blackout.
This is **unconsidered** attention. People are giving you their time, but not purposefully. They didn't seek your content out; they just found it. And it may or may not have made any material impact on the future of that potential relationship.
When you're competing for unconsidered attention, the HOOK really matters. People aren't looking for YOU or YOUR ideas – so you have to HOOK them into giving them a shot.
> Hooks are irrelevant when you're sought out.
**Considered** attention is much more valuable than **unconsidered** attention. If someone seeks out our type of content or – even better – us *specifically,* this signals thought, intent, and a real opportunity to build a relationship.

It ISpossible that you can convert unconsidered attention into considered attention, but it requires such a *strong* impact on the consumer that they snap out of the blackout. Your work must resonate *deeply* – a worthy goal of your short-form content on discovery platforms.
> You don't want to just be seen – you want to be remembered.
Relationship platforms are nearly all **considered** attention. That's the real reason these platforms are valuable. We *choose* whether we open your email. We *choose* whether we click play on your podcast. We *choose* whether we take the active steps to log in to your community. When we've CHOSEN to consume your content, that's a fundamentally different relationship than if it's fed to us (you know, via a feed).
SMS is an exception. People love SMS due to the high percentage of open rates. We have a *habit* of reading text messages. And the way most phones work, we get a push notification for them.
SMS is a relationship platform (opt-in, owned distribution), but it's primarily *unconsidered* attention. It isn't the same choice as other relationship platforms.
Consideration is not the only classification of attention that matters.
## Relevant vs. Irrelevant
The first readers of my newsletter were my girlfriend, family, and friends. It felt good to have SOMEONE paying attention – but it wasn't going to pay the bills.
Your content is more relevant to some viewers than others. The more closely your actual readers resemble your ideal readers, the more valuable that attention is. You want your content to be relevant to your audience and your audience to be relevant to your content.
If your content isn't *relevant* to the consumer, they will lose interest. You're not building a relationship with them – if anything, you're disqualifying their future consideration.
That's not necessarily a bad thing! Unless a third-party advertiser is paying you to maximize impressions, I would argue it's better to have fewer, more relevant viewers than a large audience of irrelevant viewers.
## Active vs. Passive
Any content format can be consumed actively or passively – and the more active the consumption, the more valuable the attention.
When I'm reading a physical book, that's all my little brain can handle. I read each word carefully, often pausing to reflect on what I've read. An audiobook, on the other hand, I may be driving, walking the dog, doing dishes...my mind can wander.
The more engaged we are with the content, the more it shapes our thoughts and relationship with the creator. The less actively we are engaged, the less our relationship with that creator strengthens.
Content that *requires* more active engagement will certainly filter out some irrelevant consumers, but this is somewhat out of your hands. Some formats (like audio) are more passive. Podcasts may actively engage some listeners while not others. Some episodes may engage the listener more actively than others.
The lesson is that the more actively engaged your typical consumer is, the better.
## Deep vs. Shallow
Hand-in-hand with how *actively* someone engages with your content is how *deeply* it engages them.
Is this surface level, or does it cut someone's core?
Is this making them *feel* smart, or is this making them make smarter decisions?
Is this for beginners or a more advanced audience?
People will be more actively engaged when something is more challenging (emotionally, spiritually, intellectually). As a result, deeper engagement is more valuable than shallow engagement.
That said, most people are uninterested, unqualified, or unprepared to go to a place of depth. If you prioritize depth, you will reduce the overall *relevant* attention available to you.
## Long vs. Short
I strongly believe that trust is a function of (positive) time spent with someone.
> Engaging with your content is a proxy for engaging with YOU.
Creating content allows you to have positive, 1:1 interactions at scale.
Everything you create has an upper bound of potential consumption time. Long-form content has a higher potential for time spent (with each individual) than short-form content. If you wanted someone to spend 20 minutes with you, you could publish a 20-minute podcast or 20 separate 60-second clips.
It's more difficult to convince someone to invest 20 consecutive minutes with you (a *considered* decision), but it will almost certainly have a greater impact on the overall relationship.
Longer periods of consumption are a multiplier for overall trust and affinity.
## Frequent vs. Infrequent
Increasing publishing frequency is another multiplier for time spent with an individual – but only if you continue to get in front of the same consumers.
This is the challenge with discovery platforms. There's no guarantee that someone who sees your short-form content will see your *next* post (unless they take the step to turn on notifications for you specifically). Even if someone loved your latest Reel, you don't know they'll see the next one. Or your post a month from now.
Meanwhile, relationship platforms give you much better odds for your audience to engage with your content. When someone opts into receiving your content directly into their curated feeds (email inbox, podcast RSS, text messages), they're much more likely to see and *choose* to engage with it.
There are limits, of course – if you send five emails per day, you'll likely become increasingly ignored or unsubscribed.
Above all, you must pass the [regret test](https://creatorscience.com/regret-test/) with each piece of content you make available for consumption:
> **The job of each piece of content is to make the consumer more likely to engage with your NEXT piece of content.**
If you do that, there's theoretically no limit to how frequently you publish.
## Authority vs. Entertainment
Lastly, there's a difference between how you're positioned in peoples' minds. When someone sees you as an entertainer, the relationship is different than if they see you as an authority or trusted advisor.
The transformation business commands higher prices than the entertainment business.
But, again, there's a smaller relevant audience for any authority-based business than entertainment. If you're optimizing for maximum impressions, authority is a more difficult path.
## Conclusion
Remember, despite these variables being framed as X vs. Y, they aren't binary – they're spectrums:
- Consideration
- Relevance
- Focus
- Depth
- Length
- Frequency
- Authority
You could think of these as a series of sliders, and you could plot on each slider where YOUR content tends to fall. It can help you identify how valuable the attention you typically command is.
Based on my biggest priority platforms (email, podcasting, long-form video), my audience comes from a highly considered place. Because those platforms require more effort to opt-in, they filter for a more relevant audience on average. I cover the creator space at a deeper, more advanced level, requiring more active engagement.
By publishing long-form essays, podcast episodes, and videos, my audience tends to spend more time with me (more quickly) than if I were focusing on short-form. I publish those formats multiple times each month because I recognize *more* frequent interactions lead to revenue growth. And, of course, I'm focused on education rather than entertainment.
This is MY mix, which was born out of a desire to attract more valuable attention (on average). It doesn't have to be YOUR mix. It doesn't work for everyone. But it *does* explain why I've been able to generate a higher [Return on Attention](https://creatorscience.com/roa/) than many creators with an audience of similar size.
Play with these sliders. Look for opportunities to push the dial toward the more valuable end. It doesn't need to happen in every category, but wherever it makes sense for you.
Could you move 10% closer to the more valuable end of one of these spectrums?
This should help you to improve your typical attention quality and capture more of the value you create.
👋
What did you think about this? Leave a rating or comment below!
### Chase Jarvis – Thinking bigger and taking more risks as a creator [Greatest Hits]
URL: https://creatorscience.com/podcast/chase-jarvis-replay/
Last updated: 2026-10-15T12:37:20.000Z
Episode None
# Chase Jarvis – Thinking bigger and taking more risks as a creator \[Greatest Hits\]
Chase Jarvis is an American photographer, director, artist, and entrepreneur. From April 2014 until July 2022 Jarvis was the chief executive officer of CreativeLive, an online education platform that he co-founded in 2010.
with **Chase Jarvis**Apr 1, 202545 min
[Listen now](#listen) [Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/chase-jarvis-thinking-bigger-and-taking-more-risks-as/id1498801064?i=1000701694009&uo=4&ref=creatorscience.com) [Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/episode/6pbH3slXhwl4Fr7VPFK0JX?ref=creatorscience.com) More players
Listen in your app
[Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/creator-science-with-jay-clouse/id1498801064?ref=creatorscience.com)[Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/show/39j9VhklsBs1aLWtkGTWJT?ref=creatorscience.com)[YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/@jay/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Overcast](https://overcast.fm/itunes1498801064/creator-science?ref=creatorscience.com)[Pocket Casts](https://pocketcasts.com/podcast/creator-science-with-jay-clouse/7db47890-2ff0-0138-96e6-0acc26574db2?ref=creatorscience.com)[Castro](https://castro.fm/podcast/5f8d5083-92f5-4a4e-a83e-29a773baa95c?ref=creatorscience.com)[Castbox](https://castbox.fm/channel/id2626956?ref=creatorscience.com)[Podcast Addict](https://podcastaddict.com/feed/https%3A%2F%2Ffeeds.megaphone.fm%2FTPG4024225475?ref=creatorscience.com)Copy the RSS feed


Episode None · 45 min
Chase Jarvis
−15
0:0045:00
+30 1×
Or listen in [Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/chase-jarvis-thinking-bigger-and-taking-more-risks-as/id1498801064?i=1000701694009&uo=4&ref=creatorscience.com) or [Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/episode/6pbH3slXhwl4Fr7VPFK0JX?ref=creatorscience.com)
This week's guest

**Chase Jarvis**Author, photographer, and former co-founder of CreativeLive
## About this episode
Chase Jarvis is an American photographer, director, artist, and entrepreneur. From April 2014 until July 2022 Jarvis was the chief executive officer of CreativeLive, an online education platform that he co-founded in 2010.
I’ve been a long-time listener of Chase’s podcast, the Chase Jarvis Live Show, and actually wrote him down as one of my ideal podcast guests when I started this show all the way back in 2020.
So this is a full circle moment for me. This week, Chase is releasing his newest book, [*Never Play It Safe – A Practical Guide to Freedom, Creativity, and a Life You Want*](https://chasejarvis.com/never-play-it-safe/?ref=creatorscience.com). I’ve pre-ordered my copy and I’ve read the first chapter, and recommend you do the same.
This conversation is about thinking bigger, taking risks, and getting out of your own way. I left feeling more relaxed, inspired, and fully recharged. I hope you do, too.
Chase's [Website](https://chasejarvis.com/never-play-it-safe/?ref=creatorscience.com) / [Twitter](https://twitter.com/chasejarvis?ref=creatorscience.com) / [Instagram](http://instagram.com/chasejarvis?ref=creatorscience.com) / [Facebook](https://www.facebook.com/chasejarvis) / [YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/chasejarvis?ref=creatorscience.com)
## Mentioned in this episode
[*Never Play It Safe – A Practical Guide to Freedom, Creativity, and a Life You Want* ↗](https://chasejarvis.com/never-play-it-safe/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Order Never Play it Safe ↗](https://chasejarvis.com/never-play-it-safe/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Read the first chapter ↗](https://chasejarvis.com/never-play-it-safe/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Website ↗](https://chasejarvis.com/never-play-it-safe/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Twitter ↗](https://twitter.com/chasejarvis?ref=creatorscience.com)[Instagram ↗](http://instagram.com/chasejarvis?ref=creatorscience.com)[Facebook ↗](https://www.facebook.com/chasejarvis)[YouTube ↗](https://www.youtube.com/chasejarvis?ref=creatorscience.com)
## Full transcript
7,487 words · click any timestamp to play from there
Chase Jarvis0:00
I'm not talking about seat belts and sunscreen. I'm talking about the things, the decisions that keep us trapped in a life half lived.
Jay Clouse0:21
Hello, my friend. Welcome back to another episode of Creator Science. Today, I am interviewing Chase Jarvis, an award winning artist, serial entrepreneur, best selling author, and one of the most influential photographers of the past decade. Chase has created campaigns for Apple, Nike, Red Bull, and dozens of other fortune 100 brands. You may be familiar with CreativeLive, a pioneering online learning platform that Chase cofounded in 2010 and was acquired by Fiverr in 2021\. I have been a longtime listener of Chase's podcast, the Chase Jarvis Live Show, and actually wrote him down as one of my ideal podcast guests when I started this show all the way back in 2020\. So this is a full circle moment for me. This week, Chase is releasing his newest book, Never Play It Safe, A Practical Guide to Freedom, Creativity, and a Life You Want.
Jay Clouse1:11
I've pre ordered my copy. I read the first chapter, which is linked in the show notes for free, and I recommend that you do the same. This conversation is about thinking bigger, taking risks, and getting out of your own way. I left this conversation feeling more relaxed, more inspired, and fully recharged with my creative work, and I hope that you do too. I'd love to hear what you think about this episode. Just tag me at jklaus on your social media platform of choice. And now let's talk with Chase. Alright, Chase.
Read the full transcriptClose transcript
Jay Clouse1:45
So excited to chat with you as a longtime listener to CreativeLive. Excited to bring our creative worlds together here. You just published a new book called Never Play It Safe. And as a world renowned photographer, founder, and CEO of CreativeLive, You don't strike me as someone who plays it safe from the outside. And I've heard that we write the book that we need. So I'm curious to hear, is this the book that you need?
Chase Jarvis2:13
Oh, Jay, you just opened it. This is Pandora's box here, man. First of all, thank you for having me on the show. 2nd, indeed, we mostly write the book we need, and I I feel like that's a reasonable place to start. I had been working on this book for 2 years. My company, CreativeLive, that you mentioned, was acquired in 2021\. When the company was acquired, I did a lot of soul searching. Like, okay, what next? And where do I wanna be? What do I wanna do? Because the reality is when you go on any long adventure, you know, if you're one degree off and you walk for 10 years, you can end up pretty far from home.
Chase Jarvis2:48
You know, I think that's the undercurrent that I wanna start today with, that this book, my story, and I feel like the story of so many people in my community. I'll say our community because the people we serve are the same folks. Entrepreneurial largely identify as creative or entrepreneurial or curious. We are constantly seeking a checklist of things to do, and there's tactic a, b, and c. You have to do this, you know, with your social and this with your email and this to build an audience. And yet, most of what it boils down to is who are we and what do we wanna do. So that is a question when I was afforded a little time and space after I've been, you know, working super hard for years on television shows and photo shoots and commercials, and this is my, technically, 4th book, my 2nd word book, so I've I've been super busy. And now, I'm like, okay, the storm is quiet, like, who am I really what do I really wanna do? And that journey was pretty interesting.
Chase Jarvis3:45
And yet, after writing on this particular book, researching for essentially 5 months and writing on it for 13 months, so 18 months in, just 8 weeks before my deadline, I threw everything I'd been doing in the trash and started over because it wasn't the book that I was supposed to write. And it was a it was a very tidy business book. It said all the right stuff and yet, to your question, we write the book that we need. And the book that I'd been writing wasn't truthful, it wasn't real. Mhmm. So I had to get I'll say, I had to get real real. And yet, so often, this is what happens. Right? When we actually can quiet down enough to listen to that internal compass that we've got that tells us what we really want.
Chase Jarvis4:32
The one that the world has largely shut down or muted. And these come from, you know, not people who hate us or not you know, they come from people who care deeply about us, and societal pressure, and, you know, mimetic desire. We just see all these things out in the world. But my belief and what I feel like we all need a healthy dose of, especially in this day and age, is this journey back to ourselves. Like, who are we? What do we really want? And, most importantly, how do we get it? How do we turn off all of these external noises? The world is constantly telling us to play it safe, and yet, anybody who's listening or watching knows. I mean, capital k know that all of the best stuff in life is on the other side of that. It's this exploration, this thing that we didn't expect, but we know to be true when we're quiet enough and alone with our thoughts. That's what I found in writing this book.
Chase Jarvis5:28
And I realized as I looked back across my career and this is a theme, this is real. And that's what I wrote the book about and it is about how all the best stuff is on the other side of our comfort zone and how do we get there. It's not a checklist of things to optimize. This is very much a getting in tune with who we are, how do we show up in the world. And it's pretty tactical. I mean, the subhead is a practical guide to freedom, creativity, and a life you love, so it's practical. But that's been my journey for the last I'll just call it 3 years, and it's been a handful.
Jay Clouse5:57
I wanna zoom into this moment where you scrap the book real quick because this seems like such a huge choice.
Chase Jarvis6:03
Oh, my goodness. Yeah.
Jay Clouse6:05
Are we talking about this is a different topic? Are we talking years of writing this book?
Chase Jarvis6:10
Yes. 18 months, so a year and a half. And 8 weeks before, I realized that the path that I have been on is not the right one. Because my friend, Brene Brown, she may be familiar with her work. She researches shame and vulnerability and guilt, and and she has this phrase, the gold plated grit. And what that is is, like, we say, oh, I was super hard what I was doing, and yet and then you just turn right back on a dime and paint yourself in this great light. And we see a lot of that in the world. In this book, it basically it leaned really heavily on that.
Chase Jarvis6:44
And yet, those are not the kinds of books that I like to read. The the best business books in the world to me are the ones that don't say how to do perfect thing a, b, and then c, and then get great outcome d. Because nobody's life, no playbooks, no realities look like that. One of my favorites is a book called The Hard Thing About Hard Things by Ben Horowitz, which essentially, the first chapter is like how to fire your best friend. The second chapter is like how to tell your investors that you lost all their money. The third chapter is how to close the company that you've been building. You know, it's full of real life stories. And I'd realized, again, just 8 weeks before, that the book that I had written was not like that.
Chase Jarvis7:26
And, surprisingly, when I and my agent and my publisher were so supportive, and yet they were terrified. Mhmm. I imagine essentially like suicide as a as a as an author, and yet it poured out of me because it was truthful, it was valuable, it was a thing that I knew to be thing that I needed to share with the world. And importantly, it is like that. It's about how it's not that you never make mistakes or that you never betray yourself. It's really about how to get 1% better every day, how to learn to listen to that, how to recover from mistakes rather than behave perfectly. So to me, that's the book that I needed. Because when I look back at my past, truly, everything that was deeply meaningful and super valuable and, you know, created massive lift in my career or my relationships, it was all on the other side of some sort of difficulty.
Chase Jarvis8:19
So that's what this book is about. And and the punchline, it's not about some external journey. It's an internal journey, and that's to me what's great. It's like it's all available to you right now. It's just a matter of sort of turning on the things that culture and society and being a business person, being a thoughtful, creative human, it's hard. So these are the answers that I feel like led to the best stuff in my life and the best stuff of, you know, more than a 1000 guests that I've had on my show and and historical folks as well.
Jay Clouse8:51
How do you tune into that? Because once you had all of the space to, like, listen to what you really want, you know, you cleared things away. I kinda feel like consciously or subconsciously, a lot of times life is like intentionally clouding ourselves to not listen to this thing because it's like such a confronting question of what is it do I really want? It's actually one of the few questions that I have in my morning journal as a prompt, which is what do I really want?
Chase Jarvis9:16
It's a powerful question, and I love that we share that if that's what you journal on. I essentially journal on that every day and have been for, gosh, maybe 12 months consistently. And before that, it was sort of, you know, once a week or once every other week. And I got that notion hat tip to James Clear from Atomic Habits. Just journaling on the same thing, you'd be surprised at how specific you can get and how valuable that specificity is. So you're right. We think that that's just readily available to us. But there's this really interesting thing that I found in the research.
Chase Jarvis9:54
There's a a French philosopher, his name is Rene Girard, and he articulates very clearly that as humans, as social animals, we have what is called mimetic desires. And mimesis means to copy. It's not an accident why social media has become so terrifying and successful, you know, so addictive. But all we're doing is seeing people and then trying to act like them. And yet, when we're super quiet, staring at the ceiling at 2 AM when we wake up, or my mom's in the hospital right now, for example. And when we're faced with these really difficult moments, it's amazing how all that noise fades away. And my goal is to help you realize that without having to go through the trauma of losing a loved one or without having to hit really, really difficult patches because the information is there. It's right under the surface, but we've just been conditioned to not tune into it.
Chase Jarvis10:53
So what if we could, instead of being like everybody else that we see on our, you know, radar, whether that's in our social feed or our heroes, what if we could be the best versions of ourselves and what is it that we really want? And, this combination of creating a little space, for me it was because my company had been acquired, but I realized it's actually that it's not required. So what I've tried to create is a little bit of a shortcut into that. And, man, soon as I could tap into that, this is like the juice that you get that allowed me to write an entire book in essentially 2 months when you actually tap into it. So that's, a, what this book is about, and b, you know, this is a road map on how to do it.
Jay Clouse11:34
What is that shortcut you found? Or what are what are a couple of ways that people might be able to walk away from this and say, how do I give myself the mental space to explore this question of what do I want?
Chase Jarvis11:44
Yeah. The framing of the book is pretty simple. It's essentially that all the best stuff in life is on the other side of our comfort zone. And how do we access that? Well, it turns out there are seven really really simple, but very powerful tools that reside naturally inside us. And these are things that culture again, there's no evil overlord here. This is just part of being in a mass culture and and part of being a social animal. Essentially conditions us away from those things. So there's 7 tools, and each one plays a really critical role in our ability to listen to this and take action on it.
Chase Jarvis12:21
And I'll give you an example of one of these tools, and it's the first one in the book, and it aligns most with the question you just asked. It's it's basically our attention. What people don't realize, and I throw myself in there as people. I'm I'm only able to talk about this on the other side of doing this work, that our ability to direct our attention we we are born as attention seeking machines. A baby coos and cries when it comes out of the womb for a reason. Because if humans don't get attention, you know, we will die, literally. You know, and then if you look at culture, like, it's all about me. How do I stand out in a crowd? And, you know, how do people buy my products and services and hire me as a creator or, you know, whatever.
Chase Jarvis13:01
How do I and yet, the most important thing and powerful thing is how do we as humans direct our attention? What do we pay attention to? And are we in charge of that? Or do we willfully give this away to someone else? Or to advertising or to your social feed. So there's a great story that I share in the book about attention, and it's a difficult one to swallow because it's about a man named Victor Frankl. He wrote a book called Man's Search For Meaning, and he was a psychiatrist psychologist who was in a concentration camp. His ability to direct his attention and help others in his proximity do the same, completely transformed his experience of being in a concentration camp. Now, you know, that's a pretty extreme example. But if you do extend that, your experience of life life is not happening to you. It's happening for you. And you literally decide every day how you're going to respond to what happens.
Chase Jarvis14:05
And that it is a choice is not up for questions. It's it's scientifically, it's a fact. And Viktor Frankl's example, you know, is a great narrative of why. And yet, I, myself, you know, wake up, and this is a difficult thing, or I'm struggling here. And if we are able to control this organ, this multimillion euro organ between our ears, if we can direct what we pay attention to, gratitude instead of frustration and anger, we actually have a different experience of our life. We are the sum of our experiences, and that we choose our experiences, that's super powerful medicine. So there are a handful of very specific things to do. But that's what I mean about, like, the shortcut into that first is, what are you paying attention to? Do you care? Are you actually interested in the thing that we're talking about here? To me, I just see a universe of inputs telling us how we ought to be and behave and what we should be, and there's 5 things we should do as a business owner.
Chase Jarvis15:05
And yet, if we can sort of quiet those voices, listen to the ones our internal compass, then that is the secret.
Jay Clouse15:14
After a quick break, Chase and I go deeper on the attention economy, the discomfort that comes with leveraging human psychology, and the one question that we actually both write about in our daily journal. So don't go anywhere. We'll be right back. And now back to my conversation with Chase Jarvis. You've mentioned Renee Girard and Mimetic Desire a couple of times now. I'm like chomping at the bit to talk about it, but I need to put it aside for one more moment here. This effort of focusing your attention, There's a great book called Wrapped by Winifred Gallagher. Have you read this?
Chase Jarvis15:48
I have. It was a while ago. When when what,
Jay Clouse15:51
I think it was released in 2010\. So ahead of its time in terms of, like, attention economy.
Chase Jarvis15:57
For sure. Yes. I remember this book.
Jay Clouse15:59
The one thing I remember from this book after reading it, you know, months, years later, when it comes to focusing your attention, he described it as bottom up and top down. And he said humans, every creature has bottom up attention where we're attuned to, like, threats. Things that have to capture our attention. It's it's the red bird out of the corner of your eye when the rest of the landscape is blue.
Chase Jarvis16:19
Something yeah. Moving on to the eyes and the saber toothed tiger. Yeah.
Jay Clouse16:22
And top down is this focused attention that you're talking about, which requires willpower and gets harder throughout the day. Harder the less you flex that muscle. And that's been a really powerful thing for me to think about that just emphasizes what you're saying because Yeah. The more people focus on this creator economy, the more emphasis is placed on psychology and basically weaponizing what we know about human psychology to take advantage of bottom up attention mechanisms in people. And it's just hard because, you know, you and I play in a similar space in that we want to bring attention to things. Yeah. But we also want to encourage people to choose for themselves, which puts us in a a weird position. If you think about this.
Chase Jarvis17:07
Yeah. I do. And I feel like the way that I am able to manage my psychology around that, this is one of the reasons that I have dedicated a big part of my career to sharing information that I found valuable. My background, my trade is as a high end commercial photographer. I was one of the top commercial photographers on the planet for a decade and a half, and way back in 2,005, long before I mean, it was literally before YouTube. It was called Google Video. I had a full time video team, and the goal of that team was expressly put to them as document the process of me trying to figure this out. And I'm going to do the thing that I'm doing.
Chase Jarvis17:53
I'm seeking to become one of the most successful storytellers in commercial photography, and I wanna get hired on the basis of that. And it's your job, video team, to tell stories about me trying to figure this out. So to me, that was a really natural way of I realized that if I'm doing something and I'm able to get some wins and share some pretty significant losses, that, man, I bet other people could pay attention. And and arguably, that is what put me on the map. Right? I was a very talented photographer, but being good and being highly skilled and competent is sort of one piece of the puzzle of breaking out. And it was my ability to tell stories. I had people, like, helping me because I believed that this sharing of knowledge was an interesting vector to explore, specifically because I didn't have that. I learned how to become a photographer literally through taking thousands of pictures.
Chase Jarvis18:53
I never assisted another photographer a day in my life. I literally went to the library and checked out biographies of artists. And, boy, was that rough and slow and painful, and there had to be a better way. Foundationally, the answer to your question is that I've dedicated a big part of my professional career to sharing information. In part because in order to tell a good story, you've got to be pretty you have to understand it up, down, front, and back. Totally. And so it's valuable for me, and my hope is that in doing that for myself, man, maybe we can share this with a bunch of other people and and bring them along.
Jay Clouse19:29
I wanna follow-up on your journaling practice because if I'm listening to this and I hear, wait, you answer the same question every day in your journal, wouldn't you just be writing the same thing every day?
Chase Jarvis19:39
No. That's what's fascinating about it. It's not.
Jay Clouse19:42
I wanna hear your experience because for me, it's also not. And I'm not asking you to, like, read me your private thoughts and and goals, but I'm curious to hear what patterns you see in answering that question day after day.
Chase Jarvis19:52
If I try and summarize them because there's a a lot of journal entries, especially when you talk about, you know, there's 100 reflecting on the same question, it just ends up getting more specific, and it ends up starting to eschew the things that everybody else wants for us. That's the confusing thing about building a life you love, is that there's so many inputs. And what's extra confusing is that those inputs, not just from the Internet and whatnot, they come from people who you're close to, and people that really love you and want the best for you. This is why your grandma wanted you to be an accountant. This is why, you know, your career counselor didn't think you should be an entrepreneur, should take the 9 to 5\. And these people care about you, and there's a lot of infrastructure and systems around how they think, and that you need to go to school because x y z. And yet, we end up taking advice not from people who are living our dreams. We end up taking advice from people who've given up on theirs.
Chase Jarvis20:55
Mhmm. And that's a scary prospect. So this act of asking yourself the same question, what I really want? There's all kinds of genre you can talk about. You can ask like what I really want emotionally in a relationship professionally, but it ends up being so good at weeding out, you know, of finding the signal and weeding out the noise.
Jay Clouse21:13
That's a good way to put it because that has been part of my experience where each day a lot of times it will waver from like, oh, I'm really feeling drawn towards family right now. And I just wanna talk about family. And then some days it's like I'm consumed with work thoughts. So I'm talking about that. What really surprised me as I was doing this exercise was I started to articulate that a lot of times I'm seeking respect from other people I respect and I don't know that's actually like aspirationally again what I want but it is what I'm realizing is driving my behavior.
Chase Jarvis21:46
Sure.
Jay Clouse21:46
And so that's like an interesting evolution of you know, I'm seeing what's driving my behavior. But now is that what I really want? And I think it starts to get to this point you had of chewing some of these things that are put on us, which brings me back to Gerard and desire because this is also something I've recently discovered and has really been blowing my mind so the concept of a desire is in lieu of choosing or articulating or pursuing our own desires and goals, we kind of wear the desires that we see if others around us like a jacket. What have you done to try and get at the core of what Chase actually wants?
Chase Jarvis22:29
Well, there is this awareness piece, and that's one of the reasons of the seven tools that are in the book. That's why I start the book off with attention because it truly that dictates the experience that you have and what you pay attention to, your thoughts, the people, your external environment, what you pay attention to literally creates the experience that you have in the world, which equals life. You're creating experience and you're when you realize that you have a role in that, that's a a really interesting thing. So, actually working on developing the muscle of directing attention has been transformational. And, look, there's all kinds of mechanisms to do this. This is one of the reasons though why everyone who has really broken through in any major area of life has some sort of an internal dialogue practice. Meditation, mindfulness, awareness, prayer, like, I'm not actually here to prescribe one, but it's not an accident. My friend, Tim Ferris, I was in his book, Tools for Titans.
Chase Jarvis23:31
And afterwards, you know, we were having a glass of tequila, and I asked him, so what was of the, you know, 400 people that you got in the book or whatever, what were the most common threads? And number 1 number 1 was some sort of an awareness practice, a meditation of mindfulness and awareness. The ability to train your ability to direct attention. So to me, that's been a huge, huge one. And then I'll go back to Brene Brown, who I mentioned earlier. And if you're not familiar with her work, she's absolutely fantastic. There's a podcast I'll never forget. It was one of the first times she was on my show. I think it might have been 2,000 10 or 11.
Chase Jarvis24:10
Wow. And I asked her a very similar question. I said, you know, how do you decide who to listen to? And a lot of this is about, first, of course, listening to yourself. But this came through the context of being in the arena. There's a very famous Roosevelt quote called the man in the arena, and I'll paraphrase it here, which is essentially, what matters in life is if you're in the arena, and the people who are in the cheap seats, not actually in the arena, they don't deserve your attention. You shouldn't pay attention to them. And then, so the question becomes, okay, if you listen to yourself, who else? Because we're if we're only in this for ourselves, that's not really rich social connected human experience. She brings out of her wallet a little 1 inch by 1 inch square piece of paper.
Chase Jarvis24:54
And she said, on this piece of paper and she's holding us up on this video podcast. You can see it's just an amazing moment. This list is the list of people whose opinions of me, I really value. It's a 1 inch by 1 inch piece of paper. You know, and she's looking at this. And without revealing the names, it doesn't matter. You know that there's not that many people. And so it's either the people who are directly doing the thing that you are wanting to do or be the person you wanna be or become, that they have true insights to that.
Chase Jarvis25:27
Or the people that are very, very closest to you, that you are in service of. What, you know, maybe these are, you know, a spouse, a partner, you know, kids, or, you know, elders in your life. Like, that's who really matters. And so it's this combination, Jay, between journaling on what I want, what I pay attention to, and what I choose to do with this one precious life with the days that I have, the time and and energy that I've got, and who am I doing this for? Certainly, first for me, because if we don't have our oxygen mask on, it's hard for us to assist other passengers. You know, about that little euphemism there from being on an airplane. But there's also a handful of people that are really close. Those are the people that I care about what they think of me, and it's this combination of those two things. What lights me up and who do I wanna be on this journey with? That's a potent combination.
Jay Clouse26:20
I think a lot of people, just about everybody listening to this podcast, they've probably already done some things that most people globally would look at as not safe. You know, the entrepreneurial path, not safe. Yep. But I don't think that's, like, the one fork in the road decision that then says you've done it. You are not playing it safe anymore. I find myself hiding, playing small, curious to hear all the creative people you talk to. Where do people who have already stepped off the traditional path typically find themselves still playing it safe.
Chase Jarvis26:55
This is one of my favorite things about this is that it's a process. This is not about a moment where you realize it and then you're set. This is there is a tractor beam that is everywhere around you, and it's always trying to talk you out of your dreams. And it's trying to get you to be like everyone else. It's trying to get you to play it safe. And this tractor beam, again, there's no evil overlord. But what I have come to realize is that even after living a really interesting and very wide ranging set of experiences for me as a person, as an entrepreneur, as a business person, from doing television shows to advertising campaigns to venture back startup CEO. That's, like, a lot of experiences is that, man, I actually end up playing it safe in so many different areas of my life over and over again.
Chase Jarvis27:50
And so what people don't realize, I'll just use meditation as as an analogy. Meditation is not the act of perfectly getting into the the the moment every time, being there for 10 or 20 minutes, and then leaving that perfection. If you ask, say, a monk, the act of meditating as an example is it's not keep your mind from wandering. It's when your mind wanders, just bring it back to center. Bring it back to the mantra, bring it back to the thing that you're focused on, breath, whatever. And by extension, it's on, breath, whatever. And by extension, it's not that we are not going to. We made a decision never to play it safe, and then we properly chase all the best things on the other side of our comfort zone and never look back.
Chase Jarvis28:32
This is about no, man. There's all sorts of challenges that we face in this arena on a daily, hourly, weekly, monthly, yearly basis. Right? We figure out who we are, what we wanna be, what company we wanna start. We go after that dream, and then partway through, we get talked out of that dream because someone says, yeah, that's kind of a risky business decision. Or maybe you should sell that company, or maybe you shouldn't take that big leap and, you know, put it all on black or whatever. And we get seduced by this. And so, you know, this is why the book it's read it through one time first, but why it broke out in as a reference guide as well. Because when you start to do this, you should go back and read different sections that can reawaken you to, oh, man, this is why I'm making this mistake.
Chase Jarvis29:20
And the key message is not, again, never to make a mistake. It's like, no, you're gonna make mistakes over and over and over. It's just about, again, recovering 1% more quickly, more wisely, more thoughtfully, more kindly than before, and how to get back on the horse.
Jay Clouse29:36
Yeah. I like the word practice a lot because there was a time 3 or 4 years ago where I did a 10 day Vipassana silent meditation course. Super intense.
Chase Jarvis29:48
Very. And I came back. Realize. Right? Oh my gosh. My wife does 2 a year. So I I I have not done one. Just so we're clear, Jay. You're a legend.
Jay Clouse29:56
I used to think of it as a retreat, and then I did it. And now I'm like,
Chase Jarvis29:59
oh, no.
Jay Clouse29:59
It's not a retreat. It's a course. It's work, It's not relaxing at all and then I got back and I would meditate daily and that habit has lapsed a lot so it's just this reminder that even in that like specific meta example a period of intensity is good, is valuable, but it does not necessarily create the habit and it's not sufficient over the long term.
Chase Jarvis30:24
Yep. Necessary, but not sufficient is a great way of thinking about it.
Jay Clouse30:28
So how do you know if you're playing it too safe in your own life? Well, after one last break, Chase and I get into this and talk about the conversation on this podcast that still haunts me. We'll be right back. And now please enjoy the rest of my conversation with Chase Jarvis. I had a conversation with Nathan Barry, the founder of ConvertKit, a couple years ago. And he talked about this moment where he was building ConvertKit, but it was doing like a couple $1,000 in monthly recurring revenue. He's thinking about giving it up, and he had a mentor who asked him, do you still want the outcome that you wanted when you set out on this journey? He said, yes. I still want to build this. I still want to build a world class SaaS company.
Jay Clouse31:10
And then the mentor asked, have you done everything in your power to give yourself the best shot at being successful? And that question just rattles around in my brain all the time because if you ask yourself those same questions for whatever it is that you're doing and your answer is no, I have not done everything in my power, you're immediately coming up with bullet points. What would I be doing if I was doing everything in my power? Yeah. And that to me is like the perfect illustration of where you're still playing it safe.
Chase Jarvis31:39
Yes. Excellent. And I have nothing further to add. Like, that epitomizes what I'm talking about. Full stop. And that it happens to all of us in every aspect of our life. And it feels like you know, how do we feel like we can get off sort of the hamster wheel that that could create? Because if you'd ask that question in your career, you can find the answer. And you're like, oh, man.
Chase Jarvis32:05
I can do more. And then you ask this question of your health and wellness. Oh, man, I could do more. And you ask that of relationships in your life. Oh, man, I can do more. So what I've tried to do is create a framework for how to manage those things and how to be thoughtful with them in all the areas of your life. And, you know, just I identify as a creative person, as a business person. I used to think that my creativity needed to be unbound.
Chase Jarvis32:31
And, you know, as soon as you try and pin me down, that's the worst thing you could do with my creativity. And now I realized that a little bit of structure, actually, it set my creativity free. Some constraints, if you will, helped to drive amazing outcomes. And all of these things that that we can do in all these different areas of our lives, when we realize that we're not doing the most we could. Instead of beating us up and making us feel bad about it, it's a little structure gets us pointed in a direction with a handful of tools that are natively within us right now, wherever you are. It's about awakening those tools, reactivating them, and getting back to who you are.
Jay Clouse33:10
What are some of those constraints look like for you?
Chase Jarvis33:13
Well, lots of them. There's a whole chapter. One of the 7 tools in the book is specifically about constraints. And and I that example that I just shared about, I used to think especially early on in my career that, oh, man, no one's gonna tell me when to work and no one's gonna you know, that's those are things that are gonna keep me down. And yet, as I mentioned, constraints like deadlines, like, who are you accountable to? That these were incredibly powerful drivers of behavior. I like to think of those, you know, there's all kinds of constraints. There's external ones, time pressures, for example. And then there's internal ones, like, who do I wanna show up as? You know, I I mentioned I'm going through a really tough period with my mom right now.
Chase Jarvis33:56
She's in the hospital and she's very sick. And it's amazing the lens that that puts on what's important. Those lenses, again, we we don't need someone close to us to be struggling in order to find those, and yet it's wildly convenient. And so how can we, instead of relying on those things, start to create those constraints for ourselves? This is one of the reasons that I journal on what do I really want every day because it helps me decide how I spend my days, my time, my energy, my heart, my soul, my thoughts. Like, if you're clear on this, then things that don't matter, you know, how many followers you have on social media or if that person that you don't really like likes you or not. Or, you know, there's a 100 little sort of whimsical throwaway examples. And yet, if you add all those up, that becomes your life. These are not moments in between our lives.
Chase Jarvis35:01
Like, this is literally our life. And that's one of the reasons that I'm completely rewrote the book is because this is the book that I need. When you said, you know, a lot of people try and write the book that they needed, this is the book and the one that I'd wish I had 20 years ago. And now, of course, I wouldn't trade my experiences because they've got me to the position I'm in. But I'd imagine that there are a lot of what I call vitamins. Things you could do it'd be nice to be better at that. But I would also imagine that if you distilled, if you were, you know, again, quiet, 2 AM, staring at the ceiling when you're awake in bed, what you need is an aspirin. You need some relief from the hardest parts of your life that you are stuck in.
Chase Jarvis35:44
That's the book that I felt like I needed, and so that's the book that I wrote.
Jay Clouse35:49
You have the first chapter available on your website
Chase Jarvis35:52
and I do.
Jay Clouse35:52
It's actually a lengthy amount of the book that you give with that and there's part of it where you you kind of draw a distinction between extraordinary outcomes and what I would call like extraordinary choices kind of detaching the 2 which I think is important because not playing it safe is an extraordinary choice by definition. Yep. But it also doesn't guarantee any specific outcome. So if I can't guarantee an extraordinary outcome, what's the point? Why do this hard thing?
Chase Jarvis36:28
Sure. I genuinely appreciate and value your style of conversing about this, Jay. And it's thoughtful question because playing it safe safety, I would just say, is an illusion. Right? It doesn't exist in nature, and yet, why do we seek it? And, you know, when I did years of research on this book, and when I've talked to so many people who have done, built, become people that I really respect and admire, it's because they took, you know, extraordinary risk. And yet, this is not about ignoring the downside. I say that in the intro. Also, you may remember this line. This I'm not talking about seat belts and sunscreen.
Chase Jarvis37:10
I'm not talking about emotional safety or physical safety. All those things are very valuable. I'm talking about the things, the decisions that keep us trapped in a life half lived. And the same amount of stuff goes wrong pursuing a big audacious goal or a life that feels risky or out of reach as does every traditional walk of life. You think you're choosing a safe fill in the blank, and yet the same amount of shit is gonna go wrong. It's just when it goes wrong, it's gonna be extra difficult because you're gonna care way less about it because it's not truly the thing in your heart that you want or it's not truly an attribute that you wanna have or be or become. Safety is an illusion. There's actually a great quote that was very inspirational to me from Helen Keller.
Chase Jarvis38:02
I'll read it really quick. It says, security is mostly a superstition. It does not exist in nature, nor did the children of men as a whole experience it. Avoiding danger is no safer in the long run than outright exposure. Life is either a daring adventure or nothing. And that encapsulates to me, that is the answer to your question. The belief that a safe path that is say and I'm again, I'm not talking about throwing all caution to the wind. If you ask Richard Branson, and I have, he's he invested in my last company.
Chase Jarvis38:37
He's a friend and a mentor. Yeah. He protects the downside, and he's and he's got over 400 companies. What a lot of people don't know is that when he started Virgin Airlines, the first plane he bought was a 747\. Everyone's like, oh my god. That's crazy. That's the biggest I mean, you'd think you'd start with a small plane and some small routes, and he chartered a flight to one of the Virgin Islands to be with the woman that he was trying to get with at that time. And that gave him the idea.
Chase Jarvis39:05
He buys the 747, but he tells me, you know what? I prenegotiated the ability to sell that plane back to Boeing when my adventure didn't work. It just so happened that it worked, so he didn't have to. But this is not the, like, set everything on fire, burn the boats that it seems like from the out. And, you know, again, the the title might be a bit evocative, but what it allowed him to think about and do was to truly go after the thing that he wanted to truly you know, you can't stand out and fit in at the same time. It allowed him to truly listen to what he wanted to build, you know, who he wanted to be and become. And it was a vehicle, a path for doing that. Yeah. I guess the same amount of stuff's gonna go wrong.
Chase Jarvis39:51
And if you're going for something that you really care about deeply and meaningfully, whether that's who you wanna be or, you know, what you wanna become professionally. If I told you that it was the same level of risk, which it's basically it is, which would you choose? I think it's worth a shot. Just don't don't play it safe. If you
Jay Clouse40:20
want to get your own copy of Never Play It Safe or check out the first chapter for free, check out the links in the show notes. You can also find links to Chase's website and social handles. And if you enjoyed this episode, please consider leaving a rating on Apple Podcasts or Spotify. Thanks for listening, and I'll talk to you next
Chase Jarvis40:39
week.
Chase Jarvis
Push the pace, sustain the standard.
## Push the Pace
Pushing the [pace](https://creatorscience.com/pacing) means moving a little faster than is comfortable. This week, we kicked off four concurrent test projects with different video editors.
Four!
Last month, we ran a single test with a new editor, and that relationship ultimately didn't work out. As a result, we're back at square one (but lost several weeks of time). So we decided to accelerate our progress of finding our next hire – instead of trying another single test, we'll do four at once.
That's pushing the pace.
At the same time, I've started other projects, including:
- Updating [The Lab sales page](https://join.creatorscience.com/?ref=creatorscience.com)
- Launching registration for The Lab IRL, our in-person event
- Spinning up a referral directory inside The Lab
- Putting together a mastermind program inside The Lab
- Implementing new email automations
- A (still secret) design project
- A (still secret) writing project
That's pushing the pace. It's uncomfortable – there are a lot of balls in the air, and I'm investing cash in each of these projects simultaneously! But if I were to start them *sequentially*, the overall progress would be much slower.
When done well, pushing the pace taps into some unused potential and helps you grow faster – and those gains compound over time!
The challenge, of course, is ensuring that we give each of these projects enough of our attention and effort to be successful. And that's where the second half of the mantra comes in.
## Sustain the Standard
You need to uphold a standard of quality for your work. And that standard will increase all the time. But if pushing the pace makes it impossible to sustain the standard, you've pushed it too far.
[Caleb Ralston](https://www.acquisition.com/caleb?ref=creatorscience.com) explained this to me as the accordion method. You expand your overall output, but if it fails to meet your quality standards, you constrict again.
Some key ways to identify if you're failing to meet your standards:
- The work doesn't look, sound, or feel like you
- You're embarrassed to publish the finished work
- You're publishing to meet a deadline (but you know it's not ready)
- Your audience is less engaged than they were before
- The work isn't having the same impact as it did when the pace was slower
## Knowing Your Limits
Your team, like your body, has limits. You can't push the pace indefinitely – you need to watch for signs that the wheels are coming off and address them.
If increasing the pace isn't making an impact, that's a problem.
If you or your team are burning out, that's a problem.
If this reveals holes in your process or capabilities, that's a problem.
In those cases, slow down, address the issues, and press forward again.
## Conclusion
Most of the time, we underestimate ourselves (and our team). Not only can we operate at a faster pace than feels comfortable, but we can sustain a higher standard than feels comfortable, too.
Whether you're a solo creator or leading a creative team – it's on YOU to set the pace and enforce the standard. YOU are the flexologist helping the team go beyond their comfort zone.
### Questions to Consider
- Where in your work could you increase pace without sacrificing quality?
- What projects are you planning sequentially but could actually start in parallel?
- How do you define your quality standard, and how do you measure it?
While increasing the pace may be uncomfortable at first, your team and your business will be stronger for it.
### How you can plan for growth in 2025
URL: https://creatorscience.com/podcast/2025-growth-strategy/
Last updated: 2026-10-15T12:36:35.000Z
Episode 247
# How you can plan for growth in 2025
We are almost a quarter through 2025\. This is a good time to look against your goals for the year, take stock, and say, how are things tracking a quarter through the year? Do I need to refocus, redirect, and reallocate to hit these goals…
Mar 18, 202555 min
[Watch](#watch) [Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/how-you-can-plan-for-growth-in-2025/id1498801064?i=1000699606927&uo=4&ref=creatorscience.com) [Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/episode/5sdTvbT67kFlOzCqJwhap6?ref=creatorscience.com) More players
Listen in your app
[Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/creator-science-with-jay-clouse/id1498801064?ref=creatorscience.com)[Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/show/39j9VhklsBs1aLWtkGTWJT?ref=creatorscience.com)[YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/@jay/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Overcast](https://overcast.fm/itunes1498801064/creator-science?ref=creatorscience.com)[Pocket Casts](https://pocketcasts.com/podcast/creator-science-with-jay-clouse/7db47890-2ff0-0138-96e6-0acc26574db2?ref=creatorscience.com)[Castro](https://castro.fm/podcast/5f8d5083-92f5-4a4e-a83e-29a773baa95c?ref=creatorscience.com)[Castbox](https://castbox.fm/channel/id2626956?ref=creatorscience.com)[Podcast Addict](https://podcastaddict.com/feed/https%3A%2F%2Ffeeds.megaphone.fm%2FTPG4024225475?ref=creatorscience.com)Copy the RSS feed

Prefer to listen?
## About this episode
We are almost a quarter through 2025\. This is a good time to look against your goals for the year, take stock, and say, how are things tracking a quarter through the year? Do I need to refocus, redirect, and reallocate to hit these goals I set earlier in the year? Or, in some cases, maybe your goals have changed.
I typically judge the health of my business on revenue and profitability. And for a little behind-the-scenes, I'm taking some big bets in the business this year and investing a lot of dollars into those bets.
As I look at this new future where we're investing more in video and we're investing in audience growth and better content, I am asking myself, how do I increase revenue in 2025? And maybe you are asking yourself the same thing. So, in this episode, I'm going to talk about my plan for increasing revenue in 2025, give you some specific examples of how I'm thinking about that in my business, and maybe that will inspire you a little bit, too.
## Full transcript
8,779 words · click any timestamp to jump the video there
Jay Clouse0:14
Hello, my friend. Welcome back to another episode of Creator Science. We are almost a quarter through 2025, which seems crazy that we are almost through the third month of 2025\. But this is a really good time to check against your goals. You have Creator HQ. You can look in your goals database, hopefully. But this is a good time to look against your goals for the year and take stock and say, how are things tracking a quarter through the year? Do I need to refocus, redirect, reallocate in order to hit these goals I set earlier in the year? Or in some cases, maybe your goals have actually changed. Maybe the priorities that you have have actually changed.
Jay Clouse0:55
This is something that I'm thinking about at this point in the year. I typically judge the health of my business on revenue, on profitability. And so as I'm looking at my numbers for the first quarter of the year, I'm thinking about revenue and profitability. And for a little behind the scenes, I'm taking some big bets in the business this year. I'm taking some big bets and investing a lot of dollars into those bets. Things like the new studio that I'm recording in now, this was not a cheap endeavor. And because I'm investing so much in the studio and the space, I'm also investing more in video as a capability within the business. So we're looking to bring on a full time editor onto the team right now.
Jay Clouse1:38
Another not insignificant expense to the business as a whole. We're doing our first in person event in June this year as part of the lab. Standard and VIP members of the lab will be invited to this two day in person experience in front of Crafting Commerce Kits annual conference. We're looking to have about 40 to 50 folks in the community show up to that in person event. And even though we'll have ticket sales for that, we have secured a priority pricing block at a hotel, which comes with a guarantee of minimum bookings of that hotel, and that's an expensive, potentially, sort of thing to put in place. We're making some big changes and upgrades to the lab itself, and I'm hiring folks to help me inside the community. So all this to say, I am investing more into the business than ever before. And I don't know about you, but when I am investing more or more expenses come, part of my Midwest upbringing has historically been thinking, okay, Where can I cut expenses and reallocate that revenue, that money to these new expenses? But what I'm pushing myself to do is to instead of thinking about where can I cut back and reallocate resources, I wanna focus on increasing my resources, earning more revenue in the business? There's a point in time, gosh, almost six years ago now probably, when I was early in the business and I was starting to do okay.
Read the full transcriptClose transcript
Jay Clouse3:04
I think it was my first, no, I hadn't hit 6 figures yet. I was getting close to 6 figures, and I felt like I should be pushing myself to earn 6 figures in the business. But I was comfortable, and I couldn't get myself excited about an arbitrary number, an arbitrary revenue goal. And I spoke to my coach at the time and I said, I feel like I should have this goal of hitting six figures in the business, but I'm just not motivated by that goal at all. And And he looked at me and he said, your vision will eventually outpace your resources. When your vision outpaces your resources, that is when you will feel the pressure to perform at a higher level and earn more revenue because you need more resources to match your vision. And at the time, I didn't really have a vision for the business. I didn't have a vision for myself.
Jay Clouse3:51
And so I had adequate resources for what I was trying to do at the time. And that has changed over the years as I wanna do more and my vision expands, my need for resources grows, I acquire more resources, but I hit these points, these plateaus where I'm comfortable and I have enough resources for the vision. But here we are at the beginning of 2025, near the end of the first quarter, as I said, and my vision for what the business is, should be, can be, is outpacing my resources a little bit. I feel like we are on the precipice of making a change to be much more of a video first company, and video is the most expensive part of the business. The team supporting our our channel and all things that we do in video is just the most expensive part of the business. And so if I'm gonna invest more there, then I really need to start thinking about the business as a video first business, and everything else kind of comes as a second order effect or consequence of the video effort. Anyway, all that to say, as I look at this new future where we're investing more in video and we're investing in audience growth, better content, I am asking myself, how do I increase revenue in 2025? And maybe you are asking yourself the same thing. So in this episode, I'm going to talk about my plan for increasing revenue in 2025, give you some specific examples of how I'm thinking about that in my business, and maybe that will inspire you a little bit too.
Jay Clouse5:24
So anytime it comes to revenue growth, I think there are two main levers you can pull. One is traffic, and the other is conversion. Traffic being more attention to your stuff and conversion being more of the attention you're getting, taking some form of action that you think downstream eventually will become revenue for your business. Let's look at these each one at a time starting with traffic. I think a lot of people actually start here on traffic. But typically, I actually like to start on the conversion side because if you are converting one out of 10 customers, that's 10% conversion. And for every 100 visitors, you'll get 10 customers, to make simple math. If you increase your conversion to 15% or 20%, that means for the same 100 visitors, you would get 15 or 20 customers.
Jay Clouse6:18
Which means if you double traffic and you're getting 10%, then that's 20 customers. If you double traffic and you're getting 20%, that's 40 customers. So you can see this is a force multiplier. When you improve conversion first, then traffic improvements have a much higher return in total. So, actually, maybe we should talk about conversion before we talk about traffic because I think conversion is underappreciated, underexplored for a lot of creators today. We're good at capturing attention. We're good at getting attention, making content that pulls people in. And a lot of times people think, well, if I want to increase my revenue, I just need to make more content or drive more attention.
Jay Clouse7:01
And that is true. That will do that. But if you focus on the conversion metrics that matter first, you'll actually probably have a higher outcome at the end. So when I talk about conversion, what does that mean? A few things. Conversion could be converting social traffic to email subscribers. It could mean converting email traffic to audio listeners. It could be converting email and audio traffic to purchases. There are conversion points at any point that you want the listener, the reader, the viewer.
Jay Clouse7:35
At any point, you want your audience to take a specific action, that is a conversion point. So what are the conversion points that I'm thinking about that are important in my business? Well, I just listed three of them. Okay? Converting social traffic to email is one of the biggest because I know email is arguably the greatest asset that I have in the business, my email list. This is anyone who has traded over their email address is saying, I'm giving you permission to send me messages, and I will continue to receive them for as long as I consent to receive them. People can unsubscribe at any time. But what's magical about email, and I know I'm probably preaching to the choir to a lot of you, is it's a relationship you control. On social media, there's a platform in between you and your followers. It is not guaranteed that anybody who clicks a follow button on some platform is ever gonna see your content again.
Jay Clouse8:33
There's no guarantee that somebody who just followed you yesterday will ever see anything you post again. That's extreme. It's most likely they'll see some of your stuff, the best performing stuff. But the point being, there is no guarantee. There's no guarantee that your followers will actually see the things that you make. However, in email, it is much more reliable. It's not perfectly reliable because, of course, email inboxes have some degree of power. Gmail will try to filter things into promotions or different tabs.
Jay Clouse9:04
Apple Mail is the same way. But by and large, if someone says, I'm giving you permission to email me, that email will end up in their inbox in a chronological order. And if they've been engaged with your emails before, opening them, replying to them, it's much more likely it's gonna show up in their primary inbox right in front of them. It's more reliable. The other great thing about email is the distance between receiving an email and clicking to some page where I can take some sort of action is just much shorter. It's a lot easier to get people from email to a landing page, a sales page, some other asset than it is on social media. On social media, it's much more difficult to get people off of social media because those platforms don't want you to get people off of social media. So the game is how can I get people away from my discovery platforms, social media, YouTube, and into email? And this has gotten much more difficult in the world of social.
Jay Clouse10:04
It used to be that on Twitter, now x, I could post a thread. At the end of the thread, I would have a tweet that says, if you like this, you would like my newsletter. That type of strategy did very, very well on x. It still does okay on LinkedIn, but it's not really what's driving subscribers now for folks like me. It just doesn't work as well on x, doesn't work as well really anywhere. And so what I am focusing more on is can I said moron? What I'm focusing more on is getting people from YouTube to email. Because I see YouTube as the best, most reliable discovery platform that I have. Now granted, it is hard to continue to get traffic on YouTube.
Jay Clouse10:53
If you make a great video and it does well and continues to get evergreen traffic for you, that is wonderful, and you wanna build a library of videos and assets like that. Our Jenny Hoyos video has almost 4,000,000 views all time. It's getting thousands of views per day still. That's an incredible asset. Something I made, gosh, nearly two years ago at this point is still getting thousands of views per day. That is a wonderful asset, and that's the power of YouTube. Now what I didn't do well with that video is having some sort of mechanism or some sort of reason why people watching that video should convert to an email subscriber or even how to convert to an email subscriber. And that is our big priority this year on the email conversion front is to say every single video that we publish on YouTube will have some relevant asset that goes along with it so that during the video, I can call out audibly, show it on screen.
Jay Clouse11:58
By the way, we have a companion resource for this video. It's linked at the top of the description. We just released a video today as I'm recording this. It's a video explaining my launch process for Creator HQ from last April. And in the video, we say, by the way, these graphics, these resources, the template of an email I sent to ask for testimonials, all of this is included in the link at the top of the description. And the goal is some percentage of viewers to the video are compelled to take the action of saying, I want these resources. I want this additional context. They go to the link in the description, and that is a form to our email list.
Jay Clouse12:39
It's built in kit. Basically, what I do is I make a new form in kit for every one of these videos. I embed it on a new page on the website that's specific for this video. And when people download the resource, I can see what form they came from. The link I use in the description is a link from short.i0 that redirects to that specific page. So I can see how many people from YouTube are clicking on that link. I can see how many people from YouTube are subscribing to this resource. Then get a sense for which videos, which calls to action work best for getting people from YouTube to email.
Jay Clouse13:21
And then behind the scenes, we're building more sequences and processes, automations to try to get people from the point of subscribing to getting them all the best resources that they could want in their business, and then eventually leading them to a purchase if it makes sense for them. So that's the name of the game on YouTube this year is, can we measure and attribute direct traffic from YouTube to email and then from email to eventually becoming a customer at some point? That is our biggest conversion goal for discovery traffic in the business. Other platforms, I think LinkedIn still has opportunity. It's harder to do this on Instagram and TikTok. Certainly, easier on Instagram than TikTok. You know, the way people used to do this deplatforming from social to email was with a quiz or go to the link in my bio. What we see more and more now is conversational marketing and automation. We had an episode with Natasha Willis a few months ago.
Jay Clouse14:18
She told us a lot about Instagram automation using ManyChat. And so a lot of people on Instagram in particular will say, just like our YouTube strategy, I made a resource, comment this word, and I'll send it to you. And that transaction, that conversation happens in direct messages. And then people subscribe via direct message, then they get into the email system. That's the next step once we figure out this YouTube system. But my Instagram account is not nearly as effective as my YouTube channel for getting new traffic. And so we're focusing on YouTube first. Alright.
Jay Clouse14:52
Next, I am constantly trying to get more people to listen to the audio podcast. This is another point of conversion that matters to me. Because when I look at the data of folks who apply to the lab, which is my main offer, 60% of people who apply to the lab tell me they listen to this show. And so I know that the highest contributor, the biggest contributor to new members of the community, both in terms of volume and in terms of quality, is the show. So how do I get more people listening to the podcast? Notoriously difficult thing to do. The only person that really approaches us with any level of vigor and research is Chris Hutchins that I found. Chris Hutchins was on the show in episode one seventy seven. I'll link it in the show notes.
Jay Clouse15:42
And he has done a lot more research on how to actually grow your audio show than anybody else, in my opinion. And, really, it seems to come down, in his opinion, to three things. One is being a guest on other shows. Two is doing cross promos, which is basically like a short snippet, an ad read by the host for another show, and you do it on each other's shows. The third is feed drops, meaning you actually drop an episode of your podcast into somebody else's feed. I think there's a fourth that probably he would count as guesting, which is basically saying, let's cocreate two episodes. Let's talk for two hours. Let's divide it in half.
Jay Clouse16:23
I'll post one episode on my channel. You post one episode on your feed. And then we'll release them the same week and say, if you want the other half of this conversation, go listen to the show. So I'm gonna try that in audio. But I also believe that I can get people from email to podcasting slowly, painfully over time by continuously talking about the podcast. And the best success I've had in this so far is not by sending an email and saying, hey. There's a new episode of the podcast. Go listen to it.
Jay Clouse16:50
But by structuring the body of an email around one of the points that was made in the podcast and saying, by the way, there's a lot more about this in today's episode, or this was taken from today's episode of the podcast where you'll also learn x, y, and z. So the email itself needs to be stand alone valuable because most people will not click to go listen to the podcast. So if the email just says, go listen to my podcast and most people don't click to the show, that means they just had a bad experience in email. So you need to make the email itself valuable and do that by pulling an insight from the show and then let people know, here is where you can listen to the full episode. I'm gonna continue to do that in email. And then, eventually, conversion really comes down to, can we convert email subscribers, audio listeners into customers where it makes sense and serves those people. And I am somebody who doesn't love doing launches. I prefer to sell my products evergreen because the best way to do launches is to have some level of scarcity, urgency.
Jay Clouse17:57
These are just the levers that get people to purchase because there's a forcing function there. And people know this, but I think it leads to a lot of dishonesty, bad activity, people kinda making false urgency and false scarcity just for the sake of getting people to make a high pressure decision. So I don't like that. I don't like the work that leads up to launches. What I prefer to think about is anticipation. Can I make something that people are really excited about and talk about it for a long time before it's available so that when it finally is available for purchase, people have been anticipating it? They've already decided they want it, and now they can make that purchasing decision. I also really like having incentives for fast action, whether that is having a specific discount for people who signed up for the wait list early as a thank you. The people who purchase something early are likely your biggest fans, and I think it's a good practice to give your biggest fans the best price and best opportunity when they are taking action early.
Jay Clouse19:05
So I'm thinking about email and podcasting, and how do we get people to be aware of our products at the time where it matters to them without doing launches or some sort of fake urgency. And, really, what I do is I talk about the products. You know? I'm I'm always surprised, but then I think, okay. That's obvious. The more you talk about your products, the more sales you'll have. And so if you're not getting enough sales, consider talking about your products more, and I think that will help. Okay. There are three more points to this conversion conversation that I wanna have.
Jay Clouse19:40
We're gonna take a quick break. We're gonna hear from our sponsors. And when we get back, I'll finish up this conversation on conversion, and then we'll talk about increasing traffic as well. So don't go anywhere. We'll be right back. Alright. We're back. Couple more points on conversion that I wanna talk about.
Jay Clouse19:56
When it comes to purchasing products, the question is, which products are you promoting? Which products are you trying to get people to purchase? A lot of creators, when they're trying to drum up new revenue, they think I need to create a new product. Because when I make and launch a new product, people come out of the woodwork and they purchase, and it's awesome. And I've been there. I get that. I've had that experience as well. The last new product I launched was a four hour workshop with my producer, Connor, where we talked about building a YouTube channel around a podcast that did better than I was expecting. That did somewhere around $26,000 in sales in a few days leading up to the workshop. Much better outcome than I was expecting.
Jay Clouse20:41
So I feel the urge at times also to say, let's build a new product. But the thing I come back to a lot, even with that great outcome with that product, my top product, the lab, my biggest offer generates far and away the most revenue in the business. And every time I think I should make a new product, I ask myself, but what would happen if I took that same effort and made the lab better and talked about the lab more or in a different way? Because the outcome is likely much, much better than making a new v one of a product. I can make v 10 of the lab, you know, like, the tenth cycle of improvement on the best offer. And the reason that this is compelling is things that are remarkable are typically made and improved upon for literal years. And also things that have the greatest competitive advantage, competitive moat protecting them are things that have been improved for years because that is your defense against somebody new entering the market and making a competing product. Sure. You can do that, but I've been doing this for years, and I'm going to improve my product at the same pace that you are going to improve yours, which means I naturally have a multi year edge on you.
Jay Clouse22:02
So every time I think about creating a new product, I come back to the lab and say, let's just make the lab better. Something we're doing right now is I am about to spin up another round of masterminds within the community. I've tried this in the past, and it has failed in the past because it's really tough to have masterminds in a community sustain if you don't have a clear leader in that group. So I think I have a new solution for solving the leadership problem, and I'm excited about it. And the great thing is I think this is gonna add huge value to the community. And when it comes to, okay, well, should I increase the price for that value? I'm not gonna do it. I'm gonna keep the price exactly the same. I'm gonna continue to make the product better and more valuable without raising the price.
Jay Clouse22:51
I think the prices are at a great place for standard and VIP and even the basic tier. And I just wanna make those products better and better. So it becomes both an easier yes to join for the first time, but more importantly, I want renewals to be a no brainer year in and year out. I think the lab can provide so much value in just a couple of exchanges that there's just no reason you should think about not renewing if you are putting in some effort to be in the community and seek out some of that help. One example we had in the community this past week, we had a creator ask a question. He was considering investing in a certain program. And it was not a cheap program. It was like a $10,000 program.
Jay Clouse23:39
He asked, has anyone had experience with this? Would you invest in it? And a lot of people in the community had experience with it. They said I would not invest in it. That's a $10,000 ROI in one post in the community. So I'm excited about this mastermind program, making it better. And as I think about my next educational product, I think about my signature products course. I'm gonna build that and launch it in the lab. I'm gonna do that for members of the lab first before I ever think about selling it publicly. Because it's a great way to test things.
Jay Clouse24:15
It makes that product better and more valuable. And ultimately, in a membership, you really shouldn't be optimizing for new members. You should be optimizing for member retention. Anyway, we're we're talking about conversion here. Sorry. I got a little bit off on a tangent. We're talking about conversion. The biggest question is, what is the product I'm trying to sell? And my takeaway for you is, you should focus on fewer products.
Jay Clouse24:42
You should focus on a signature product and say, let's improve conversion to that product and get that really, really working before we ever consider building some new product. And when it comes to okay. We have traffic. We're trying to get people to purchase our signature product. A lot of this comes down to messaging and positioning. How do you position this product against alternatives? And then how do you message the value of this product? Positioning is really important because people need to have a clear reason for what will this product do for me, and why is it a different offering than other things I'm aware of or taking no action at all. And I don't think a lot of creators are clear about this. What makes your product different, and why is it better than alternatives, including not taking any action? We focus on all of this stuff.
Jay Clouse25:44
Here's all the stuff you're gonna get in this product, but that doesn't necessarily position this against other alternatives or not doing anything. All that does is try to overload people with things we think they ascribe value to. But, really, we want to say this is going to solve your problem, and it's gonna solve your problem better than the alternatives. And here's why you should believe us. And that whole story is kind of the messaging that goes into this. If you're trying to improve conversion, I think you can do that by being more clear in your positioning and playing with the messaging. If it's not converting very well, we need to say, how can we message this better? And most of the time, it's as simple as focusing on the benefits rather than the features. Because, again, a lot of times, sales pages, sales copy, it's overloaded with the stuff.
Jay Clouse26:39
Here's all the stuff you're gonna get. But when people are making a purchasing decision, what they wanna know is, is this for me? Will this solve my problem? Why should I trust you? How can you make this seem like, yes. This is obviously built just for someone like me. If I believe this is built for someone like me and solves a specific problem or desire that I have, then the question is, why should I trust that this product will actually deliver on that promise? And that all comes from social proof. That comes from other people saying, I use this product. I got this outcome. I'm clearly somebody like you. Social proof goes so much further in getting a sale than any amount of stuff, any amount of features that you can point to on the sales page.
Jay Clouse27:30
Most product sales pages could be so much better by being very clear. This is a problem we solve. We solve it for this type of person. In fact, here are 10 examples of this type of person saying this product solved the problem for them. If that was just your sales page, sale over. People will convert. So I would revisit that. Is it very clear what your product does, who it does it for, and do you have examples of people like that saying, yes, this is true, and here's the results.
Jay Clouse28:00
That's the conversion side of things. As I'm thinking about increasing revenue in 2025, I'm thinking, okay. What products am I going to focus on? The answer is the lab. Lab, a little bit creator HQ, but mostly, I want to get more folks into the lab at all levels. Standard and VIP, if you're eligible for those levels, if you pass the application, and basic if you're not. Because I want the basic membership to help get people to the standard and VIP level. The lab is the best product I have built. It has the highest revenue potential and the highest customer satisfaction of anything that I've built.
Jay Clouse28:39
And so instead of building new things, I should just sell more units of the lab, sell more memberships. How can I do that? Improving messaging and positioning. I'm going to say, this is what this product does. This is how it solves it. I didn't have any messaging on the sales page about the basic membership really until this week. It was a big effort this week as we improved messaging on the sales page to say, here's the value of the basic membership if you're not eligible for standard and VIP. Because I know from my analytics that 80% of my audience is not eligible for standard and VIP. If that's you, consider the basic membership.
Jay Clouse29:16
We'll get you to the point where you are eligible and you can join. It also didn't say anything about the in person events that we do. So now we have photos on the sales page of some of the in person events that we've done, some more information about that. That is a more clear positioning difference against other online communities. We're doing stuff offline as well. That is what I'm trying to improve in conversion. But what converts? Traffic converts. How am I getting traffic? How am I getting more traffic into the business? How can you get more traffic into your business so you can convert more of it into customers? There's a few levers to pull here as well.
Jay Clouse29:55
The first one being platform strategy. Where are you operating? What kind of content are you making? How are you getting traffic to you? And when it comes to your own content, you need to choose what platforms you're gonna put effort into. I broadly categorize all platforms into one of two camps. First one being relationship platforms, second one being discovery platforms. You may have heard me talk about this before. Relationship platforms are systems of distribution where you have a direct line of communication to the end consumer. This is podcasting, email, SMS, private communities. It's great because you control that line of communication.
Jay Clouse30:39
It's more reliable than a discovery platform. It's challenging because you have to draw people into those platforms. In a lot of ways, those aren't even really traffic platforms. You're not getting new traffic to you in those circumstances most of the time because there's not a built in discovery mechanism. There's no algorithm. There's no third party platform that's incentivized to connect consumers with your content. That is what discovery platforms are for. And discovery platforms are typically social media and YouTube.
Jay Clouse31:11
So I tell people to focus on one discovery platform, one relationship platform, and that is your content strategy. And the more similar in medium these two things are, the better off you are. For example, if you are focused on email as your relationship platform, you might wanna choose a discovery platform that is more text based than audio or video based because consumers of text based content are more likely to want more text based content. If I like reading your content on LinkedIn or x, I'm more easily going to convert to an email subscriber than if you are putting reels on Instagram. If you're creating reels and that's how I know your content, it's gonna be a little bit harder of a transition to go from Reels viewer to email reader than LinkedIn reader to email reader. Does that make sense? So depending on your relationship platform of choice, email, podcasting, private communities where you might do video, you might do writing. You might wanna focus on discovery platforms that map to that. That being said, it is undeniable that in 2025, video is the most leverageable asset class, I guess.
Jay Clouse32:32
Long form video can easily be broken into short form video. Short form video can be shared on literally every short form platform or discovery platform today. So if you are compelled to learn video, especially if you have the skill set to do video well already, video is a huge opportunity today in 2025 because it's just such a portable, repurposable asset. That's a large reason why I'm thinking about our company becoming more of a video first company. Because if we make long form YouTube videos that can be more easily broken up in a short form, or if I just have a beautiful studio where I can come and sit down and record a short form video really quickly, then that asset can be syndicated, distributed across Instagram, TikTok, YouTube, LinkedIn, x, everywhere. Short form video can be put everywhere. When it comes to traffic, you need to think about your content platform strategy. And depending on how large your team is, you'll want to exercise some restraint in how many platforms you go after.
Jay Clouse33:41
Because content platforms, especially discovery platforms, they're a competitive sport these days. It is difficult to get attention on these platforms because there's more and more people competing for what is finite attention. And all this attention is being squeezed into the for you feed, the main feeds of these platforms where the platform says, we know your interest graph. We're gonna share with you what we think you'll find interesting regardless of who you follow. So increasingly, you are competing with every content creator on the planet on each of these platforms. And if you're gonna compete with the best of the best on any platform, you're gonna have to have a really high standard for what is good content for you on that platform. And so I think exercising restraint in how many platforms you're tackling, especially if you're trying to cross mediums, it's a big proposition to say, I'm going to write on LinkedIn, and I'm also going to make great short form content on TikTok. Those are two wildly different types of content.
Jay Clouse34:49
And if you, as an individual, are trying to do both of them at a world class level, you better be spending a lot of time consuming and practicing and pushing yourself to get better at that content, or it's just not going to stand out and compete. And over time, it's gonna be a higher and higher opportunity cost to focus on both rather than focusing on one. For us, this is why I hire really talented people within the content team, specifically for video. It's not a skill set I have. And even if I spent all of my time trying to get better at video, I wouldn't be as good as somebody who could somehow spend more time. And there are so many activities in the business that I have to do. I can't spend all my time on video. So there's always gonna be somebody who has a better skill set in video than I do.
Jay Clouse35:37
That's why I hire it out. But video is also, again, the most expensive set of skills you need to hire. You need to hire editors. You might need to hire a thumbnail producer. We have an audio engineer on our team as well. And we have a producer. We have four roles on the video team that are not me. Producer, editor, thumbnail designer, audio engineer.
Jay Clouse36:02
Now that's definitely, a higher powered approach than you need to take right out of the gate. But, again, if you're doing video, you're competing with people like me who are willing to invest that kind of stuff into video. So if you're not going to invest to that level, you need to be really good at making just compelling, compelling video, which you don't need to have high production to make compelling video. You can be a great storyteller. You can have a great message, and you can deliver it in a really engaging way. And if you can do that, then production is secondary. Of course, you pair it with great production, and it's even more powerful. But if you can do great storytelling, really engaging on camera presence, production can be secondary.
Jay Clouse36:47
Anyway, when it comes to traffic, choose your platform strategy and exercise restraint. Ask yourself, do I need to do this platform right now as well? Or can I focus on this platform over here? Then the question is, how do I balance content volume versus content quality? We'll talk about that right after one more quick break. Welcome back. We're talking about how you can get more traffic to your content to your business in 2025 for the purposes of growing the business as a whole. We were just starting to talk about the dichotomy, the difference between content volume and content quality. Now I have an interview coming out soon with a guy named Caleb Ralston. Caleb was behind the scenes with Gary v and then the Hermozys most recently. And he kept describing this approach that he took in his teams that he called the accordion.
Jay Clouse37:42
And he said, like an accordion, we would sometimes stretch out what we were trying to do, expand what we were trying to do in terms of how many pieces of content we're putting out. Now I think you told me that they're putting out 600 pieces of content per week for the Hermosys. I don't know if you and I are playing that game or if we'll ever be playing that game. But his point was, there is a value in creating a higher volume of content, stretching out the accordion. But if you find that you are not reaching your own standard of excellence or if this content is just not performing, then you can shrink the accordion. You shrink things back down to raise your standard, raise the bar of what you think is good content before trying to stretch it out again. Stretch yourself, try to do more. If you can't quite hit your own standard, restrict, hit your standard, and then try to stretch again and say, can we make that standard at a higher volume? I really like that metaphor.
Jay Clouse38:44
I really like that idea. And for the last few months, we have really restricted the accordion on the YouTube channel to say, let's focus on quality of our videos. We have limited team resources. Let's put more effort into making better, higher performing videos, do fewer of them. That's why we have four episodes of the podcast every month and one or two videos. That works well when it works. But then, sometimes, against your best efforts, a video doesn't perform. And that's really frustrating when you take a fewer shots on goal and none of those shots hit.
Jay Clouse39:22
It feels really frustrating. So right now, we're in a season of we're expanding the team. We're expanding the accordion. We're taking more shots to get more data on what works for us. And eventually, when we get more signal of, okay, this seems to be working well for us, we're probably gonna restrict the accordion again and do those videos at a higher level. I do think generally in 2025, because volume has become easier to attain in terms of creating content with with different AI tools that are out there. You can certainly create a high volume of content. The new scarce resource is just high quality, high signal to noise ratio content.
Jay Clouse40:04
After we had our daughter, I took to LinkedIn, and I was complaining about how I have less time than before, and it's hard for me to keep up with the output of content that I was accustomed to. And Sameer from Colin and Sameer comments, and he said, I think you should consider a less but better approach, a fewer but better approach. And I think he's right for most people. You know, if you're not trying to compete on a pure volume game or if you're not seeing results from trying to do a volume game, then you might want to say, let's actually do less and do that better. And I think for most creators, that approach will actually perform better for you. A lot of people, including recent guest Brock Johnson, would say, well, maybe. But the more you post, the more you grow. The data doesn't lie.
Jay Clouse40:50
The more you post on Instagram, the more you grow on Instagram. That might be true from a pure following number. But again, there's no guarantee that when you get a new follower, that person's ever gonna see your content again. And the most surefire way that your followers will see your content is if it performs well. Meaning, it's engaging, people enjoy it, they have high satisfaction when they see it. If you aren't able to put in the time and effort to make a good enough piece of content that people enjoy and want to share and want to talk about, want to engage with, then I don't think the volume game matters. I think people just start to tune out and say this stuff isn't very good. I'm gonna stop paying attention to it.
Jay Clouse41:33
One aspect of traffic that not enough people talk about is co promotion, collaborations, and audience sharing with other creators. This is the shortcut, frankly. There are a lot of people that you've probably seen grow and grow quickly, and you may not even be impressed with their content. How could that be? Well, they likely have some influential friends, and they likely do collaborations, co promotion, audience sharing with those friends. It is the shortcut if you have the resources, if you have the influence, the relationships, if you can make it a win win for somebody. When you collaborate and support other creators and they support you and they have an audience, it is just much faster to get a lot of views on your stuff than building your own audience. Now, it's less long term sustainable because it's gonna come down to, well, how often is that creator going to, you know, talk about your stuff? But it can be a great way to kick start your own audience. Anytime that you can structure and put together some sort of collaboration, co promotion with another creator, you should look at that as a discovery platform and basically say, how do I take this traffic that's coming from this other creator and convert that new viewer, that new attention into an email subscriber, a podcast listener, a YouTube subscriber, somebody who now is following me for me.
Jay Clouse43:15
That is a huge opportunity, and I know a lot of creators who and creatives, they don't worry about audience building on their own. They're not trying to play the the treadmill hamster wheel style of I create content all the time that grows my audience. They say, I'm gonna go and create some excellent, excellent project. I'm gonna put more time and effort into it than most people and thereby make this effort, this project, more remarkable than most content or things that are made. And I'm gonna go to my influential friends who have audiences and say, can I share this idea? Can I share this with your audience? And because it's a higher standard of quality, a more impressive overall project, they will often get those experiences. And if they pay off that experience where the audience enjoys it, they're gonna be invited back the next time they have some big project to share. This is the model of authors, filmmakers, actors. You know? They're doing these big projects, and then they'll come out every once in a while and do kind of a tour around to talk about that project.
Jay Clouse44:21
And that is the opportunity to share their name and brand and voice and try to get people into their audience to make sharing of the next thing a little bit easier. I think this is an underutilized approach, but I do think it's risky. You eventually, long term, want to have your own audience that knows your stuff, loves you, trusts you. And if you are foregoing the opportunity to build that by doing some large creative project and hoping that you get the opportunity to share that with somebody else's audience and that starts to build your audience, that's a big risk that you're taking. So I tend to try to take kind of a middle ground where I am showing up, I am consistently creating value for people in my feeds. And also behind the scenes, I'm trying to do more and more difficult, impressive, high value activities that then are something I can collaborate and co promote with other people in my audience as well. But it doesn't have to be this big project. You know, sometimes you can say, hey, let's do a joint webinar.
Jay Clouse45:24
Let's do a joint podcast episode. Let me write an essay and put it in your newsletter. That's a week that you don't have to write an essay. There are lots of ways that you can help somebody find a win win with somebody else with an audience that might take work off their plate or might provide value to their audience, or maybe it's a future favor with you. Lots of ways that you can collaborate with other creators. And, again, this is like the cheat code for growing your audience, even if it's as little as saying, hey. You've done really well on Instagram over here. I'm trying to get started.
Jay Clouse45:57
If you see my content in your feed and you could do me the kindness of replying from time to time, that would mean a lot. That type of thing actually goes so far. And a lot of people would say, well, that's an engagement pod. That's bad. There are engagement pods of varying levels of insidiousness, you know, or, like, bad behavior. But if you have friends who are creating content, don't you support them on those platforms? You don't have to mechanize this and make it some sort of requirement where you say, every time I post something, I'm gonna send a link to this group chat, and everybody go like and comment on it. No. I'm saying, let your friends know that, hey, in this season of life, I am intentionally putting more effort into Instagram.
Jay Clouse46:38
If you see my content in the feed and you enjoy it, reply, a comment, a heart, it would go a long way. Letting people know that this matters to you and here's the way they can support you, I don't think that's a nefarious thing to do. I think it's a very positive thing to do. And as the same coach I was talking about earlier would say, give where it hurts. Give first. If you are feeling like, man, I'm not getting the engagement that I want on this platform, Are you giving that engagement to other people? Because humans are a reciprocal species. If you are not engaging with other people, they're probably not gonna go out of their way to engage with you either. So if you want more people to support your work, maybe you should go first and support more people's work yourself as you go.
Jay Clouse47:26
So that is how I'm thinking about growth this season. I'm thinking in terms of traffic, conversion, getting more traffic. And for me, video is what I'm trying to do. I'm focusing more on long form video and also pushing myself to do more short form video. I have the space that looks really good. I have a bank of old written content. My last short form reel was based around an essay I wrote last week. And it's feeling more comfortable.
Jay Clouse47:49
It's feeling really good. I feel like it's going to be a good thing for traffic for me this year. And what I'm really trying to do is get more people to email, identify who is a good fit for the lab, encourage them to join the basic tier or apply. And that is the, the strategy. Now there's a bonus here that I wanna throw in. We were talking with our editor, and as we were talking about what type of retainer arrangement to bring him on with, it was a new expense into the business, which felt scary. How can I cover this new expense? And what I thought was, well, maybe I can structure some sort of partnership agreement with another brand to come in on the channel, and we can derisk this expense right away. Maybe I can find a brand to partner with us that will basically cover that expense or more so.
Jay Clouse48:41
And I did that. I'm really glad I thought that way to say not where can I reallocate funds in the business from somewhere else into this new expense, but rather say, what are opportunities to create and provide value to other people from the business that we have right now? How can we create new revenue in the business to cover this new expense? And that worked out really well. So you may have the opportunity to find indirect revenue sources like sponsorship or affiliates in your business as well. And I think that's a good bonus when you can find it. I'm always gonna be an advocate for having what I would call direct revenue lines or first party revenue first. Have your own signature product. Have your own way to have a direct relationship, a direct transaction with your audience because your incentives are really aligned then. You know that if they're gonna invest in one of your products, you better give them a great experience, or or they're not gonna invest with you again.
Jay Clouse49:40
It pushes you to up your game and make a great experience on the other side of your product. You control that post purchase experience. Whereas with a third party product through sponsorship or affiliates, you don't control the ultimate experience that person has. And you may not know if they were disappointed with the experience purchasing something on your recommendation. So I think the most sustainable and incentive aligned path for creators is to have your own direct product line that you can offer for your audience. Start there, but then certainly there are there are ways that you can find new revenue by partnering with brands and companies that you really believe in and line up with. And things like sponsorship and affiliates is a great way to do that. This was a little bit of an ad libbed episode, so thank you for listening this far.
Jay Clouse50:29
I hope you enjoyed it. I'd love to hear your thoughts on this episode. You can tag me at jclauss on Instagram or X. Also on LinkedIn, feel free to share over there. I would love for you to consider leaving a rating or review on Apple Podcasts or Spotify if you like this episode and maybe even mention it by name so people know where to start. Thanks for listening. I'll talk to you next week.
If you have a small audience, don't sell a low-ticket product.
>
> This is counterintuitive for most beginners, but low-ticket products are a volume game. If you have a small audience, you can't win a volume game.
>
> You're better off starting with a higher-priced product (which…
>
> — Jay Clouse (@jayclouse) [July 4, 2024](https://twitter.com/jayclouse/status/1808883251408245110?ref%5Fsrc=twsrc%5Etfw&ref=creatorscience.com)
Plus, there’s a brand implication. As my friend [Jay Acunzo](https://jayacunzo.com/?ref=creatorscience.com) has said, it’s easier for brands to go downmarket over time than upmarket. Tesla started with more expensive forms of electric vehicles to fund their ability to create cheaper cars.
Ask yourself: would you rather purchase an economical product made by a luxury brand or a luxury product made by an economical brand? I don’t know about you, but I’d be more excited to buy a cheaper Rolex than a luxury product from Temu.
If you’re aligned with this thinking, ask yourself how to design a private jet experience. Can you provide a private, high-touch solution that doesn’t just feel easy but enjoyable?
*Luxurious* even?
## Embracing a High-Ticket Offer
I know this takes some courage. It may even feel counter-intuitive to start with a high-ticket offer. Getting someone to pay even $100 for something is hard, right?
That’s true. But it’s not 10 times harder than creating an offer worth $1,000 to someone else. You’d need to sell 10 products at $100 for the same outcome.
Of course, you don’t need to go all the way to the private jet. Personally, I’ve chosen not to have a done-for-you, white-glove offer. That type of high-touch service model is incredibly valuable, and I know people would pay for it – but it’s not aligned with the type of business I want to build.
Instead, I’ve taken more of a passenger plane approach with [The Lab](https://join.creatorscience.com/?ref=creatorscience.com): it’s a shared experience, but there are different “cabins” ([tiers](https://creatorscience.com/pricing-tiers/)) with different levels of amenities.
Memberships like The Lab could take a lot of forms – I could’ve created a lower-ticket, content-only membership, but I wanted to provide a higher degree of service for a more advanced customer first. This has given me the cash flow to re-invest in the growth of the business.
If you obsess about the outcome AND the experience, you can find an audience for that offer. It'll take time and courage. But as your audience grows and YOU have the stability to stay in business, sales from your “luxury” product can subsidize the later development of more accessible forms of transportation.
## Conclusion
Ultimately, the key is choosing the right transportation mode for you and your audience. I recommend starting with a higher-value, high-touch offer that resonates deeply with those ready for a premium experience and then leveraging its success to expand your reach over time.
By thoughtfully aligning your content and products with your audience's journey, you ensure that every decision—from the humble public transit of your content to the high-end experience of your paid products—moves them closer to their goals.
### Brock Johnson – How to grow on Instagram in 2025
URL: https://creatorscience.com/podcast/brock-johnson/
Last updated: 2026-10-20T07:05:14.000Z
Episode 243
# Brock Johnson – How to grow on Instagram in 2025
Brock Johnson is an Instagram growth coach with nearly 800,000 followers. Brock has grown his Instagram by 1,000 followers per day, for the last two years. He's helped thousands of people improve their Instagram through one-on-one coaching and his membership, the InstaClub Hub.
with **Brock Johnson**Feb 18, 202557 min
[Listen now](#listen) [Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/brock-johnson-how-to-grow-on-instagram-in-2025/id1498801064?i=1000693359372&ref=creatorscience.com) [Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/episode/5JvJFHB5aP376w35DE3ObW?ref=creatorscience.com) More players
Listen in your app
[Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/creator-science-with-jay-clouse/id1498801064?ref=creatorscience.com)[Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/show/39j9VhklsBs1aLWtkGTWJT?ref=creatorscience.com)[YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/@jay/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Overcast](https://overcast.fm/itunes1498801064/creator-science?ref=creatorscience.com)[Pocket Casts](https://pocketcasts.com/podcast/creator-science-with-jay-clouse/7db47890-2ff0-0138-96e6-0acc26574db2?ref=creatorscience.com)[Castro](https://castro.fm/podcast/5f8d5083-92f5-4a4e-a83e-29a773baa95c?ref=creatorscience.com)[Castbox](https://castbox.fm/channel/id2626956?ref=creatorscience.com)[Podcast Addict](https://podcastaddict.com/feed/https%3A%2F%2Ffeeds.megaphone.fm%2FTPG4024225475?ref=creatorscience.com)Copy the RSS feed


Episode 243 · 57 min
Brock Johnson
−15
0:0057:00
+30 1×
Or listen in [Apple Podcasts](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/brock-johnson-how-to-grow-on-instagram-in-2025/id1498801064?i=1000693359372&ref=creatorscience.com) or [Spotify](https://open.spotify.com/episode/5JvJFHB5aP376w35DE3ObW?ref=creatorscience.com)
This week's guest

**Brock Johnson**Instagram growth coach with nearly 1,000,000 followers
## About this episode
Brock Johnson is an Instagram growth coach with nearly 800,000 followers. Brock has grown his Instagram by 1,000 followers per day, for the last two years. He's helped thousands of people improve their Instagram through one-on-one coaching and his membership, the [InstaClub Hub](https://instaclubhub.com/?ref=creatorscience.com).
## Mentioned in this episode
[InstaClub Hub ↗](https://instaclubhub.com/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Website ↗](https://www.brock11johnson.com/?ref=creatorscience.com)[Instagram ↗](https://www.instagram.com/brock11johnson/?ref=creatorscience.com)[TikTok ↗](https://www.tiktok.com/@brock11johnson?ref=creatorscience.com)
## Full transcript
10,842 words · click any timestamp to play from there
Brock Johnson0:00
Shares. Beyond a shadow of a doubt, the best form of engagement on Instagram is a share. Creating share worthy content is the key to growing on Instagram and increasing your views.
Jay Clouse0:23
Hello, my friend. Welcome back to another episode of Creator Science. If you follow me on Instagram or if you read my newsletter, you know that I've been showing up on Instagram more and more lately. It's been fun to create over there without having high expectations or goals necessarily for the platform, but just to enjoy playing in a new format. But, also, being the person that I am, I can't help myself from trying to understand the platform a little bit better. So I reached out to Brock Johnson, an Instagram growth coach with nearly 800,000 followers on the platform. Brock has grown his Instagram by 1,000 followers per day for the last two years, and he's helped thousands of people improve their Instagram through one on one coaching and his membership, the Instaclub Hub. In this episode, I ask Brock a lot of my basic questions, like how often to post and whether scheduling has a negative impact, and some more nuanced questions, like how to move people off of Instagram.
Jay Clouse1:19
I've recently been more and more interested in Instagram's sister platform, Threads, so we touch on that in this conversation too. If you don't already follow me on Instagram, you can follow me at j klaus and follow Brock at Brock eleven Johnson. That's the numeral eleven one one, Brock eleven Johnson. Tag us and let us know that you're listening. And now let's talk
Read the full transcriptClose transcript
Brock Johnson1:41
with Brock. It's definitely different today than it was a few years ago, not just because the platform and the times have changed, but also because I'm at a different stage now in business as an entrepreneur and also in my goals and and just kind of the systems I have in place. So I really don't spend very much time on Instagram creating content every single day. I would say I spend a lot more time just as a passive consumer and enjoyer of the platform. I believe one time I did a a study to see, like, how little time do I actually spend a day. And it's like thirty seven ish minutes a day on Instagram That's actually being used productively to create content. With that being said, I am still maintaining about two posts per day to my feed. About one to two posts per day to my stories, but it really varies.
Brock Johnson2:34
There are some days like today when we're recording this where I have 10 stories up, and then there will be two or three days in a row with no stories. And we can get into later why that is, but that is intentional in order to do certain things with my views, my engagement, and that sort of thing. But again, two feed posts per day, a couple stories per day. I spend the majority of time in my DMs and actually not to get too lost in the weeds. According to Instagram CEO, that is the most used area of all of Instagram. It's not watching reels. It's not watching stories. The number one place that people spend their time on Instagram is in the DMs.
Brock Johnson3:11
And that's how I personally use Instagram. I open up the app. I go straight into my DMs and I start having conversations, answering questions, playing the role of customer service. That's really how I navigate my daily life on Instagram. And then I do have I definitely have to mention this. I have a community manager on Instagram. And so what her job is is basically to help me with the DMs and with my comments section. So she's replying to people.
Brock Johnson3:36
She's answering questions. She's helping people out. I heard this really good analogy recently that was, if you walked into a coffee shop and you complimented the barista on their shirt and they didn't respond to you, you would probably not only never talk to that barista again, you might change your coffee shop altogether. When people reach out, when people leave a a comment, even if it's like the heart eyes emoji or clapping hands emoji, I try to always respond. It's really important for me that people feel seen and they feel heard and that they feel valued and appreciated when they whenever they engage with my account. So that's kind of what my daily life looks like on Instagram. I do have a lot of boundaries in place though. So I, you know, I don't go on Instagram and work after four or 5PM.
Brock Johnson4:17
I don't usually work before 10AM. I'm usually reserving that time for my family, for my personal hobbies, my well-being and whatnot. So that's kind of my daily life on Instagram.
Jay Clouse4:28
I love this point about if people make the effort to invest time and engage with you and you don't see them, that has a negative effect that might just stop that behavior, which, of course, as content creators, we don't want. But at your scale, over 750,000 followers on just Instagram, that's a nontrivial amount of time to deal with that. So I can see where this community manager can help out. You say that you spend about forty minutes proactively, productively making things on Instagram. That seems really efficient to be making two posts and multiple stories. So what pre work exists before you go into the Instagram app to make these things?
Brock Johnson5:09
Yeah. Absolutely. This is part of how I spend such little time on Instagram is I actually do very little creation on Instagram, partially because the Instagram tools are just lagging behind outside tools. Like, I would much rather edit in CapCut, for example, than edit in the Instagram editor, which is clunky and slow. And that's speaking of, like, feed posts and reels and edits for those things. Stories are very quick. They're very in the moment. Stories will take me a few seconds, and I do always create my stories in the Instagram app rather than using like Canva or some other editing platform.
Brock Johnson5:43
But in terms of the pre work, I have an elder who edits my short form content for me. She edits currently about 16 reels per month. And so usually what that equates to, is twice a month, I set aside an hour or two, and I film as much as I possibly can. I make sure that it's right after I've like cleaned up my beard and it's not looking crazy. I've recently gotten a fresh buzz cut, so my hair is two millimeters instead of three millimeters long. And as funny as that might sound, it is important for everyone listening to recognize that there are times where we feel better, we look better, we're more confident, we're not feeling like we're sick, or we have a sore throat, or whatever. And those times need to be capitalized on. And so those times are not the time to sit down and be like, okay, now it's time to script my content.
Brock Johnson6:29
What am I gonna create a post about today? What's my new idea? Once you get to that point that you are ready to go, you got your nice t shirt on, your hair is looking good, you brush your teeth. It's time to just film. It's time to not waste time editing or scripting or doing anything else. You need to maximize that window. And so that's really what I do. And I spend about an hour or two, twice a month filming those eight videos, eight times two. So 16 a month. And I just send them off to my editor.
Brock Johnson6:57
She does the rest for me. I added her to the team almost two years ago now, which is kind of crazy. It's already been two years. But I added her to the team, and it's been such a night and day difference for me because I enjoy editing. My background, like, when I was growing up, I loved editing videos. I I minored in film studies in college. So I love editing. But number one, I'm not amazing at it.
Brock Johnson7:19
Like, I'm I'm decent. I've learned a few tricks along the way, but I'm not amazing at it. And number two, it just takes me too long compared to if I was using that time doing other things. I could be more productive and add more value to myself, my business, and my life doing other things besides editing. So I've hired an editor to do that work for me. And then I also wanna touch on the actual scripting and the idea process. That's something that I feel like when you force yourself to be creative, it it's kind of like forcing a fart. Like, when you force it, it's gonna come out shit.
Brock Johnson7:49
You know? And so what I would say is don't force yourself to be creative. And I never try to force myself to be creative. I never And when I do, it's horrible. Like when I sit down and I'm like, hey, my elder just texted me. She needs five more videos because she's out. I'm like, oh, god. This is gonna be bad because I'm forcing myself to be creative. Instead, I allow myself to just over the course of the month, whenever I have an idea, I just write it down in my notes.
Brock Johnson8:15
Maybe I'm scrolling through TikTok and I see a hilarious video. I'm gonna save that. I'm gonna save it in my notes. I'm gonna come back to it later. Maybe I'm laying in bed and I'm reading a chapter of Harry Potter before I fall asleep. Boom. An idea pops in my head. Write it down really fast, and then go back to my book.
Brock Johnson8:29
So I have this big list of ideas. And then when it's ready to film, when it's time for me to actually create these things, I can just look at the list of ideas and be like, oh, okay. These three are good. This one, I don't even remember what I wanted to do. This one's not good anymore. This one, the time has passed, and I can select from there without having to script right and ideate at that actual point.
Jay Clouse8:49
So if I'm hearing you correctly, ideation happens when inspiration happens. You capture it. Then you spend some time doing scripting in a batch some other time. What does that look like for you?
Brock Johnson9:01
Yeah. So my scripting is pretty minimal at this point. I focus the majority of my time, energy, and effort, and this is what I recommend for people as well, on the hook. So 80% of my time, energy, and effort is spent on the first twenty percent of the video. The first sentence or two, because I know that in short form content, the hook is absolutely everything. The hooks matter in YouTube videos and podcasts and in books, but it especially matters where people are scrolling, scrolling, scrolling so fast that even just the wrong sound effect or the wrong first word can be enough to get someone to scroll. I don't know if you've ever done this, Jay, but if you've ever tried to watch like TikTok or reels with someone else, it's infuriating. Like, sometimes I'll sit with my wife and we'll like try to watch the same for you page.
Brock Johnson9:48
And there's a video that half a second into the video, she has already decided based off what she wants to watch. Nope, I'm not into it. I'm scrolling. And that's something that like I would have stopped and watched. And it's because we're different people. We have slightly different interests, but that just goes to show how quickly people decide whether or not they wanna watch it. So when it comes to my script writing, I focus most of my time and energy on crafting a a well written hook that's going to grab people's attention. And then the rest of the video, I don't script word for word.
Brock Johnson10:15
I usually just write like a few bullet points, things I want to address. Maybe if there's a story I wanna make sure that I tell in this so that I remember the general direction I want to head in. But for me personally, and I know a lot of people will relate to this. When I have the full thing scripted out, I feel like I have to follow that script to a t. And if I mess up a word in the sentence, I have to start the whole scene over. I don't allow myself to be extemporaneous and kind of free flow. And so that's what works for me.
Jay Clouse10:43
When you think about the hook, how much are you focusing on the literal words, and how much are you focusing on the visual hook, the thing that is seen immediately?
Brock Johnson10:53
I focus a lot more so on the words that are being said. However, I think that the visual component is something that is becoming more of a focus of mine over the last few months and being more dynamic with what is going on visually. I think that there's kind of a double edged sword to having, like I'm sitting in right now, a professional studio set up with a fancy mic and a desk and whatnot. Because it's very easy for me to just hit record and record eight videos right here wearing this t shirt. It looks the same. There's nothing visually different besides maybe, you know, the text that's on the screen. And so being more creative with what's actually happening in the visual component is something that I'm adding into my focus now. But really, I think that even outside of that, if the words aren't what people want to hear, if the words aren't truly engaging, the visual doesn't matter.
Brock Johnson11:42
I mean, I could be in a dimly lit closet with a grainy video. If I'm saying something that directly appeals to you, you're gonna keep watching the video. And then I will say this is another part where having an editor really helps because she can do some dynamic fancy transitions and sound effects and fly ins and edits at the very beginning, which add to the visual hooking component.
Jay Clouse12:03
Yeah. I think a lot of people who listen to the show are like me in that we're able to see people who are doing something really well and deconstruct it. And now we see, like, okay. Here's what, like, an a plus version of this looks like. And if we haven't even mastered, like, a c level version of it yet, we get overwhelmed because we think we have to go straight to that a plus. So Mhmm. In this process you've just described, what do you think is the eighty twenty of where people should be focusing their time if they're not publishing, let's say, many reels yet?
Brock Johnson12:33
Just, like, rip off that band aid and start posting. There's so many things that are coming to my mind right now that I wanna tell this person. First of all, I love that you use this, like, grading scale system. When I went off to college, my mom gave me this great piece of advice because growing up, I was a hardcore perfectionist, people pleaser, straight a student, above a four point o GPA, going to an elite college. When I went off to college, my mom said, hey, Brock, remember, Cs get degrees. And as simple as that is, that really has stuck with me because that was true in college. And really what that meant for me in college was I was a student athlete. I was going to get way more out of my college experience, both from an enjoyment factor and from like a long term longevity life perspective by not stressing out so much over getting straight a's in college.
Brock Johnson13:22
And instead, networking and going to events and hanging out with people and making friends and just growing as a human being more than just memorizing some things out of textbook. How does that apply to social media and to Instagram and to reels? I think that the same is true for social media. We are always going to be our own toughest critics and harshest judges. And so if you create something that you think is a C, your followers are probably going to think it's a B or maybe even an A. And so just post it, Just post it. They're not noticing all those little minor imperfections. Like as we're having this conversation right now, if someone's watching the video version of this, they might think that my office looks great. They have no idea that I moved in a few days ago and these walls are not supposed to be white.
Brock Johnson14:05
They're supposed to be painted green, but it looks okay on video. You have no idea that there's a pile of boxes behind me right now. You have no idea all of these issues and minor imperfections because everyone on social media is either a consumer who's scrolling and seeing 50,000 other posts that day and they don't care to notice the one minor flaw on yours, or they're also a producer like you and I, Jay, and as a producer, you're so worried about your own stuff, your own content, your own things. You're not noticing those little imperfections. And so my biggest tip for everyone, but it's just press post, Like, just press post. Ultimately, that's how you learn. That's how you grow. You make great content by making 300 shitty pieces of content and learning a little bit along the way.
Brock Johnson14:46
And then by that 300 post, suddenly you have a viral smashing hit that you're super excited about. Everyone's like, wow. It's overnight. How'd you do it? But you had two years of experience beforehand.
Jay Clouse14:56
I wanna finish up the workflow here, and then I'm gonna dig more into, like, if we're getting started and we're pressing post, how do we get a little bit better? But just to finish off this first thought, when you ship off your 16 videos to your editor, what else are you giving them in terms of direction to get the outcome that you want?
Brock Johnson15:15
I'm giving my editor, and this is part of the reason that I'm so thankful to have the editor that I do, little to no explanation. If there's like a specific b roll or a specific edit that I want, like I did a video recently where I have this analogy called the mini skirt rule. And so I had her like edit myself into a mini skirt. So I had to give her that feedback. But for the most part, there's no edits in terms of her editing. I don't have to like say, Oh, change this, redo this. It's pretty straightforward when it comes to my talking head videos. And I think that for most people talking head videos are going to be pretty straightforward because just adding out the bad takes, the misspoken words and whatnot, adding out the pauses, adding in some closed captions, and then adding in some sound effects or dynamic transitions or whatnot, maybe a couple of b roll clips here or there.
Brock Johnson16:01
Those edits are much simpler than maybe like a more dynamic storytelling YouTube video or something like that. I do post things besides just what she edits. So those more complex edits, I still do some of those myself. If I have like a very specific idea that I'm working on, sometimes it is faster for me to just crank it out myself rather than explaining it to someone else. But it's kind of a a ham and egg process depending on what the exact kind of video is going to be.
Jay Clouse16:28
There's a fun part of being a creator where you collaborate with people like this.
Brock Johnson16:31
Mhmm.
Jay Clouse16:32
And part of your job kinda becomes like talent scout. You know, define somebody that has the editing chops, but not just the editing chops, the decision making and creativity that you can send this off to them and they can edit it. I mean, typically, those people are gonna come at a little bit of a premium.
Brock Johnson16:49
Mhmm.
Jay Clouse16:49
You've worked with thousands of people on their Instagram at this point. If someone says, I wanna find an editor to help me with my short form videos, how do you help them understand budgeting for an editor or finding an editor?
Brock Johnson17:01
Yeah. First of all, in terms of budget, it's going to, of course, vary depending on the person and their needs. Some people are and also, I should say, the person, their needs, and also the kind of content they're going to be creating. If there's someone who is creating a lot of vlog style content, content that is, you know, more in-depth has more editing, more storytelling, more complexity to it. They might need a higher end editor or they might need someone who's like a very skilled creative while someone who is just doing talking head videos, for example, like everything I shared a moment ago, they might need someone who's more of a rule follower, someone who's just going to, you know, remove the things that needed to be taken out, add the things that need to be added, and that's pretty much it. Good to go. In terms of the best place to find them, you can go the traditional route of going to Fiverr or Freelancer or using like these other sort of sites to find an editor. But I also find that it's very, very useful to just go to the platform that you want an editor for.
Brock Johnson17:55
So we're talking about Instagram right now. Go to Instagram and go to the search bar and type video editor or reels editor. And you'll probably find a dozen, if not 50, if not a couple hundred people who are advertising this as a service. What you can also do is reverse the process. Find some creators who you like their editing, and just reach out to them. Like, I almost on a probably monthly basis, recommend my editor on my stories because people are always asking me who edits your videos. I want mine to look like those. Here's her name.
Brock Johnson18:27
You can check her out. If you want, you can hit her up. But if you find someone who you really like their style, just reach out to them. Maybe they do it themselves, in which case you're probably out of luck. They probably aren't going to edit yours for you. But most of the time, if it's a, you know, well edited dynamic video, they have someone who's doing it for them. Sometimes it's an entire agency and that person is probably looking for more work themselves and then you can reach out on the DMs and actually hire that editor if you want that.
Jay Clouse18:53
After a quick break, Brock shares what's working working for creators today on Instagram. Things like how often should you post and does scheduling a post hurt its reach? So stick around. We'll be right back. And now back to my conversation with Brock Johnson. So you shared kind of the current state of your rules of engagement, how you approach the platform. And implicitly, it kind of sounded like there was a time where you were spending even more time publishing even more. So help me understand and bridge the gap between somebody who's newer to the platform today. Are there any significant thresholds to be aware of of, like, you wanna post this often to unlock better consideration for the algorithm or something? What types of rules would you give to somebody who's getting started?
Brock Johnson19:42
So it was definitely different back in the day. What's interesting, though, is that I was not posting more, but I was working more and spending more time. This was at a time where I was basically every day flying by the seat of my pants, creating and posting, creating and posting. And I was on this never ending hamster wheel where I had to create a video that day or else there was not going to be a video posted that day. Just yesterday, I pulled my audience and I found that about 65% of them do not schedule their posts, which to me was was mind blowing. I was like, why? And of that 65%, an additional like 35% said that they do schedule their posts, but only sometimes. Which means that like 10% of people are regularly or often scheduling their posts. That's how I used to be.
Brock Johnson20:28
I used to be never schedule. I actually believed for a while that if you scheduled, it would hurt your engagement or your views. That has since been disproven actually numerous times numerous studies and I've personally tested myself on my own account. There's no difference in terms of views and engagement whether you schedule or you don't. But that's so freeing because at the end of the day, I see myself as a business owner first. I see myself as an entrepreneur first, not a content creator first. And so for me, I would much rather have a post scheduled a week in advance, and I know it's going live, then have to wake up in the morning and spend forty five minutes stressing out over what's my post going to be that day, what's my latest trend. The peace of mind trade off is much more important to me than, oh, am I on the most recent trend? And also, I should say this, scheduling posts a week or a couple weeks in advance allows me to stay consistent, but still have the freedom and flexibility to follow trends.
Brock Johnson21:24
Let me give you a prime example from today. I had a post that went live at, like, six this morning when I was still asleep. I woke up, I went to the gym with my wife, we're walking around the track, warming up, and we're like, hey, Spotify Wrapped came out today. And I was like, oh, yeah. I made a post last year when Spotify Wrapped came out. That was like my Instagram Wrapped. I should do another one of those today because the new Spotify Wrapped came out. So when I got home from the gym, I had already posted, so there's no stress or pressure, but I had the freedom to whip up my 2024 version of my Instagram wrapped and post that.
Brock Johnson21:56
So that way, I'm able to stay consistent, but still, you know, schedule things in advance and and also stay on trends. To answer the question of how much should you post, the more you post, the more you grow. There is a direct correlation between post rate and growth rate as long as we're talking about the Instagram feed. Instagram stories do not help you grow at all. They don't do a thing. But Instagram feed posts, so the reels, the slideshow posts, which are called carousels, and then photo posts, the more you post, the more you grow. Now, that's the facts. And I always like to start with the facts because it sounds good and that's what people want.
Brock Johnson22:30
They want the numbers. The more you post, the more you grow. So, two, three, four, five times a day if you can. Keyword, if you can. What I like to follow-up, the more you post, the more you grow statement with is, but instead of focusing on that, I want you to focus on what can you sustain. Whatever you can sustain, because we're all at different levels of production value and we're all in different stages of business and different stages of life. And some of us are going through things right now. And we also all have different goals.
Brock Johnson22:57
Some of us want really rapid growth because we know we're launching something in q one twenty twenty five. And so we're like, we need to go now. And some of us were like, hey, I'm just kinda getting started. I'm just finding my footing. So I'm gonna start slower. And so figure out what you can sustain, whether that's one a week, one a day, three a day, whatever. And then last but not least, challenge yourself to do a little bit more because growth happens in life and on Instagram. When we push ourselves outside of our comfort zone, when it's not like, hey, I'm comfortable with one a day, so I'm gonna do one a day.
Brock Johnson23:24
No. You're comfortable with one a day, so do one a day. But then challenge yourself on some days to do two or to schedule that one a day, a week or two in advance. So then you can create even more. And ultimately, that growth will come from the consistency and the frequency of posting.
Jay Clouse23:40
If I'm posting consistently and feeling like I'm kind of at a plateau for the reach it's getting, how things are going, is there a metric or some sort of measure I can look at to try to get a clue for what tends to perform more? Like, what should I try to influence to make my content perform better when I'm looking at my analytics?
Brock Johnson24:03
Shares. Beyond a shadow of a doubt, the best form of engagement on Instagram is a share. This has been something that I've been saying for the last few years, and it was finally confirmed earlier this year by Instagram CEO himself. They call it sends per reach, which is a fancy way of saying, of all the people who saw this, how many of them shared it? And shares, it makes sense. Right? When we think about the algorithm, it can be very confusing, very overwhelming, especially on all these different platforms and, like, what influences a post. If I see one of your posts, Jay, and I send it to my wife, the number of views has just doubled. It went from one to two. Now imagine if I saw that post of yours and I shared it to my story.
Brock Johnson24:44
Now it's getting hundreds or thousands or tens of thousands of views. Everyone who's viewing my story is now seeing it. If I send it to my group chat with all my friends, now all of a sudden, like, eight more people are seeing it. And so shares are the ultimate metric both in the algorithms eyes and then just also in the human nature component. Right? Like a shared is literally someone sending a post to someone else. And so shares are what I would optimize for if you're looking for growth. Creating share worthy content is the key to growing on Instagram in 2025, and that's because quite simply shares are the best form of engagement for reaching new people and increasing your views.
Jay Clouse25:19
I imagine there's, like, the lazy version of this where I can just, like, leave at the bottom of my description or my my caption be like, share this if you agree. But I imagine there's probably a better way to design this and optimize for shares. How can I better make my content more share worthy?
Brock Johnson25:36
Well, I know you call that the lazy way, but I actually think a lot of people don't even take the time to use calls to action like you just said. Like, they'll create a post that they want to get a lot of shares, and it's a post that's designed to be share worthy. And then they won't say anything. You need to ask people to do what you want them to do. And it's amazing the difference. Even when I create a post and I'm like, this is a banger post. If my caption is just like, who can relate versus share this, if you can relate the difference in engagement is huge. Right? And it's just a few words there, but it starts with creating share worthy content.
Brock Johnson26:12
And in my opinion, there's kind of five different kinds of share worthy content. And these are things that pretty much any niche, anyone listening, any kind of business owner or creator can incorporate into their content in some way. So the first one, motivational content. These are like motivational quotes, inspirational messages, reminders, stories of like triumph before and afters, those things very share worthy. Number two is what I call a call to arms. The easiest way to think about this is an example of the ALS ice bucket challenge. Everyone remembers that 2014\. You dump a bucket of water on your head and then you do what? You tag three people to do the challenge next.
Brock Johnson26:53
A tag is also a share. It's basically sending this to someone else. And so call to arm style posts are like, we need your help. We're trying to raise awareness, spread the word. One of my most share worthy posts that I've ever made on Instagram, It looks like a receipt, like a crumpled up receipt. And then on the receipt, instead of like the products that were bought, at the top it says, ways to support a small business, or how to support each other on Instagram. And then the line items are like, you know, liking posts, commenting on reels, and all of the prices are $0, 0 dollars, 0 dollars. And then at the bottom, it says total $0.
Brock Johnson27:29
Highly share worthy. I've posted that, and this is kind of a bonus strategy right now. I've posted that three times in the last year, and all three times are now in my top 10 most viewed posts ever. And so the kind of bonus strategy there is if you have a post that does well, post it again. Even if, like, a ton of people see it and it does really well, post it again. If a ton of people don't see it, even more reason to post it again because no one saw it the first time. So that kind of like call to arms, we're all in this together. Let's help each other out.
Brock Johnson27:58
Let's spread the word. Those posts are often very share worthy. The third is relatable content. That's, the one that most people think of, like, relatable memes. Right? Self deprecating humor, challenges that we all experience, frustrations, joys that we all deal with on a daily basis. Super, super share worthy. Number four is controversial content. Now when it comes to controversial content, I would never recommend someone to try to get canceled or to stray out of their lane to go talk about something divisive or political or to go after someone.
Brock Johnson28:31
Absolutely not. What I mean when I say controversial content is kind of like the unpopular opinion content that's very popular nowadays, where you say, you know, unpopular opinion and you share a stance related to your niche or your industry that maybe it is unpopular. Maybe it's against the grain, or maybe it's something that most people don't teach. Like, one of my examples of this that I did myself was a few years ago. Everyone was obsessed with hashtags, and this was, like, 2021\. And I made this post saying, like, forget about hashtags. They're not going to make or break your content. They're not necessary.
Brock Johnson29:06
And this was, like, mind blowing for people. They're like, what? How am I ever supposed to grow without hashtags? And so that was controversial at the time, but it got a lot of shares because people are like, yeah, I agree. I've been thinking this. I've been too scared to say it myself, but finally someone said it. And so I agree. And so I'm gonna share it. That's number four. And then number five is using news or pop culture.
Brock Johnson29:28
I think it's very helpful to set Google alerts for different words relating to your industry. I'm fortunate that whenever Instagram comes out with a new feature, that's a news alert for me. But there's also ways that you can incorporate pop culture using what's going on in the celebrity world and in TV shows and movies. Like, you know, there was the whole craze about wicked people creating content related in a wicked is more likely to get shared in 2024 than people creating content about Barbie, which was popular in the summer of twenty twenty three. Right? So there's those pop culture moments and and breaking news that if you can turn that into a way to relate it to your content, very share worthy.
Jay Clouse30:06
Let's say you're at the gym and you have an idea, and you're like, oh, I should make some content about it. If you don't see how it connects to one of these five share worthy ideas, do you still make it?
Brock Johnson30:18
I will as long as it relates to my niche. That's my biggest thing is every single one of your posts has to relate to your niche. Not every single post has to be share worthy. And in fact, if every single post is share worthy, you're gonna feel disappointed a lot of the time. Because imagine this, Jay, imagine I made a post this morning, 6AM, that was super share worthy. You saw it. You were like, oh my gosh, this is so good. I totally relate.
Brock Johnson30:39
I'm sharing this to my story. And then at 11AM, I made another post that was also very share worthy. And again, you were like, oh my gosh, this is super funny. You're probably not gonna share that to your story as well. Like there's no way your entire Instagram story is just going to be my posts being shared. There's no way you're gonna send seven Brock Johnson posts in a row to your best friend. I'm like, it's just, you might, you might, but it's unlikely, unless the posts are just that good. And so not every post is going to be share worthy and that's fine.
Brock Johnson31:07
There's definitely a place for just purely educational content or informational content or storytelling content that might not be as share worthy. So, yeah, absolutely still create it just as long as it relates to your niche. If it doesn't post it on your Instagram stories or don't post it at all because it can be a very dangerous game to play if you're posting things that don't relate to your niche.
Jay Clouse31:29
Let's talk about that piece of advice. This, like, targeting your niche. Because as I've seen, all social platforms evolve and really focus on this, like, for you feed dynamic where they're saying, we know best. We're gonna put content in front of you that we think is interesting to you. It feels like niche interests are difficult to crack into that feed. It seems like that feed seems to be more full of, like, broadly applicable ideas that are not so niche. So talk to me about what you're seeing. I honestly don't know the platform that well.
Jay Clouse32:02
That's why we're talking. So when you say target your niche, how do I do that in a way that feels like it can truly reach outside of the people who are already following me?
Brock Johnson32:13
So when I say niche, I define it as the who and the what. Who are you trying to attract? Like the demographics, that person, that ideal audience or customer member, and then the what, the specific topic that you're going to be talking about. So when I say niche, we are are getting very specific with the content we are posting. For example, my niche, I can talk about that very easily. I teach business owners and creators how to grow on Instagram. So does that have anything to do with Spotify? No. But can I massage Spotify wrap to make it Instagram wrapped and then thus make it relevant to my niche, to my industry, to my audience? Yes. And so that's kind of the game that you have to play within niche content.
Brock Johnson32:56
And then there is this thing that I like to call naps, which is niche adjacent posts. And occasionally you have to take a few naps. Occasionally you gotta take a nap. You gotta make a post that is niche adjacent, right? Like it's relating to growing on Instagram, but maybe it's more about marketing or maybe it's more about business or maybe it's more about personal development. It's not specifically about a strategy for growing on Instagram, but it would still appeal to the who, or it would still be related to the what. It just might not be perfectly ideal. But again, not every single post is going to help you grow your following. Some of your posts are going to nurture your existing followers.
Brock Johnson33:33
Some of your posts, are going to deepen your relationship and your sense of trust that your followers have in you. So there's really different kinds of posts depending on what your goals are.
Jay Clouse33:45
After one more quick break, Brock and I cruise through a lightning round of topics like testing ideas on threads, promoting And now please enjoy the rest of my conversation with Brock Johnson. My understanding about how following activity often happens is, yes, it'd be great if our content pops into somebody's feed, it's the first time they're seeing and they click follow from the content itself. But a lot of times people go to the person's profile before making that decision. Right? Mhmm. What do people get wrong about the way their profile is designed that doesn't make that audition successful?
Brock Johnson34:32
This is another reason why niche matters. If I make a great post about strategies to grow on Instagram and you see it, and you click on my profile, and this is what most people do. They click on the profile, and they're looking for more of the same. If they click on my profile, and they see a video of me snowboarding, and they see a video of me with my wife, and they see a photo of me on vacation, they're like, oh, okay. So this guy had one good post, but there's not more of the same. I shouldn't expect more. So I'm not going to follow him for that. That's why the majority of your posts should be related to your niche.
Brock Johnson35:01
In terms of the bio itself, we can kinda get lost in the the nitty gritty of the Instagram bio, but let's kind of run through it as quickly as I can. The username, if it's a personal brand, should be your first and last name. It should have your name because you are a personal brand. It should have your name as a person. If it's a business brand, you, of course, can have, like, your company name. If you need to, like, cram, a keyword in there, like, if your name is John Smith, you can do JohnSmith.fitness. If you really wanna keep your name and have, like, a keyword in your username. Profile picture.
Brock Johnson35:34
Close-up, well lit selfie on a clear background. Don't try to cram any, like, props into your profile picture. And then another common mistake I see is people, they use their logo as their profile picture, and their logo was designed to be on top of a store or on the banner of a website. And it was not designed to be this little tiny profile picture that's smaller than a penny. So make sure that your logo is appropriate for the profile picture. One of the biggest mistakes that people make in their bio is the bold line right below your profile picture. It's called your Instagram name when you're setting up your profile. And so what most people do is they put their first and last name.
Brock Johnson36:12
Well, that line is just as searchable as your username. That line and your username are interchangeable in terms of your searchability. And so you need to cram as many keywords onto that line as possible. So if anyone looks at my Instagram, my username is Brock eleven Johnson. It's my first and last name. Profile picture big bright cartoonish photo of me. My Instagram name says Instagram growth coach that is searchable. That's a way that someone can find me and it specifically and concisely articulates what I do for a living.
Brock Johnson36:46
So within three words, you have an understanding. Okay. I know what this guy does. Then the rest of my bio is not a dating profile, which is a mistake I see a lot of people making. They're listing fun facts. I've got three fur babies. I'm a wine lover. I'm a ski enthusiast.
Brock Johnson37:00
I don't care. I don't care that you're a Virgo. I need to know what you can do for me. When we're looking at your profile, we decide very quickly whether or not you're worth following. And so your bio needs to clearly and concisely articulate, why should I care? Why should I follow you? Like, what's in it for me as the follower? That needs to be written in your bio. And as long as you check off all of those boxes, everything else is gonna make a very small difference. But those are really the key things.
Jay Clouse37:28
In that bolded line, the profile name Mhmm. Why not Brock Johnson hyphen Instagram growth coach? Is it just a character limit thing?
Brock Johnson37:36
Yeah. Actually, it used to be a character limit thing. It used to be 36 or 32, but now it's 56 in most countries. And so I could add Brock Johnson. I was verified by Instagram before meta verified. So now you can pay the $15 a month and get verified, which if you do that, you can't change those things without, like, stopping your subscription and then, like, de verifying yourself. And then you gotta do go through this whole process. As someone who is traditionally verified, I literally can't change it.
Brock Johnson38:05
Like, if I try to change it, it says, like, it's submitting for approval and it's, like, a sixty day process. So I just can't change it. But adding Brock Johnson hyphen Instagram growth coach, totally cool with that. A lot of people do that, and I think that that's, you know, a helpful way to put your name on that line as well.
Jay Clouse38:20
Help me understand how you approach highlights, and then I wanna do, like, pinned posts as well.
Brock Johnson38:26
Yeah. My highlights were neglected, like, something at the bottom of my to do list for a long time, but highlights can be very powerful. What I say for highlights is that you usually just want a couple. If they're to the point that people are scrolling through them, they're probably not gonna scroll. But if you have four or five or maybe even as little as three highlights, that should be fine. I like to have an about me or like a start here, just kind of like, hey, if if someone wants to quickly learn who I am from at a glance, here's that highlight. And then I like to create a highlight for each of my different offers or each of my different products or even each of my different freemiums. And when it comes to highlights, a mistake that a lot of people make is every story that they've ever posted about that thing goes on the highlight.
Brock Johnson39:07
And so all of a sudden they end up with a highlight that's like seventeen minutes long. No one's watching that. No one's ever getting to the end. So instead, the majority of my highlights are like one or two frames long. So they're very quick. They're literally highlights about this product, this service, whatever it may be. And then I do have one kind of silly fun highlight that's just my, like, random dancing clips that is three hundred minutes long. But that's really more of just, like, a fun bonus highlight.
Brock Johnson39:33
But those core highlights, they actually can be very helpful. And I I would say I get, I would say 50 to 100 DMs, which said another way is 50 to 100 leads per day from people who are watching those highlights and they're replying with whatever the keyword is and they're triggering some sort of automatic response. So highlights, don't sleep on them. They're not the most important thing, but they're definitely not something to be forgotten about.
Jay Clouse39:56
How about the pin posts? Are those more important or less important than highlights?
Brock Johnson40:00
I would say more important, slightly more important. They're kind of in that same vein though where it's like, you should care about them. They should be intentional what you have there, but they're not gonna make or break your Instagram. They're not gonna make or break your business, but they might, you know, they might add two to to 10% in terms of revenue, in terms of lead gen every single month. So it could be a big benefiting factor.
Jay Clouse40:20
Have I missed anything really crucial on the Instagram product? We've covered a lot of ground very quickly.
Brock Johnson40:26
Yeah. We have. And I think this is gonna be really helpful for people. I don't think so. The only thing I would say is there's two things that are kind of minor mistakes that everyone makes with their Instagram bio.
Jay Clouse40:37
Let's hear it.
Brock Johnson40:38
One is this thing called their category display. Most people just have it automatically turned on. It's the text that's oftentimes, it's either in like a very thin font or it's an even a blue font and it's right below the bold text. And your category display is usually the most generic description of what you do. Like it'll say entrepreneur or creator. It's like it's it's just not helpful. It would be like if we had this entire conversation and then you were like, Brock, any last words for the audience? And I was like, I'm a business owner. It's like, okay.
Brock Johnson41:09
That's that's not helpful. Like, I I wanna know more. Right? So so just remove that. And remove that because you can only have four lines displayed in your bio. And if you type out four lines of text and then the category display goes on top, all of a sudden that fourth line is going to get cut off and truncated. So remove the category display. And then the newest bane of my existence is the threads badge, which is a button that takes people directly from your Instagram to your threads. Listen, if your goal is to grow on threads, knock your socks off.
Brock Johnson41:38
Leave that big old button at the top of your bio. But if your goal is to grow on Instagram, why would you put a big button at the top of your bio that's taking people away from Instagram and it's taking up valuable digital real estate in your bio? So luckily, they made it very easy to find when you edit profile. There's a big toggle that says display threads badge. Just turn that off.
Jay Clouse41:57
I haven't heard a lot of people talking about threads, the opportunity there. The really great thing about the launch of that, they made it possible to basically connect your existing Instagram followers there. So a lot of people started with, like, real connections if those people continue using threads. You're active on threads. Where does threads live in your mind as a business owner?
Brock Johnson42:19
Threads is is is interesting. I kind of, and a lot of people have a similar experience with Threads. You first get on it, and the first few weeks are like, yeah, this is great. And for me, that was right when it launched. Everyone just got on this new platform. We're all talking about the same thing. We're all talking about Threads exclusively. But then after a few weeks, everyone was still only talking about threads.
Brock Johnson42:37
So, the conversation died off. My interest died off. And then a few months later, I came back. And now, I'm back. Like you said, the really cool thing about threads is it's so highly integrated with Instagram that I have, like, almost 200,000 followers on threads. And realistically, I've probably only gained 5,000 followers of those, like, just from threads itself. I would say that 99 of those followers are just people who signed up. They clicked, yes.
Brock Johnson43:01
Follow everyone I follow on Instagram and they automatically started following me. So it's nice. You kind of have like a built in audience when you get over to threads. I love using threads, not necessarily as a sales platform, not necessarily as a business driver, but more as a content tester and a place for me to experiment. Mhmm. And so oftentimes when I have a new idea or I'm working on a script or I have a hook that I'm just trying out for the first time, I'll post it on threads and I'll see how it does. I'll see if it gets responses, shares, whatever. And then if it performs well, I'll post it on Instagram.
Brock Johnson43:35
I also do the kind of opposite where I just kind of thought dump on threads and I just share random ideas and random things I'm thinking about, random observations. And if one of those performs really well and it was just totally unplanned and unexpected, I'll turn it into an Instagram post. Or sometimes I'll just take a screenshot of it and post it onto Instagram that way. So it's a great way to kind of test your content in a low pressure environment and just see how it performs before putting it out onto your main platform like Instagram or YouTube or TikTok.
Jay Clouse44:06
Have you seen anybody that's really using threads as, like, the main thrust of their digital content?
Brock Johnson44:12
There seems to be some people, and there's definitely some people who are doing it very effectively. I've noticed that whenever you're posting links or selling on threads, it's just really not performing as well. When threads first started, there was this general consensus, which was silly to me at the time, that we're not gonna sell on this platform. We're not gonna use this platform to promote things. We're not gonna use this platform to drive people to links. And I was like, guys, come on. It's social media. At the end of the day, this is what's gonna happen.
Brock Johnson44:40
Like I can get on board with, hey, let's not overwhelm the feed with ads and let's not make every post a sales post, but also like it's social media. If I have 200,000 people who are following me on a platform, I am not going to never sell or promote something. That would just be silly as a business owner. But, you know, I think that there are definitely people who are doing a better job and a worse job at it. I would say that myself personally, I'm not doing a great job of selling on threads. I use threads a lot more, like I said, for for content testing. And then occasionally, you know, if we have, like, a big flash sale or a new podcast episode that I wanna promote, I might leak it out on the threads. But I just know that for me, that's probably not gonna be a big driver.
Jay Clouse45:20
Okay. Let's go back to Instagram then. You know, you just mentioned if I have a podcast I wanna promote. Most people who try to promote some off platform thing on Instagram have a really bad time doing it. I imagine you've tested and iterated and tried a bunch of things. What do you see as the most effective way to promote something off platform on an Instagram post of some kind?
Brock Johnson45:42
So I would say if you're trying to grow a podcast from Instagram, you would be better off tying a cinder block to each foot and then jumping in a lake and trying to swim. It is that tough on Instagram to grow a podcast. And I can say this as someone who has a podcast that's a decade old and a podcast that is a year old. I have two different podcasts and growing a podcast on Instagram is flipping impossible. Because let's just think about human nature. It's not the algorithm. It's not that Zuckerberg hates podcasts. It's human nature.
Brock Johnson46:14
If I'm scrolling through seven second video after seven second video and I'm consuming this short dopamine content and then someone's like, hey, do you wanna take forty five seconds to listen to me speak? Or forty five minutes, I should say, to listen to me speak? It's like, yeah. No. No. Thanks. Unless it's just that good of an episode, that good of a a guest or whatever, then there are exceptions. There is always exceptions. But for the most part, growing a podcast, very tough. No matter what you're trying to promote on Instagram, for most people, their sales related posts or their posts where they're go click the link in my bio.
Brock Johnson46:44
They're saying anything like that. For most people, those are their worst posts. It's not because Zuckerberg hates links. It's not because the algorithm doesn't want you to to grow your business. It's because of what's going on with the engagement. Let's think about what happens as a human being if I'm like, hey, Jay, Here's the link to my new t shirt that I just dropped for merch. Go click the link in my bio if you want to buy it. If you are not interested, you will keep scrolling.
Brock Johnson47:14
That's fine. There are some posts that everyone's not interested in. If you are interested in, you are peacing out, you're leaving that post, you're not engaging with the post at all, you're going somewhere else, you're finding the link in my bio, which most people have like a link menu or a stand store or a link tree, And now you have to like find the right link within that link to find the t shirt and then you get it's like a 17 step process for you. So it's not super enjoyable. But the most important part is no matter what, whether you are interested or you are not interested, you did not engage with the post. Because you did not engage with the post, the algorithm says, oh, this post is bad. Let's show it to less people. Now less people are seeing it.
Brock Johnson47:52
Even less people have a potential to engage. And that's how it gets this like downward spiral snowball effect where your sales posts just flop every time. So instead, what I recommend using is a tool called DM Direct Message Automation. It is approved by Instagram as long as you're using an officially approved partner. My favorite officially approved partner who I've been a partner with since 2021, is called ManyChat, m a n y, like multiple, m a n y c h a t. ManyChat, totally green lighted by Instagram. And essentially what this allows people to do is instead of when you see that t shirt post, instead of saying, hey, Jay, go click the link in my bio. I can say, hey, Jay, comment the word shirt on this post, and I'll send you the link.
Brock Johnson48:36
Now you can engage with the post. You're commenting the word shirt. Because of that, you now don't have to go hunt for the link. You as the consumer get the link served upright to you. Instantly and automatically, the link to the t shirt is getting sent to your DMs. Now you have that little red one notification. You have a new DM. You're going right to it.
Brock Johnson48:56
You have the link. It's ready to go. It's increasing the engagement. It's increasing your interaction with Instagram. It's increasing your interaction with my account because now you have a comment, you have an automatic response, and now you have a DM as well. So all of that then creates a snowball into the best post you've ever had. And that's why if you look at my posts that have the most comments and the most engagement, they're all sales related posts. In fact, I'm kinda like, oh, dang.
Brock Johnson49:21
When I look ahead at my schedule and I see that I have a post coming up that has no DM automation on it at all, I'm like, that's I mean, I hope it gets a lot of shares. I hope people like it because I know that they're not going to be commenting at their normal rate because I'm not using that call to action. So the ultimate secret sauce to making more sales on Instagram is DM automation.
Jay Clouse49:42
And that also frees up this decision I see you've made where you have one single link in your profile. It's not like a Linktree type thing. It's probably like a main call to action because you don't need people to go there and choose things. They are making choices on a post by post basis based on the action you are asking them to take.
Brock Johnson50:00
Exactly. Exactly. I'm relying on that to make sales. And occasionally, I will put a link menu or a link tree if I have, like, maybe multiple offers that I'm simultaneously promoting. I might put that in my bio. But for the most part, it's just the one single link.
Jay Clouse50:13
Okay. Any parting advice for somebody who's fired up, wants to put more effort into Instagram? What should their next step be?
Brock Johnson50:21
I love that you're fired up. I know you had a lot of information today, and I know it likely feels simultaneously exciting and slightly overwhelming. But the ultimate difference maker, the people who a year from now are going to be relistening to this episode compared to the people who a year from now are going to be recording an episode with you, Jay, and they're gonna be sharing their own results and their own case studies and their own success. The difference between those two people is the one who is successful is the one who's taking action, Not the one who's taking perfect action. Not the one who is taking, you know, the perfectly guided, correct action, but just the one who's taking action. Like literally just putting one foot in front of the other. So my word of advice to anyone listening is I'm proud of you. Pat yourself on the back for spending the last hour learning and educating yourself and growing personally.
Brock Johnson51:10
Now go do something about it. Take out your phone right now and maybe you're even listening to this on your phone. Take out your phone right now and film something and post it. I don't care how bad it is. I don't care how rough it is. I don't care how how many mistakes you make. Record it and post it. If you wanna tag Jay and I so we can like it and if we see it and and and tell you how proud we are of you, then go for it.
Brock Johnson51:29
But the bottom line is just start taking action. That's how you learn. That's how you improve. That's how you grow. That's how you make better content. It's quantity leads to quality. So start posting. And I know it's scary.
Brock Johnson51:41
I know it's overwhelming, but it will get easier with time.
Jay Clouse51:50
If you enjoyed this episode, please consider leaving a review on Apple Podcasts or Spotify and letting me know. I see every one of those reviews. It makes my morning when I see a new review and they go a long way to helping us grow the show. If you wanna learn more about Brock, you can visit him on Instagram at Brock eleven Johnson. That's Brock one one Johnson. There's also a link to that in the show notes. And finally, if you're interested in listening to another episode about Instagram, I recommend number two twenty nine with Natasha Willis. She is the chatbot queen, the founder of School of Bots, and it's one of my favorite recent episodes.
Jay Clouse52:24
So there's a link to that in the show notes as well. Thanks for listening and I'll talk to you next week.
Brock Johnson